diff --git a/common.mk b/common.mk index 4522f1d..0f95bdd 100644 --- a/common.mk +++ b/common.mk @@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ SDK_LIBS ?= main net80211 phy pp wpa # open source libraries linked in LIBS ?= hal gcc c +# set to 0 if you want to use the toolchain libc instead of esp-open-rtos newlib +OWN_LIBC ?= 1 + # Note: this isn't overridable without a not-yet-merged patch to esptool ENTRY_SYMBOL = call_user_start @@ -116,6 +119,11 @@ FW_FILE_2 = $(addprefix $(FW_BASE),$(FW_2).bin) # , which is useful for overriding things. INC_DIRS = $(PROGRAM_DIR) $(PROGRAM_DIR)include $(ROOT)include +ifeq ($(OWN_LIBC),1) + INC_DIRS += $(ROOT)libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include + LDFLAGS += -L$(ROOT)libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib +endif + ifeq ("$(V)","1") Q := vecho := @true diff --git a/libc/README.md b/libc/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a2941d --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +Newlib 2.2.0 with xtensa & locking patches, built from commit daa6ae40cdc8099f54c3e68a586fc1b906169c5a + +For details on newlib in esp-open-rtos, see https://github.com/SuperHouse/esp-open-rtos/wiki/libc-configuration diff --git a/libc/share/info/configure.info b/libc/share/info/configure.info new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eccae2a --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/share/info/configure.info @@ -0,0 +1,2721 @@ +This is configure.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.0 from +configure.texi. + +INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU admin +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* configure: (configure). The GNU configure and build system +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY + +This file documents the GNU configure and build system. + + Copyright (C) 1998 Cygnus Solutions. + + Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of +this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this +manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified +versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a +translation approved by the Foundation. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir) + +GNU configure and build system +****************************** + +The GNU configure and build system. + +* Menu: + +* Introduction:: Introduction. +* Getting Started:: Getting Started. +* Files:: Files. +* Configuration Names:: Configuration Names. +* Cross Compilation Tools:: Cross Compilation Tools. +* Canadian Cross:: Canadian Cross. +* Cygnus Configure:: Cygnus Configure. +* Multilibs:: Multilibs. +* FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions. +* Index:: Index. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Getting Started, Prev: Top, Up: Top + +1 Introduction +************** + +This document describes the GNU configure and build systems. It +describes how autoconf, automake, libtool, and make fit together. It +also includes a discussion of the older Cygnus configure system. + + This document does not describe in detail how to use each of the +tools; see the respective manuals for that. Instead, it describes which +files the developer must write, which files are machine generated and +how they are generated, and where certain common problems should be +addressed. + + This document draws on several sources, including the autoconf manual +by David MacKenzie (*note autoconf overview: (autoconf)Top.), the +automake manual by David MacKenzie and Tom Tromey (*note automake +overview: (automake)Top.), the libtool manual by Gordon Matzigkeit +(*note libtool overview: (libtool)Top.), and the Cygnus configure manual +by K. Richard Pixley. + +* Menu: + +* Goals:: Goals. +* Tools:: The tools. +* History:: History. +* Building:: Building. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Goals, Next: Tools, Up: Introduction + +1.1 Goals +========= + +The GNU configure and build system has two main goals. + + The first is to simplify the development of portable programs. The +system permits the developer to concentrate on writing the program, +simplifying many details of portability across Unix and even Windows +systems, and permitting the developer to describe how to build the +program using simple rules rather than complex Makefiles. + + The second is to simplify the building of programs distributed as +source code. All programs are built using a simple, standardized, two +step process. The program builder need not install any special tools in +order to build the program. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Tools, Next: History, Prev: Goals, Up: Introduction + +1.2 Tools +========= + +The GNU configure and build system is comprised of several different +tools. Program developers must build and install all of these tools. + + People who just want to build programs from distributed sources +normally do not need any special tools beyond a Unix shell, a make +program, and a C compiler. + +autoconf + provides a general portability framework, based on testing the + features of the host system at build time. +automake + a system for describing how to build a program, permitting the + developer to write a simplified 'Makefile'. +libtool + a standardized approach to building shared libraries. +gettext + provides a framework for translation of text messages into other + languages; not really discussed in this document. +m4 + autoconf requires the GNU version of m4; the standard Unix m4 does + not suffice. +perl + automake requires perl. + + +File: configure.info, Node: History, Next: Building, Prev: Tools, Up: Introduction + +1.3 History +=========== + +This is a very brief and probably inaccurate history. + + As the number of Unix variants increased during the 1980s, it became +harder to write programs which could run on all variants. While it was +often possible to use '#ifdef' to identify particular systems, +developers frequently did not have access to every system, and the +characteristics of some systems changed from version to version. + + By 1992, at least three different approaches had been developed: + * The Metaconfig program, by Larry Wall, Harlan Stenn, and Raphael + Manfredi. + * The Cygnus configure script, by K. Richard Pixley, and the gcc + configure script, by Richard Stallman. These use essentially the + same approach, and the developers communicated regularly. + * The autoconf program, by David MacKenzie. + + The Metaconfig program is still used for Perl and a few other +programs. It is part of the Dist package. I do not know if it is being +developed. + + In 1994, David MacKenzie and others modified autoconf to incorporate +all the features of Cygnus configure. Since then, there has been a slow +but steady conversion of GNU programs from Cygnus configure to autoconf. +gcc has been converted, eliminating the gcc configure script. + + GNU autoconf was regularly maintained until late 1996. As of this +writing in June, 1998, it has no public maintainer. + + Most programs are built using the make program, which requires the +developer to write Makefiles describing how to build the programs. +Since most programs are built in pretty much the same way, this led to a +lot of duplication. + + The X Window system is built using the imake tool, which uses a +database of rules to eliminate the duplication. However, building a +tool which was developed using imake requires that the builder have +imake installed, violating one of the goals of the GNU system. + + The new BSD make provides a standard library of Makefile fragments, +which permits developers to write very simple Makefiles. However, this +requires that the builder install the new BSD make program. + + In 1994, David MacKenzie wrote the first version of automake, which +permitted writing a simple build description which was converted into a +Makefile which could be used by the standard make program. In 1995, Tom +Tromey completely rewrote automake in Perl, and he continues to enhance +it. + + Various free packages built libraries, and by around 1995 several +included support to build shared libraries on various platforms. +However, there was no consistent approach. In early 1996, Gordon +Matzigkeit began working on libtool, which provided a standardized +approach to building shared libraries. This was integrated into +automake from the start. + + The development of automake and libtool was driven by the GNITS +project, a group of GNU maintainers who designed standardized tools to +help meet the GNU coding standards. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Building, Prev: History, Up: Introduction + +1.4 Building +============ + +Most readers of this document should already know how to build a tool by +running 'configure' and 'make'. This section may serve as a quick +introduction or reminder. + + Building a tool is normally as simple as running 'configure' followed +by 'make'. You should normally run 'configure' from an empty directory, +using some path to refer to the 'configure' script in the source +directory. The directory in which you run 'configure' is called the +"object directory". + + In order to use a object directory which is different from the source +directory, you must be using the GNU version of 'make', which has the +required 'VPATH' support. Despite this restriction, using a different +object directory is highly recommended: + * It keeps the files generated during the build from cluttering up + your sources. + * It permits you to remove the built files by simply removing the + entire build directory. + * It permits you to build from the same sources with several sets of + configure options simultaneously. + + If you don't have GNU 'make', you will have to run 'configure' in the +source directory. All GNU packages should support this; in particular, +GNU packages should not assume the presence of GNU 'make'. + + After running 'configure', you can build the tools by running 'make'. + + To install the tools, run 'make install'. Installing the tools will +copy the programs and any required support files to the "installation +directory". The location of the installation directory is controlled by +'configure' options, as described below. + + In the Cygnus tree at present, the info files are built and installed +as a separate step. To build them, run 'make info'. To install them, +run 'make install-info'. The equivalent html files are also built and +installed in a separate step. To build the html files, run 'make html'. +To install the html files run 'make install-html'. + + All 'configure' scripts support a wide variety of options. The most +interesting ones are '--with' and '--enable' options which are generally +specific to particular tools. You can usually use the '--help' option +to get a list of interesting options for a particular configure script. + + The only generic options you are likely to use are the '--prefix' and +'--exec-prefix' options. These options are used to specify the +installation directory. + + The directory named by the '--prefix' option will hold machine +independent files such as info files. + + The directory named by the '--exec-prefix' option, which is normally +a subdirectory of the '--prefix' directory, will hold machine dependent +files such as executables. + + The default for '--prefix' is '/usr/local'. The default for +'--exec-prefix' is the value used for '--prefix'. + + The convention used in Cygnus releases is to use a '--prefix' option +of '/usr/cygnus/RELEASE', where RELEASE is the name of the release, and +to use a '--exec-prefix' option of '/usr/cygnus/RELEASE/H-HOST', where +HOST is the configuration name of the host system (*note Configuration +Names::). + + Do not use either the source or the object directory as the +installation directory. That will just lead to confusion. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Getting Started, Next: Files, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top + +2 Getting Started +***************** + +To start using the GNU configure and build system with your software +package, you must write three files, and you must run some tools to +manually generate additional files. + +* Menu: + +* Write configure.in:: Write configure.in. +* Write Makefile.am:: Write Makefile.am. +* Write acconfig.h:: Write acconfig.h. +* Generate files:: Generate files. +* Getting Started Example:: Example. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Write configure.in, Next: Write Makefile.am, Up: Getting Started + +2.1 Write configure.in +====================== + +You must first write the file 'configure.in'. This is an autoconf input +file, and the autoconf manual describes in detail what this file should +look like. + + You will write tests in your 'configure.in' file to check for +conditions that may change from one system to another, such as the +presence of particular header files or functions. + + For example, not all systems support the 'gettimeofday' function. If +you want to use the 'gettimeofday' function when it is available, and to +use some other function when it is not, you would check for this by +putting 'AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gettimeofday)' in 'configure.in'. + + When the configure script is run at build time, this will arrange to +define the preprocessor macro 'HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY' to the value 1 if the +'gettimeofday' function is available, and to not define the macro at all +if the function is not available. Your code can then use '#ifdef' to +test whether it is safe to call 'gettimeofday'. + + If you have an existing body of code, the 'autoscan' program may help +identify potential portability problems, and hence configure tests that +you will want to use. *Note (autoconf)Invoking autoscan::. + + Another handy tool for an existing body of code is 'ifnames'. This +will show you all the preprocessor conditionals that the code already +uses. *Note (autoconf)Invoking ifnames::. + + Besides the portability tests which are specific to your particular +package, every 'configure.in' file should contain the following macros. + +'AC_INIT' + This macro takes a single argument, which is the name of a file in + your package. For example, 'AC_INIT(foo.c)'. + +'AC_PREREQ(VERSION)' + This macro is optional. It may be used to indicate the version of + 'autoconf' that you are using. This will prevent users from + running an earlier version of 'autoconf' and perhaps getting an + invalid 'configure' script. For example, 'AC_PREREQ(2.12)'. + +'AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE' + This macro takes two arguments: the name of the package, and a + version number. For example, 'AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(foo, 1.0)'. (This + macro is not needed if you are not using automake). + +'AM_CONFIG_HEADER' + This macro names the header file which will hold the preprocessor + macro definitions at run time. Normally this should be 'config.h'. + Your sources would then use '#include "config.h"' to include it. + + This macro may optionally name the input file for that header file; + by default, this is 'config.h.in', but that file name works poorly + on DOS filesystems. Therefore, it is often better to name it + explicitly as 'config.in'. + + This is what you should normally put in 'configure.in': + AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in) + + (If you are not using automake, use 'AC_CONFIG_HEADER' rather than + 'AM_CONFIG_HEADER'). + +'AM_MAINTAINER_MODE' + This macro always appears in Cygnus configure scripts. Other + programs may or may not use it. + + If this macro is used, the '--enable-maintainer-mode' option is + required to enable automatic rebuilding of generated files used by + the configure system. This of course requires that developers be + aware of, and use, that option. + + If this macro is not used, then the generated files will always be + rebuilt automatically. This will cause problems if the wrong + versions of autoconf, automake, or others are in the builder's + 'PATH'. + + (If you are not using automake, you do not need to use this macro). + +'AC_EXEEXT' + Either this macro or 'AM_EXEEXT' always appears in Cygnus configure + files. Other programs may or may not use one of them. + + This macro looks for the executable suffix used on the host system. + On Unix systems, this is the empty string. On Windows systems, + this is '.exe'. This macro directs automake to use the executable + suffix as appropriate when creating programs. This macro does not + take any arguments. + + The 'AC_EXEEXT' form is new, and is part of a Cygnus patch to + autoconf to support compiling with Visual C++. Older programs use + 'AM_EXEEXT' instead. + + (Programs which do not use automake use neither 'AC_EXEEXT' nor + 'AM_EXEEXT'). + +'AC_PROG_CC' + If you are writing C code, you will normally want to use this + macro. It locates the C compiler to use. It does not take any + arguments. + + However, if this 'configure.in' file is for a library which is to + be compiled by a cross compiler which may not fully work, then you + will not want to use 'AC_PROG_CC'. Instead, you will want to use a + variant which does not call the macro 'AC_PROG_CC_WORKS'. Examples + can be found in various 'configure.in' files for libraries that are + compiled with cross compilers, such as libiberty or libgloss. This + is essentially a bug in autoconf, and there will probably be a + better workaround at some point. + +'AC_PROG_CXX' + If you are writing C++ code, you will want to use this macro. It + locates the C++ compiler to use. It does not take any arguments. + The same cross compiler comments apply as for 'AC_PROG_CC'. + +'AM_PROG_LIBTOOL' + If you want to build libraries, and you want to permit them to be + shared, or you want to link against libraries which were built + using libtool, then you will need this macro. This macro is + required in order to use libtool. + + By default, this will cause all libraries to be built as shared + libraries. To prevent this-to change the default-use + 'AM_DISABLE_SHARED' before 'AM_PROG_LIBTOOL'. The configure + options '--enable-shared' and '--disable-shared' may be used to + override the default at build time. + +'AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE)' + GNU packages should normally include this line before any other + feature tests. This defines the macro '_GNU_SOURCE' when + compiling, which directs the libc header files to provide the + standard GNU system interfaces including all GNU extensions. If + this macro is not defined, certain GNU extensions may not be + available. + +'AC_OUTPUT' + This macro takes a list of file names which the configure process + should produce. This is normally a list of one or more 'Makefile' + files in different directories. If your package lives entirely in + a single directory, you would use simply 'AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)'. If + you also have, for example, a 'lib' subdirectory, you would use + 'AC_OUTPUT(Makefile lib/Makefile)'. + + If you want to use locally defined macros in your 'configure.in' +file, then you will need to write a 'acinclude.m4' file which defines +them (if not using automake, this file is called 'aclocal.m4'). +Alternatively, you can put separate macros in an 'm4' subdirectory, and +put 'ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4' in your 'Makefile.am' file so that the +'aclocal' program will be able to find them. + + The different macro prefixes indicate which tool defines the macro. +Macros which start with 'AC_' are part of autoconf. Macros which start +with 'AM_' are provided by automake or libtool. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Write Makefile.am, Next: Write acconfig.h, Prev: Write configure.in, Up: Getting Started + +2.2 Write Makefile.am +===================== + +You must write the file 'Makefile.am'. This is an automake input file, +and the automake manual describes in detail what this file should look +like. + + The automake commands in 'Makefile.am' mostly look like variable +assignments in a 'Makefile'. automake recognizes special variable +names, and automatically add make rules to the output as needed. + + There will be one 'Makefile.am' file for each directory in your +package. For each directory with subdirectories, the 'Makefile.am' file +should contain the line + SUBDIRS = DIR DIR ... +where each DIR is the name of a subdirectory. + + For each 'Makefile.am', there should be a corresponding 'Makefile' in +the 'AC_OUTPUT' macro in 'configure.in'. + + Every 'Makefile.am' written at Cygnus should contain the line + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus +This puts automake into Cygnus mode. See the automake manual for +details. + + You may to include the version number of 'automake' that you are +using on the 'AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS' line. For example, + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus 1.3 +This will prevent users from running an earlier version of 'automake' +and perhaps getting an invalid 'Makefile.in'. + + If your package builds a program, then in the directory where that +program is built you will normally want a line like + bin_PROGRAMS = PROGRAM +where PROGRAM is the name of the program. You will then want a line +like + PROGRAM_SOURCES = FILE FILE ... +where each FILE is the name of a source file to link into the program +(e.g., 'foo.c'). + + If your package builds a library, and you do not want the library to +ever be built as a shared library, then in the directory where that +library is built you will normally want a line like + lib_LIBRARIES = libNAME.a +where 'libNAME.a' is the name of the library. You will then want a line +like + libNAME_a_SOURCES = FILE FILE ... +where each FILE is the name of a source file to add to the library. + + If your package builds a library, and you want to permit building the +library as a shared library, then in the directory where that library is +built you will normally want a line like + lib_LTLIBRARIES = libNAME.la + The use of 'LTLIBRARIES', and the '.la' extension, indicate a library +to be built using libtool. As usual, you will then want a line like + libNAME_la_SOURCES = FILE FILE ... + + The strings 'bin' and 'lib' that appear above in 'bin_PROGRAMS' and +'lib_LIBRARIES' are not arbitrary. They refer to particular +directories, which may be set by the '--bindir' and '--libdir' options +to 'configure'. If those options are not used, the default values are +based on the '--prefix' or '--exec-prefix' options to 'configure'. It +is possible to use other names if the program or library should be +installed in some other directory. + + The 'Makefile.am' file may also contain almost anything that may +appear in a normal 'Makefile'. automake also supports many other +special variables, as well as conditionals. + + See the automake manual for more information. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Write acconfig.h, Next: Generate files, Prev: Write Makefile.am, Up: Getting Started + +2.3 Write acconfig.h +==================== + +If you are generating a portability header file, (i.e., you are using +'AM_CONFIG_HEADER' in 'configure.in'), then you will have to write a +'acconfig.h' file. It will have to contain the following lines. + + /* Name of package. */ + #undef PACKAGE + + /* Version of package. */ + #undef VERSION + + This requirement is really a bug in the system, and the requirement +may be eliminated at some later date. + + The 'acconfig.h' file will also similar comment and '#undef' lines +for any unusual macros in the 'configure.in' file, including any macro +which appears in a 'AC_DEFINE' macro. + + In particular, if you are writing a GNU package and therefore include +'AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE)' in 'configure.in' as suggested above, you will +need lines like this in 'acconfig.h': + /* Enable GNU extensions. */ + #undef _GNU_SOURCE + + Normally the 'autoheader' program will inform you of any such +requirements by printing an error message when it is run. However, if +you do anything particular odd in your 'configure.in' file, you will +have to make sure that the right entries appear in 'acconfig.h', since +otherwise the results of the tests may not be available in the +'config.h' file which your code will use. + + (Thee 'PACKAGE' and 'VERSION' lines are not required if you are not +using automake, and in that case you may not need a 'acconfig.h' file at +all). + + +File: configure.info, Node: Generate files, Next: Getting Started Example, Prev: Write acconfig.h, Up: Getting Started + +2.4 Generate files +================== + +Once you have written 'configure.in', 'Makefile.am', 'acconfig.h', and +possibly 'acinclude.m4', you must use autoconf and automake programs to +produce the first versions of the generated files. This is done by +executing the following sequence of commands. + + aclocal + autoconf + autoheader + automake + + The 'aclocal' and 'automake' commands are part of the automake +package, and the 'autoconf' and 'autoheader' commands are part of the +autoconf package. + + If you are using a 'm4' subdirectory for your macros, you will need +to use the '-I m4' option when you run 'aclocal'. + + If you are not using the Cygnus tree, use the '-a' option when +running 'automake' command in order to copy the required support files +into your source directory. + + If you are using libtool, you must build and install the libtool +package with the same '--prefix' and '--exec-prefix' options as you used +with the autoconf and automake packages. You must do this before +running any of the above commands. If you are not using the Cygnus +tree, you will need to run the 'libtoolize' program to copy the libtool +support files into your directory. + + Once you have managed to run these commands without getting any +errors, you should create a new empty directory, and run the 'configure' +script which will have been created by 'autoconf' with the +'--enable-maintainer-mode' option. This will give you a set of +Makefiles which will include rules to automatically rebuild all the +generated files. + + After doing that, whenever you have changed some of the input files +and want to regenerated the other files, go to your object directory and +run 'make'. Doing this is more reliable than trying to rebuild the +files manually, because there are complex order dependencies and it is +easy to forget something. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Getting Started Example, Prev: Generate files, Up: Getting Started + +2.5 Example +=========== + +Let's consider a trivial example. + + Suppose we want to write a simple version of 'touch'. Our program, +which we will call 'poke', will take a single file name argument, and +use the 'utime' system call to set the modification and access times of +the file to the current time. We want this program to be highly +portable. + + We'll first see what this looks like without using autoconf and +automake, and then see what it looks like with them. + +* Menu: + +* Getting Started Example 1:: First Try. +* Getting Started Example 2:: Second Try. +* Getting Started Example 3:: Third Try. +* Generate Files in Example:: Generate Files. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Getting Started Example 1, Next: Getting Started Example 2, Up: Getting Started Example + +2.5.1 First Try +--------------- + +Here is our first try at 'poke.c'. Note that we've written it without +ANSI/ISO C prototypes, since we want it to be highly portable. + + #include + #include + #include + #include + + int + main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; + { + if (argc != 2) + { + fprintf (stderr, "Usage: poke file\n"); + exit (1); + } + + if (utime (argv[1], NULL) < 0) + { + perror ("utime"); + exit (1); + } + + exit (0); + } + + We also write a simple 'Makefile'. + + CC = gcc + CFLAGS = -g -O2 + + all: poke + + poke: poke.o + $(CC) -o poke $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) poke.o + + So far, so good. + + Unfortunately, there are a few problems. + + On older Unix systems derived from BSD 4.3, the 'utime' system call +does not accept a second argument of 'NULL'. On those systems, we need +to pass a pointer to 'struct utimbuf' structure. Unfortunately, even +older systems don't define that structure; on those systems, we need to +pass an array of two 'long' values. + + The header file 'stdlib.h' was invented by ANSI C, and older systems +don't have a copy. We included it above to get a declaration of 'exit'. + + We can find some of these portability problems by running 'autoscan', +which will create a 'configure.scan' file which we can use as a +prototype for our 'configure.in' file. I won't show the output, but it +will notice the potential problems with 'utime' and 'stdlib.h'. + + In our 'Makefile', we don't provide any way to install the program. +This doesn't matter much for such a simple example, but a real program +will need an 'install' target. For that matter, we will also want a +'clean' target. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Getting Started Example 2, Next: Getting Started Example 3, Prev: Getting Started Example 1, Up: Getting Started Example + +2.5.2 Second Try +---------------- + +Here is our second try at this program. + + We modify 'poke.c' to use preprocessor macros to control what +features are available. (I've cheated a bit by using the same macro +names which autoconf will use). + + #include + + #ifdef STDC_HEADERS + #include + #endif + + #include + + #ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H + #include + #endif + + #ifndef HAVE_UTIME_NULL + + #include + + #ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF + + struct utimbuf + { + long actime; + long modtime; + }; + + #endif + + static int + utime_now (file) + char *file; + { + struct utimbuf now; + + now.actime = now.modtime = time (NULL); + return utime (file, &now); + } + + #define utime(f, p) utime_now (f) + + #endif /* HAVE_UTIME_NULL */ + + int + main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; + { + if (argc != 2) + { + fprintf (stderr, "Usage: poke file\n"); + exit (1); + } + + if (utime (argv[1], NULL) < 0) + { + perror ("utime"); + exit (1); + } + + exit (0); + } + + Here is the associated 'Makefile'. We've added support for the +preprocessor flags we use. We've also added 'install' and 'clean' +targets. + + # Set this to your installation directory. + bindir = /usr/local/bin + + # Uncomment this if you have the standard ANSI/ISO C header files. + # STDC_HDRS = -DSTDC_HEADERS + + # Uncomment this if you have utime.h. + # UTIME_H = -DHAVE_UTIME_H + + # Uncomment this if utime (FILE, NULL) works on your system. + # UTIME_NULL = -DHAVE_UTIME_NULL + + # Uncomment this if struct utimbuf is defined in utime.h. + # UTIMBUF = -DHAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF + + CC = gcc + CFLAGS = -g -O2 + + ALL_CFLAGS = $(STDC_HDRS) $(UTIME_H) $(UTIME_NULL) $(UTIMBUF) $(CFLAGS) + + all: poke + + poke: poke.o + $(CC) -o poke $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) poke.o + + .c.o: + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) poke.c + + install: poke + cp poke $(bindir)/poke + + clean: + rm poke poke.o + + Some problems with this approach should be clear. + + Users who want to compile poke will have to know how 'utime' works on +their systems, so that they can uncomment the 'Makefile' correctly. + + The installation is done using 'cp', but many systems have an +'install' program which may be used, and which supports optional +features such as stripping debugging information out of the installed +binary. + + The use of 'Makefile' variables like 'CC', 'CFLAGS' and 'LDFLAGS' +follows the requirements of the GNU standards. This is convenient for +all packages, since it reduces surprises for users. However, it is easy +to get the details wrong, and wind up with a slightly nonstandard +distribution. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Getting Started Example 3, Next: Generate Files in Example, Prev: Getting Started Example 2, Up: Getting Started Example + +2.5.3 Third Try +--------------- + +For our third try at this program, we will write a 'configure.in' script +to discover the configuration features on the host system, rather than +requiring the user to edit the 'Makefile'. We will also write a +'Makefile.am' rather than a 'Makefile'. + + The only change to 'poke.c' is to add a line at the start of the +file: + #include "config.h" + + The new 'configure.in' file is as follows. + + AC_INIT(poke.c) + AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(poke, 1.0) + AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in) + AC_PROG_CC + AC_HEADER_STDC + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(utime.h) + AC_EGREP_HEADER(utimbuf, utime.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF)) + AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL + AC_OUTPUT(Makefile) + + The first four macros in this file, and the last one, were described +above; see *note Write configure.in::. If we omit these macros, then +when we run 'automake' we will get a reminder that we need them. + + The other macros are standard autoconf macros. + +'AC_HEADER_STDC' + Check for standard C headers. +'AC_CHECK_HEADERS' + Check whether a particular header file exists. +'AC_EGREP_HEADER' + Check for a particular string in a particular header file, in this + case checking for 'utimbuf' in 'utime.h'. +'AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL' + Check whether 'utime' accepts a NULL second argument to set the + file change time to the current time. + + See the autoconf manual for a more complete description. + + The new 'Makefile.am' file is as follows. Note how simple this is +compared to our earlier 'Makefile'. + + bin_PROGRAMS = poke + + poke_SOURCES = poke.c + + This means that we should build a single program name 'poke'. It +should be installed in the binary directory, which we called 'bindir' +earlier. The program 'poke' is built from the source file 'poke.c'. + + We must also write a 'acconfig.h' file. Besides 'PACKAGE' and +'VERSION', which must be mentioned for all packages which use automake, +we must include 'HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF', since we mentioned it in an +'AC_DEFINE'. + + /* Name of package. */ + #undef PACKAGE + + /* Version of package. */ + #undef VERSION + + /* Whether utime.h defines struct utimbuf. */ + #undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF + + +File: configure.info, Node: Generate Files in Example, Prev: Getting Started Example 3, Up: Getting Started Example + +2.5.4 Generate Files +-------------------- + +We must now generate the other files, using the following commands. + + aclocal + autoconf + autoheader + automake + + When we run 'autoheader', it will remind us of any macros we forgot +to add to 'acconfig.h'. + + When we run 'automake', it will want to add some files to our +distribution. It will add them automatically if we use the +'--add-missing' option. + + By default, 'automake' will run in GNU mode, which means that it will +want us to create certain additional files; as of this writing, it will +want 'NEWS', 'README', 'AUTHORS', and 'ChangeLog', all of which are +files which should appear in a standard GNU distribution. We can either +add those files, or run 'automake' with the '--foreign' option. + + Running these tools will generate the following files, all of which +are described in the next chapter. + + * 'aclocal.m4' + * 'configure' + * 'config.in' + * 'Makefile.in' + * 'stamp-h.in' + + +File: configure.info, Node: Files, Next: Configuration Names, Prev: Getting Started, Up: Top + +3 Files +******* + +As was seen in the previous chapter, the GNU configure and build system +uses a number of different files. The developer must write a few files. +The others are generated by various tools. + + The system is rather flexible, and can be used in many different +ways. In describing the files that it uses, I will describe the common +case, and mention some other cases that may arise. + +* Menu: + +* Developer Files:: Developer Files. +* Build Files:: Build Files. +* Support Files:: Support Files. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Developer Files, Next: Build Files, Up: Files + +3.1 Developer Files +=================== + +This section describes the files written or generated by the developer +of a package. + +* Menu: + +* Developer Files Picture:: Developer Files Picture. +* Written Developer Files:: Written Developer Files. +* Generated Developer Files:: Generated Developer Files. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Developer Files Picture, Next: Written Developer Files, Up: Developer Files + +3.1.1 Developer Files Picture +----------------------------- + +Here is a picture of the files which are written by the developer, the +generated files which would be included with a complete source +distribution, and the tools which create those files. The file names +are plain text and the tool names are enclosed by '*' characters (e.g., +'autoheader' is the name of a tool, not the name of a file). + + acconfig.h configure.in Makefile.am + | | | + | --------------+---------------------- | + | | | | | + v v | acinclude.m4 | | + *autoheader* | | v v + | | v --->*automake* + v |--->*aclocal* | | + config.in | | | v + | v | Makefile.in + | aclocal.m4--- + | | + v v + *autoconf* + | + v + configure + +File: configure.info, Node: Written Developer Files, Next: Generated Developer Files, Prev: Developer Files Picture, Up: Developer Files + +3.1.2 Written Developer Files +----------------------------- + +The following files would be written by the developer. + +'configure.in' + This is the configuration script. This script contains invocations + of autoconf macros. It may also contain ordinary shell script + code. This file will contain feature tests for portability issues. + The last thing in the file will normally be an 'AC_OUTPUT' macro + listing which files to create when the builder runs the configure + script. This file is always required when using the GNU configure + system. *Note Write configure.in::. + +'Makefile.am' + This is the automake input file. It describes how the code should + be built. It consists of definitions of automake variables. It + may also contain ordinary Makefile targets. This file is only + needed when using automake (newer tools normally use automake, but + there are still older tools which have not been converted, in which + the developer writes 'Makefile.in' directly). *Note Write + Makefile.am::. + +'acconfig.h' + When the configure script creates a portability header file, by + using 'AM_CONFIG_HEADER' (or, if not using automake, + 'AC_CONFIG_HEADER'), this file is used to describe macros which are + not recognized by the 'autoheader' command. This is normally a + fairly uninteresting file, consisting of a collection of '#undef' + lines with comments. Normally any call to 'AC_DEFINE' in + 'configure.in' will require a line in this file. *Note Write + acconfig.h::. + +'acinclude.m4' + This file is not always required. It defines local autoconf + macros. These macros may then be used in 'configure.in'. If you + don't need any local autoconf macros, then you don't need this file + at all. In fact, in general, you never need local autoconf macros, + since you can put everything in 'configure.in', but sometimes a + local macro is convenient. + + Newer tools may omit 'acinclude.m4', and instead use a + subdirectory, typically named 'm4', and define 'ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = + -I m4' in 'Makefile.am' to force 'aclocal' to look there for macro + definitions. The macro definitions are then placed in separate + files in that directory. + + The 'acinclude.m4' file is only used when using automake; in older + tools, the developer writes 'aclocal.m4' directly, if it is needed. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Generated Developer Files, Prev: Written Developer Files, Up: Developer Files + +3.1.3 Generated Developer Files +------------------------------- + +The following files would be generated by the developer. + + When using automake, these files are normally not generated manually +after the first time. Instead, the generated 'Makefile' contains rules +to automatically rebuild the files as required. When +'AM_MAINTAINER_MODE' is used in 'configure.in' (the normal case in +Cygnus code), the automatic rebuilding rules will only be defined if you +configure using the '--enable-maintainer-mode' option. + + When using automatic rebuilding, it is important to ensure that all +the various tools have been built and installed on your 'PATH'. Using +automatic rebuilding is highly recommended, so much so that I'm not +going to explain what you have to do if you don't use it. + +'configure' + This is the configure script which will be run when building the + package. This is generated by 'autoconf' from 'configure.in' and + 'aclocal.m4'. This is a shell script. + +'Makefile.in' + This is the file which the configure script will turn into the + 'Makefile' at build time. This file is generated by 'automake' + from 'Makefile.am'. If you aren't using automake, you must write + this file yourself. This file is pretty much a normal 'Makefile', + with some configure substitutions for certain variables. + +'aclocal.m4' + This file is created by the 'aclocal' program, based on the + contents of 'configure.in' and 'acinclude.m4' (or, as noted in the + description of 'acinclude.m4' above, on the contents of an 'm4' + subdirectory). This file contains definitions of autoconf macros + which 'autoconf' will use when generating the file 'configure'. + These autoconf macros may be defined by you in 'acinclude.m4' or + they may be defined by other packages such as automake, libtool or + gettext. If you aren't using automake, you will normally write + this file yourself; in that case, if 'configure.in' uses only + standard autoconf macros, this file will not be needed at all. + +'config.in' + This file is created by 'autoheader' based on 'acconfig.h' and + 'configure.in'. At build time, the configure script will define + some of the macros in it to create 'config.h', which may then be + included by your program. This permits your C code to use + preprocessor conditionals to change its behaviour based on the + characteristics of the host system. This file may also be called + 'config.h.in'. + +'stamp.h-in' + This rather uninteresting file, which I omitted from the picture, + is generated by 'automake'. It always contains the string + 'timestamp'. It is used as a timestamp file indicating whether + 'config.in' is up to date. Using a timestamp file means that + 'config.in' can be marked as up to date without actually changing + its modification time. This is useful since 'config.in' depends + upon 'configure.in', but it is easy to change 'configure.in' in a + way which does not affect 'config.in'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Build Files, Next: Support Files, Prev: Developer Files, Up: Files + +3.2 Build Files +=============== + +This section describes the files which are created at configure and +build time. These are the files which somebody who builds the package +will see. + + Of course, the developer will also build the package. The +distinction between developer files and build files is not that the +developer does not see the build files, but that somebody who only +builds the package does not have to worry about the developer files. + +* Menu: + +* Build Files Picture:: Build Files Picture. +* Build Files Description:: Build Files Description. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Build Files Picture, Next: Build Files Description, Up: Build Files + +3.2.1 Build Files Picture +------------------------- + +Here is a picture of the files which will be created at build time. +'config.status' is both a created file and a shell script which is run +to create other files, and the picture attempts to show that. + + config.in *configure* Makefile.in + | | | + | v | + | config.status | + | | | + *config.status*<======+==========>*config.status* + | | + v v + config.h Makefile + +File: configure.info, Node: Build Files Description, Prev: Build Files Picture, Up: Build Files + +3.2.2 Build Files Description +----------------------------- + +This is a description of the files which are created at build time. + +'config.status' + The first step in building a package is to run the 'configure' + script. The 'configure' script will create the file + 'config.status', which is itself a shell script. When you first + run 'configure', it will automatically run 'config.status'. An + 'Makefile' derived from an automake generated 'Makefile.in' will + contain rules to automatically run 'config.status' again when + necessary to recreate certain files if their inputs change. + +'Makefile' + This is the file which make will read to build the program. The + 'config.status' script will transform 'Makefile.in' into + 'Makefile'. + +'config.h' + This file defines C preprocessor macros which C code can use to + adjust its behaviour on different systems. The 'config.status' + script will transform 'config.in' into 'config.h'. + +'config.cache' + This file did not fit neatly into the picture, and I omitted it. + It is used by the 'configure' script to cache results between runs. + This can be an important speedup. If you modify 'configure.in' in + such a way that the results of old tests should change (perhaps you + have added a new library to 'LDFLAGS'), then you will have to + remove 'config.cache' to force the tests to be rerun. + + The autoconf manual explains how to set up a site specific cache + file. This can speed up running 'configure' scripts on your + system. + +'stamp.h' + This file, which I omitted from the picture, is similar to + 'stamp-h.in'. It is used as a timestamp file indicating whether + 'config.h' is up to date. This is useful since 'config.h' depends + upon 'config.status', but it is easy for 'config.status' to change + in a way which does not affect 'config.h'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Support Files, Prev: Build Files, Up: Files + +3.3 Support Files +================= + +The GNU configure and build system requires several support files to be +included with your distribution. You do not normally need to concern +yourself with these. If you are using the Cygnus tree, most are already +present. Otherwise, they will be installed with your source by +'automake' (with the '--add-missing' option) and 'libtoolize'. + + You don't have to put the support files in the top level directory. +You can put them in a subdirectory, and use the 'AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR' +macro in 'configure.in' to tell 'automake' and the 'configure' script +where they are. + + In this section, I describe the support files, so that you can know +what they are and why they are there. + +'ABOUT-NLS' + Added by automake if you are using gettext. This is a + documentation file about the gettext project. +'ansi2knr.c' + Used by an automake generated 'Makefile' if you put 'ansi2knr' in + 'AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS' in 'Makefile.am'. This permits compiling ANSI C + code with a K&R C compiler. +'ansi2knr.1' + The man page which goes with 'ansi2knr.c'. +'config.guess' + A shell script which determines the configuration name for the + system on which it is run. +'config.sub' + A shell script which canonicalizes a configuration name entered by + a user. +'elisp-comp' + Used to compile Emacs LISP files. +'install-sh' + A shell script which installs a program. This is used if the + configure script can not find an install binary. +'ltconfig' + Used by libtool. This is a shell script which configures libtool + for the particular system on which it is used. +'ltmain.sh' + Used by libtool. This is the actual libtool script which is used, + after it is configured by 'ltconfig' to build a library. +'mdate-sh' + A shell script used by an automake generated 'Makefile' to pretty + print the modification time of a file. This is used to maintain + version numbers for texinfo files. +'missing' + A shell script used if some tool is missing entirely. This is used + by an automake generated 'Makefile' to avoid certain sorts of + timestamp problems. +'mkinstalldirs' + A shell script which creates a directory, including all parent + directories. This is used by an automake generated 'Makefile' + during installation. +'texinfo.tex' + Required if you have any texinfo files. This is used when + converting Texinfo files into DVI using 'texi2dvi' and TeX. +'ylwrap' + A shell script used by an automake generated 'Makefile' to run + programs like 'bison', 'yacc', 'flex', and 'lex'. These programs + default to producing output files with a fixed name, and the + 'ylwrap' script runs them in a subdirectory to avoid file name + conflicts when using a parallel make program. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Configuration Names, Next: Cross Compilation Tools, Prev: Files, Up: Top + +4 Configuration Names +********************* + +The GNU configure system names all systems using a "configuration name". +All such names used to be triplets (they may now contain four parts in +certain cases), and the term "configuration triplet" is still seen. + +* Menu: + +* Configuration Name Definition:: Configuration Name Definition. +* Using Configuration Names:: Using Configuration Names. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Configuration Name Definition, Next: Using Configuration Names, Up: Configuration Names + +4.1 Configuration Name Definition +================================= + +This is a string of the form CPU-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM. In some +cases, this is extended to a four part form: +CPU-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM. + + When using a configuration name in a configure option, it is normally +not necessary to specify an entire name. In particular, the +MANUFACTURER field is often omitted, leading to strings such as +'i386-linux' or 'sparc-sunos'. The shell script 'config.sub' will +translate these shortened strings into the canonical form. autoconf +will arrange for 'config.sub' to be run automatically when it is needed. + + The fields of a configuration name are as follows: + +CPU + The type of processor. This is typically something like 'i386' or + 'sparc'. More specific variants are used as well, such as 'mipsel' + to indicate a little endian MIPS processor. +MANUFACTURER + A somewhat freeform field which indicates the manufacturer of the + system. This is often simply 'unknown'. Other common strings are + 'pc' for an IBM PC compatible system, or the name of a workstation + vendor, such as 'sun'. +OPERATING_SYSTEM + The name of the operating system which is run on the system. This + will be something like 'solaris2.5' or 'irix6.3'. There is no + particular restriction on the version number, and strings like + 'aix4.1.4.0' are seen. For an embedded system, which has no + operating system, this field normally indicates the type of object + file format, such as 'elf' or 'coff'. +KERNEL + This is used mainly for GNU/Linux. A typical GNU/Linux + configuration name is 'i586-pc-linux-gnulibc1'. In this case the + kernel, 'linux', is separated from the operating system, + 'gnulibc1'. + + The shell script 'config.guess' will normally print the correct +configuration name for the system on which it is run. It does by +running 'uname' and by examining other characteristics of the system. + + Because 'config.guess' can normally determine the configuration name +for a machine, it is normally only necessary to specify a configuration +name when building a cross-compiler or when building using a +cross-compiler. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Using Configuration Names, Prev: Configuration Name Definition, Up: Configuration Names + +4.2 Using Configuration Names +============================= + +A configure script will sometimes have to make a decision based on a +configuration name. You will need to do this if you have to compile +code differently based on something which can not be tested using a +standard autoconf feature test. + + It is normally better to test for particular features, rather than to +test for a particular system. This is because as Unix evolves, +different systems copy features from one another. Even if you need to +determine whether the feature is supported based on a configuration +name, you should define a macro which describes the feature, rather than +defining a macro which describes the particular system you are on. + + Testing for a particular system is normally done using a case +statement in 'configure.in'. The case statement might look something +like the following, assuming that 'host' is a shell variable holding a +canonical configuration name (which will be the case if 'configure.in' +uses the 'AC_CANONICAL_HOST' or 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' macro). + + case "${host}" in + i[3-7]86-*-linux-gnu*) do something ;; + sparc*-sun-solaris2.[56789]*) do something ;; + sparc*-sun-solaris*) do something ;; + mips*-*-elf*) do something ;; + esac + + It is particularly important to use '*' after the operating system +field, in order to match the version number which will be generated by +'config.guess'. + + In most cases you must be careful to match a range of processor +types. For most processor families, a trailing '*' suffices, as in +'mips*' above. For the i386 family, something along the lines of +'i[3-7]86' suffices at present. For the m68k family, you will need +something like 'm68*'. Of course, if you do not need to match on the +processor, it is simpler to just replace the entire field by a '*', as +in '*-*-irix*'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Cross Compilation Tools, Next: Canadian Cross, Prev: Configuration Names, Up: Top + +5 Cross Compilation Tools +************************* + +The GNU configure and build system can be used to build "cross +compilation" tools. A cross compilation tool is a tool which runs on +one system and produces code which runs on another system. + +* Menu: + +* Cross Compilation Concepts:: Cross Compilation Concepts. +* Host and Target:: Host and Target. +* Using the Host Type:: Using the Host Type. +* Specifying the Target:: Specifying the Target. +* Using the Target Type:: Using the Target Type. +* Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree:: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree + + +File: configure.info, Node: Cross Compilation Concepts, Next: Host and Target, Up: Cross Compilation Tools + +5.1 Cross Compilation Concepts +============================== + +A compiler which produces programs which run on a different system is a +cross compilation compiler, or simply a "cross compiler". Similarly, we +speak of cross assemblers, cross linkers, etc. + + In the normal case, a compiler produces code which runs on the same +system as the one on which the compiler runs. When it is necessary to +distinguish this case from the cross compilation case, such a compiler +is called a "native compiler". Similarly, we speak of native +assemblers, etc. + + Although the debugger is not strictly speaking a compilation tool, it +is nevertheless meaningful to speak of a cross debugger: a debugger +which is used to debug code which runs on another system. Everything +that is said below about configuring cross compilation tools applies to +the debugger as well. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Host and Target, Next: Using the Host Type, Prev: Cross Compilation Concepts, Up: Cross Compilation Tools + +5.2 Host and Target +=================== + +When building cross compilation tools, there are two different systems +involved: the system on which the tools will run, and the system for +which the tools generate code. + + The system on which the tools will run is called the "host" system. + + The system for which the tools generate code is called the "target" +system. + + For example, suppose you have a compiler which runs on a GNU/Linux +system and generates ELF programs for a MIPS embedded system. In this +case the GNU/Linux system is the host, and the MIPS ELF system is the +target. Such a compiler could be called a GNU/Linux cross MIPS ELF +compiler, or, equivalently, a 'i386-linux-gnu' cross 'mips-elf' +compiler. + + Naturally, most programs are not cross compilation tools. For those +programs, it does not make sense to speak of a target. It only makes +sense to speak of a target for tools like 'gcc' or the 'binutils' which +actually produce running code. For example, it does not make sense to +speak of the target of a tool like 'bison' or 'make'. + + Most cross compilation tools can also serve as native tools. For a +native compilation tool, it is still meaningful to speak of a target. +For a native tool, the target is the same as the host. For example, for +a GNU/Linux native compiler, the host is GNU/Linux, and the target is +also GNU/Linux. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Using the Host Type, Next: Specifying the Target, Prev: Host and Target, Up: Cross Compilation Tools + +5.3 Using the Host Type +======================= + +In almost all cases the host system is the system on which you run the +'configure' script, and on which you build the tools (for the case when +they differ, *note Canadian Cross::). + + If your configure script needs to know the configuration name of the +host system, and the package is not a cross compilation tool and +therefore does not have a target, put 'AC_CANONICAL_HOST' in +'configure.in'. This macro will arrange to define a few shell variables +when the 'configure' script is run. + +'host' + The canonical configuration name of the host. This will normally + be determined by running the 'config.guess' shell script, although + the user is permitted to override this by using an explicit + '--host' option. +'host_alias' + In the unusual case that the user used an explicit '--host' option, + this will be the argument to '--host'. In the normal case, this + will be the same as the 'host' variable. +'host_cpu' +'host_vendor' +'host_os' + The first three parts of the canonical configuration name. + + The shell variables may be used by putting shell code in +'configure.in'. For an example, see *note Using Configuration Names::. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Specifying the Target, Next: Using the Target Type, Prev: Using the Host Type, Up: Cross Compilation Tools + +5.4 Specifying the Target +========================= + +By default, the 'configure' script will assume that the target is the +same as the host. This is the more common case; for example, it leads +to a native compiler rather than a cross compiler. + + If you want to build a cross compilation tool, you must specify the +target explicitly by using the '--target' option when you run +'configure'. The argument to '--target' is the configuration name of +the system for which you wish to generate code. *Note Configuration +Names::. + + For example, to build tools which generate code for a MIPS ELF +embedded system, you would use '--target mips-elf'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Using the Target Type, Next: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree, Prev: Specifying the Target, Up: Cross Compilation Tools + +5.5 Using the Target Type +========================= + +When writing 'configure.in' for a cross compilation tool, you will need +to use information about the target. To do this, put +'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' in 'configure.in'. + + 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' will look for a '--target' option and +canonicalize it using the 'config.sub' shell script. It will also run +'AC_CANONICAL_HOST' (*note Using the Host Type::). + + The target type will be recorded in the following shell variables. +Note that the host versions of these variables will also be defined by +'AC_CANONICAL_HOST'. + +'target' + The canonical configuration name of the target. +'target_alias' + The argument to the '--target' option. If the user did not specify + a '--target' option, this will be the same as 'host_alias'. +'target_cpu' +'target_vendor' +'target_os' + The first three parts of the canonical target configuration name. + + Note that if 'host' and 'target' are the same string, you can assume +a native configuration. If they are different, you can assume a cross +configuration. + + It is arguably possible for 'host' and 'target' to represent the same +system, but for the strings to not be identical. For example, if +'config.guess' returns 'sparc-sun-sunos4.1.4', and somebody configures +with '--target sparc-sun-sunos4.1', then the slight differences between +the two versions of SunOS may be unimportant for your tool. However, in +the general case it can be quite difficult to determine whether the +differences between two configuration names are significant or not. +Therefore, by convention, if the user specifies a '--target' option +without specifying a '--host' option, it is assumed that the user wants +to configure a cross compilation tool. + + The variables 'target' and 'target_alias' should be handled +differently. + + In general, whenever the user may actually see a string, +'target_alias' should be used. This includes anything which may appear +in the file system, such as a directory name or part of a tool name. It +also includes any tool output, unless it is clearly labelled as the +canonical target configuration name. This permits the user to use the +'--target' option to specify how the tool will appear to the outside +world. + + On the other hand, when checking for characteristics of the target +system, 'target' should be used. This is because a wide variety of +'--target' options may map into the same canonical configuration name. +You should not attempt to duplicate the canonicalization done by +'config.sub' in your own code. + + By convention, cross tools are installed with a prefix of the +argument used with the '--target' option, also known as 'target_alias' +(*note Using the Target Type::). If the user does not use the +'--target' option, and thus is building a native tool, no prefix is +used. + + For example, if gcc is configured with '--target mips-elf', then the +installed binary will be named 'mips-elf-gcc'. If gcc is configured +without a '--target' option, then the installed binary will be named +'gcc'. + + The autoconf macro 'AC_ARG_PROGRAM' will handle this for you. If you +are using automake, no more need be done; the programs will +automatically be installed with the correct prefixes. Otherwise, see +the autoconf documentation for 'AC_ARG_PROGRAM'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree, Prev: Using the Target Type, Up: Cross Compilation Tools + +5.6 Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree +================================== + +The Cygnus tree is used for various packages including gdb, the GNU +binutils, and egcs. It is also, of course, used for Cygnus releases. + + In the Cygnus tree, the top level 'configure' script uses the old +Cygnus configure system, not autoconf. The top level 'Makefile.in' is +written to build packages based on what is in the source tree, and +supports building a large number of tools in a single 'configure'/'make' +step. + + The Cygnus tree may be configured with a '--target' option. The +'--target' option applies recursively to every subdirectory, and permits +building an entire set of cross tools at once. + +* Menu: + +* Host and Target Libraries:: Host and Target Libraries. +* Target Library Configure Scripts:: Target Library Configure Scripts. +* Make Targets in Cygnus Tree:: Make Targets in Cygnus Tree. +* Target libiberty:: Target libiberty + + +File: configure.info, Node: Host and Target Libraries, Next: Target Library Configure Scripts, Up: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree + +5.6.1 Host and Target Libraries +------------------------------- + +The Cygnus tree distinguishes host libraries from target libraries. + + Host libraries are built with the compiler used to build the programs +which run on the host, which is called the host compiler. This includes +libraries such as 'bfd' and 'tcl'. These libraries are built with the +host compiler, and are linked into programs like the binutils or gcc +which run on the host. + + Target libraries are built with the target compiler. If gcc is +present in the source tree, then the target compiler is the gcc that is +built using the host compiler. Target libraries are libraries such as +'newlib' and 'libstdc++'. These libraries are not linked into the host +programs, but are instead made available for use with programs built +with the target compiler. + + For the rest of this section, assume that gcc is present in the +source tree, so that it will be used to build the target libraries. + + There is a complication here. The configure process needs to know +which compiler you are going to use to build a tool; otherwise, the +feature tests will not work correctly. The Cygnus tree handles this by +not configuring the target libraries until the target compiler is built. +In order to permit everything to build using a single +'configure'/'make', the configuration of the target libraries is +actually triggered during the make step. + + When the target libraries are configured, the '--target' option is +not used. Instead, the '--host' option is used with the argument of the +'--target' option for the overall configuration. If no '--target' +option was used for the overall configuration, the '--host' option will +be passed with the output of the 'config.guess' shell script. Any +'--build' option is passed down unchanged. + + This translation of configuration options is done because since the +target libraries are compiled with the target compiler, they are being +built in order to run on the target of the overall configuration. By +the definition of host, this means that their host system is the same as +the target system of the overall configuration. + + The same process is used for both a native configuration and a cross +configuration. Even when using a native configuration, the target +libraries will be configured and built using the newly built compiler. +This is particularly important for the C++ libraries, since there is no +reason to assume that the C++ compiler used to build the host tools (if +there even is one) uses the same ABI as the g++ compiler which will be +used to build the target libraries. + + There is one difference between a native configuration and a cross +configuration. In a native configuration, the target libraries are +normally configured and built as siblings of the host tools. In a cross +configuration, the target libraries are normally built in a subdirectory +whose name is the argument to '--target'. This is mainly for historical +reasons. + + To summarize, running 'configure' in the Cygnus tree configures all +the host libraries and tools, but does not configure any of the target +libraries. Running 'make' then does the following steps: + + * Build the host libraries. + * Build the host programs, including gcc. Note that we call gcc both + a host program (since it runs on the host) and a target compiler + (since it generates code for the target). + * Using the newly built target compiler, configure the target + libraries. + * Build the target libraries. + + The steps need not be done in precisely this order, since they are +actually controlled by 'Makefile' targets. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Target Library Configure Scripts, Next: Make Targets in Cygnus Tree, Prev: Host and Target Libraries, Up: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree + +5.6.2 Target Library Configure Scripts +-------------------------------------- + +There are a few things you must know in order to write a configure +script for a target library. This is just a quick sketch, and beginners +shouldn't worry if they don't follow everything here. + + The target libraries are configured and built using a newly built +target compiler. There may not be any startup files or libraries for +this target compiler. In fact, those files will probably be built as +part of some target library, which naturally means that they will not +exist when your target library is configured. + + This means that the configure script for a target library may not use +any test which requires doing a link. This unfortunately includes many +useful autoconf macros, such as 'AC_CHECK_FUNCS'. autoconf macros which +do a compile but not a link, such as 'AC_CHECK_HEADERS', may be used. + + This is a severe restriction, but normally not a fatal one, as target +libraries can often assume the presence of other target libraries, and +thus know which functions will be available. + + As of this writing, the autoconf macro 'AC_PROG_CC' does a link to +make sure that the compiler works. This may fail in a target library, +so target libraries must use a different set of macros to locate the +compiler. See the 'configure.in' file in a directory like 'libiberty' +or 'libgloss' for an example. + + As noted in the previous section, target libraries are sometimes +built in directories which are siblings to the host tools, and are +sometimes built in a subdirectory. The '--with-target-subdir' configure +option will be passed when the library is configured. Its value will be +an empty string if the target library is a sibling. Its value will be +the name of the subdirectory if the target library is in a subdirectory. + + If the overall build is not a native build (i.e., the overall +configure used the '--target' option), then the library will be +configured with the '--with-cross-host' option. The value of this +option will be the host system of the overall build. Recall that the +host system of the library will be the target of the overall build. If +the overall build is a native build, the '--with-cross-host' option will +not be used. + + A library which can be built both standalone and as a target library +may want to install itself into different directories depending upon the +case. When built standalone, or when built native, the library should +be installed in '$(libdir)'. When built as a target library which is +not native, the library should be installed in '$(tooldir)/lib'. The +'--with-cross-host' option may be used to distinguish these cases. + + This same test of '--with-cross-host' may be used to see whether it +is OK to use link tests in the configure script. If the +'--with-cross-host' option is not used, then the library is being built +either standalone or native, and a link should work. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Make Targets in Cygnus Tree, Next: Target libiberty, Prev: Target Library Configure Scripts, Up: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree + +5.6.3 Make Targets in Cygnus Tree +--------------------------------- + +The top level 'Makefile' in the Cygnus tree defines targets for every +known subdirectory. + + For every subdirectory DIR which holds a host library or program, the +'Makefile' target 'all-DIR' will build that library or program. + + There are dependencies among host tools. For example, building gcc +requires first building gas, because the gcc build process invokes the +target assembler. These dependencies are reflected in the top level +'Makefile'. + + For every subdirectory DIR which holds a target library, the +'Makefile' target 'configure-target-DIR' will configure that library. +The 'Makefile' target 'all-target-DIR' will build that library. + + Every 'configure-target-DIR' target depends upon 'all-gcc', since +gcc, the target compiler, is required to configure the tool. Every +'all-target-DIR' target depends upon the corresponding +'configure-target-DIR' target. + + There are several other targets which may be of interest for each +directory: 'install-DIR', 'clean-DIR', and 'check-DIR'. There are also +corresponding 'target' versions of these for the target libraries , such +as 'install-target-DIR'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Target libiberty, Prev: Make Targets in Cygnus Tree, Up: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree + +5.6.4 Target libiberty +---------------------- + +The 'libiberty' subdirectory is currently a special case, in that it is +the only directory which is built both using the host compiler and using +the target compiler. + + This is because the files in 'libiberty' are used when building the +host tools, and they are also incorporated into the 'libstdc++' target +library as support code. + + This duality does not pose any particular difficulties. It means +that there are targets for both 'all-libiberty' and +'all-target-libiberty'. + + In a native configuration, when target libraries are not built in a +subdirectory, the same objects are normally used as both the host build +and the target build. This is normally OK, since libiberty contains +only C code, and in a native configuration the results of the host +compiler and the target compiler are normally interoperable. + + Irix 6 is again an exception here, since the SGI native compiler +defaults to using the 'O32' ABI, and gcc defaults to using the 'N32' +ABI. On Irix 6, the target libraries are built in a subdirectory even +for a native configuration, avoiding this problem. + + There are currently no other libraries built for both the host and +the target, but there is no conceptual problem with adding more. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Canadian Cross, Next: Cygnus Configure, Prev: Cross Compilation Tools, Up: Top + +6 Canadian Cross +**************** + +It is possible to use the GNU configure and build system to build a +program which will run on a system which is different from the system on +which the tools are built. In other words, it is possible to build +programs using a cross compiler. + + This is referred to as a "Canadian Cross". + +* Menu: + +* Canadian Cross Example:: Canadian Cross Example. +* Canadian Cross Concepts:: Canadian Cross Concepts. +* Build Cross Host Tools:: Build Cross Host Tools. +* Build and Host Options:: Build and Host Options. +* CCross not in Cygnus Tree:: Canadian Cross not in Cygnus Tree. +* CCross in Cygnus Tree:: Canadian Cross in Cygnus Tree. +* Supporting Canadian Cross:: Supporting Canadian Cross. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Canadian Cross Example, Next: Canadian Cross Concepts, Up: Canadian Cross + +6.1 Canadian Cross Example +========================== + +Here is an example of a Canadian Cross. + + While running on a GNU/Linux, you can build a program which will run +on a Solaris system. You would use a GNU/Linux cross Solaris compiler +to build the program. + + Of course, you could not run the resulting program on your GNU/Linux +system. You would have to copy it over to a Solaris system before you +would run it. + + Of course, you could also simply build the programs on the Solaris +system in the first place. However, perhaps the Solaris system is not +available for some reason; perhaps you actually don't have one, but you +want to build the tools for somebody else to use. Or perhaps your +GNU/Linux system is much faster than your Solaris system. + + A Canadian Cross build is most frequently used when building programs +to run on a non-Unix system, such as DOS or Windows. It may be simpler +to configure and build on a Unix system than to support the +configuration machinery on a non-Unix system. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Canadian Cross Concepts, Next: Build Cross Host Tools, Prev: Canadian Cross Example, Up: Canadian Cross + +6.2 Canadian Cross Concepts +=========================== + +When building a Canadian Cross, there are at least two different systems +involved: the system on which the tools are being built, and the system +on which the tools will run. + + The system on which the tools are being built is called the "build" +system. + + The system on which the tools will run is called the host system. + + For example, if you are building a Solaris program on a GNU/Linux +system, as in the previous section, the build system would be GNU/Linux, +and the host system would be Solaris. + + It is, of course, possible to build a cross compiler using a Canadian +Cross (i.e., build a cross compiler using a cross compiler). In this +case, the system for which the resulting cross compiler generates code +is called the target system. (For a more complete discussion of host +and target systems, *note Host and Target::). + + An example of building a cross compiler using a Canadian Cross would +be building a Windows cross MIPS ELF compiler on a GNU/Linux system. In +this case the build system would be GNU/Linux, the host system would be +Windows, and the target system would be MIPS ELF. + + The name Canadian Cross comes from the case when the build, host, and +target systems are all different. At the time that these issues were +all being hashed out, Canada had three national political parties. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Build Cross Host Tools, Next: Build and Host Options, Prev: Canadian Cross Concepts, Up: Canadian Cross + +6.3 Build Cross Host Tools +========================== + +In order to configure a program for a Canadian Cross build, you must +first build and install the set of cross tools you will use to build the +program. + + These tools will be build cross host tools. That is, they will run +on the build system, and will produce code that runs on the host system. + + It is easy to confuse the meaning of build and host here. Always +remember that the build system is where you are doing the build, and the +host system is where the resulting program will run. Therefore, you +need a build cross host compiler. + + In general, you must have a complete cross environment in order to do +the build. This normally means a cross compiler, cross assembler, and +so forth, as well as libraries and include files for the host system. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Build and Host Options, Next: CCross not in Cygnus Tree, Prev: Build Cross Host Tools, Up: Canadian Cross + +6.4 Build and Host Options +========================== + +When you run 'configure', you must use both the '--build' and '--host' +options. + + The '--build' option is used to specify the configuration name of the +build system. This can normally be the result of running the +'config.guess' shell script, and it is reasonable to use +'--build=`config.guess`'. + + The '--host' option is used to specify the configuration name of the +host system. + + As we explained earlier, 'config.guess' is used to set the default +value for the '--host' option (*note Using the Host Type::). We can now +see that since 'config.guess' returns the type of system on which it is +run, it really identifies the build system. Since the host system is +normally the same as the build system (i.e., people do not normally +build using a cross compiler), it is reasonable to use the result of +'config.guess' as the default for the host system when the '--host' +option is not used. + + It might seem that if the '--host' option were used without the +'--build' option that the configure script could run 'config.guess' to +determine the build system, and presume a Canadian Cross if the result +of 'config.guess' differed from the '--host' option. However, for +historical reasons, some configure scripts are routinely run using an +explicit '--host' option, rather than using the default from +'config.guess'. As noted earlier, it is difficult or impossible to +reliably compare configuration names (*note Using the Target Type::). +Therefore, by convention, if the '--host' option is used, but the +'--build' option is not used, then the build system defaults to the host +system. + + +File: configure.info, Node: CCross not in Cygnus Tree, Next: CCross in Cygnus Tree, Prev: Build and Host Options, Up: Canadian Cross + +6.5 Canadian Cross not in Cygnus Tree. +====================================== + +If you are not using the Cygnus tree, you must explicitly specify the +cross tools which you want to use to build the program. This is done by +setting environment variables before running the 'configure' script. + + You must normally set at least the environment variables 'CC', 'AR', +and 'RANLIB' to the cross tools which you want to use to build. + + For some programs, you must set additional cross tools as well, such +as 'AS', 'LD', or 'NM'. + + You would set these environment variables to the build cross tools +which you are going to use. + + For example, if you are building a Solaris program on a GNU/Linux +system, and your GNU/Linux cross Solaris compiler were named +'solaris-gcc', then you would set the environment variable 'CC' to +'solaris-gcc'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: CCross in Cygnus Tree, Next: Supporting Canadian Cross, Prev: CCross not in Cygnus Tree, Up: Canadian Cross + +6.6 Canadian Cross in Cygnus Tree +================================= + +This section describes configuring and building a Canadian Cross when +using the Cygnus tree. + +* Menu: + +* Standard Cygnus CCross:: Building a Normal Program. +* Cross Cygnus CCross:: Building a Cross Program. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Standard Cygnus CCross, Next: Cross Cygnus CCross, Up: CCross in Cygnus Tree + +6.6.1 Building a Normal Program +------------------------------- + +When configuring a Canadian Cross in the Cygnus tree, all the +appropriate environment variables are automatically set to 'HOST-TOOL', +where HOST is the value used for the '--host' option, and TOOL is the +name of the tool (e.g., 'gcc', 'as', etc.). These tools must be on your +'PATH'. + + Adding a prefix of HOST will give the usual name for the build cross +host tools. To see this, consider that when these cross tools were +built, they were configured to run on the build system and to produce +code for the host system. That is, they were configured with a +'--target' option that is the same as the system which we are now +calling the host. Recall that the default name for installed cross +tools uses the target system as a prefix (*note Using the Target +Type::). Since that is the system which we are now calling the host, +HOST is the right prefix to use. + + For example, if you configure with '--build=i386-linux-gnu' and +'--host=solaris', then the Cygnus tree will automatically default to +using the compiler 'solaris-gcc'. You must have previously built and +installed this compiler, probably by doing a build with no '--host' +option and with a '--target' option of 'solaris'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Cross Cygnus CCross, Prev: Standard Cygnus CCross, Up: CCross in Cygnus Tree + +6.6.2 Building a Cross Program +------------------------------ + +There are additional considerations if you want to build a cross +compiler, rather than a native compiler, in the Cygnus tree using a +Canadian Cross. + + When you build a cross compiler using the Cygnus tree, then the +target libraries will normally be built with the newly built target +compiler (*note Host and Target Libraries::). However, this will not +work when building with a Canadian Cross. This is because the newly +built target compiler will be a program which runs on the host system, +and therefore will not be able to run on the build system. + + Therefore, when building a cross compiler with the Cygnus tree, you +must first install a set of build cross target tools. These tools will +be used when building the target libraries. + + Note that this is not a requirement of a Canadian Cross in general. +For example, it would be possible to build just the host cross target +tools on the build system, to copy the tools to the host system, and to +build the target libraries on the host system. The requirement for +build cross target tools is imposed by the Cygnus tree, which expects to +be able to build both host programs and target libraries in a single +'configure'/'make' step. Because it builds these in a single step, it +expects to be able to build the target libraries on the build system, +which means that it must use a build cross target toolchain. + + For example, suppose you want to build a Windows cross MIPS ELF +compiler on a GNU/Linux system. You must have previously installed both +a GNU/Linux cross Windows compiler and a GNU/Linux cross MIPS ELF +compiler. + + In order to build the Windows (configuration name 'i386-cygwin32') +cross MIPS ELF (configure name 'mips-elf') compiler, you might execute +the following commands (long command lines are broken across lines with +a trailing backslash as a continuation character). + + mkdir linux-x-cygwin32 + cd linux-x-cygwin32 + SRCDIR/configure --target i386-cygwin32 --prefix=INSTALLDIR \ + --exec-prefix=INSTALLDIR/H-i386-linux + make + make install + cd .. + mkdir linux-x-mips-elf + cd linux-x-mips-elf + SRCDIR/configure --target mips-elf --prefix=INSTALLDIR \ + --exec-prefix=INSTALLDIR/H-i386-linux + make + make install + cd .. + mkdir cygwin32-x-mips-elf + cd cygwin32-x-mips-elf + SRCDIR/configure --build=i386-linux-gnu --host=i386-cygwin32 \ + --target=mips-elf --prefix=WININSTALLDIR \ + --exec-prefix=WININSTALLDIR/H-i386-cygwin32 + make + make install + + You would then copy the contents of WININSTALLDIR over to the Windows +machine, and run the resulting programs. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Supporting Canadian Cross, Prev: CCross in Cygnus Tree, Up: Canadian Cross + +6.7 Supporting Canadian Cross +============================= + +If you want to make it possible to build a program you are developing +using a Canadian Cross, you must take some care when writing your +configure and make rules. Simple cases will normally work correctly. +However, it is not hard to write configure and make tests which will +fail in a Canadian Cross. + +* Menu: + +* CCross in Configure:: Supporting Canadian Cross in Configure Scripts. +* CCross in Make:: Supporting Canadian Cross in Makefiles. + + +File: configure.info, Node: CCross in Configure, Next: CCross in Make, Up: Supporting Canadian Cross + +6.7.1 Supporting Canadian Cross in Configure Scripts +---------------------------------------------------- + +In a 'configure.in' file, after calling 'AC_PROG_CC', you can find out +whether this is a Canadian Cross configure by examining the shell +variable 'cross_compiling'. In a Canadian Cross, which means that the +compiler is a cross compiler, 'cross_compiling' will be 'yes'. In a +normal configuration, 'cross_compiling' will be 'no'. + + You ordinarily do not need to know the type of the build system in a +configure script. However, if you do need that information, you can get +it by using the macro 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM', the same macro that is used +to determine the target system. This macro will set the variables +'build', 'build_alias', 'build_cpu', 'build_vendor', and 'build_os', +which correspond to the similar 'target' and 'host' variables, except +that they describe the build system. + + When writing tests in 'configure.in', you must remember that you want +to test the host environment, not the build environment. + + Macros like 'AC_CHECK_FUNCS' which use the compiler will test the +host environment. That is because the tests will be done by running the +compiler, which is actually a build cross host compiler. If the +compiler can find the function, that means that the function is present +in the host environment. + + Tests like 'test -f /dev/ptyp0', on the other hand, will test the +build environment. Remember that the configure script is running on the +build system, not the host system. If your configure scripts examines +files, those files will be on the build system. Whatever you determine +based on those files may or may not be the case on the host system. + + Most autoconf macros will work correctly for a Canadian Cross. The +main exception is 'AC_TRY_RUN'. This macro tries to compile and run a +test program. This will fail in a Canadian Cross, because the program +will be compiled for the host system, which means that it will not run +on the build system. + + The 'AC_TRY_RUN' macro provides an optional argument to tell the +configure script what to do in a Canadian Cross. If that argument is +not present, you will get a warning when you run 'autoconf': + warning: AC_TRY_RUN called without default to allow cross compiling +This tells you that the resulting 'configure' script will not work with +a Canadian Cross. + + In some cases while it may better to perform a test at configure +time, it is also possible to perform the test at run time. In such a +case you can use the cross compiling argument to 'AC_TRY_RUN' to tell +your program that the test could not be performed at configure time. + + There are a few other autoconf macros which will not work correctly +with a Canadian Cross: a partial list is 'AC_FUNC_GETPGRP', +'AC_FUNC_SETPGRP', 'AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED', and +'AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS'. The 'AC_CHECK_SIZEOF' macro is generally +not very useful with a Canadian Cross; it permits an optional argument +indicating the default size, but there is no way to know what the +correct default should be. + + +File: configure.info, Node: CCross in Make, Prev: CCross in Configure, Up: Supporting Canadian Cross + +6.7.2 Supporting Canadian Cross in Makefiles. +--------------------------------------------- + +The main Canadian Cross issue in a 'Makefile' arises when you want to +use a subsidiary program to generate code or data which you will then +include in your real program. + + If you compile this subsidiary program using '$(CC)' in the usual +way, you will not be able to run it. This is because '$(CC)' will build +a program for the host system, but the program is being built on the +build system. + + You must instead use a compiler for the build system, rather than the +host system. In the Cygnus tree, this make variable '$(CC_FOR_BUILD)' +will hold a compiler for the build system. + + Note that you should not include 'config.h' in a file you are +compiling with '$(CC_FOR_BUILD)'. The 'configure' script will build +'config.h' with information for the host system. However, you are +compiling the file using a compiler for the build system (a native +compiler). Subsidiary programs are normally simple filters which do no +user interaction, and it is normally possible to write them in a highly +portable fashion so that the absence of 'config.h' is not crucial. + + The gcc 'Makefile.in' shows a complex situation in which certain +files, such as 'rtl.c', must be compiled into both subsidiary programs +run on the build system and into the final program. This approach may +be of interest for advanced build system hackers. Note that the build +system compiler is rather confusingly called 'HOST_CC'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Cygnus Configure, Next: Multilibs, Prev: Canadian Cross, Up: Top + +7 Cygnus Configure +****************** + +The Cygnus configure script predates autoconf. All of its interesting +features have been incorporated into autoconf. No new programs should +be written to use the Cygnus configure script. + + However, the Cygnus configure script is still used in a few places: +at the top of the Cygnus tree and in a few target libraries in the +Cygnus tree. Until those uses have been replaced with autoconf, some +brief notes are appropriate here. This is not complete documentation, +but it should be possible to use this as a guide while examining the +scripts themselves. + +* Menu: + +* Cygnus Configure Basics:: Cygnus Configure Basics. +* Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries:: Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Cygnus Configure Basics, Next: Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries, Up: Cygnus Configure + +7.1 Cygnus Configure Basics +=========================== + +Cygnus configure does not use any generated files; there is no program +corresponding to 'autoconf'. Instead, there is a single shell script +named 'configure' which may be found at the top of the Cygnus tree. +This shell script was written by hand; it was not generated by autoconf, +and it is incorrect, and indeed harmful, to run 'autoconf' in the top +level of a Cygnus tree. + + Cygnus configure works in a particular directory by examining the +file 'configure.in' in that directory. That file is broken into four +separate shell scripts. + + The first is the contents of 'configure.in' up to a line that starts +with '# per-host:'. This is the common part. + + The second is the rest of 'configure.in' up to a line that starts +with '# per-target:'. This is the per host part. + + The third is the rest of 'configure.in' up to a line that starts with +'# post-target:'. This is the per target part. + + The fourth is the remainder of 'configure.in'. This is the post +target part. + + If any of these comment lines are missing, the corresponding shell +script is empty. + + Cygnus configure will first execute the common part. This must set +the shell variable 'srctrigger' to the name of a source file, to confirm +that Cygnus configure is looking at the right directory. This may set +the shell variables 'package_makefile_frag' and +'package_makefile_rules_frag'. + + Cygnus configure will next set the 'build' and 'host' shell +variables, and execute the per host part. This may set the shell +variable 'host_makefile_frag'. + + Cygnus configure will next set the 'target' variable, and execute the +per target part. This may set the shell variable +'target_makefile_frag'. + + Any of these scripts may set the 'subdirs' shell variable. This +variable is a list of subdirectories where a 'Makefile.in' file may be +found. Cygnus configure will automatically look for a 'Makefile.in' +file in the current directory. The 'subdirs' shell variable is not +normally used, and I believe that the only directory which uses it at +present is 'newlib'. + + For each 'Makefile.in', Cygnus configure will automatically create a +'Makefile' by adding definitions for 'make' variables such as 'host' and +'target', and automatically editing the values of 'make' variables such +as 'prefix' if they are present. + + Also, if any of the 'makefile_frag' shell variables are set, Cygnus +configure will interpret them as file names relative to either the +working directory or the source directory, and will read the contents of +the file into the generated 'Makefile'. The file contents will be read +in after the first line in 'Makefile.in' which starts with '####'. + + These 'Makefile' fragments are used to customize behaviour for a +particular host or target. They serve to select particular files to +compile, and to define particular preprocessor macros by providing +values for 'make' variables which are then used during compilation. +Cygnus configure, unlike autoconf, normally does not do feature tests, +and normally requires support to be added manually for each new host. + + The 'Makefile' fragment support is similar to the autoconf +'AC_SUBST_FILE' macro. + + After creating each 'Makefile', the post target script will be run +(i.e., it may be run several times). This script may further customize +the 'Makefile'. When it is run, the shell variable 'Makefile' will hold +the name of the 'Makefile', including the appropriate directory +component. + + Like an autoconf generated 'configure' script, Cygnus configure will +create a file named 'config.status' which, when run, will automatically +recreate the configuration. The 'config.status' file will simply +execute the Cygnus configure script again with the appropriate +arguments. + + Any of the parts of 'configure.in' may set the shell variables +'files' and 'links'. Cygnus configure will set up symlinks from the +names in 'links' to the files named in 'files'. This is similar to the +autoconf 'AC_LINK_FILES' macro. + + Finally, any of the parts of 'configure.in' may set the shell +variable 'configdirs' to a set of subdirectories. If it is set, Cygnus +configure will recursively run the configure process in each +subdirectory. If the subdirectory uses Cygnus configure, it will +contain a 'configure.in' file but no 'configure' file, in which case +Cygnus configure will invoke itself recursively. If the subdirectory +has a 'configure' file, Cygnus configure assumes that it is an autoconf +generated 'configure' script, and simply invokes it directly. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries, Prev: Cygnus Configure Basics, Up: Cygnus Configure + +7.2 Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries +===================================== + +The C++ library configure system, written by Per Bothner, deserves +special mention. It uses Cygnus configure, but it does feature testing +like that done by autoconf generated 'configure' scripts. This approach +is used in the libraries 'libio', 'libstdc++', and 'libg++'. + + Most of the 'Makefile' information is written out by the shell script +'libio/config.shared'. Each 'configure.in' file sets certain shell +variables, and then invokes 'config.shared' to create two package +'Makefile' fragments. These fragments are then incorporated into the +resulting 'Makefile' by the Cygnus configure script. + + The file '_G_config.h' is created in the 'libio' object directory by +running the shell script 'libio/gen-params'. This shell script uses +feature tests to define macros and typedefs in '_G_config.h'. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Multilibs, Next: FAQ, Prev: Cygnus Configure, Up: Top + +8 Multilibs +*********** + +For some targets gcc may have different processor requirements depending +upon command line options. An obvious example is the '-msoft-float' +option supported on several processors. This option means that the +floating point registers are not available, which means that floating +point operations must be done by calling an emulation subroutine rather +than by using machine instructions. + + For such options, gcc is often configured to compile target libraries +twice: once with '-msoft-float' and once without. When gcc compiles +target libraries more than once, the resulting libraries are called +"multilibs". + + Multilibs are not really part of the GNU configure and build system, +but we discuss them here since they require support in the 'configure' +scripts and 'Makefile's used for target libraries. + +* Menu: + +* Multilibs in gcc:: Multilibs in gcc. +* Multilibs in Target Libraries:: Multilibs in Target Libraries. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Multilibs in gcc, Next: Multilibs in Target Libraries, Up: Multilibs + +8.1 Multilibs in gcc +==================== + +In gcc, multilibs are defined by setting the variable 'MULTILIB_OPTIONS' +in the target 'Makefile' fragment. Several other 'MULTILIB' variables +may also be defined there. *Note The Target Makefile Fragment: +(gcc)Target Fragment. + + If you have built gcc, you can see what multilibs it uses by running +it with the '-print-multi-lib' option. The output '.;' means that no +multilibs are used. In general, the output is a sequence of lines, one +per multilib. The first part of each line, up to the ';', is the name +of the multilib directory. The second part is a list of compiler +options separated by '@' characters. + + Multilibs are built in a tree of directories. The top of the tree, +represented by '.' in the list of multilib directories, is the default +library to use when no special compiler options are used. The +subdirectories of the tree hold versions of the library to use when +particular compiler options are used. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Multilibs in Target Libraries, Prev: Multilibs in gcc, Up: Multilibs + +8.2 Multilibs in Target Libraries +================================= + +The target libraries in the Cygnus tree are automatically built with +multilibs. That means that each library is built multiple times. + + This default is set in the top level 'configure.in' file, by adding +'--enable-multilib' to the list of arguments passed to configure when it +is run for the target libraries (*note Host and Target Libraries::). + + Each target library uses the shell script 'config-ml.in', written by +Doug Evans, to prepare to build target libraries. This shell script is +invoked after the 'Makefile' has been created by the 'configure' script. +If multilibs are not enabled, it does nothing, otherwise it modifies the +'Makefile' to support multilibs. + + The 'config-ml.in' script makes one copy of the 'Makefile' for each +multilib in the appropriate subdirectory. When configuring in the +source directory (which is not recommended), it will build a symlink +tree of the sources in each subdirectory. + + The 'config-ml.in' script sets several variables in the various +'Makefile's. The 'Makefile.in' must have definitions for these +variables already; 'config-ml.in' simply changes the existing values. +The 'Makefile' should use default values for these variables which will +do the right thing in the subdirectories. + +'MULTISRCTOP' + 'config-ml.in' will set this to a sequence of '../' strings, where + the number of strings is the number of multilib levels in the + source tree. The default value should be the empty string. +'MULTIBUILDTOP' + 'config-ml.in' will set this to a sequence of '../' strings, where + the number of strings is number of multilib levels in the object + directory. The default value should be the empty string. This + will differ from 'MULTISRCTOP' when configuring in the source tree + (which is not recommended). +'MULTIDIRS' + In the top level 'Makefile' only, 'config-ml.in' will set this to + the list of multilib subdirectories. The default value should be + the empty string. +'MULTISUBDIR' + 'config-ml.in' will set this to the installed subdirectory name to + use for this subdirectory, with a leading '/'. The default value + shold be the empty string. +'MULTIDO' +'MULTICLEAN' + In the top level 'Makefile' only, 'config-ml.in' will set these + variables to commands to use when doing a recursive make. These + variables should both default to the string 'true', so that by + default nothing happens. + + All references to the parent of the source directory should use the +variable 'MULTISRCTOP'. Instead of writing '$(srcdir)/..', you must +write '$(srcdir)/$(MULTISRCTOP)..'. + + Similarly, references to the parent of the object directory should +use the variable 'MULTIBUILDTOP'. + + In the installation target, the libraries should be installed in the +subdirectory 'MULTISUBDIR'. Instead of installing '$(libdir)/libfoo.a', +install '$(libdir)$(MULTISUBDIR)/libfoo.a'. + + The 'config-ml.in' script also modifies the top level 'Makefile' to +add 'multi-do' and 'multi-clean' targets which are used when building +multilibs. + + The default target of the 'Makefile' should include the following +command: + @$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) DO=all multi-do +This assumes that '$(FLAGS_TO_PASS)' is defined as a set of variables to +pass to a recursive invocation of 'make'. This will build all the +multilibs. Note that the default value of 'MULTIDO' is 'true', so by +default this command will do nothing. It will only do something in the +top level 'Makefile' if multilibs were enabled. + + The 'install' target of the 'Makefile' should include the following +command: + @$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) DO=install multi-do + + In general, any operation, other than clean, which should be +performed on all the multilibs should use a '$(MULTIDO)' line, setting +the variable 'DO' to the target of each recursive call to 'make'. + + The 'clean' targets ('clean', 'mostlyclean', etc.) should use +'$(MULTICLEAN)'. For example, the 'clean' target should do this: + @$(MULTICLEAN) DO=clean multi-clean + + +File: configure.info, Node: FAQ, Next: Index, Prev: Multilibs, Up: Top + +9 Frequently Asked Questions +**************************** + +Which do I run first, 'autoconf' or 'automake'? + Except when you first add autoconf or automake support to a + package, you shouldn't run either by hand. Instead, configure with + the '--enable-maintainer-mode' option, and let 'make' take care of + it. + +'autoconf' says something about undefined macros. + This means that you have macros in your 'configure.in' which are + not defined by 'autoconf'. You may be using an old version of + 'autoconf'; try building and installing a newer one. Make sure the + newly installled 'autoconf' is first on your 'PATH'. Also, see the + next question. + +My 'configure' script has stuff like 'CY_GNU_GETTEXT' in it. + This means that you have macros in your 'configure.in' which should + be defined in your 'aclocal.m4' file, but aren't. This usually + means that 'aclocal' was not able to appropriate definitions of the + macros. Make sure that you have installed all the packages you + need. In particular, make sure that you have installed libtool + (this is where 'AM_PROG_LIBTOOL' is defined) and gettext (this is + where 'CY_GNU_GETTEXT' is defined, at least in the Cygnus version + of gettext). + +My 'Makefile' has '@' characters in it. + This may mean that you tried to use an autoconf substitution in + your 'Makefile.in' without adding the appropriate 'AC_SUBST' call + to your 'configure' script. Or it may just mean that you need to + rebuild 'Makefile' in your build directory. To rebuild 'Makefile' + from 'Makefile.in', run the shell script 'config.status' with no + arguments. If you need to force 'configure' to run again, first + run 'config.status --recheck'. These runs are normally done + automatically by 'Makefile' targets, but if your 'Makefile' has + gotten messed up you'll need to help them along. + +Why do I have to run both 'config.status --recheck' and 'config.status'? + Normally, you don't; they will be run automatically by 'Makefile' + targets. If you do need to run them, use 'config.status --recheck' + to run the 'configure' script again with the same arguments as the + first time you ran it. Use 'config.status' (with no arguments) to + regenerate all files ('Makefile', 'config.h', etc.) based on the + results of the configure script. The two cases are separate + because it isn't always necessary to regenerate all the files after + running 'config.status --recheck'. The 'Makefile' targets + generated by automake will use the environment variables + 'CONFIG_FILES' and 'CONFIG_HEADERS' to only regenerate files as + they are needed. + +What is the Cygnus tree? + The Cygnus tree is used for various packages including gdb, the GNU + binutils, and egcs. It is also, of course, used for Cygnus + releases. It is the build system which was developed at Cygnus, + using the Cygnus configure script. It permits building many + different packages with a single configure and make. The configure + scripts in the tree are being converted to autoconf, but the + general build structure remains intact. + +Why do I have to keep rebuilding and reinstalling the tools? + I know, it's a pain. Unfortunately, there are bugs in the tools + themselves which need to be fixed, and each time that happens + everybody who uses the tools need to reinstall new versions of + them. I don't know if there is going to be a clever fix until the + tools stabilize. + +Why not just have a Cygnus tree 'make' target to update the tools? + The tools unfortunately need to be installed before they can be + used. That means that they must be built using an appropriate + prefix, and it seems unwise to assume that every configuration uses + an appropriate prefix. It might be possible to make them work in + place, or it might be possible to install them in some + subdirectory; so far these approaches have not been implemented. + + +File: configure.info, Node: Index, Prev: FAQ, Up: Top + +Index +***** + +[index] +* Menu: + +* '--build' option: Build and Host Options. + (line 9) +* '--host' option: Build and Host Options. + (line 14) +* '--target' option: Specifying the Target. + (line 10) +* '_GNU_SOURCE': Write configure.in. (line 132) +* 'acconfig.h': Written Developer Files. + (line 27) +* 'acconfig.h', writing: Write acconfig.h. (line 6) +* 'acinclude.m4': Written Developer Files. + (line 37) +* 'aclocal.m4': Generated Developer Files. + (line 33) +* 'AC_CANONICAL_HOST': Using the Host Type. (line 10) +* 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM': Using the Target Type. + (line 6) +* 'AC_CONFIG_HEADER': Write configure.in. (line 64) +* 'AC_EXEEXT': Write configure.in. (line 84) +* 'AC_INIT': Write configure.in. (line 37) +* 'AC_OUTPUT': Write configure.in. (line 140) +* 'AC_PREREQ': Write configure.in. (line 41) +* 'AC_PROG_CC': Write configure.in. (line 101) +* 'AC_PROG_CXX': Write configure.in. (line 115) +* 'AM_CONFIG_HEADER': Write configure.in. (line 52) +* 'AM_DISABLE_SHARED': Write configure.in. (line 125) +* 'AM_EXEEXT': Write configure.in. (line 84) +* 'AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE': Write configure.in. (line 47) +* 'AM_MAINTAINER_MODE': Write configure.in. (line 68) +* 'AM_PROG_LIBTOOL': Write configure.in. (line 120) +* 'AM_PROG_LIBTOOL' in 'configure': FAQ. (line 19) +* build option: Build and Host Options. + (line 9) +* building with a cross compiler: Canadian Cross. (line 6) +* canadian cross: Canadian Cross. (line 6) +* canadian cross in configure: CCross in Configure. (line 6) +* canadian cross in cygnus tree: CCross in Cygnus Tree. + (line 6) +* canadian cross in makefile: CCross in Make. (line 6) +* canadian cross, configuring: Build and Host Options. + (line 6) +* canonical system names: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* 'config.cache': Build Files Description. + (line 28) +* 'config.h': Build Files Description. + (line 23) +* 'config.h.in': Generated Developer Files. + (line 45) +* 'config.in': Generated Developer Files. + (line 45) +* 'config.status': Build Files Description. + (line 9) +* 'config.status --recheck': FAQ. (line 40) +* configuration names: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* configuration triplets: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* 'configure': Generated Developer Files. + (line 21) +* configure build system: Build and Host Options. + (line 9) +* configure host: Build and Host Options. + (line 14) +* configure target: Specifying the Target. + (line 10) +* 'configure.in': Written Developer Files. + (line 9) +* 'configure.in', writing: Write configure.in. (line 6) +* configuring a canadian cross: Build and Host Options. + (line 6) +* cross compiler: Cross Compilation Concepts. + (line 6) +* cross compiler, building with: Canadian Cross. (line 6) +* cross tools: Cross Compilation Tools. + (line 6) +* cygnus configure: Cygnus Configure. (line 6) +* 'CY_GNU_GETTEXT' in 'configure': FAQ. (line 19) +* goals: Goals. (line 6) +* history: History. (line 6) +* host names: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* host option: Build and Host Options. + (line 14) +* host system: Host and Target. (line 6) +* host triplets: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* 'HOST_CC': CCross in Make. (line 27) +* 'libg++' configure: Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries. + (line 6) +* 'libio' configure: Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries. + (line 6) +* 'libstdc++' configure: Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries. + (line 6) +* 'Makefile': Build Files Description. + (line 18) +* 'Makefile', garbage characters: FAQ. (line 29) +* 'Makefile.am': Written Developer Files. + (line 18) +* 'Makefile.am', writing: Write Makefile.am. (line 6) +* 'Makefile.in': Generated Developer Files. + (line 26) +* multilibs: Multilibs. (line 6) +* 'stamp-h': Build Files Description. + (line 40) +* 'stamp-h.in': Generated Developer Files. + (line 54) +* system names: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* system types: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* target option: Specifying the Target. + (line 10) +* target system: Host and Target. (line 6) +* triplets: Configuration Names. (line 6) +* undefined macros: FAQ. (line 12) + + + +Tag Table: +Node: Top966 +Node: Introduction1494 +Node: Goals2576 +Node: Tools3300 +Node: History4289 +Node: Building7285 +Node: Getting Started10548 +Node: Write configure.in11061 +Node: Write Makefile.am18275 +Node: Write acconfig.h21431 +Node: Generate files22968 +Node: Getting Started Example24934 +Node: Getting Started Example 125689 +Node: Getting Started Example 227610 +Node: Getting Started Example 330605 +Node: Generate Files in Example32966 +Node: Files34052 +Node: Developer Files34663 +Node: Developer Files Picture35043 +Node: Written Developer Files36343 +Node: Generated Developer Files38895 +Node: Build Files42039 +Node: Build Files Picture42700 +Node: Build Files Description43463 +Node: Support Files45463 +Node: Configuration Names48332 +Node: Configuration Name Definition48831 +Node: Using Configuration Names51151 +Node: Cross Compilation Tools53121 +Node: Cross Compilation Concepts53812 +Node: Host and Target54780 +Node: Using the Host Type56281 +Node: Specifying the Target57628 +Node: Using the Target Type58417 +Node: Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree61847 +Node: Host and Target Libraries62904 +Node: Target Library Configure Scripts66649 +Node: Make Targets in Cygnus Tree69741 +Node: Target libiberty71089 +Node: Canadian Cross72475 +Node: Canadian Cross Example73316 +Node: Canadian Cross Concepts74435 +Node: Build Cross Host Tools75947 +Node: Build and Host Options76899 +Node: CCross not in Cygnus Tree78685 +Node: CCross in Cygnus Tree79663 +Node: Standard Cygnus CCross80084 +Node: Cross Cygnus CCross81448 +Node: Supporting Canadian Cross84248 +Node: CCross in Configure84863 +Node: CCross in Make88028 +Node: Cygnus Configure89631 +Node: Cygnus Configure Basics90466 +Node: Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries95144 +Node: Multilibs96151 +Node: Multilibs in gcc97196 +Node: Multilibs in Target Libraries98274 +Node: FAQ102458 +Node: Index106559 + +End Tag Table diff --git a/libc/share/info/standards.info b/libc/share/info/standards.info new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba33f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/share/info/standards.info @@ -0,0 +1,5720 @@ +This is standards.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.0 from +standards.texi. + +The GNU coding standards, last updated April 12, 2010. + + Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software +Foundation, Inc. + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or +any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no +Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover +Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU +Free Documentation License". +INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU organization +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* Standards: (standards). GNU coding standards. +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY + + +File: standards.info, Node: Top, Next: Preface, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) + +Version +******* + +The GNU coding standards, last updated April 12, 2010. + + Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software +Foundation, Inc. + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or +any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no +Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover +Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU +Free Documentation License". + +* Menu: + +* Preface:: About the GNU Coding Standards. +* Legal Issues:: Keeping free software free. +* Design Advice:: General program design. +* Program Behavior:: Program behavior for all programs +* Writing C:: Making the best use of C. +* Documentation:: Documenting programs. +* Managing Releases:: The release process. +* References:: Mentioning non-free software or documentation. +* GNU Free Documentation License:: Copying and sharing this manual. +* Index:: + + +File: standards.info, Node: Preface, Next: Legal Issues, Up: Top + +1 About the GNU Coding Standards +******************************** + +The GNU Coding Standards were written by Richard Stallman and other GNU +Project volunteers. Their purpose is to make the GNU system clean, +consistent, and easy to install. This document can also be read as a +guide to writing portable, robust and reliable programs. It focuses on +programs written in C, but many of the rules and principles are useful +even if you write in another programming language. The rules often +state reasons for writing in a certain way. + + If you did not obtain this file directly from the GNU project and +recently, please check for a newer version. You can get the GNU Coding +Standards from the GNU web server in many different formats, including +the Texinfo source, PDF, HTML, DVI, plain text, and more, at: +. + + If you are maintaining an official GNU package, in addition to this +document, please read and follow the GNU maintainer information (*note +Contents: (maintain)Top.). + + If you want to receive diffs for every change to these GNU documents, +join the mailing list 'gnustandards-commit@gnu.org', via the web +interface at +. Archives +are also available there. + + Please send corrections or suggestions for this document to +. If you make a suggestion, please include a +suggested new wording for it, to help us consider the suggestion +efficiently. We prefer a context diff to the Texinfo source, but if +that's difficult for you, you can make a context diff for some other +version of this document, or propose it in any way that makes it clear. +The source repository for this document can be found at +. + + These standards cover the minimum of what is important when writing a +GNU package. Likely, the need for additional standards will come up. +Sometimes, you might suggest that such standards be added to this +document. If you think your standards would be generally useful, please +do suggest them. + + You should also set standards for your package on many questions not +addressed or not firmly specified here. The most important point is to +be self-consistent--try to stick to the conventions you pick, and try to +document them as much as possible. That way, your program will be more +maintainable by others. + + The GNU Hello program serves as an example of how to follow the GNU +coding standards for a trivial program. +. + + This release of the GNU Coding Standards was last updated April 12, +2010. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Legal Issues, Next: Design Advice, Prev: Preface, Up: Top + +2 Keeping Free Software Free +**************************** + +This chapter discusses how you can make sure that GNU software avoids +legal difficulties, and other related issues. + +* Menu: + +* Reading Non-Free Code:: Referring to proprietary programs. +* Contributions:: Accepting contributions. +* Trademarks:: How we deal with trademark issues. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Reading Non-Free Code, Next: Contributions, Up: Legal Issues + +2.1 Referring to Proprietary Programs +===================================== + +Don't in any circumstances refer to Unix source code for or during your +work on GNU! (Or to any other proprietary programs.) + + If you have a vague recollection of the internals of a Unix program, +this does not absolutely mean you can't write an imitation of it, but do +try to organize the imitation internally along different lines, because +this is likely to make the details of the Unix version irrelevant and +dissimilar to your results. + + For example, Unix utilities were generally optimized to minimize +memory use; if you go for speed instead, your program will be very +different. You could keep the entire input file in memory and scan it +there instead of using stdio. Use a smarter algorithm discovered more +recently than the Unix program. Eliminate use of temporary files. Do +it in one pass instead of two (we did this in the assembler). + + Or, on the contrary, emphasize simplicity instead of speed. For some +applications, the speed of today's computers makes simpler algorithms +adequate. + + Or go for generality. For example, Unix programs often have static +tables or fixed-size strings, which make for arbitrary limits; use +dynamic allocation instead. Make sure your program handles NULs and +other funny characters in the input files. Add a programming language +for extensibility and write part of the program in that language. + + Or turn some parts of the program into independently usable +libraries. Or use a simple garbage collector instead of tracking +precisely when to free memory, or use a new GNU facility such as +obstacks. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Contributions, Next: Trademarks, Prev: Reading Non-Free Code, Up: Legal Issues + +2.2 Accepting Contributions +=========================== + +If the program you are working on is copyrighted by the Free Software +Foundation, then when someone else sends you a piece of code to add to +the program, we need legal papers to use it--just as we asked you to +sign papers initially. _Each_ person who makes a nontrivial +contribution to a program must sign some sort of legal papers in order +for us to have clear title to the program; the main author alone is not +enough. + + So, before adding in any contributions from other people, please tell +us, so we can arrange to get the papers. Then wait until we tell you +that we have received the signed papers, before you actually use the +contribution. + + This applies both before you release the program and afterward. If +you receive diffs to fix a bug, and they make significant changes, we +need legal papers for that change. + + This also applies to comments and documentation files. For copyright +law, comments and code are just text. Copyright applies to all kinds of +text, so we need legal papers for all kinds. + + We know it is frustrating to ask for legal papers; it's frustrating +for us as well. But if you don't wait, you are going out on a limb--for +example, what if the contributor's employer won't sign a disclaimer? +You might have to take that code out again! + + You don't need papers for changes of a few lines here or there, since +they are not significant for copyright purposes. Also, you don't need +papers if all you get from the suggestion is some ideas, not actual code +which you use. For example, if someone sent you one implementation, but +you write a different implementation of the same idea, you don't need to +get papers. + + The very worst thing is if you forget to tell us about the other +contributor. We could be very embarrassed in court some day as a +result. + + We have more detailed advice for maintainers of programs; if you have +reached the stage of actually maintaining a program for GNU (whether +released or not), please ask us for a copy. It is also available online +for your perusal: . + + +File: standards.info, Node: Trademarks, Prev: Contributions, Up: Legal Issues + +2.3 Trademarks +============== + +Please do not include any trademark acknowledgements in GNU software +packages or documentation. + + Trademark acknowledgements are the statements that such-and-such is a +trademark of so-and-so. The GNU Project has no objection to the basic +idea of trademarks, but these acknowledgements feel like kowtowing, and +there is no legal requirement for them, so we don't use them. + + What is legally required, as regards other people's trademarks, is to +avoid using them in ways which a reader might reasonably understand as +naming or labeling our own programs or activities. For example, since +"Objective C" is (or at least was) a trademark, we made sure to say that +we provide a "compiler for the Objective C language" rather than an +"Objective C compiler". The latter would have been meant as a shorter +way of saying the former, but it does not explicitly state the +relationship, so it could be misinterpreted as using "Objective C" as a +label for the compiler rather than for the language. + + Please don't use "win" as an abbreviation for Microsoft Windows in +GNU software or documentation. In hacker terminology, calling something +a "win" is a form of praise. If you wish to praise Microsoft Windows +when speaking on your own, by all means do so, but not in GNU software. +Usually we write the name "Windows" in full, but when brevity is very +important (as in file names and sometimes symbol names), we abbreviate +it to "w". For instance, the files and functions in Emacs that deal +with Windows start with 'w32'. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Design Advice, Next: Program Behavior, Prev: Legal Issues, Up: Top + +3 General Program Design +************************ + +This chapter discusses some of the issues you should take into account +when designing your program. + +* Menu: + +* Source Language:: Which languages to use. +* Compatibility:: Compatibility with other implementations. +* Using Extensions:: Using non-standard features. +* Standard C:: Using standard C features. +* Conditional Compilation:: Compiling code only if a conditional is true. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Source Language, Next: Compatibility, Up: Design Advice + +3.1 Which Languages to Use +========================== + +When you want to use a language that gets compiled and runs at high +speed, the best language to use is C. Using another language is like +using a non-standard feature: it will cause trouble for users. Even if +GCC supports the other language, users may find it inconvenient to have +to install the compiler for that other language in order to build your +program. For example, if you write your program in C++, people will +have to install the GNU C++ compiler in order to compile your program. + + C has one other advantage over C++ and other compiled languages: more +people know C, so more people will find it easy to read and modify the +program if it is written in C. + + So in general it is much better to use C, rather than the comparable +alternatives. + + But there are two exceptions to that conclusion: + + * It is no problem to use another language to write a tool + specifically intended for use with that language. That is because + the only people who want to build the tool will be those who have + installed the other language anyway. + + * If an application is of interest only to a narrow part of the + community, then the question of which language it is written in has + less effect on other people, so you may as well please yourself. + + Many programs are designed to be extensible: they include an +interpreter for a language that is higher level than C. Often much of +the program is written in that language, too. The Emacs editor +pioneered this technique. + + The standard extensibility interpreter for GNU software is Guile +(), which implements the language +Scheme (an especially clean and simple dialect of Lisp). Guile also +includes bindings for GTK+/GNOME, making it practical to write modern +GUI functionality within Guile. We don't reject programs written in +other "scripting languages" such as Perl and Python, but using Guile is +very important for the overall consistency of the GNU system. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Compatibility, Next: Using Extensions, Prev: Source Language, Up: Design Advice + +3.2 Compatibility with Other Implementations +============================================ + +With occasional exceptions, utility programs and libraries for GNU +should be upward compatible with those in Berkeley Unix, and upward +compatible with Standard C if Standard C specifies their behavior, and +upward compatible with POSIX if POSIX specifies their behavior. + + When these standards conflict, it is useful to offer compatibility +modes for each of them. + + Standard C and POSIX prohibit many kinds of extensions. Feel free to +make the extensions anyway, and include a '--ansi', '--posix', or +'--compatible' option to turn them off. However, if the extension has a +significant chance of breaking any real programs or scripts, then it is +not really upward compatible. So you should try to redesign its +interface to make it upward compatible. + + Many GNU programs suppress extensions that conflict with POSIX if the +environment variable 'POSIXLY_CORRECT' is defined (even if it is defined +with a null value). Please make your program recognize this variable if +appropriate. + + When a feature is used only by users (not by programs or command +files), and it is done poorly in Unix, feel free to replace it +completely with something totally different and better. (For example, +'vi' is replaced with Emacs.) But it is nice to offer a compatible +feature as well. (There is a free 'vi' clone, so we offer it.) + + Additional useful features are welcome regardless of whether there is +any precedent for them. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Using Extensions, Next: Standard C, Prev: Compatibility, Up: Design Advice + +3.3 Using Non-standard Features +=============================== + +Many GNU facilities that already exist support a number of convenient +extensions over the comparable Unix facilities. Whether to use these +extensions in implementing your program is a difficult question. + + On the one hand, using the extensions can make a cleaner program. On +the other hand, people will not be able to build the program unless the +other GNU tools are available. This might cause the program to work on +fewer kinds of machines. + + With some extensions, it might be easy to provide both alternatives. +For example, you can define functions with a "keyword" 'INLINE' and +define that as a macro to expand into either 'inline' or nothing, +depending on the compiler. + + In general, perhaps it is best not to use the extensions if you can +straightforwardly do without them, but to use the extensions if they are +a big improvement. + + An exception to this rule are the large, established programs (such +as Emacs) which run on a great variety of systems. Using GNU extensions +in such programs would make many users unhappy, so we don't do that. + + Another exception is for programs that are used as part of +compilation: anything that must be compiled with other compilers in +order to bootstrap the GNU compilation facilities. If these require the +GNU compiler, then no one can compile them without having them installed +already. That would be extremely troublesome in certain cases. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Standard C, Next: Conditional Compilation, Prev: Using Extensions, Up: Design Advice + +3.4 Standard C and Pre-Standard C +================================= + +1989 Standard C is widespread enough now that it is ok to use its +features in new programs. There is one exception: do not ever use the +"trigraph" feature of Standard C. + + 1999 Standard C is not widespread yet, so please do not require its +features in programs. It is ok to use its features if they are present. + + However, it is easy to support pre-standard compilers in most +programs, so if you know how to do that, feel free. If a program you +are maintaining has such support, you should try to keep it working. + + To support pre-standard C, instead of writing function definitions in +standard prototype form, + + int + foo (int x, int y) + ... + +write the definition in pre-standard style like this, + + int + foo (x, y) + int x, y; + ... + +and use a separate declaration to specify the argument prototype: + + int foo (int, int); + + You need such a declaration anyway, in a header file, to get the +benefit of prototypes in all the files where the function is called. +And once you have the declaration, you normally lose nothing by writing +the function definition in the pre-standard style. + + This technique does not work for integer types narrower than 'int'. +If you think of an argument as being of a type narrower than 'int', +declare it as 'int' instead. + + There are a few special cases where this technique is hard to use. +For example, if a function argument needs to hold the system type +'dev_t', you run into trouble, because 'dev_t' is shorter than 'int' on +some machines; but you cannot use 'int' instead, because 'dev_t' is +wider than 'int' on some machines. There is no type you can safely use +on all machines in a non-standard definition. The only way to support +non-standard C and pass such an argument is to check the width of +'dev_t' using Autoconf and choose the argument type accordingly. This +may not be worth the trouble. + + In order to support pre-standard compilers that do not recognize +prototypes, you may want to use a preprocessor macro like this: + + /* Declare the prototype for a general external function. */ + #if defined (__STDC__) || defined (WINDOWSNT) + #define P_(proto) proto + #else + #define P_(proto) () + #endif + + +File: standards.info, Node: Conditional Compilation, Prev: Standard C, Up: Design Advice + +3.5 Conditional Compilation +=========================== + +When supporting configuration options already known when building your +program we prefer using 'if (... )' over conditional compilation, as in +the former case the compiler is able to perform more extensive checking +of all possible code paths. + + For example, please write + + if (HAS_FOO) + ... + else + ... + +instead of: + + #ifdef HAS_FOO + ... + #else + ... + #endif + + A modern compiler such as GCC will generate exactly the same code in +both cases, and we have been using similar techniques with good success +in several projects. Of course, the former method assumes that +'HAS_FOO' is defined as either 0 or 1. + + While this is not a silver bullet solving all portability problems, +and is not always appropriate, following this policy would have saved +GCC developers many hours, or even days, per year. + + In the case of function-like macros like 'REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE' in GCC +which cannot be simply used in 'if (...)' statements, there is an easy +workaround. Simply introduce another macro 'HAS_REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE' as +in the following example: + + #ifdef REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE + #define HAS_REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE 1 + #else + #define HAS_REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE 0 + #endif + + +File: standards.info, Node: Program Behavior, Next: Writing C, Prev: Design Advice, Up: Top + +4 Program Behavior for All Programs +*********************************** + +This chapter describes conventions for writing robust software. It also +describes general standards for error messages, the command line +interface, and how libraries should behave. + +* Menu: + +* Non-GNU Standards:: We consider standards such as POSIX; + we don't "obey" them. +* Semantics:: Writing robust programs. +* Libraries:: Library behavior. +* Errors:: Formatting error messages. +* User Interfaces:: Standards about interfaces generally. +* Graphical Interfaces:: Standards for graphical interfaces. +* Command-Line Interfaces:: Standards for command line interfaces. +* Option Table:: Table of long options. +* OID Allocations:: Table of OID slots for GNU. +* Memory Usage:: When and how to care about memory needs. +* File Usage:: Which files to use, and where. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Non-GNU Standards, Next: Semantics, Up: Program Behavior + +4.1 Non-GNU Standards +===================== + +The GNU Project regards standards published by other organizations as +suggestions, not orders. We consider those standards, but we do not +"obey" them. In developing a GNU program, you should implement an +outside standard's specifications when that makes the GNU system better +overall in an objective sense. When it doesn't, you shouldn't. + + In most cases, following published standards is convenient for +users--it means that their programs or scripts will work more portably. +For instance, GCC implements nearly all the features of Standard C as +specified by that standard. C program developers would be unhappy if it +did not. And GNU utilities mostly follow specifications of POSIX.2; +shell script writers and users would be unhappy if our programs were +incompatible. + + But we do not follow either of these specifications rigidly, and +there are specific points on which we decided not to follow them, so as +to make the GNU system better for users. + + For instance, Standard C says that nearly all extensions to C are +prohibited. How silly! GCC implements many extensions, some of which +were later adopted as part of the standard. If you want these +constructs to give an error message as "required" by the standard, you +must specify '--pedantic', which was implemented only so that we can say +"GCC is a 100% implementation of the standard," not because there is any +reason to actually use it. + + POSIX.2 specifies that 'df' and 'du' must output sizes by default in +units of 512 bytes. What users want is units of 1k, so that is what we +do by default. If you want the ridiculous behavior "required" by POSIX, +you must set the environment variable 'POSIXLY_CORRECT' (which was +originally going to be named 'POSIX_ME_HARDER'). + + GNU utilities also depart from the letter of the POSIX.2 +specification when they support long-named command-line options, and +intermixing options with ordinary arguments. This minor incompatibility +with POSIX is never a problem in practice, and it is very useful. + + In particular, don't reject a new feature, or remove an old one, +merely because a standard says it is "forbidden" or "deprecated." + + +File: standards.info, Node: Semantics, Next: Libraries, Prev: Non-GNU Standards, Up: Program Behavior + +4.2 Writing Robust Programs +=========================== + +Avoid arbitrary limits on the length or number of _any_ data structure, +including file names, lines, files, and symbols, by allocating all data +structures dynamically. In most Unix utilities, "long lines are +silently truncated". This is not acceptable in a GNU utility. + + Utilities reading files should not drop NUL characters, or any other +nonprinting characters _including those with codes above 0177_. The +only sensible exceptions would be utilities specifically intended for +interface to certain types of terminals or printers that can't handle +those characters. Whenever possible, try to make programs work properly +with sequences of bytes that represent multibyte characters, using +encodings such as UTF-8 and others. + + Check every system call for an error return, unless you know you wish +to ignore errors. Include the system error text (from 'perror' or +equivalent) in _every_ error message resulting from a failing system +call, as well as the name of the file if any and the name of the +utility. Just "cannot open foo.c" or "stat failed" is not sufficient. + + Check every call to 'malloc' or 'realloc' to see if it returned zero. +Check 'realloc' even if you are making the block smaller; in a system +that rounds block sizes to a power of 2, 'realloc' may get a different +block if you ask for less space. + + In Unix, 'realloc' can destroy the storage block if it returns zero. +GNU 'realloc' does not have this bug: if it fails, the original block is +unchanged. Feel free to assume the bug is fixed. If you wish to run +your program on Unix, and wish to avoid lossage in this case, you can +use the GNU 'malloc'. + + You must expect 'free' to alter the contents of the block that was +freed. Anything you want to fetch from the block, you must fetch before +calling 'free'. + + If 'malloc' fails in a noninteractive program, make that a fatal +error. In an interactive program (one that reads commands from the +user), it is better to abort the command and return to the command +reader loop. This allows the user to kill other processes to free up +virtual memory, and then try the command again. + + Use 'getopt_long' to decode arguments, unless the argument syntax +makes this unreasonable. + + When static storage is to be written in during program execution, use +explicit C code to initialize it. Reserve C initialized declarations +for data that will not be changed. + + Try to avoid low-level interfaces to obscure Unix data structures +(such as file directories, utmp, or the layout of kernel memory), since +these are less likely to work compatibly. If you need to find all the +files in a directory, use 'readdir' or some other high-level interface. +These are supported compatibly by GNU. + + The preferred signal handling facilities are the BSD variant of +'signal', and the POSIX 'sigaction' function; the alternative USG +'signal' interface is an inferior design. + + Nowadays, using the POSIX signal functions may be the easiest way to +make a program portable. If you use 'signal', then on GNU/Linux systems +running GNU libc version 1, you should include 'bsd/signal.h' instead of +'signal.h', so as to get BSD behavior. It is up to you whether to +support systems where 'signal' has only the USG behavior, or give up on +them. + + In error checks that detect "impossible" conditions, just abort. +There is usually no point in printing any message. These checks +indicate the existence of bugs. Whoever wants to fix the bugs will have +to read the source code and run a debugger. So explain the problem with +comments in the source. The relevant data will be in variables, which +are easy to examine with the debugger, so there is no point moving them +elsewhere. + + Do not use a count of errors as the exit status for a program. _That +does not work_, because exit status values are limited to 8 bits (0 +through 255). A single run of the program might have 256 errors; if you +try to return 256 as the exit status, the parent process will see 0 as +the status, and it will appear that the program succeeded. + + If you make temporary files, check the 'TMPDIR' environment variable; +if that variable is defined, use the specified directory instead of +'/tmp'. + + In addition, be aware that there is a possible security problem when +creating temporary files in world-writable directories. In C, you can +avoid this problem by creating temporary files in this manner: + + fd = open (filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, 0600); + +or by using the 'mkstemps' function from libiberty. + + In bash, use 'set -C' to avoid this problem. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Libraries, Next: Errors, Prev: Semantics, Up: Program Behavior + +4.3 Library Behavior +==================== + +Try to make library functions reentrant. If they need to do dynamic +storage allocation, at least try to avoid any nonreentrancy aside from +that of 'malloc' itself. + + Here are certain name conventions for libraries, to avoid name +conflicts. + + Choose a name prefix for the library, more than two characters long. +All external function and variable names should start with this prefix. +In addition, there should only be one of these in any given library +member. This usually means putting each one in a separate source file. + + An exception can be made when two external symbols are always used +together, so that no reasonable program could use one without the other; +then they can both go in the same file. + + External symbols that are not documented entry points for the user +should have names beginning with '_'. The '_' should be followed by the +chosen name prefix for the library, to prevent collisions with other +libraries. These can go in the same files with user entry points if you +like. + + Static functions and variables can be used as you like and need not +fit any naming convention. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Errors, Next: User Interfaces, Prev: Libraries, Up: Program Behavior + +4.4 Formatting Error Messages +============================= + +Error messages from compilers should look like this: + + SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO: MESSAGE + +If you want to mention the column number, use one of these formats: + + SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO:COLUMN: MESSAGE + SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO.COLUMN: MESSAGE + + +Line numbers should start from 1 at the beginning of the file, and +column numbers should start from 1 at the beginning of the line. (Both +of these conventions are chosen for compatibility.) Calculate column +numbers assuming that space and all ASCII printing characters have equal +width, and assuming tab stops every 8 columns. + + The error message can also give both the starting and ending +positions of the erroneous text. There are several formats so that you +can avoid redundant information such as a duplicate line number. Here +are the possible formats: + + SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO-1.COLUMN-1-LINENO-2.COLUMN-2: MESSAGE + SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO-1.COLUMN-1-COLUMN-2: MESSAGE + SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO-1-LINENO-2: MESSAGE + +When an error is spread over several files, you can use this format: + + FILE-1:LINENO-1.COLUMN-1-FILE-2:LINENO-2.COLUMN-2: MESSAGE + + Error messages from other noninteractive programs should look like +this: + + PROGRAM:SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO: MESSAGE + +when there is an appropriate source file, or like this: + + PROGRAM: MESSAGE + +when there is no relevant source file. + + If you want to mention the column number, use this format: + + PROGRAM:SOURCE-FILE-NAME:LINENO:COLUMN: MESSAGE + + In an interactive program (one that is reading commands from a +terminal), it is better not to include the program name in an error +message. The place to indicate which program is running is in the +prompt or with the screen layout. (When the same program runs with +input from a source other than a terminal, it is not interactive and +would do best to print error messages using the noninteractive style.) + + The string MESSAGE should not begin with a capital letter when it +follows a program name and/or file name, because that isn't the +beginning of a sentence. (The sentence conceptually starts at the +beginning of the line.) Also, it should not end with a period. + + Error messages from interactive programs, and other messages such as +usage messages, should start with a capital letter. But they should not +end with a period. + + +File: standards.info, Node: User Interfaces, Next: Graphical Interfaces, Prev: Errors, Up: Program Behavior + +4.5 Standards for Interfaces Generally +====================================== + +Please don't make the behavior of a utility depend on the name used to +invoke it. It is useful sometimes to make a link to a utility with a +different name, and that should not change what it does. + + Instead, use a run time option or a compilation switch or both to +select among the alternate behaviors. + + Likewise, please don't make the behavior of the program depend on the +type of output device it is used with. Device independence is an +important principle of the system's design; do not compromise it merely +to save someone from typing an option now and then. (Variation in error +message syntax when using a terminal is ok, because that is a side issue +that people do not depend on.) + + If you think one behavior is most useful when the output is to a +terminal, and another is most useful when the output is a file or a +pipe, then it is usually best to make the default behavior the one that +is useful with output to a terminal, and have an option for the other +behavior. + + Compatibility requires certain programs to depend on the type of +output device. It would be disastrous if 'ls' or 'sh' did not do so in +the way all users expect. In some of these cases, we supplement the +program with a preferred alternate version that does not depend on the +output device type. For example, we provide a 'dir' program much like +'ls' except that its default output format is always multi-column +format. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Graphical Interfaces, Next: Command-Line Interfaces, Prev: User Interfaces, Up: Program Behavior + +4.6 Standards for Graphical Interfaces +====================================== + +When you write a program that provides a graphical user interface, +please make it work with the X Window System and the GTK+ toolkit unless +the functionality specifically requires some alternative (for example, +"displaying jpeg images while in console mode"). + + In addition, please provide a command-line interface to control the +functionality. (In many cases, the graphical user interface can be a +separate program which invokes the command-line program.) This is so +that the same jobs can be done from scripts. + + Please also consider providing a D-bus interface for use from other +running programs, such as within GNOME. (GNOME used to use CORBA for +this, but that is being phased out.) In addition, consider providing a +library interface (for use from C), and perhaps a keyboard-driven +console interface (for use by users from console mode). Once you are +doing the work to provide the functionality and the graphical interface, +these won't be much extra work. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Command-Line Interfaces, Next: Option Table, Prev: Graphical Interfaces, Up: Program Behavior + +4.7 Standards for Command Line Interfaces +========================================= + +It is a good idea to follow the POSIX guidelines for the command-line +options of a program. The easiest way to do this is to use 'getopt' to +parse them. Note that the GNU version of 'getopt' will normally permit +options anywhere among the arguments unless the special argument '--' is +used. This is not what POSIX specifies; it is a GNU extension. + + Please define long-named options that are equivalent to the +single-letter Unix-style options. We hope to make GNU more user +friendly this way. This is easy to do with the GNU function +'getopt_long'. + + One of the advantages of long-named options is that they can be +consistent from program to program. For example, users should be able +to expect the "verbose" option of any GNU program which has one, to be +spelled precisely '--verbose'. To achieve this uniformity, look at the +table of common long-option names when you choose the option names for +your program (*note Option Table::). + + It is usually a good idea for file names given as ordinary arguments +to be input files only; any output files would be specified using +options (preferably '-o' or '--output'). Even if you allow an output +file name as an ordinary argument for compatibility, try to provide an +option as another way to specify it. This will lead to more consistency +among GNU utilities, and fewer idiosyncrasies for users to remember. + + All programs should support two standard options: '--version' and +'--help'. CGI programs should accept these as command-line options, and +also if given as the 'PATH_INFO'; for instance, visiting + in a browser should output the same +information as invoking 'p.cgi --help' from the command line. + +* Menu: + +* --version:: The standard output for -version. +* --help:: The standard output for -help. + + +File: standards.info, Node: --version, Next: --help, Up: Command-Line Interfaces + +4.7.1 '--version' +----------------- + +The standard '--version' option should direct the program to print +information about its name, version, origin and legal status, all on +standard output, and then exit successfully. Other options and +arguments should be ignored once this is seen, and the program should +not perform its normal function. + + The first line is meant to be easy for a program to parse; the +version number proper starts after the last space. In addition, it +contains the canonical name for this program, in this format: + + GNU Emacs 19.30 + +The program's name should be a constant string; _don't_ compute it from +'argv[0]'. The idea is to state the standard or canonical name for the +program, not its file name. There are other ways to find out the +precise file name where a command is found in 'PATH'. + + If the program is a subsidiary part of a larger package, mention the +package name in parentheses, like this: + + emacsserver (GNU Emacs) 19.30 + +If the package has a version number which is different from this +program's version number, you can mention the package version number +just before the close-parenthesis. + + If you _need_ to mention the version numbers of libraries which are +distributed separately from the package which contains this program, you +can do so by printing an additional line of version info for each +library you want to mention. Use the same format for these lines as for +the first line. + + Please do not mention all of the libraries that the program uses +"just for completeness"--that would produce a lot of unhelpful clutter. +Please mention library version numbers only if you find in practice that +they are very important to you in debugging. + + The following line, after the version number line or lines, should be +a copyright notice. If more than one copyright notice is called for, +put each on a separate line. + + Next should follow a line stating the license, preferably using one +of abbrevations below, and a brief statement that the program is free +software, and that users are free to copy and change it. Also mention +that there is no warranty, to the extent permitted by law. See +recommended wording below. + + It is ok to finish the output with a list of the major authors of the +program, as a way of giving credit. + + Here's an example of output that follows these rules: + + GNU hello 2.3 + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later + This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. + There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. + + You should adapt this to your program, of course, filling in the +proper year, copyright holder, name of program, and the references to +distribution terms, and changing the rest of the wording as necessary. + + This copyright notice only needs to mention the most recent year in +which changes were made--there's no need to list the years for previous +versions' changes. You don't have to mention the name of the program in +these notices, if that is inconvenient, since it appeared in the first +line. (The rules are different for copyright notices in source files; +*note (maintain)Copyright Notices::.) + + Translations of the above lines must preserve the validity of the +copyright notices (*note Internationalization::). If the translation's +character set supports it, the '(C)' should be replaced with the +copyright symbol, as follows: + + (the official copyright symbol, which is the letter C in a circle); + + Write the word "Copyright" exactly like that, in English. Do not +translate it into another language. International treaties recognize +the English word "Copyright"; translations into other languages do not +have legal significance. + + Finally, here is the table of our suggested license abbreviations. +Any abbreviation can be followed by 'vVERSION[+]', meaning that +particular version, or later versions with the '+', as shown above. + + In the case of exceptions for extra permissions with the GPL, we use +'/' for a separator; the version number can follow the license +abbreviation as usual, as in the examples below. + +GPL + GNU General Public License, . + +LGPL + GNU Lesser General Public License, + . + +GPL/Ada + GNU GPL with the exception for Ada. + +Apache + The Apache Software Foundation license, + . + +Artistic + The Artistic license used for Perl, + . + +Expat + The Expat license, . + +MPL + The Mozilla Public License, . + +OBSD + The original (4-clause) BSD license, incompatible with the GNU GPL + . + +PHP + The license used for PHP, . + +public domain + The non-license that is being in the public domain, + . + +Python + The license for Python, . + +RBSD + The revised (3-clause) BSD, compatible with the GNU GPL, + . + +X11 + The simple non-copyleft license used for most versions of the X + Window System, . + +Zlib + The license for Zlib, . + + More information about these licenses and many more are on the GNU +licensing web pages, . + + +File: standards.info, Node: --help, Prev: --version, Up: Command-Line Interfaces + +4.7.2 '--help' +-------------- + +The standard '--help' option should output brief documentation for how +to invoke the program, on standard output, then exit successfully. +Other options and arguments should be ignored once this is seen, and the +program should not perform its normal function. + + Near the end of the '--help' option's output, please place lines +giving the email address for bug reports, the package's home page +(normally 'http://www.gnu.org/software/PKG', and the general page for +help using GNU programs. The format should be like this: + + Report bugs to: MAILING-ADDRESS + PKG home page: + General help using GNU software: + + It is ok to mention other appropriate mailing lists and web pages. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Option Table, Next: OID Allocations, Prev: Command-Line Interfaces, Up: Program Behavior + +4.8 Table of Long Options +========================= + +Here is a table of long options used by GNU programs. It is surely +incomplete, but we aim to list all the options that a new program might +want to be compatible with. If you use names not already in the table, +please send a list of them, with their meanings, +so we can update the table. + +'after-date' + '-N' in 'tar'. + +'all' + '-a' in 'du', 'ls', 'nm', 'stty', 'uname', and 'unexpand'. + +'all-text' + '-a' in 'diff'. + +'almost-all' + '-A' in 'ls'. + +'append' + '-a' in 'etags', 'tee', 'time'; '-r' in 'tar'. + +'archive' + '-a' in 'cp'. + +'archive-name' + '-n' in 'shar'. + +'arglength' + '-l' in 'm4'. + +'ascii' + '-a' in 'diff'. + +'assign' + '-v' in 'gawk'. + +'assume-new' + '-W' in 'make'. + +'assume-old' + '-o' in 'make'. + +'auto-check' + '-a' in 'recode'. + +'auto-pager' + '-a' in 'wdiff'. + +'auto-reference' + '-A' in 'ptx'. + +'avoid-wraps' + '-n' in 'wdiff'. + +'background' + For server programs, run in the background. + +'backward-search' + '-B' in 'ctags'. + +'basename' + '-f' in 'shar'. + +'batch' + Used in GDB. + +'baud' + Used in GDB. + +'before' + '-b' in 'tac'. + +'binary' + '-b' in 'cpio' and 'diff'. + +'bits-per-code' + '-b' in 'shar'. + +'block-size' + Used in 'cpio' and 'tar'. + +'blocks' + '-b' in 'head' and 'tail'. + +'break-file' + '-b' in 'ptx'. + +'brief' + Used in various programs to make output shorter. + +'bytes' + '-c' in 'head', 'split', and 'tail'. + +'c++' + '-C' in 'etags'. + +'catenate' + '-A' in 'tar'. + +'cd' + Used in various programs to specify the directory to use. + +'changes' + '-c' in 'chgrp' and 'chown'. + +'classify' + '-F' in 'ls'. + +'colons' + '-c' in 'recode'. + +'command' + '-c' in 'su'; '-x' in GDB. + +'compare' + '-d' in 'tar'. + +'compat' + Used in 'gawk'. + +'compress' + '-Z' in 'tar' and 'shar'. + +'concatenate' + '-A' in 'tar'. + +'confirmation' + '-w' in 'tar'. + +'context' + Used in 'diff'. + +'copyleft' + '-W copyleft' in 'gawk'. + +'copyright' + '-C' in 'ptx', 'recode', and 'wdiff'; '-W copyright' in 'gawk'. + +'core' + Used in GDB. + +'count' + '-q' in 'who'. + +'count-links' + '-l' in 'du'. + +'create' + Used in 'tar' and 'cpio'. + +'cut-mark' + '-c' in 'shar'. + +'cxref' + '-x' in 'ctags'. + +'date' + '-d' in 'touch'. + +'debug' + '-d' in 'make' and 'm4'; '-t' in Bison. + +'define' + '-D' in 'm4'. + +'defines' + '-d' in Bison and 'ctags'. + +'delete' + '-D' in 'tar'. + +'dereference' + '-L' in 'chgrp', 'chown', 'cpio', 'du', 'ls', and 'tar'. + +'dereference-args' + '-D' in 'du'. + +'device' + Specify an I/O device (special file name). + +'diacritics' + '-d' in 'recode'. + +'dictionary-order' + '-d' in 'look'. + +'diff' + '-d' in 'tar'. + +'digits' + '-n' in 'csplit'. + +'directory' + Specify the directory to use, in various programs. In 'ls', it + means to show directories themselves rather than their contents. + In 'rm' and 'ln', it means to not treat links to directories + specially. + +'discard-all' + '-x' in 'strip'. + +'discard-locals' + '-X' in 'strip'. + +'dry-run' + '-n' in 'make'. + +'ed' + '-e' in 'diff'. + +'elide-empty-files' + '-z' in 'csplit'. + +'end-delete' + '-x' in 'wdiff'. + +'end-insert' + '-z' in 'wdiff'. + +'entire-new-file' + '-N' in 'diff'. + +'environment-overrides' + '-e' in 'make'. + +'eof' + '-e' in 'xargs'. + +'epoch' + Used in GDB. + +'error-limit' + Used in 'makeinfo'. + +'error-output' + '-o' in 'm4'. + +'escape' + '-b' in 'ls'. + +'exclude-from' + '-X' in 'tar'. + +'exec' + Used in GDB. + +'exit' + '-x' in 'xargs'. + +'exit-0' + '-e' in 'unshar'. + +'expand-tabs' + '-t' in 'diff'. + +'expression' + '-e' in 'sed'. + +'extern-only' + '-g' in 'nm'. + +'extract' + '-i' in 'cpio'; '-x' in 'tar'. + +'faces' + '-f' in 'finger'. + +'fast' + '-f' in 'su'. + +'fatal-warnings' + '-E' in 'm4'. + +'file' + '-f' in 'gawk', 'info', 'make', 'mt', 'sed', and 'tar'. + +'field-separator' + '-F' in 'gawk'. + +'file-prefix' + '-b' in Bison. + +'file-type' + '-F' in 'ls'. + +'files-from' + '-T' in 'tar'. + +'fill-column' + Used in 'makeinfo'. + +'flag-truncation' + '-F' in 'ptx'. + +'fixed-output-files' + '-y' in Bison. + +'follow' + '-f' in 'tail'. + +'footnote-style' + Used in 'makeinfo'. + +'force' + '-f' in 'cp', 'ln', 'mv', and 'rm'. + +'force-prefix' + '-F' in 'shar'. + +'foreground' + For server programs, run in the foreground; in other words, don't + do anything special to run the server in the background. + +'format' + Used in 'ls', 'time', and 'ptx'. + +'freeze-state' + '-F' in 'm4'. + +'fullname' + Used in GDB. + +'gap-size' + '-g' in 'ptx'. + +'get' + '-x' in 'tar'. + +'graphic' + '-i' in 'ul'. + +'graphics' + '-g' in 'recode'. + +'group' + '-g' in 'install'. + +'gzip' + '-z' in 'tar' and 'shar'. + +'hashsize' + '-H' in 'm4'. + +'header' + '-h' in 'objdump' and 'recode' + +'heading' + '-H' in 'who'. + +'help' + Used to ask for brief usage information. + +'here-delimiter' + '-d' in 'shar'. + +'hide-control-chars' + '-q' in 'ls'. + +'html' + In 'makeinfo', output HTML. + +'idle' + '-u' in 'who'. + +'ifdef' + '-D' in 'diff'. + +'ignore' + '-I' in 'ls'; '-x' in 'recode'. + +'ignore-all-space' + '-w' in 'diff'. + +'ignore-backups' + '-B' in 'ls'. + +'ignore-blank-lines' + '-B' in 'diff'. + +'ignore-case' + '-f' in 'look' and 'ptx'; '-i' in 'diff' and 'wdiff'. + +'ignore-errors' + '-i' in 'make'. + +'ignore-file' + '-i' in 'ptx'. + +'ignore-indentation' + '-I' in 'etags'. + +'ignore-init-file' + '-f' in Oleo. + +'ignore-interrupts' + '-i' in 'tee'. + +'ignore-matching-lines' + '-I' in 'diff'. + +'ignore-space-change' + '-b' in 'diff'. + +'ignore-zeros' + '-i' in 'tar'. + +'include' + '-i' in 'etags'; '-I' in 'm4'. + +'include-dir' + '-I' in 'make'. + +'incremental' + '-G' in 'tar'. + +'info' + '-i', '-l', and '-m' in Finger. + +'init-file' + In some programs, specify the name of the file to read as the + user's init file. + +'initial' + '-i' in 'expand'. + +'initial-tab' + '-T' in 'diff'. + +'inode' + '-i' in 'ls'. + +'interactive' + '-i' in 'cp', 'ln', 'mv', 'rm'; '-e' in 'm4'; '-p' in 'xargs'; '-w' + in 'tar'. + +'intermix-type' + '-p' in 'shar'. + +'iso-8601' + Used in 'date' + +'jobs' + '-j' in 'make'. + +'just-print' + '-n' in 'make'. + +'keep-going' + '-k' in 'make'. + +'keep-files' + '-k' in 'csplit'. + +'kilobytes' + '-k' in 'du' and 'ls'. + +'language' + '-l' in 'etags'. + +'less-mode' + '-l' in 'wdiff'. + +'level-for-gzip' + '-g' in 'shar'. + +'line-bytes' + '-C' in 'split'. + +'lines' + Used in 'split', 'head', and 'tail'. + +'link' + '-l' in 'cpio'. + +'lint' +'lint-old' + Used in 'gawk'. + +'list' + '-t' in 'cpio'; '-l' in 'recode'. + +'list' + '-t' in 'tar'. + +'literal' + '-N' in 'ls'. + +'load-average' + '-l' in 'make'. + +'login' + Used in 'su'. + +'machine' + Used in 'uname'. + +'macro-name' + '-M' in 'ptx'. + +'mail' + '-m' in 'hello' and 'uname'. + +'make-directories' + '-d' in 'cpio'. + +'makefile' + '-f' in 'make'. + +'mapped' + Used in GDB. + +'max-args' + '-n' in 'xargs'. + +'max-chars' + '-n' in 'xargs'. + +'max-lines' + '-l' in 'xargs'. + +'max-load' + '-l' in 'make'. + +'max-procs' + '-P' in 'xargs'. + +'mesg' + '-T' in 'who'. + +'message' + '-T' in 'who'. + +'minimal' + '-d' in 'diff'. + +'mixed-uuencode' + '-M' in 'shar'. + +'mode' + '-m' in 'install', 'mkdir', and 'mkfifo'. + +'modification-time' + '-m' in 'tar'. + +'multi-volume' + '-M' in 'tar'. + +'name-prefix' + '-a' in Bison. + +'nesting-limit' + '-L' in 'm4'. + +'net-headers' + '-a' in 'shar'. + +'new-file' + '-W' in 'make'. + +'no-builtin-rules' + '-r' in 'make'. + +'no-character-count' + '-w' in 'shar'. + +'no-check-existing' + '-x' in 'shar'. + +'no-common' + '-3' in 'wdiff'. + +'no-create' + '-c' in 'touch'. + +'no-defines' + '-D' in 'etags'. + +'no-deleted' + '-1' in 'wdiff'. + +'no-dereference' + '-d' in 'cp'. + +'no-inserted' + '-2' in 'wdiff'. + +'no-keep-going' + '-S' in 'make'. + +'no-lines' + '-l' in Bison. + +'no-piping' + '-P' in 'shar'. + +'no-prof' + '-e' in 'gprof'. + +'no-regex' + '-R' in 'etags'. + +'no-sort' + '-p' in 'nm'. + +'no-splash' + Don't print a startup splash screen. + +'no-split' + Used in 'makeinfo'. + +'no-static' + '-a' in 'gprof'. + +'no-time' + '-E' in 'gprof'. + +'no-timestamp' + '-m' in 'shar'. + +'no-validate' + Used in 'makeinfo'. + +'no-wait' + Used in 'emacsclient'. + +'no-warn' + Used in various programs to inhibit warnings. + +'node' + '-n' in 'info'. + +'nodename' + '-n' in 'uname'. + +'nonmatching' + '-f' in 'cpio'. + +'nstuff' + '-n' in 'objdump'. + +'null' + '-0' in 'xargs'. + +'number' + '-n' in 'cat'. + +'number-nonblank' + '-b' in 'cat'. + +'numeric-sort' + '-n' in 'nm'. + +'numeric-uid-gid' + '-n' in 'cpio' and 'ls'. + +'nx' + Used in GDB. + +'old-archive' + '-o' in 'tar'. + +'old-file' + '-o' in 'make'. + +'one-file-system' + '-l' in 'tar', 'cp', and 'du'. + +'only-file' + '-o' in 'ptx'. + +'only-prof' + '-f' in 'gprof'. + +'only-time' + '-F' in 'gprof'. + +'options' + '-o' in 'getopt', 'fdlist', 'fdmount', 'fdmountd', and 'fdumount'. + +'output' + In various programs, specify the output file name. + +'output-prefix' + '-o' in 'shar'. + +'override' + '-o' in 'rm'. + +'overwrite' + '-c' in 'unshar'. + +'owner' + '-o' in 'install'. + +'paginate' + '-l' in 'diff'. + +'paragraph-indent' + Used in 'makeinfo'. + +'parents' + '-p' in 'mkdir' and 'rmdir'. + +'pass-all' + '-p' in 'ul'. + +'pass-through' + '-p' in 'cpio'. + +'port' + '-P' in 'finger'. + +'portability' + '-c' in 'cpio' and 'tar'. + +'posix' + Used in 'gawk'. + +'prefix-builtins' + '-P' in 'm4'. + +'prefix' + '-f' in 'csplit'. + +'preserve' + Used in 'tar' and 'cp'. + +'preserve-environment' + '-p' in 'su'. + +'preserve-modification-time' + '-m' in 'cpio'. + +'preserve-order' + '-s' in 'tar'. + +'preserve-permissions' + '-p' in 'tar'. + +'print' + '-l' in 'diff'. + +'print-chars' + '-L' in 'cmp'. + +'print-data-base' + '-p' in 'make'. + +'print-directory' + '-w' in 'make'. + +'print-file-name' + '-o' in 'nm'. + +'print-symdefs' + '-s' in 'nm'. + +'printer' + '-p' in 'wdiff'. + +'prompt' + '-p' in 'ed'. + +'proxy' + Specify an HTTP proxy. + +'query-user' + '-X' in 'shar'. + +'question' + '-q' in 'make'. + +'quiet' + Used in many programs to inhibit the usual output. Every program + accepting '--quiet' should accept '--silent' as a synonym. + +'quiet-unshar' + '-Q' in 'shar' + +'quote-name' + '-Q' in 'ls'. + +'rcs' + '-n' in 'diff'. + +'re-interval' + Used in 'gawk'. + +'read-full-blocks' + '-B' in 'tar'. + +'readnow' + Used in GDB. + +'recon' + '-n' in 'make'. + +'record-number' + '-R' in 'tar'. + +'recursive' + Used in 'chgrp', 'chown', 'cp', 'ls', 'diff', and 'rm'. + +'reference' + '-r' in 'touch'. + +'references' + '-r' in 'ptx'. + +'regex' + '-r' in 'tac' and 'etags'. + +'release' + '-r' in 'uname'. + +'reload-state' + '-R' in 'm4'. + +'relocation' + '-r' in 'objdump'. + +'rename' + '-r' in 'cpio'. + +'replace' + '-i' in 'xargs'. + +'report-identical-files' + '-s' in 'diff'. + +'reset-access-time' + '-a' in 'cpio'. + +'reverse' + '-r' in 'ls' and 'nm'. + +'reversed-ed' + '-f' in 'diff'. + +'right-side-defs' + '-R' in 'ptx'. + +'same-order' + '-s' in 'tar'. + +'same-permissions' + '-p' in 'tar'. + +'save' + '-g' in 'stty'. + +'se' + Used in GDB. + +'sentence-regexp' + '-S' in 'ptx'. + +'separate-dirs' + '-S' in 'du'. + +'separator' + '-s' in 'tac'. + +'sequence' + Used by 'recode' to chose files or pipes for sequencing passes. + +'shell' + '-s' in 'su'. + +'show-all' + '-A' in 'cat'. + +'show-c-function' + '-p' in 'diff'. + +'show-ends' + '-E' in 'cat'. + +'show-function-line' + '-F' in 'diff'. + +'show-tabs' + '-T' in 'cat'. + +'silent' + Used in many programs to inhibit the usual output. Every program + accepting '--silent' should accept '--quiet' as a synonym. + +'size' + '-s' in 'ls'. + +'socket' + Specify a file descriptor for a network server to use for its + socket, instead of opening and binding a new socket. This provides + a way to run, in a non-privileged process, a server that normally + needs a reserved port number. + +'sort' + Used in 'ls'. + +'source' + '-W source' in 'gawk'. + +'sparse' + '-S' in 'tar'. + +'speed-large-files' + '-H' in 'diff'. + +'split-at' + '-E' in 'unshar'. + +'split-size-limit' + '-L' in 'shar'. + +'squeeze-blank' + '-s' in 'cat'. + +'start-delete' + '-w' in 'wdiff'. + +'start-insert' + '-y' in 'wdiff'. + +'starting-file' + Used in 'tar' and 'diff' to specify which file within a directory + to start processing with. + +'statistics' + '-s' in 'wdiff'. + +'stdin-file-list' + '-S' in 'shar'. + +'stop' + '-S' in 'make'. + +'strict' + '-s' in 'recode'. + +'strip' + '-s' in 'install'. + +'strip-all' + '-s' in 'strip'. + +'strip-debug' + '-S' in 'strip'. + +'submitter' + '-s' in 'shar'. + +'suffix' + '-S' in 'cp', 'ln', 'mv'. + +'suffix-format' + '-b' in 'csplit'. + +'sum' + '-s' in 'gprof'. + +'summarize' + '-s' in 'du'. + +'symbolic' + '-s' in 'ln'. + +'symbols' + Used in GDB and 'objdump'. + +'synclines' + '-s' in 'm4'. + +'sysname' + '-s' in 'uname'. + +'tabs' + '-t' in 'expand' and 'unexpand'. + +'tabsize' + '-T' in 'ls'. + +'terminal' + '-T' in 'tput' and 'ul'. '-t' in 'wdiff'. + +'text' + '-a' in 'diff'. + +'text-files' + '-T' in 'shar'. + +'time' + Used in 'ls' and 'touch'. + +'timeout' + Specify how long to wait before giving up on some operation. + +'to-stdout' + '-O' in 'tar'. + +'total' + '-c' in 'du'. + +'touch' + '-t' in 'make', 'ranlib', and 'recode'. + +'trace' + '-t' in 'm4'. + +'traditional' + '-t' in 'hello'; '-W traditional' in 'gawk'; '-G' in 'ed', 'm4', + and 'ptx'. + +'tty' + Used in GDB. + +'typedefs' + '-t' in 'ctags'. + +'typedefs-and-c++' + '-T' in 'ctags'. + +'typeset-mode' + '-t' in 'ptx'. + +'uncompress' + '-z' in 'tar'. + +'unconditional' + '-u' in 'cpio'. + +'undefine' + '-U' in 'm4'. + +'undefined-only' + '-u' in 'nm'. + +'update' + '-u' in 'cp', 'ctags', 'mv', 'tar'. + +'usage' + Used in 'gawk'; same as '--help'. + +'uuencode' + '-B' in 'shar'. + +'vanilla-operation' + '-V' in 'shar'. + +'verbose' + Print more information about progress. Many programs support this. + +'verify' + '-W' in 'tar'. + +'version' + Print the version number. + +'version-control' + '-V' in 'cp', 'ln', 'mv'. + +'vgrind' + '-v' in 'ctags'. + +'volume' + '-V' in 'tar'. + +'what-if' + '-W' in 'make'. + +'whole-size-limit' + '-l' in 'shar'. + +'width' + '-w' in 'ls' and 'ptx'. + +'word-regexp' + '-W' in 'ptx'. + +'writable' + '-T' in 'who'. + +'zeros' + '-z' in 'gprof'. + + +File: standards.info, Node: OID Allocations, Next: Memory Usage, Prev: Option Table, Up: Program Behavior + +4.9 OID Allocations +=================== + +The OID (object identifier) 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591 has been assigned to the +GNU Project (thanks to Werner Koch). These are used for SNMP, LDAP, +X.509 certificates, and so on. The web site + has a (voluntary) listing of many +OID assignments. + + If you need a new slot for your GNU package, write +. Here is a list of arcs currently assigned: + + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591 GNU + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.1 GNU Radius + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.2 GnuPG + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.2.1 notation + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.2.1.1 pkaAddress + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.3 GNU Radar + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.4 GNU GSS + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.5 GNU Mailutils + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.6 GNU Shishi + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.7 GNU Radio + + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.12 digestAlgorithm + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.12.2 TIGER/192 + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13 encryptionAlgorithm + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2 Serpent + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.1 Serpent-128-ECB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.2 Serpent-128-CBC + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.3 Serpent-128-OFB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.4 Serpent-128-CFB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.21 Serpent-192-ECB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.22 Serpent-192-CBC + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.23 Serpent-192-OFB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.24 Serpent-192-CFB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.41 Serpent-256-ECB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.42 Serpent-256-CBC + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.43 Serpent-256-OFB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.13.2.44 Serpent-256-CFB + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.14 CRC algorithms + 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.14.1 CRC 32 + + +File: standards.info, Node: Memory Usage, Next: File Usage, Prev: OID Allocations, Up: Program Behavior + +4.10 Memory Usage +================= + +If a program typically uses just a few meg of memory, don't bother +making any effort to reduce memory usage. For example, if it is +impractical for other reasons to operate on files more than a few meg +long, it is reasonable to read entire input files into memory to operate +on them. + + However, for programs such as 'cat' or 'tail', that can usefully +operate on very large files, it is important to avoid using a technique +that would artificially limit the size of files it can handle. If a +program works by lines and could be applied to arbitrary user-supplied +input files, it should keep only a line in memory, because this is not +very hard and users will want to be able to operate on input files that +are bigger than will fit in memory all at once. + + If your program creates complicated data structures, just make them +in memory and give a fatal error if 'malloc' returns zero. + + +File: standards.info, Node: File Usage, Prev: Memory Usage, Up: Program Behavior + +4.11 File Usage +=============== + +Programs should be prepared to operate when '/usr' and '/etc' are +read-only file systems. Thus, if the program manages log files, lock +files, backup files, score files, or any other files which are modified +for internal purposes, these files should not be stored in '/usr' or +'/etc'. + + There are two exceptions. '/etc' is used to store system +configuration information; it is reasonable for a program to modify +files in '/etc' when its job is to update the system configuration. +Also, if the user explicitly asks to modify one file in a directory, it +is reasonable for the program to store other files in the same +directory. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Writing C, Next: Documentation, Prev: Program Behavior, Up: Top + +5 Making The Best Use of C +************************** + +This chapter provides advice on how best to use the C language when +writing GNU software. + +* Menu: + +* Formatting:: Formatting your source code. +* Comments:: Commenting your work. +* Syntactic Conventions:: Clean use of C constructs. +* Names:: Naming variables, functions, and files. +* System Portability:: Portability among different operating systems. +* CPU Portability:: Supporting the range of CPU types. +* System Functions:: Portability and "standard" library functions. +* Internationalization:: Techniques for internationalization. +* Character Set:: Use ASCII by default. +* Quote Characters:: Use '...' in the C locale. +* Mmap:: How you can safely use 'mmap'. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Formatting, Next: Comments, Up: Writing C + +5.1 Formatting Your Source Code +=============================== + +It is important to put the open-brace that starts the body of a C +function in column one, so that they will start a defun. Several tools +look for open-braces in column one to find the beginnings of C +functions. These tools will not work on code not formatted that way. + + Avoid putting open-brace, open-parenthesis or open-bracket in column +one when they are inside a function, so that they won't start a defun. +The open-brace that starts a 'struct' body can go in column one if you +find it useful to treat that definition as a defun. + + It is also important for function definitions to start the name of +the function in column one. This helps people to search for function +definitions, and may also help certain tools recognize them. Thus, +using Standard C syntax, the format is this: + + static char * + concat (char *s1, char *s2) + { + ... + } + +or, if you want to use traditional C syntax, format the definition like +this: + + static char * + concat (s1, s2) /* Name starts in column one here */ + char *s1, *s2; + { /* Open brace in column one here */ + ... + } + + In Standard C, if the arguments don't fit nicely on one line, split +it like this: + + int + lots_of_args (int an_integer, long a_long, short a_short, + double a_double, float a_float) + ... + + The rest of this section gives our recommendations for other aspects +of C formatting style, which is also the default style of the 'indent' +program in version 1.2 and newer. It corresponds to the options + + -nbad -bap -nbc -bbo -bl -bli2 -bls -ncdb -nce -cp1 -cs -di2 + -ndj -nfc1 -nfca -hnl -i2 -ip5 -lp -pcs -psl -nsc -nsob + + We don't think of these recommendations as requirements, because it +causes no problems for users if two different programs have different +formatting styles. + + But whatever style you use, please use it consistently, since a +mixture of styles within one program tends to look ugly. If you are +contributing changes to an existing program, please follow the style of +that program. + + For the body of the function, our recommended style looks like this: + + if (x < foo (y, z)) + haha = bar[4] + 5; + else + { + while (z) + { + haha += foo (z, z); + z--; + } + return ++x + bar (); + } + + We find it easier to read a program when it has spaces before the +open-parentheses and after the commas. Especially after the commas. + + When you split an expression into multiple lines, split it before an +operator, not after one. Here is the right way: + + if (foo_this_is_long && bar > win (x, y, z) + && remaining_condition) + + Try to avoid having two operators of different precedence at the same +level of indentation. For example, don't write this: + + mode = (inmode[j] == VOIDmode + || GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode[j]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode[j]) + ? outmode[j] : inmode[j]); + + Instead, use extra parentheses so that the indentation shows the +nesting: + + mode = ((inmode[j] == VOIDmode + || (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode[j]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode[j]))) + ? outmode[j] : inmode[j]); + + Insert extra parentheses so that Emacs will indent the code properly. +For example, the following indentation looks nice if you do it by hand, + + v = rup->ru_utime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_utime.tv_usec/1000 + + rup->ru_stime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_stime.tv_usec/1000; + +but Emacs would alter it. Adding a set of parentheses produces +something that looks equally nice, and which Emacs will preserve: + + v = (rup->ru_utime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_utime.tv_usec/1000 + + rup->ru_stime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_stime.tv_usec/1000); + + Format do-while statements like this: + + do + { + a = foo (a); + } + while (a > 0); + + Please use formfeed characters (control-L) to divide the program into +pages at logical places (but not within a function). It does not matter +just how long the pages are, since they do not have to fit on a printed +page. The formfeeds should appear alone on lines by themselves. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Comments, Next: Syntactic Conventions, Prev: Formatting, Up: Writing C + +5.2 Commenting Your Work +======================== + +Every program should start with a comment saying briefly what it is for. +Example: 'fmt - filter for simple filling of text'. This comment should +be at the top of the source file containing the 'main' function of the +program. + + Also, please write a brief comment at the start of each source file, +with the file name and a line or two about the overall purpose of the +file. + + Please write the comments in a GNU program in English, because +English is the one language that nearly all programmers in all countries +can read. If you do not write English well, please write comments in +English as well as you can, then ask other people to help rewrite them. +If you can't write comments in English, please find someone to work with +you and translate your comments into English. + + Please put a comment on each function saying what the function does, +what sorts of arguments it gets, and what the possible values of +arguments mean and are used for. It is not necessary to duplicate in +words the meaning of the C argument declarations, if a C type is being +used in its customary fashion. If there is anything nonstandard about +its use (such as an argument of type 'char *' which is really the +address of the second character of a string, not the first), or any +possible values that would not work the way one would expect (such as, +that strings containing newlines are not guaranteed to work), be sure to +say so. + + Also explain the significance of the return value, if there is one. + + Please put two spaces after the end of a sentence in your comments, +so that the Emacs sentence commands will work. Also, please write +complete sentences and capitalize the first word. If a lower-case +identifier comes at the beginning of a sentence, don't capitalize it! +Changing the spelling makes it a different identifier. If you don't +like starting a sentence with a lower case letter, write the sentence +differently (e.g., "The identifier lower-case is ..."). + + The comment on a function is much clearer if you use the argument +names to speak about the argument values. The variable name itself +should be lower case, but write it in upper case when you are speaking +about the value rather than the variable itself. Thus, "the inode +number NODE_NUM" rather than "an inode". + + There is usually no purpose in restating the name of the function in +the comment before it, because the reader can see that for himself. +There might be an exception when the comment is so long that the +function itself would be off the bottom of the screen. + + There should be a comment on each static variable as well, like this: + + /* Nonzero means truncate lines in the display; + zero means continue them. */ + int truncate_lines; + + Every '#endif' should have a comment, except in the case of short +conditionals (just a few lines) that are not nested. The comment should +state the condition of the conditional that is ending, _including its +sense_. '#else' should have a comment describing the condition _and +sense_ of the code that follows. For example: + + #ifdef foo + ... + #else /* not foo */ + ... + #endif /* not foo */ + #ifdef foo + ... + #endif /* foo */ + +but, by contrast, write the comments this way for a '#ifndef': + + #ifndef foo + ... + #else /* foo */ + ... + #endif /* foo */ + #ifndef foo + ... + #endif /* not foo */ + + +File: standards.info, Node: Syntactic Conventions, Next: Names, Prev: Comments, Up: Writing C + +5.3 Clean Use of C Constructs +============================= + +Please explicitly declare the types of all objects. For example, you +should explicitly declare all arguments to functions, and you should +declare functions to return 'int' rather than omitting the 'int'. + + Some programmers like to use the GCC '-Wall' option, and change the +code whenever it issues a warning. If you want to do this, then do. +Other programmers prefer not to use '-Wall', because it gives warnings +for valid and legitimate code which they do not want to change. If you +want to do this, then do. The compiler should be your servant, not your +master. + + Declarations of external functions and functions to appear later in +the source file should all go in one place near the beginning of the +file (somewhere before the first function definition in the file), or +else should go in a header file. Don't put 'extern' declarations inside +functions. + + It used to be common practice to use the same local variables (with +names like 'tem') over and over for different values within one +function. Instead of doing this, it is better to declare a separate +local variable for each distinct purpose, and give it a name which is +meaningful. This not only makes programs easier to understand, it also +facilitates optimization by good compilers. You can also move the +declaration of each local variable into the smallest scope that includes +all its uses. This makes the program even cleaner. + + Don't use local variables or parameters that shadow global +identifiers. + + Don't declare multiple variables in one declaration that spans lines. +Start a new declaration on each line, instead. For example, instead of +this: + + int foo, + bar; + +write either this: + + int foo, bar; + +or this: + + int foo; + int bar; + +(If they are global variables, each should have a comment preceding it +anyway.) + + When you have an 'if'-'else' statement nested in another 'if' +statement, always put braces around the 'if'-'else'. Thus, never write +like this: + + if (foo) + if (bar) + win (); + else + lose (); + +always like this: + + if (foo) + { + if (bar) + win (); + else + lose (); + } + + If you have an 'if' statement nested inside of an 'else' statement, +either write 'else if' on one line, like this, + + if (foo) + ... + else if (bar) + ... + +with its 'then'-part indented like the preceding 'then'-part, or write +the nested 'if' within braces like this: + + if (foo) + ... + else + { + if (bar) + ... + } + + Don't declare both a structure tag and variables or typedefs in the +same declaration. Instead, declare the structure tag separately and +then use it to declare the variables or typedefs. + + Try to avoid assignments inside 'if'-conditions (assignments inside +'while'-conditions are ok). For example, don't write this: + + if ((foo = (char *) malloc (sizeof *foo)) == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + +instead, write this: + + foo = (char *) malloc (sizeof *foo); + if (foo == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + + Don't make the program ugly to placate 'lint'. Please don't insert +any casts to 'void'. Zero without a cast is perfectly fine as a null +pointer constant, except when calling a varargs function. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Names, Next: System Portability, Prev: Syntactic Conventions, Up: Writing C + +5.4 Naming Variables, Functions, and Files +========================================== + +The names of global variables and functions in a program serve as +comments of a sort. So don't choose terse names--instead, look for +names that give useful information about the meaning of the variable or +function. In a GNU program, names should be English, like other +comments. + + Local variable names can be shorter, because they are used only +within one context, where (presumably) comments explain their purpose. + + Try to limit your use of abbreviations in symbol names. It is ok to +make a few abbreviations, explain what they mean, and then use them +frequently, but don't use lots of obscure abbreviations. + + Please use underscores to separate words in a name, so that the Emacs +word commands can be useful within them. Stick to lower case; reserve +upper case for macros and 'enum' constants, and for name-prefixes that +follow a uniform convention. + + For example, you should use names like 'ignore_space_change_flag'; +don't use names like 'iCantReadThis'. + + Variables that indicate whether command-line options have been +specified should be named after the meaning of the option, not after the +option-letter. A comment should state both the exact meaning of the +option and its letter. For example, + + /* Ignore changes in horizontal whitespace (-b). */ + int ignore_space_change_flag; + + When you want to define names with constant integer values, use +'enum' rather than '#define'. GDB knows about enumeration constants. + + You might want to make sure that none of the file names would +conflict if the files were loaded onto an MS-DOS file system which +shortens the names. You can use the program 'doschk' to test for this. + + Some GNU programs were designed to limit themselves to file names of +14 characters or less, to avoid file name conflicts if they are read +into older System V systems. Please preserve this feature in the +existing GNU programs that have it, but there is no need to do this in +new GNU programs. 'doschk' also reports file names longer than 14 +characters. + + +File: standards.info, Node: System Portability, Next: CPU Portability, Prev: Names, Up: Writing C + +5.5 Portability between System Types +==================================== + +In the Unix world, "portability" refers to porting to different Unix +versions. For a GNU program, this kind of portability is desirable, but +not paramount. + + The primary purpose of GNU software is to run on top of the GNU +kernel, compiled with the GNU C compiler, on various types of CPU. So +the kinds of portability that are absolutely necessary are quite +limited. But it is important to support Linux-based GNU systems, since +they are the form of GNU that is popular. + + Beyond that, it is good to support the other free operating systems +(*BSD), and it is nice to support other Unix-like systems if you want +to. Supporting a variety of Unix-like systems is desirable, although +not paramount. It is usually not too hard, so you may as well do it. +But you don't have to consider it an obligation, if it does turn out to +be hard. + + The easiest way to achieve portability to most Unix-like systems is +to use Autoconf. It's unlikely that your program needs to know more +information about the host platform than Autoconf can provide, simply +because most of the programs that need such knowledge have already been +written. + + Avoid using the format of semi-internal data bases (e.g., +directories) when there is a higher-level alternative ('readdir'). + + As for systems that are not like Unix, such as MSDOS, Windows, VMS, +MVS, and older Macintosh systems, supporting them is often a lot of +work. When that is the case, it is better to spend your time adding +features that will be useful on GNU and GNU/Linux, rather than on +supporting other incompatible systems. + + If you do support Windows, please do not abbreviate it as "win". In +hacker terminology, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. +You're free to praise Microsoft Windows on your own if you want, but +please don't do this in GNU packages. Instead of abbreviating "Windows" +to "win", you can write it in full or abbreviate it to "woe" or "w". In +GNU Emacs, for instance, we use 'w32' in file names of Windows-specific +files, but the macro for Windows conditionals is called 'WINDOWSNT'. + + It is a good idea to define the "feature test macro" '_GNU_SOURCE' +when compiling your C files. When you compile on GNU or GNU/Linux, this +will enable the declarations of GNU library extension functions, and +that will usually give you a compiler error message if you define the +same function names in some other way in your program. (You don't have +to actually _use_ these functions, if you prefer to make the program +more portable to other systems.) + + But whether or not you use these GNU extensions, you should avoid +using their names for any other meanings. Doing so would make it hard +to move your code into other GNU programs. + + +File: standards.info, Node: CPU Portability, Next: System Functions, Prev: System Portability, Up: Writing C + +5.6 Portability between CPUs +============================ + +Even GNU systems will differ because of differences among CPU types--for +example, difference in byte ordering and alignment requirements. It is +absolutely essential to handle these differences. However, don't make +any effort to cater to the possibility that an 'int' will be less than +32 bits. We don't support 16-bit machines in GNU. + + Similarly, don't make any effort to cater to the possibility that +'long' will be smaller than predefined types like 'size_t'. For +example, the following code is ok: + + printf ("size = %lu\n", (unsigned long) sizeof array); + printf ("diff = %ld\n", (long) (pointer2 - pointer1)); + + 1989 Standard C requires this to work, and we know of only one +counterexample: 64-bit programs on Microsoft Windows. We will leave it +to those who want to port GNU programs to that environment to figure out +how to do it. + + Predefined file-size types like 'off_t' are an exception: they are +longer than 'long' on many platforms, so code like the above won't work +with them. One way to print an 'off_t' value portably is to print its +digits yourself, one by one. + + Don't assume that the address of an 'int' object is also the address +of its least-significant byte. This is false on big-endian machines. +Thus, don't make the following mistake: + + int c; + ... + while ((c = getchar ()) != EOF) + write (file_descriptor, &c, 1); + +Instead, use 'unsigned char' as follows. (The 'unsigned' is for +portability to unusual systems where 'char' is signed and where there is +integer overflow checking.) + + int c; + while ((c = getchar ()) != EOF) + { + unsigned char u = c; + write (file_descriptor, &u, 1); + } + + It used to be ok to not worry about the difference between pointers +and integers when passing arguments to functions. However, on most +modern 64-bit machines pointers are wider than 'int'. Conversely, +integer types like 'long long int' and 'off_t' are wider than pointers +on most modern 32-bit machines. Hence it's often better nowadays to use +prototypes to define functions whose argument types are not trivial. + + In particular, if functions accept varying argument counts or types +they should be declared using prototypes containing '...' and defined +using 'stdarg.h'. For an example of this, please see the Gnulib +(http://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/) error module, which declares and +defines the following function: + + /* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)'; + if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM). + If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */ + + void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...); + + A simple way to use the Gnulib error module is to obtain the two +source files 'error.c' and 'error.h' from the Gnulib library source code +repository at . +Here's a sample use: + + #include "error.h" + #include + #include + + char *program_name = "myprogram"; + + FILE * + xfopen (char const *name) + { + FILE *fp = fopen (name, "r"); + if (! fp) + error (1, errno, "cannot read %s", name); + return fp; + } + + Avoid casting pointers to integers if you can. Such casts greatly +reduce portability, and in most programs they are easy to avoid. In the +cases where casting pointers to integers is essential--such as, a Lisp +interpreter which stores type information as well as an address in one +word--you'll have to make explicit provisions to handle different word +sizes. You will also need to make provision for systems in which the +normal range of addresses you can get from 'malloc' starts far away from +zero. + + +File: standards.info, Node: System Functions, Next: Internationalization, Prev: CPU Portability, Up: Writing C + +5.7 Calling System Functions +============================ + +C implementations differ substantially. Standard C reduces but does not +eliminate the incompatibilities; meanwhile, many GNU packages still +support pre-standard compilers because this is not hard to do. This +chapter gives recommendations for how to use the more-or-less standard C +library functions to avoid unnecessary loss of portability. + + * Don't use the return value of 'sprintf'. It returns the number of + characters written on some systems, but not on all systems. + + * Be aware that 'vfprintf' is not always available. + + * 'main' should be declared to return type 'int'. It should + terminate either by calling 'exit' or by returning the integer + status code; make sure it cannot ever return an undefined value. + + * Don't declare system functions explicitly. + + Almost any declaration for a system function is wrong on some + system. To minimize conflicts, leave it to the system header files + to declare system functions. If the headers don't declare a + function, let it remain undeclared. + + While it may seem unclean to use a function without declaring it, + in practice this works fine for most system library functions on + the systems where this really happens; thus, the disadvantage is + only theoretical. By contrast, actual declarations have frequently + caused actual conflicts. + + * If you must declare a system function, don't specify the argument + types. Use an old-style declaration, not a Standard C prototype. + The more you specify about the function, the more likely a + conflict. + + * In particular, don't unconditionally declare 'malloc' or 'realloc'. + + Most GNU programs use those functions just once, in functions + conventionally named 'xmalloc' and 'xrealloc'. These functions + call 'malloc' and 'realloc', respectively, and check the results. + + Because 'xmalloc' and 'xrealloc' are defined in your program, you + can declare them in other files without any risk of type conflict. + + On most systems, 'int' is the same length as a pointer; thus, the + calls to 'malloc' and 'realloc' work fine. For the few exceptional + systems (mostly 64-bit machines), you can use *conditionalized* + declarations of 'malloc' and 'realloc'--or put these declarations + in configuration files specific to those systems. + + * The string functions require special treatment. Some Unix systems + have a header file 'string.h'; others have 'strings.h'. Neither + file name is portable. There are two things you can do: use + Autoconf to figure out which file to include, or don't include + either file. + + * If you don't include either strings file, you can't get + declarations for the string functions from the header file in the + usual way. + + That causes less of a problem than you might think. The newer + standard string functions should be avoided anyway because many + systems still don't support them. The string functions you can use + are these: + + strcpy strncpy strcat strncat + strlen strcmp strncmp + strchr strrchr + + The copy and concatenate functions work fine without a declaration + as long as you don't use their values. Using their values without + a declaration fails on systems where the width of a pointer differs + from the width of 'int', and perhaps in other cases. It is trivial + to avoid using their values, so do that. + + The compare functions and 'strlen' work fine without a declaration + on most systems, possibly all the ones that GNU software runs on. + You may find it necessary to declare them *conditionally* on a few + systems. + + The search functions must be declared to return 'char *'. Luckily, + there is no variation in the data type they return. But there is + variation in their names. Some systems give these functions the + names 'index' and 'rindex'; other systems use the names 'strchr' + and 'strrchr'. Some systems support both pairs of names, but + neither pair works on all systems. + + You should pick a single pair of names and use it throughout your + program. (Nowadays, it is better to choose 'strchr' and 'strrchr' + for new programs, since those are the standard names.) Declare + both of those names as functions returning 'char *'. On systems + which don't support those names, define them as macros in terms of + the other pair. For example, here is what to put at the beginning + of your file (or in a header) if you want to use the names 'strchr' + and 'strrchr' throughout: + + #ifndef HAVE_STRCHR + #define strchr index + #endif + #ifndef HAVE_STRRCHR + #define strrchr rindex + #endif + + char *strchr (); + char *strrchr (); + + Here we assume that 'HAVE_STRCHR' and 'HAVE_STRRCHR' are macros +defined in systems where the corresponding functions exist. One way to +get them properly defined is to use Autoconf. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Internationalization, Next: Character Set, Prev: System Functions, Up: Writing C + +5.8 Internationalization +======================== + +GNU has a library called GNU gettext that makes it easy to translate the +messages in a program into various languages. You should use this +library in every program. Use English for the messages as they appear +in the program, and let gettext provide the way to translate them into +other languages. + + Using GNU gettext involves putting a call to the 'gettext' macro +around each string that might need translation--like this: + + printf (gettext ("Processing file `%s'...")); + +This permits GNU gettext to replace the string '"Processing file +`%s'..."' with a translated version. + + Once a program uses gettext, please make a point of writing calls to +'gettext' when you add new strings that call for translation. + + Using GNU gettext in a package involves specifying a "text domain +name" for the package. The text domain name is used to separate the +translations for this package from the translations for other packages. +Normally, the text domain name should be the same as the name of the +package--for example, 'coreutils' for the GNU core utilities. + + To enable gettext to work well, avoid writing code that makes +assumptions about the structure of words or sentences. When you want +the precise text of a sentence to vary depending on the data, use two or +more alternative string constants each containing a complete sentences, +rather than inserting conditionalized words or phrases into a single +sentence framework. + + Here is an example of what not to do: + + printf ("%s is full", capacity > 5000000 ? "disk" : "floppy disk"); + + If you apply gettext to all strings, like this, + + printf (gettext ("%s is full"), + capacity > 5000000 ? gettext ("disk") : gettext ("floppy disk")); + +the translator will hardly know that "disk" and "floppy disk" are meant +to be substituted in the other string. Worse, in some languages (like +French) the construction will not work: the translation of the word +"full" depends on the gender of the first part of the sentence; it +happens to be not the same for "disk" as for "floppy disk". + + Complete sentences can be translated without problems: + + printf (capacity > 5000000 ? gettext ("disk is full") + : gettext ("floppy disk is full")); + + A similar problem appears at the level of sentence structure with +this code: + + printf ("# Implicit rule search has%s been done.\n", + f->tried_implicit ? "" : " not"); + +Adding 'gettext' calls to this code cannot give correct results for all +languages, because negation in some languages requires adding words at +more than one place in the sentence. By contrast, adding 'gettext' +calls does the job straightforwardly if the code starts out like this: + + printf (f->tried_implicit + ? "# Implicit rule search has been done.\n", + : "# Implicit rule search has not been done.\n"); + + Another example is this one: + + printf ("%d file%s processed", nfiles, + nfiles != 1 ? "s" : ""); + +The problem with this example is that it assumes that plurals are made +by adding 's'. If you apply gettext to the format string, like this, + + printf (gettext ("%d file%s processed"), nfiles, + nfiles != 1 ? "s" : ""); + +the message can use different words, but it will still be forced to use +'s' for the plural. Here is a better way, with gettext being applied to +the two strings independently: + + printf ((nfiles != 1 ? gettext ("%d files processed") + : gettext ("%d file processed")), + nfiles); + +But this still doesn't work for languages like Polish, which has three +plural forms: one for nfiles == 1, one for nfiles == 2, 3, 4, 22, 23, +24, ... and one for the rest. The GNU 'ngettext' function solves this +problem: + + printf (ngettext ("%d files processed", "%d file processed", nfiles), + nfiles); + + +File: standards.info, Node: Character Set, Next: Quote Characters, Prev: Internationalization, Up: Writing C + +5.9 Character Set +================= + +Sticking to the ASCII character set (plain text, 7-bit characters) is +preferred in GNU source code comments, text documents, and other +contexts, unless there is good reason to do something else because of +the application domain. For example, if source code deals with the +French Revolutionary calendar, it is OK if its literal strings contain +accented characters in month names like "Flore'al". Also, it is OK to +use non-ASCII characters to represent proper names of contributors in +change logs (*note Change Logs::). + + If you need to use non-ASCII characters, you should normally stick +with one encoding, as one cannot in general mix encodings reliably. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Quote Characters, Next: Mmap, Prev: Character Set, Up: Writing C + +5.10 Quote Characters +===================== + +In the C locale, GNU programs should stick to plain ASCII for quotation +characters in messages to users: preferably 0x60 ('`') for left quotes +and 0x27 (''') for right quotes. It is ok, but not required, to use +locale-specific quotes in other locales. + + The Gnulib (http://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/) 'quote' and +'quotearg' modules provide a reasonably straightforward way to support +locale-specific quote characters, as well as taking care of other +issues, such as quoting a filename that itself contains a quote +character. See the Gnulib documentation for usage details. + + In any case, the documentation for your program should clearly +specify how it does quoting, if different than the preferred method of +'`' and '''. This is especially important if the output of your program +is ever likely to be parsed by another program. + + Quotation characters are a difficult area in the computing world at +this time: there are no true left or right quote characters in Latin1; +the '`' character we use was standardized there as a grave accent. +Moreover, Latin1 is still not universally usable. + + Unicode contains the unambiguous quote characters required, and its +common encoding UTF-8 is upward compatible with Latin1. However, +Unicode and UTF-8 are not universally well-supported, either. + + This may change over the next few years, and then we will revisit +this. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Mmap, Prev: Quote Characters, Up: Writing C + +5.11 Mmap +========= + +Don't assume that 'mmap' either works on all files or fails for all +files. It may work on some files and fail on others. + + The proper way to use 'mmap' is to try it on the specific file for +which you want to use it--and if 'mmap' doesn't work, fall back on doing +the job in another way using 'read' and 'write'. + + The reason this precaution is needed is that the GNU kernel (the +HURD) provides a user-extensible file system, in which there can be many +different kinds of "ordinary files." Many of them support 'mmap', but +some do not. It is important to make programs handle all these kinds of +files. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Documentation, Next: Managing Releases, Prev: Writing C, Up: Top + +6 Documenting Programs +********************** + +A GNU program should ideally come with full free documentation, adequate +for both reference and tutorial purposes. If the package can be +programmed or extended, the documentation should cover programming or +extending it, as well as just using it. + +* Menu: + +* GNU Manuals:: Writing proper manuals. +* Doc Strings and Manuals:: Compiling doc strings doesn't make a manual. +* Manual Structure Details:: Specific structure conventions. +* License for Manuals:: Writing the distribution terms for a manual. +* Manual Credits:: Giving credit to documentation contributors. +* Printed Manuals:: Mentioning the printed manual. +* NEWS File:: NEWS files supplement manuals. +* Change Logs:: Recording changes. +* Man Pages:: Man pages are secondary. +* Reading other Manuals:: How far you can go in learning + from other manuals. + + +File: standards.info, Node: GNU Manuals, Next: Doc Strings and Manuals, Up: Documentation + +6.1 GNU Manuals +=============== + +The preferred document format for the GNU system is the Texinfo +formatting language. Every GNU package should (ideally) have +documentation in Texinfo both for reference and for learners. Texinfo +makes it possible to produce a good quality formatted book, using TeX, +and to generate an Info file. It is also possible to generate HTML +output from Texinfo source. See the Texinfo manual, either the +hardcopy, or the on-line version available through 'info' or the Emacs +Info subsystem ('C-h i'). + + Nowadays some other formats such as Docbook and Sgmltexi can be +converted automatically into Texinfo. It is ok to produce the Texinfo +documentation by conversion this way, as long as it gives good results. + + Make sure your manual is clear to a reader who knows nothing about +the topic and reads it straight through. This means covering basic +topics at the beginning, and advanced topics only later. This also +means defining every specialized term when it is first used. + + Programmers tend to carry over the structure of the program as the +structure for its documentation. But this structure is not necessarily +good for explaining how to use the program; it may be irrelevant and +confusing for a user. + + Instead, the right way to structure documentation is according to the +concepts and questions that a user will have in mind when reading it. +This principle applies at every level, from the lowest (ordering +sentences in a paragraph) to the highest (ordering of chapter topics +within the manual). Sometimes this structure of ideas matches the +structure of the implementation of the software being documented--but +often they are different. An important part of learning to write good +documentation is to learn to notice when you have unthinkingly +structured the documentation like the implementation, stop yourself, and +look for better alternatives. + + For example, each program in the GNU system probably ought to be +documented in one manual; but this does not mean each program should +have its own manual. That would be following the structure of the +implementation, rather than the structure that helps the user +understand. + + Instead, each manual should cover a coherent _topic_. For example, +instead of a manual for 'diff' and a manual for 'diff3', we have one +manual for "comparison of files" which covers both of those programs, as +well as 'cmp'. By documenting these programs together, we can make the +whole subject clearer. + + The manual which discusses a program should certainly document all of +the program's command-line options and all of its commands. It should +give examples of their use. But don't organize the manual as a list of +features. Instead, organize it logically, by subtopics. Address the +questions that a user will ask when thinking about the job that the +program does. Don't just tell the reader what each feature can do--say +what jobs it is good for, and show how to use it for those jobs. +Explain what is recommended usage, and what kinds of usage users should +avoid. + + In general, a GNU manual should serve both as tutorial and reference. +It should be set up for convenient access to each topic through Info, +and for reading straight through (appendixes aside). A GNU manual +should give a good introduction to a beginner reading through from the +start, and should also provide all the details that hackers want. The +Bison manual is a good example of this--please take a look at it to see +what we mean. + + That is not as hard as it first sounds. Arrange each chapter as a +logical breakdown of its topic, but order the sections, and write their +text, so that reading the chapter straight through makes sense. Do +likewise when structuring the book into chapters, and when structuring a +section into paragraphs. The watchword is, _at each point, address the +most fundamental and important issue raised by the preceding text._ + + If necessary, add extra chapters at the beginning of the manual which +are purely tutorial and cover the basics of the subject. These provide +the framework for a beginner to understand the rest of the manual. The +Bison manual provides a good example of how to do this. + + To serve as a reference, a manual should have an Index that list all +the functions, variables, options, and important concepts that are part +of the program. One combined Index should do for a short manual, but +sometimes for a complex package it is better to use multiple indices. +The Texinfo manual includes advice on preparing good index entries, see +*note Making Index Entries: (texinfo)Index Entries, and see *note +Defining the Entries of an Index: (texinfo)Indexing Commands. + + Don't use Unix man pages as a model for how to write GNU +documentation; most of them are terse, badly structured, and give +inadequate explanation of the underlying concepts. (There are, of +course, some exceptions.) Also, Unix man pages use a particular format +which is different from what we use in GNU manuals. + + Please include an email address in the manual for where to report +bugs _in the text of the manual_. + + Please do not use the term "pathname" that is used in Unix +documentation; use "file name" (two words) instead. We use the term +"path" only for search paths, which are lists of directory names. + + Please do not use the term "illegal" to refer to erroneous input to a +computer program. Please use "invalid" for this, and reserve the term +"illegal" for activities prohibited by law. + + Please do not write '()' after a function name just to indicate it is +a function. 'foo ()' is not a function, it is a function call with no +arguments. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Doc Strings and Manuals, Next: Manual Structure Details, Prev: GNU Manuals, Up: Documentation + +6.2 Doc Strings and Manuals +=========================== + +Some programming systems, such as Emacs, provide a documentation string +for each function, command or variable. You may be tempted to write a +reference manual by compiling the documentation strings and writing a +little additional text to go around them--but you must not do it. That +approach is a fundamental mistake. The text of well-written +documentation strings will be entirely wrong for a manual. + + A documentation string needs to stand alone--when it appears on the +screen, there will be no other text to introduce or explain it. +Meanwhile, it can be rather informal in style. + + The text describing a function or variable in a manual must not stand +alone; it appears in the context of a section or subsection. Other text +at the beginning of the section should explain some of the concepts, and +should often make some general points that apply to several functions or +variables. The previous descriptions of functions and variables in the +section will also have given information about the topic. A description +written to stand alone would repeat some of that information; this +redundancy looks bad. Meanwhile, the informality that is acceptable in +a documentation string is totally unacceptable in a manual. + + The only good way to use documentation strings in writing a good +manual is to use them as a source of information for writing good text. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Manual Structure Details, Next: License for Manuals, Prev: Doc Strings and Manuals, Up: Documentation + +6.3 Manual Structure Details +============================ + +The title page of the manual should state the version of the programs or +packages documented in the manual. The Top node of the manual should +also contain this information. If the manual is changing more +frequently than or independent of the program, also state a version +number for the manual in both of these places. + + Each program documented in the manual should have a node named +'PROGRAM Invocation' or 'Invoking PROGRAM'. This node (together with +its subnodes, if any) should describe the program's command line +arguments and how to run it (the sort of information people would look +for in a man page). Start with an '@example' containing a template for +all the options and arguments that the program uses. + + Alternatively, put a menu item in some menu whose item name fits one +of the above patterns. This identifies the node which that item points +to as the node for this purpose, regardless of the node's actual name. + + The '--usage' feature of the Info reader looks for such a node or +menu item in order to find the relevant text, so it is essential for +every Texinfo file to have one. + + If one manual describes several programs, it should have such a node +for each program described in the manual. + + +File: standards.info, Node: License for Manuals, Next: Manual Credits, Prev: Manual Structure Details, Up: Documentation + +6.4 License for Manuals +======================= + +Please use the GNU Free Documentation License for all GNU manuals that +are more than a few pages long. Likewise for a collection of short +documents--you only need one copy of the GNU FDL for the whole +collection. For a single short document, you can use a very permissive +non-copyleft license, to avoid taking up space with a long license. + + See for more explanation +of how to employ the GFDL. + + Note that it is not obligatory to include a copy of the GNU GPL or +GNU LGPL in a manual whose license is neither the GPL nor the LGPL. It +can be a good idea to include the program's license in a large manual; +in a short manual, whose size would be increased considerably by +including the program's license, it is probably better not to include +it. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Manual Credits, Next: Printed Manuals, Prev: License for Manuals, Up: Documentation + +6.5 Manual Credits +================== + +Please credit the principal human writers of the manual as the authors, +on the title page of the manual. If a company sponsored the work, thank +the company in a suitable place in the manual, but do not cite the +company as an author. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Printed Manuals, Next: NEWS File, Prev: Manual Credits, Up: Documentation + +6.6 Printed Manuals +=================== + +The FSF publishes some GNU manuals in printed form. To encourage sales +of these manuals, the on-line versions of the manual should mention at +the very start that the printed manual is available and should point at +information for getting it--for instance, with a link to the page +. This should not be included in +the printed manual, though, because there it is redundant. + + It is also useful to explain in the on-line forms of the manual how +the user can print out the manual from the sources. + + +File: standards.info, Node: NEWS File, Next: Change Logs, Prev: Printed Manuals, Up: Documentation + +6.7 The NEWS File +================= + +In addition to its manual, the package should have a file named 'NEWS' +which contains a list of user-visible changes worth mentioning. In each +new release, add items to the front of the file and identify the version +they pertain to. Don't discard old items; leave them in the file after +the newer items. This way, a user upgrading from any previous version +can see what is new. + + If the 'NEWS' file gets very long, move some of the older items into +a file named 'ONEWS' and put a note at the end referring the user to +that file. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Change Logs, Next: Man Pages, Prev: NEWS File, Up: Documentation + +6.8 Change Logs +=============== + +Keep a change log to describe all the changes made to program source +files. The purpose of this is so that people investigating bugs in the +future will know about the changes that might have introduced the bug. +Often a new bug can be found by looking at what was recently changed. +More importantly, change logs can help you eliminate conceptual +inconsistencies between different parts of a program, by giving you a +history of how the conflicting concepts arose and who they came from. + +* Menu: + +* Change Log Concepts:: +* Style of Change Logs:: +* Simple Changes:: +* Conditional Changes:: +* Indicating the Part Changed:: + + +File: standards.info, Node: Change Log Concepts, Next: Style of Change Logs, Up: Change Logs + +6.8.1 Change Log Concepts +------------------------- + +You can think of the change log as a conceptual "undo list" which +explains how earlier versions were different from the current version. +People can see the current version; they don't need the change log to +tell them what is in it. What they want from a change log is a clear +explanation of how the earlier version differed. + + The change log file is normally called 'ChangeLog' and covers an +entire directory. Each directory can have its own change log, or a +directory can use the change log of its parent directory--it's up to +you. + + Another alternative is to record change log information with a +version control system such as RCS or CVS. This can be converted +automatically to a 'ChangeLog' file using 'rcs2log'; in Emacs, the +command 'C-x v a' ('vc-update-change-log') does the job. + + There's no need to describe the full purpose of the changes or how +they work together. However, sometimes it is useful to write one line +to describe the overall purpose of a change or a batch of changes. If +you think that a change calls for explanation, you're probably right. +Please do explain it--but please put the full explanation in comments in +the code, where people will see it whenever they see the code. For +example, "New function" is enough for the change log when you add a +function, because there should be a comment before the function +definition to explain what it does. + + In the past, we recommended not mentioning changes in non-software +files (manuals, help files, etc.) in change logs. However, we've been +advised that it is a good idea to include them, for the sake of +copyright records. + + The easiest way to add an entry to 'ChangeLog' is with the Emacs +command 'M-x add-change-log-entry'. An entry should have an asterisk, +the name of the changed file, and then in parentheses the name of the +changed functions, variables or whatever, followed by a colon. Then +describe the changes you made to that function or variable. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Style of Change Logs, Next: Simple Changes, Prev: Change Log Concepts, Up: Change Logs + +6.8.2 Style of Change Logs +-------------------------- + +Here are some simple examples of change log entries, starting with the +header line that says who made the change and when it was installed, +followed by descriptions of specific changes. (These examples are drawn +from Emacs and GCC.) + + 1998-08-17 Richard Stallman + + * register.el (insert-register): Return nil. + (jump-to-register): Likewise. + + * sort.el (sort-subr): Return nil. + + * tex-mode.el (tex-bibtex-file, tex-file, tex-region): + Restart the tex shell if process is gone or stopped. + (tex-shell-running): New function. + + * expr.c (store_one_arg): Round size up for move_block_to_reg. + (expand_call): Round up when emitting USE insns. + * stmt.c (assign_parms): Round size up for move_block_from_reg. + + It's important to name the changed function or variable in full. +Don't abbreviate function or variable names, and don't combine them. +Subsequent maintainers will often search for a function name to find all +the change log entries that pertain to it; if you abbreviate the name, +they won't find it when they search. + + For example, some people are tempted to abbreviate groups of function +names by writing '* register.el ({insert,jump-to}-register)'; this is +not a good idea, since searching for 'jump-to-register' or +'insert-register' would not find that entry. + + Separate unrelated change log entries with blank lines. When two +entries represent parts of the same change, so that they work together, +then don't put blank lines between them. Then you can omit the file +name and the asterisk when successive entries are in the same file. + + Break long lists of function names by closing continued lines with +')', rather than ',', and opening the continuation with '(' as in this +example: + + * keyboard.c (menu_bar_items, tool_bar_items) + (Fexecute_extended_command): Deal with `keymap' property. + + When you install someone else's changes, put the contributor's name +in the change log entry rather than in the text of the entry. In other +words, write this: + + 2002-07-14 John Doe + + * sewing.c: Make it sew. + +rather than this: + + 2002-07-14 Usual Maintainer + + * sewing.c: Make it sew. Patch by jdoe@gnu.org. + + As for the date, that should be the date you applied the change. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Simple Changes, Next: Conditional Changes, Prev: Style of Change Logs, Up: Change Logs + +6.8.3 Simple Changes +-------------------- + +Certain simple kinds of changes don't need much detail in the change +log. + + When you change the calling sequence of a function in a simple +fashion, and you change all the callers of the function to use the new +calling sequence, there is no need to make individual entries for all +the callers that you changed. Just write in the entry for the function +being called, "All callers changed"--like this: + + * keyboard.c (Fcommand_execute): New arg SPECIAL. + All callers changed. + + When you change just comments or doc strings, it is enough to write +an entry for the file, without mentioning the functions. Just "Doc +fixes" is enough for the change log. + + There's no technical need to make change log entries for +documentation files. This is because documentation is not susceptible +to bugs that are hard to fix. Documentation does not consist of parts +that must interact in a precisely engineered fashion. To correct an +error, you need not know the history of the erroneous passage; it is +enough to compare what the documentation says with the way the program +actually works. + + However, you should keep change logs for documentation files when the +project gets copyright assignments from its contributors, so as to make +the records of authorship more accurate. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Conditional Changes, Next: Indicating the Part Changed, Prev: Simple Changes, Up: Change Logs + +6.8.4 Conditional Changes +------------------------- + +C programs often contain compile-time '#if' conditionals. Many changes +are conditional; sometimes you add a new definition which is entirely +contained in a conditional. It is very useful to indicate in the change +log the conditions for which the change applies. + + Our convention for indicating conditional changes is to use square +brackets around the name of the condition. + + Here is a simple example, describing a change which is conditional +but does not have a function or entity name associated with it: + + * xterm.c [SOLARIS2]: Include string.h. + + Here is an entry describing a new definition which is entirely +conditional. This new definition for the macro 'FRAME_WINDOW_P' is used +only when 'HAVE_X_WINDOWS' is defined: + + * frame.h [HAVE_X_WINDOWS] (FRAME_WINDOW_P): Macro defined. + + Here is an entry for a change within the function 'init_display', +whose definition as a whole is unconditional, but the changes themselves +are contained in a '#ifdef HAVE_LIBNCURSES' conditional: + + * dispnew.c (init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent. + + Here is an entry for a change that takes affect only when a certain +macro is _not_ defined: + + (gethostname) [!HAVE_SOCKETS]: Replace with winsock version. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Indicating the Part Changed, Prev: Conditional Changes, Up: Change Logs + +6.8.5 Indicating the Part Changed +--------------------------------- + +Indicate the part of a function which changed by using angle brackets +enclosing an indication of what the changed part does. Here is an entry +for a change in the part of the function 'sh-while-getopts' that deals +with 'sh' commands: + + * progmodes/sh-script.el (sh-while-getopts) : Handle case that + user-specified option string is empty. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Man Pages, Next: Reading other Manuals, Prev: Change Logs, Up: Documentation + +6.9 Man Pages +============= + +In the GNU project, man pages are secondary. It is not necessary or +expected for every GNU program to have a man page, but some of them do. +It's your choice whether to include a man page in your program. + + When you make this decision, consider that supporting a man page +requires continual effort each time the program is changed. The time +you spend on the man page is time taken away from more useful work. + + For a simple program which changes little, updating the man page may +be a small job. Then there is little reason not to include a man page, +if you have one. + + For a large program that changes a great deal, updating a man page +may be a substantial burden. If a user offers to donate a man page, you +may find this gift costly to accept. It may be better to refuse the man +page unless the same person agrees to take full responsibility for +maintaining it--so that you can wash your hands of it entirely. If this +volunteer later ceases to do the job, then don't feel obliged to pick it +up yourself; it may be better to withdraw the man page from the +distribution until someone else agrees to update it. + + When a program changes only a little, you may feel that the +discrepancies are small enough that the man page remains useful without +updating. If so, put a prominent note near the beginning of the man +page explaining that you don't maintain it and that the Texinfo manual +is more authoritative. The note should say how to access the Texinfo +documentation. + + Be sure that man pages include a copyright statement and free +license. The simple all-permissive license is appropriate for simple +man pages (*note (maintain)License Notices for Other Files::). + + For long man pages, with enough explanation and documentation that +they can be considered true manuals, use the GFDL (*note License for +Manuals::). + + Finally, the GNU help2man program +() is one way to automate +generation of a man page, in this case from '--help' output. This is +sufficient in many cases. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Reading other Manuals, Prev: Man Pages, Up: Documentation + +6.10 Reading other Manuals +========================== + +There may be non-free books or documentation files that describe the +program you are documenting. + + It is ok to use these documents for reference, just as the author of +a new algebra textbook can read other books on algebra. A large portion +of any non-fiction book consists of facts, in this case facts about how +a certain program works, and these facts are necessarily the same for +everyone who writes about the subject. But be careful not to copy your +outline structure, wording, tables or examples from preexisting non-free +documentation. Copying from free documentation may be ok; please check +with the FSF about the individual case. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Managing Releases, Next: References, Prev: Documentation, Up: Top + +7 The Release Process +********************* + +Making a release is more than just bundling up your source files in a +tar file and putting it up for FTP. You should set up your software so +that it can be configured to run on a variety of systems. Your Makefile +should conform to the GNU standards described below, and your directory +layout should also conform to the standards discussed below. Doing so +makes it easy to include your package into the larger framework of all +GNU software. + +* Menu: + +* Configuration:: How configuration of GNU packages should work. +* Makefile Conventions:: Makefile conventions. +* Releases:: Making releases + + +File: standards.info, Node: Configuration, Next: Makefile Conventions, Up: Managing Releases + +7.1 How Configuration Should Work +================================= + +Each GNU distribution should come with a shell script named 'configure'. +This script is given arguments which describe the kind of machine and +system you want to compile the program for. The 'configure' script must +record the configuration options so that they affect compilation. + + The description here is the specification of the interface for the +'configure' script in GNU packages. Many packages implement it using +GNU Autoconf (*note Introduction: (autoconf)Top.) and/or GNU Automake +(*note Introduction: (automake)Top.), but you do not have to use these +tools. You can implement it any way you like; for instance, by making +'configure' be a wrapper around a completely different configuration +system. + + Another way for the 'configure' script to operate is to make a link +from a standard name such as 'config.h' to the proper configuration file +for the chosen system. If you use this technique, the distribution +should _not_ contain a file named 'config.h'. This is so that people +won't be able to build the program without configuring it first. + + Another thing that 'configure' can do is to edit the Makefile. If +you do this, the distribution should _not_ contain a file named +'Makefile'. Instead, it should include a file 'Makefile.in' which +contains the input used for editing. Once again, this is so that people +won't be able to build the program without configuring it first. + + If 'configure' does write the 'Makefile', then 'Makefile' should have +a target named 'Makefile' which causes 'configure' to be rerun, setting +up the same configuration that was set up last time. The files that +'configure' reads should be listed as dependencies of 'Makefile'. + + All the files which are output from the 'configure' script should +have comments at the beginning explaining that they were generated +automatically using 'configure'. This is so that users won't think of +trying to edit them by hand. + + The 'configure' script should write a file named 'config.status' +which describes which configuration options were specified when the +program was last configured. This file should be a shell script which, +if run, will recreate the same configuration. + + The 'configure' script should accept an option of the form +'--srcdir=DIRNAME' to specify the directory where sources are found (if +it is not the current directory). This makes it possible to build the +program in a separate directory, so that the actual source directory is +not modified. + + If the user does not specify '--srcdir', then 'configure' should +check both '.' and '..' to see if it can find the sources. If it finds +the sources in one of these places, it should use them from there. +Otherwise, it should report that it cannot find the sources, and should +exit with nonzero status. + + Usually the easy way to support '--srcdir' is by editing a definition +of 'VPATH' into the Makefile. Some rules may need to refer explicitly +to the specified source directory. To make this possible, 'configure' +can add to the Makefile a variable named 'srcdir' whose value is +precisely the specified directory. + + In addition, the 'configure' script should take options corresponding +to most of the standard directory variables (*note Directory +Variables::). Here is the list: + + --prefix --exec-prefix --bindir --sbindir --libexecdir --sysconfdir + --sharedstatedir --localstatedir --libdir --includedir --oldincludedir + --datarootdir --datadir --infodir --localedir --mandir --docdir + --htmldir --dvidir --pdfdir --psdir + + The 'configure' script should also take an argument which specifies +the type of system to build the program for. This argument should look +like this: + + CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM + + For example, an Athlon-based GNU/Linux system might be +'i686-pc-linux-gnu'. + + The 'configure' script needs to be able to decode all plausible +alternatives for how to describe a machine. Thus, 'athlon-pc-gnu/linux' +would be a valid alias. There is a shell script called 'config.sub' +(http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD) +that you can use as a subroutine to validate system types and +canonicalize aliases. + + The 'configure' script should also take the option +'--build=BUILDTYPE', which should be equivalent to a plain BUILDTYPE +argument. For example, 'configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu' is +equivalent to 'configure i686-pc-linux-gnu'. When the build type is not +specified by an option or argument, the 'configure' script should +normally guess it using the shell script 'config.guess' +(http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD). + + Other options are permitted to specify in more detail the software or +hardware present on the machine, to include or exclude optional parts of +the package, or to adjust the name of some tools or arguments to them: + +'--enable-FEATURE[=PARAMETER]' + Configure the package to build and install an optional user-level + facility called FEATURE. This allows users to choose which + optional features to include. Giving an optional PARAMETER of 'no' + should omit FEATURE, if it is built by default. + + No '--enable' option should *ever* cause one feature to replace + another. No '--enable' option should ever substitute one useful + behavior for another useful behavior. The only proper use for + '--enable' is for questions of whether to build part of the program + or exclude it. + +'--with-PACKAGE' + The package PACKAGE will be installed, so configure this package to + work with PACKAGE. + + Possible values of PACKAGE include 'gnu-as' (or 'gas'), 'gnu-ld', + 'gnu-libc', 'gdb', 'x', and 'x-toolkit'. + + Do not use a '--with' option to specify the file name to use to + find certain files. That is outside the scope of what '--with' + options are for. + +'VARIABLE=VALUE' + Set the value of the variable VARIABLE to VALUE. This is used to + override the default values of commands or arguments in the build + process. For example, the user could issue 'configure CFLAGS=-g + CXXFLAGS=-g' to build with debugging information and without the + default optimization. + + Specifying variables as arguments to 'configure', like this: + ./configure CC=gcc + is preferable to setting them in environment variables: + CC=gcc ./configure + as it helps to recreate the same configuration later with + 'config.status'. However, both methods should be supported. + + All 'configure' scripts should accept all of the "detail" options and +the variable settings, whether or not they make any difference to the +particular package at hand. In particular, they should accept any +option that starts with '--with-' or '--enable-'. This is so users will +be able to configure an entire GNU source tree at once with a single set +of options. + + You will note that the categories '--with-' and '--enable-' are +narrow: they *do not* provide a place for any sort of option you might +think of. That is deliberate. We want to limit the possible +configuration options in GNU software. We do not want GNU programs to +have idiosyncratic configuration options. + + Packages that perform part of the compilation process may support +cross-compilation. In such a case, the host and target machines for the +program may be different. + + The 'configure' script should normally treat the specified type of +system as both the host and the target, thus producing a program which +works for the same type of machine that it runs on. + + To compile a program to run on a host type that differs from the +build type, use the configure option '--host=HOSTTYPE', where HOSTTYPE +uses the same syntax as BUILDTYPE. The host type normally defaults to +the build type. + + To configure a cross-compiler, cross-assembler, or what have you, you +should specify a target different from the host, using the configure +option '--target=TARGETTYPE'. The syntax for TARGETTYPE is the same as +for the host type. So the command would look like this: + + ./configure --host=HOSTTYPE --target=TARGETTYPE + + The target type normally defaults to the host type. Programs for +which cross-operation is not meaningful need not accept the '--target' +option, because configuring an entire operating system for +cross-operation is not a meaningful operation. + + Some programs have ways of configuring themselves automatically. If +your program is set up to do this, your 'configure' script can simply +ignore most of its arguments. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Makefile Conventions, Next: Releases, Prev: Configuration, Up: Managing Releases + +7.2 Makefile Conventions +======================== + +This node describes conventions for writing the Makefiles for GNU +programs. Using Automake will help you write a Makefile that follows +these conventions. + +* Menu: + +* Makefile Basics:: General conventions for Makefiles. +* Utilities in Makefiles:: Utilities to be used in Makefiles. +* Command Variables:: Variables for specifying commands. +* DESTDIR:: Supporting staged installs. +* Directory Variables:: Variables for installation directories. +* Standard Targets:: Standard targets for users. +* Install Command Categories:: Three categories of commands in the 'install' + rule: normal, pre-install and post-install. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Makefile Basics, Next: Utilities in Makefiles, Up: Makefile Conventions + +7.2.1 General Conventions for Makefiles +--------------------------------------- + +Every Makefile should contain this line: + + SHELL = /bin/sh + +to avoid trouble on systems where the 'SHELL' variable might be +inherited from the environment. (This is never a problem with GNU +'make'.) + + Different 'make' programs have incompatible suffix lists and implicit +rules, and this sometimes creates confusion or misbehavior. So it is a +good idea to set the suffix list explicitly using only the suffixes you +need in the particular Makefile, like this: + + .SUFFIXES: + .SUFFIXES: .c .o + +The first line clears out the suffix list, the second introduces all +suffixes which may be subject to implicit rules in this Makefile. + + Don't assume that '.' is in the path for command execution. When you +need to run programs that are a part of your package during the make, +please make sure that it uses './' if the program is built as part of +the make or '$(srcdir)/' if the file is an unchanging part of the source +code. Without one of these prefixes, the current search path is used. + + The distinction between './' (the "build directory") and '$(srcdir)/' +(the "source directory") is important because users can build in a +separate directory using the '--srcdir' option to 'configure'. A rule +of the form: + + foo.1 : foo.man sedscript + sed -e sedscript foo.man > foo.1 + +will fail when the build directory is not the source directory, because +'foo.man' and 'sedscript' are in the source directory. + + When using GNU 'make', relying on 'VPATH' to find the source file +will work in the case where there is a single dependency file, since the +'make' automatic variable '$<' will represent the source file wherever +it is. (Many versions of 'make' set '$<' only in implicit rules.) A +Makefile target like + + foo.o : bar.c + $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c bar.c -o foo.o + +should instead be written as + + foo.o : bar.c + $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@ + +in order to allow 'VPATH' to work correctly. When the target has +multiple dependencies, using an explicit '$(srcdir)' is the easiest way +to make the rule work well. For example, the target above for 'foo.1' +is best written as: + + foo.1 : foo.man sedscript + sed -e $(srcdir)/sedscript $(srcdir)/foo.man > $@ + + GNU distributions usually contain some files which are not source +files--for example, Info files, and the output from Autoconf, Automake, +Bison or Flex. Since these files normally appear in the source +directory, they should always appear in the source directory, not in the +build directory. So Makefile rules to update them should put the +updated files in the source directory. + + However, if a file does not appear in the distribution, then the +Makefile should not put it in the source directory, because building a +program in ordinary circumstances should not modify the source directory +in any way. + + Try to make the build and installation targets, at least (and all +their subtargets) work correctly with a parallel 'make'. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Utilities in Makefiles, Next: Command Variables, Prev: Makefile Basics, Up: Makefile Conventions + +7.2.2 Utilities in Makefiles +---------------------------- + +Write the Makefile commands (and any shell scripts, such as 'configure') +to run in 'sh', not in 'csh'. Don't use any special features of 'ksh' +or 'bash'. + + The 'configure' script and the Makefile rules for building and +installation should not use any utilities directly except these: + + cat cmp cp diff echo egrep expr false grep install-info + ln ls mkdir mv pwd rm rmdir sed sleep sort tar test touch true + + The compression program 'gzip' can be used in the 'dist' rule. + + Stick to the generally supported options for these programs. For +example, don't use 'mkdir -p', convenient as it may be, because most +systems don't support it. + + It is a good idea to avoid creating symbolic links in makefiles, +since a few systems don't support them. + + The Makefile rules for building and installation can also use +compilers and related programs, but should do so via 'make' variables so +that the user can substitute alternatives. Here are some of the +programs we mean: + + ar bison cc flex install ld ldconfig lex + make makeinfo ranlib texi2dvi yacc + + Use the following 'make' variables to run those programs: + + $(AR) $(BISON) $(CC) $(FLEX) $(INSTALL) $(LD) $(LDCONFIG) $(LEX) + $(MAKE) $(MAKEINFO) $(RANLIB) $(TEXI2DVI) $(YACC) + + When you use 'ranlib' or 'ldconfig', you should make sure nothing bad +happens if the system does not have the program in question. Arrange to +ignore an error from that command, and print a message before the +command to tell the user that failure of this command does not mean a +problem. (The Autoconf 'AC_PROG_RANLIB' macro can help with this.) + + If you use symbolic links, you should implement a fallback for +systems that don't have symbolic links. + + Additional utilities that can be used via Make variables are: + + chgrp chmod chown mknod + + It is ok to use other utilities in Makefile portions (or scripts) +intended only for particular systems where you know those utilities +exist. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Command Variables, Next: DESTDIR, Prev: Utilities in Makefiles, Up: Makefile Conventions + +7.2.3 Variables for Specifying Commands +--------------------------------------- + +Makefiles should provide variables for overriding certain commands, +options, and so on. + + In particular, you should run most utility programs via variables. +Thus, if you use Bison, have a variable named 'BISON' whose default +value is set with 'BISON = bison', and refer to it with '$(BISON)' +whenever you need to use Bison. + + File management utilities such as 'ln', 'rm', 'mv', and so on, need +not be referred to through variables in this way, since users don't need +to replace them with other programs. + + Each program-name variable should come with an options variable that +is used to supply options to the program. Append 'FLAGS' to the +program-name variable name to get the options variable name--for +example, 'BISONFLAGS'. (The names 'CFLAGS' for the C compiler, 'YFLAGS' +for yacc, and 'LFLAGS' for lex, are exceptions to this rule, but we keep +them because they are standard.) Use 'CPPFLAGS' in any compilation +command that runs the preprocessor, and use 'LDFLAGS' in any compilation +command that does linking as well as in any direct use of 'ld'. + + If there are C compiler options that _must_ be used for proper +compilation of certain files, do not include them in 'CFLAGS'. Users +expect to be able to specify 'CFLAGS' freely themselves. Instead, +arrange to pass the necessary options to the C compiler independently of +'CFLAGS', by writing them explicitly in the compilation commands or by +defining an implicit rule, like this: + + CFLAGS = -g + ALL_CFLAGS = -I. $(CFLAGS) + .c.o: + $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< + + Do include the '-g' option in 'CFLAGS', because that is not +_required_ for proper compilation. You can consider it a default that +is only recommended. If the package is set up so that it is compiled +with GCC by default, then you might as well include '-O' in the default +value of 'CFLAGS' as well. + + Put 'CFLAGS' last in the compilation command, after other variables +containing compiler options, so the user can use 'CFLAGS' to override +the others. + + 'CFLAGS' should be used in every invocation of the C compiler, both +those which do compilation and those which do linking. + + Every Makefile should define the variable 'INSTALL', which is the +basic command for installing a file into the system. + + Every Makefile should also define the variables 'INSTALL_PROGRAM' and +'INSTALL_DATA'. (The default for 'INSTALL_PROGRAM' should be +'$(INSTALL)'; the default for 'INSTALL_DATA' should be '${INSTALL} -m +644'.) Then it should use those variables as the commands for actual +installation, for executables and non-executables respectively. Minimal +use of these variables is as follows: + + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(bindir)/foo + $(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(libdir)/libfoo.a + + However, it is preferable to support a 'DESTDIR' prefix on the target +files, as explained in the next section. + +Always use a file name, not a directory name, as the second argument of +the installation commands. Use a separate command for each file to be +installed. + + +File: standards.info, Node: DESTDIR, Next: Directory Variables, Prev: Command Variables, Up: Makefile Conventions + +7.2.4 'DESTDIR': support for staged installs +-------------------------------------------- + +'DESTDIR' is a variable prepended to each installed target file, like +this: + + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/foo + $(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libfoo.a + + The 'DESTDIR' variable is specified by the user on the 'make' command +line. For example: + + make DESTDIR=/tmp/stage install + +'DESTDIR' should be supported only in the 'install*' and 'uninstall*' +targets, as those are the only targets where it is useful. + + If your installation step would normally install '/usr/local/bin/foo' +and '/usr/local/lib/libfoo.a', then an installation invoked as in the +example above would install '/tmp/stage/usr/local/bin/foo' and +'/tmp/stage/usr/local/lib/libfoo.a' instead. + + Prepending the variable 'DESTDIR' to each target in this way provides +for "staged installs", where the installed files are not placed directly +into their expected location but are instead copied into a temporary +location ('DESTDIR'). However, installed files maintain their relative +directory structure and any embedded file names will not be modified. + + You should not set the value of 'DESTDIR' in your 'Makefile' at all; +then the files are installed into their expected locations by default. +Also, specifying 'DESTDIR' should not change the operation of the +software in any way, so its value should not be included in any file +contents. + + 'DESTDIR' support is commonly used in package creation. It is also +helpful to users who want to understand what a given package will +install where, and to allow users who don't normally have permissions to +install into protected areas to build and install before gaining those +permissions. Finally, it can be useful with tools such as 'stow', where +code is installed in one place but made to appear to be installed +somewhere else using symbolic links or special mount operations. So, we +strongly recommend GNU packages support 'DESTDIR', though it is not an +absolute requirement. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Directory Variables, Next: Standard Targets, Prev: DESTDIR, Up: Makefile Conventions + +7.2.5 Variables for Installation Directories +-------------------------------------------- + +Installation directories should always be named by variables, so it is +easy to install in a nonstandard place. The standard names for these +variables and the values they should have in GNU packages are described +below. They are based on a standard file system layout; variants of it +are used in GNU/Linux and other modern operating systems. + + Installers are expected to override these values when calling 'make' +(e.g., 'make prefix=/usr install' or 'configure' (e.g., 'configure +--prefix=/usr'). GNU packages should not try to guess which value +should be appropriate for these variables on the system they are being +installed onto: use the default settings specified here so that all GNU +packages behave identically, allowing the installer to achieve any +desired layout. + + These first two variables set the root for the installation. All the +other installation directories should be subdirectories of one of these +two, and nothing should be directly installed into these two +directories. + +'prefix' + A prefix used in constructing the default values of the variables + listed below. The default value of 'prefix' should be + '/usr/local'. When building the complete GNU system, the prefix + will be empty and '/usr' will be a symbolic link to '/'. (If you + are using Autoconf, write it as '@prefix@'.) + + Running 'make install' with a different value of 'prefix' from the + one used to build the program should _not_ recompile the program. + +'exec_prefix' + A prefix used in constructing the default values of some of the + variables listed below. The default value of 'exec_prefix' should + be '$(prefix)'. (If you are using Autoconf, write it as + '@exec_prefix@'.) + + Generally, '$(exec_prefix)' is used for directories that contain + machine-specific files (such as executables and subroutine + libraries), while '$(prefix)' is used directly for other + directories. + + Running 'make install' with a different value of 'exec_prefix' from + the one used to build the program should _not_ recompile the + program. + + Executable programs are installed in one of the following +directories. + +'bindir' + The directory for installing executable programs that users can + run. This should normally be '/usr/local/bin', but write it as + '$(exec_prefix)/bin'. (If you are using Autoconf, write it as + '@bindir@'.) + +'sbindir' + The directory for installing executable programs that can be run + from the shell, but are only generally useful to system + administrators. This should normally be '/usr/local/sbin', but + write it as '$(exec_prefix)/sbin'. (If you are using Autoconf, + write it as '@sbindir@'.) + +'libexecdir' + The directory for installing executable programs to be run by other + programs rather than by users. This directory should normally be + '/usr/local/libexec', but write it as '$(exec_prefix)/libexec'. + (If you are using Autoconf, write it as '@libexecdir@'.) + + The definition of 'libexecdir' is the same for all packages, so you + should install your data in a subdirectory thereof. Most packages + install their data under '$(libexecdir)/PACKAGE-NAME/', possibly + within additional subdirectories thereof, such as + '$(libexecdir)/PACKAGE-NAME/MACHINE/VERSION'. + + Data files used by the program during its execution are divided into +categories in two ways. + + * Some files are normally modified by programs; others are never + normally modified (though users may edit some of these). + + * Some files are architecture-independent and can be shared by all + machines at a site; some are architecture-dependent and can be + shared only by machines of the same kind and operating system; + others may never be shared between two machines. + + This makes for six different possibilities. However, we want to +discourage the use of architecture-dependent files, aside from object +files and libraries. It is much cleaner to make other data files +architecture-independent, and it is generally not hard. + + Here are the variables Makefiles should use to specify directories to +put these various kinds of files in: + +'datarootdir' + The root of the directory tree for read-only + architecture-independent data files. This should normally be + '/usr/local/share', but write it as '$(prefix)/share'. (If you are + using Autoconf, write it as '@datarootdir@'.) 'datadir''s default + value is based on this variable; so are 'infodir', 'mandir', and + others. + +'datadir' + The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only + architecture-independent data files for this program. This is + usually the same place as 'datarootdir', but we use the two + separate variables so that you can move these program-specific + files without altering the location for Info files, man pages, etc. + + This should normally be '/usr/local/share', but write it as + '$(datarootdir)'. (If you are using Autoconf, write it as + '@datadir@'.) + + The definition of 'datadir' is the same for all packages, so you + should install your data in a subdirectory thereof. Most packages + install their data under '$(datadir)/PACKAGE-NAME/'. + +'sysconfdir' + The directory for installing read-only data files that pertain to a + single machine-that is to say, files for configuring a host. + Mailer and network configuration files, '/etc/passwd', and so forth + belong here. All the files in this directory should be ordinary + ASCII text files. This directory should normally be + '/usr/local/etc', but write it as '$(prefix)/etc'. (If you are + using Autoconf, write it as '@sysconfdir@'.) + + Do not install executables here in this directory (they probably + belong in '$(libexecdir)' or '$(sbindir)'). Also do not install + files that are modified in the normal course of their use (programs + whose purpose is to change the configuration of the system + excluded). Those probably belong in '$(localstatedir)'. + +'sharedstatedir' + The directory for installing architecture-independent data files + which the programs modify while they run. This should normally be + '/usr/local/com', but write it as '$(prefix)/com'. (If you are + using Autoconf, write it as '@sharedstatedir@'.) + +'localstatedir' + The directory for installing data files which the programs modify + while they run, and that pertain to one specific machine. Users + should never need to modify files in this directory to configure + the package's operation; put such configuration information in + separate files that go in '$(datadir)' or '$(sysconfdir)'. + '$(localstatedir)' should normally be '/usr/local/var', but write + it as '$(prefix)/var'. (If you are using Autoconf, write it as + '@localstatedir@'.) + + These variables specify the directory for installing certain specific +types of files, if your program has them. Every GNU package should have +Info files, so every program needs 'infodir', but not all need 'libdir' +or 'lispdir'. + +'includedir' + The directory for installing header files to be included by user + programs with the C '#include' preprocessor directive. This should + normally be '/usr/local/include', but write it as + '$(prefix)/include'. (If you are using Autoconf, write it as + '@includedir@'.) + + Most compilers other than GCC do not look for header files in + directory '/usr/local/include'. So installing the header files + this way is only useful with GCC. Sometimes this is not a problem + because some libraries are only really intended to work with GCC. + But some libraries are intended to work with other compilers. They + should install their header files in two places, one specified by + 'includedir' and one specified by 'oldincludedir'. + +'oldincludedir' + The directory for installing '#include' header files for use with + compilers other than GCC. This should normally be '/usr/include'. + (If you are using Autoconf, you can write it as '@oldincludedir@'.) + + The Makefile commands should check whether the value of + 'oldincludedir' is empty. If it is, they should not try to use it; + they should cancel the second installation of the header files. + + A package should not replace an existing header in this directory + unless the header came from the same package. Thus, if your Foo + package provides a header file 'foo.h', then it should install the + header file in the 'oldincludedir' directory if either (1) there is + no 'foo.h' there or (2) the 'foo.h' that exists came from the Foo + package. + + To tell whether 'foo.h' came from the Foo package, put a magic + string in the file--part of a comment--and 'grep' for that string. + +'docdir' + The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info) + for this package. By default, it should be + '/usr/local/share/doc/YOURPKG', but it should be written as + '$(datarootdir)/doc/YOURPKG'. (If you are using Autoconf, write it + as '@docdir@'.) The YOURPKG subdirectory, which may include a + version number, prevents collisions among files with common names, + such as 'README'. + +'infodir' + The directory for installing the Info files for this package. By + default, it should be '/usr/local/share/info', but it should be + written as '$(datarootdir)/info'. (If you are using Autoconf, + write it as '@infodir@'.) 'infodir' is separate from 'docdir' for + compatibility with existing practice. + +'htmldir' +'dvidir' +'pdfdir' +'psdir' + Directories for installing documentation files in the particular + format. They should all be set to '$(docdir)' by default. (If you + are using Autoconf, write them as '@htmldir@', '@dvidir@', etc.) + Packages which supply several translations of their documentation + should install them in '$(htmldir)/'LL, '$(pdfdir)/'LL, etc. where + LL is a locale abbreviation such as 'en' or 'pt_BR'. + +'libdir' + The directory for object files and libraries of object code. Do + not install executables here, they probably ought to go in + '$(libexecdir)' instead. The value of 'libdir' should normally be + '/usr/local/lib', but write it as '$(exec_prefix)/lib'. (If you + are using Autoconf, write it as '@libdir@'.) + +'lispdir' + The directory for installing any Emacs Lisp files in this package. + By default, it should be '/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp', but it + should be written as '$(datarootdir)/emacs/site-lisp'. + + If you are using Autoconf, write the default as '@lispdir@'. In + order to make '@lispdir@' work, you need the following lines in + your 'configure.in' file: + + lispdir='${datarootdir}/emacs/site-lisp' + AC_SUBST(lispdir) + +'localedir' + The directory for installing locale-specific message catalogs for + this package. By default, it should be '/usr/local/share/locale', + but it should be written as '$(datarootdir)/locale'. (If you are + using Autoconf, write it as '@localedir@'.) This directory usually + has a subdirectory per locale. + + Unix-style man pages are installed in one of the following: + +'mandir' + The top-level directory for installing the man pages (if any) for + this package. It will normally be '/usr/local/share/man', but you + should write it as '$(datarootdir)/man'. (If you are using + Autoconf, write it as '@mandir@'.) + +'man1dir' + The directory for installing section 1 man pages. Write it as + '$(mandir)/man1'. +'man2dir' + The directory for installing section 2 man pages. Write it as + '$(mandir)/man2' +'...' + + *Don't make the primary documentation for any GNU software be a man + page. Write a manual in Texinfo instead. Man pages are just for + the sake of people running GNU software on Unix, which is a + secondary application only.* + +'manext' + The file name extension for the installed man page. This should + contain a period followed by the appropriate digit; it should + normally be '.1'. + +'man1ext' + The file name extension for installed section 1 man pages. +'man2ext' + The file name extension for installed section 2 man pages. +'...' + Use these names instead of 'manext' if the package needs to install + man pages in more than one section of the manual. + + And finally, you should set the following variable: + +'srcdir' + The directory for the sources being compiled. The value of this + variable is normally inserted by the 'configure' shell script. (If + you are using Autoconf, use 'srcdir = @srcdir@'.) + + For example: + + # Common prefix for installation directories. + # NOTE: This directory must exist when you start the install. + prefix = /usr/local + datarootdir = $(prefix)/share + datadir = $(datarootdir) + exec_prefix = $(prefix) + # Where to put the executable for the command `gcc'. + bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin + # Where to put the directories used by the compiler. + libexecdir = $(exec_prefix)/libexec + # Where to put the Info files. + infodir = $(datarootdir)/info + + If your program installs a large number of files into one of the +standard user-specified directories, it might be useful to group them +into a subdirectory particular to that program. If you do this, you +should write the 'install' rule to create these subdirectories. + + Do not expect the user to include the subdirectory name in the value +of any of the variables listed above. The idea of having a uniform set +of variable names for installation directories is to enable the user to +specify the exact same values for several different GNU packages. In +order for this to be useful, all the packages must be designed so that +they will work sensibly when the user does so. + + At times, not all of these variables may be implemented in the +current release of Autoconf and/or Automake; but as of Autoconf 2.60, we +believe all of them are. When any are missing, the descriptions here +serve as specifications for what Autoconf will implement. As a +programmer, you can either use a development version of Autoconf or +avoid using these variables until a stable release is made which +supports them. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Standard Targets, Next: Install Command Categories, Prev: Directory Variables, Up: Makefile Conventions + +7.2.6 Standard Targets for Users +-------------------------------- + +All GNU programs should have the following targets in their Makefiles: + +'all' + Compile the entire program. This should be the default target. + This target need not rebuild any documentation files; Info files + should normally be included in the distribution, and DVI (and other + documentation format) files should be made only when explicitly + asked for. + + By default, the Make rules should compile and link with '-g', so + that executable programs have debugging symbols. Users who don't + mind being helpless can strip the executables later if they wish. + +'install' + Compile the program and copy the executables, libraries, and so on + to the file names where they should reside for actual use. If + there is a simple test to verify that a program is properly + installed, this target should run that test. + + Do not strip executables when installing them. Devil-may-care + users can use the 'install-strip' target to do that. + + If possible, write the 'install' target rule so that it does not + modify anything in the directory where the program was built, + provided 'make all' has just been done. This is convenient for + building the program under one user name and installing it under + another. + + The commands should create all the directories in which files are + to be installed, if they don't already exist. This includes the + directories specified as the values of the variables 'prefix' and + 'exec_prefix', as well as all subdirectories that are needed. One + way to do this is by means of an 'installdirs' target as described + below. + + Use '-' before any command for installing a man page, so that + 'make' will ignore any errors. This is in case there are systems + that don't have the Unix man page documentation system installed. + + The way to install Info files is to copy them into '$(infodir)' + with '$(INSTALL_DATA)' (*note Command Variables::), and then run + the 'install-info' program if it is present. 'install-info' is a + program that edits the Info 'dir' file to add or update the menu + entry for the given Info file; it is part of the Texinfo package. + Here is a sample rule to install an Info file: + + $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info: foo.info + $(POST_INSTALL) + # There may be a newer info file in . than in srcdir. + -if test -f foo.info; then d=.; \ + else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/foo.info $(DESTDIR)$@; \ + # Run install-info only if it exists. + # Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the + # line so we notice real errors from install-info. + # We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not + # fail gracefully when there is an unknown command. + if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' \ + >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + install-info --dir-file=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/dir \ + $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info; \ + else true; fi + + When writing the 'install' target, you must classify all the + commands into three categories: normal ones, "pre-installation" + commands and "post-installation" commands. *Note Install Command + Categories::. + +'install-html' +'install-dvi' +'install-pdf' +'install-ps' + These targets install documentation in formats other than Info; + they're intended to be called explicitly by the person installing + the package, if that format is desired. GNU prefers Info files, so + these must be installed by the 'install' target. + + When you have many documentation files to install, we recommend + that you avoid collisions and clutter by arranging for these + targets to install in subdirectories of the appropriate + installation directory, such as 'htmldir'. As one example, if your + package has multiple manuals, and you wish to install HTML + documentation with many files (such as the "split" mode output by + 'makeinfo --html'), you'll certainly want to use subdirectories, or + two nodes with the same name in different manuals will overwrite + each other. + + Please make these 'install-FORMAT' targets invoke the commands for + the FORMAT target, for example, by making FORMAT a dependency. + +'uninstall' + Delete all the installed files--the copies that the 'install' and + 'install-*' targets create. + + This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is + done, only the directories where files are installed. + + The uninstallation commands are divided into three categories, just + like the installation commands. *Note Install Command + Categories::. + +'install-strip' + Like 'install', but strip the executable files while installing + them. In simple cases, this target can use the 'install' target in + a simple way: + + install-strip: + $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' \ + install + + But if the package installs scripts as well as real executables, + the 'install-strip' target can't just refer to the 'install' + target; it has to strip the executables but not the scripts. + + 'install-strip' should not strip the executables in the build + directory which are being copied for installation. It should only + strip the copies that are installed. + + Normally we do not recommend stripping an executable unless you are + sure the program has no bugs. However, it can be reasonable to + install a stripped executable for actual execution while saving the + unstripped executable elsewhere in case there is a bug. + +'clean' + + Delete all files in the current directory that are normally created + by building the program. Also delete files in other directories if + they are created by this makefile. However, don't delete the files + that record the configuration. Also preserve files that could be + made by building, but normally aren't because the distribution + comes with them. There is no need to delete parent directories + that were created with 'mkdir -p', since they could have existed + anyway. + + Delete '.dvi' files here if they are not part of the distribution. + +'distclean' + Delete all files in the current directory (or created by this + makefile) that are created by configuring or building the program. + If you have unpacked the source and built the program without + creating any other files, 'make distclean' should leave only the + files that were in the distribution. However, there is no need to + delete parent directories that were created with 'mkdir -p', since + they could have existed anyway. + +'mostlyclean' + Like 'clean', but may refrain from deleting a few files that people + normally don't want to recompile. For example, the 'mostlyclean' + target for GCC does not delete 'libgcc.a', because recompiling it + is rarely necessary and takes a lot of time. + +'maintainer-clean' + Delete almost everything that can be reconstructed with this + Makefile. This typically includes everything deleted by + 'distclean', plus more: C source files produced by Bison, tags + tables, Info files, and so on. + + The reason we say "almost everything" is that running the command + 'make maintainer-clean' should not delete 'configure' even if + 'configure' can be remade using a rule in the Makefile. More + generally, 'make maintainer-clean' should not delete anything that + needs to exist in order to run 'configure' and then begin to build + the program. Also, there is no need to delete parent directories + that were created with 'mkdir -p', since they could have existed + anyway. These are the only exceptions; 'maintainer-clean' should + delete everything else that can be rebuilt. + + The 'maintainer-clean' target is intended to be used by a + maintainer of the package, not by ordinary users. You may need + special tools to reconstruct some of the files that 'make + maintainer-clean' deletes. Since these files are normally included + in the distribution, we don't take care to make them easy to + reconstruct. If you find you need to unpack the full distribution + again, don't blame us. + + To help make users aware of this, the commands for the special + 'maintainer-clean' target should start with these two: + + @echo 'This command is intended for maintainers to use; it' + @echo 'deletes files that may need special tools to rebuild.' + +'TAGS' + Update a tags table for this program. + +'info' + Generate any Info files needed. The best way to write the rules is + as follows: + + info: foo.info + + foo.info: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi + $(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/foo.texi + + You must define the variable 'MAKEINFO' in the Makefile. It should + run the 'makeinfo' program, which is part of the Texinfo + distribution. + + Normally a GNU distribution comes with Info files, and that means + the Info files are present in the source directory. Therefore, the + Make rule for an info file should update it in the source + directory. When users build the package, ordinarily Make will not + update the Info files because they will already be up to date. + +'dvi' +'html' +'pdf' +'ps' + Generate documentation files in the given format. These targets + should always exist, but any or all can be a no-op if the given + output format cannot be generated. These targets should not be + dependencies of the 'all' target; the user must manually invoke + them. + + Here's an example rule for generating DVI files from Texinfo: + + dvi: foo.dvi + + foo.dvi: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi + $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/foo.texi + + You must define the variable 'TEXI2DVI' in the Makefile. It should + run the program 'texi2dvi', which is part of the Texinfo + distribution.(1) Alternatively, write just the dependencies, and + allow GNU 'make' to provide the command. + + Here's another example, this one for generating HTML from Texinfo: + + html: foo.html + + foo.html: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi + $(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/foo.texi + + Again, you would define the variable 'TEXI2HTML' in the Makefile; + for example, it might run 'makeinfo --no-split --html' ('makeinfo' + is part of the Texinfo distribution). + +'dist' + Create a distribution tar file for this program. The tar file + should be set up so that the file names in the tar file start with + a subdirectory name which is the name of the package it is a + distribution for. This name can include the version number. + + For example, the distribution tar file of GCC version 1.40 unpacks + into a subdirectory named 'gcc-1.40'. + + The easiest way to do this is to create a subdirectory + appropriately named, use 'ln' or 'cp' to install the proper files + in it, and then 'tar' that subdirectory. + + Compress the tar file with 'gzip'. For example, the actual + distribution file for GCC version 1.40 is called 'gcc-1.40.tar.gz'. + + The 'dist' target should explicitly depend on all non-source files + that are in the distribution, to make sure they are up to date in + the distribution. *Note Making Releases: Releases. + +'check' + Perform self-tests (if any). The user must build the program + before running the tests, but need not install the program; you + should write the self-tests so that they work when the program is + built but not installed. + + The following targets are suggested as conventional names, for +programs in which they are useful. + +'installcheck' + Perform installation tests (if any). The user must build and + install the program before running the tests. You should not + assume that '$(bindir)' is in the search path. + +'installdirs' + It's useful to add a target named 'installdirs' to create the + directories where files are installed, and their parent + directories. There is a script called 'mkinstalldirs' which is + convenient for this; you can find it in the Texinfo package. You + can use a rule like this: + + # Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir)) + # actually exist by making them if necessary. + installdirs: mkinstalldirs + $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) \ + $(libdir) $(infodir) \ + $(mandir) + + or, if you wish to support 'DESTDIR', + + # Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir)) + # actually exist by making them if necessary. + installdirs: mkinstalldirs + $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs \ + $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) \ + $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) \ + $(DESTDIR)$(mandir) + + This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is + done. It should do nothing but create installation directories. + + ---------- Footnotes ---------- + + (1) 'texi2dvi' uses TeX to do the real work of formatting. TeX is +not distributed with Texinfo. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Install Command Categories, Prev: Standard Targets, Up: Makefile Conventions + +7.2.7 Install Command Categories +-------------------------------- + +When writing the 'install' target, you must classify all the commands +into three categories: normal ones, "pre-installation" commands and +"post-installation" commands. + + Normal commands move files into their proper places, and set their +modes. They may not alter any files except the ones that come entirely +from the package they belong to. + + Pre-installation and post-installation commands may alter other +files; in particular, they can edit global configuration files or data +bases. + + Pre-installation commands are typically executed before the normal +commands, and post-installation commands are typically run after the +normal commands. + + The most common use for a post-installation command is to run +'install-info'. This cannot be done with a normal command, since it +alters a file (the Info directory) which does not come entirely and +solely from the package being installed. It is a post-installation +command because it needs to be done after the normal command which +installs the package's Info files. + + Most programs don't need any pre-installation commands, but we have +the feature just in case it is needed. + + To classify the commands in the 'install' rule into these three +categories, insert "category lines" among them. A category line +specifies the category for the commands that follow. + + A category line consists of a tab and a reference to a special Make +variable, plus an optional comment at the end. There are three +variables you can use, one for each category; the variable name +specifies the category. Category lines are no-ops in ordinary execution +because these three Make variables are normally undefined (and you +_should not_ define them in the makefile). + + Here are the three possible category lines, each with a comment that +explains what it means: + + $(PRE_INSTALL) # Pre-install commands follow. + $(POST_INSTALL) # Post-install commands follow. + $(NORMAL_INSTALL) # Normal commands follow. + + If you don't use a category line at the beginning of the 'install' +rule, all the commands are classified as normal until the first category +line. If you don't use any category lines, all the commands are +classified as normal. + + These are the category lines for 'uninstall': + + $(PRE_UNINSTALL) # Pre-uninstall commands follow. + $(POST_UNINSTALL) # Post-uninstall commands follow. + $(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) # Normal commands follow. + + Typically, a pre-uninstall command would be used for deleting entries +from the Info directory. + + If the 'install' or 'uninstall' target has any dependencies which act +as subroutines of installation, then you should start _each_ +dependency's commands with a category line, and start the main target's +commands with a category line also. This way, you can ensure that each +command is placed in the right category regardless of which of the +dependencies actually run. + + Pre-installation and post-installation commands should not run any +programs except for these: + + [ basename bash cat chgrp chmod chown cmp cp dd diff echo + egrep expand expr false fgrep find getopt grep gunzip gzip + hostname install install-info kill ldconfig ln ls md5sum + mkdir mkfifo mknod mv printenv pwd rm rmdir sed sort tee + test touch true uname xargs yes + + The reason for distinguishing the commands in this way is for the +sake of making binary packages. Typically a binary package contains all +the executables and other files that need to be installed, and has its +own method of installing them--so it does not need to run the normal +installation commands. But installing the binary package does need to +execute the pre-installation and post-installation commands. + + Programs to build binary packages work by extracting the +pre-installation and post-installation commands. Here is one way of +extracting the pre-installation commands (the '-s' option to 'make' is +needed to silence messages about entering subdirectories): + + make -s -n install -o all \ + PRE_INSTALL=pre-install \ + POST_INSTALL=post-install \ + NORMAL_INSTALL=normal-install \ + | gawk -f pre-install.awk + +where the file 'pre-install.awk' could contain this: + + $0 ~ /^(normal-install|post-install)[ \t]*$/ {on = 0} + on {print $0} + $0 ~ /^pre-install[ \t]*$/ {on = 1} + + +File: standards.info, Node: Releases, Prev: Makefile Conventions, Up: Managing Releases + +7.3 Making Releases +=================== + +You should identify each release with a pair of version numbers, a major +version and a minor. We have no objection to using more than two +numbers, but it is very unlikely that you really need them. + + Package the distribution of 'Foo version 69.96' up in a gzipped tar +file with the name 'foo-69.96.tar.gz'. It should unpack into a +subdirectory named 'foo-69.96'. + + Building and installing the program should never modify any of the +files contained in the distribution. This means that all the files that +form part of the program in any way must be classified into "source +files" and "non-source files". Source files are written by humans and +never changed automatically; non-source files are produced from source +files by programs under the control of the Makefile. + + The distribution should contain a file named 'README' which gives the +name of the package, and a general description of what it does. It is +also good to explain the purpose of each of the first-level +subdirectories in the package, if there are any. The 'README' file +should either state the version number of the package, or refer to where +in the package it can be found. + + The 'README' file should refer to the file 'INSTALL', which should +contain an explanation of the installation procedure. + + The 'README' file should also refer to the file which contains the +copying conditions. The GNU GPL, if used, should be in a file called +'COPYING'. If the GNU LGPL is used, it should be in a file called +'COPYING.LESSER'. + + Naturally, all the source files must be in the distribution. It is +okay to include non-source files in the distribution, provided they are +up-to-date and machine-independent, so that building the distribution +normally will never modify them. We commonly include non-source files +produced by Bison, 'lex', TeX, and 'makeinfo'; this helps avoid +unnecessary dependencies between our distributions, so that users can +install whichever packages they want to install. + + Non-source files that might actually be modified by building and +installing the program should *never* be included in the distribution. +So if you do distribute non-source files, always make sure they are up +to date when you make a new distribution. + + Make sure that all the files in the distribution are world-readable, +and that directories are world-readable and world-searchable (octal mode +755). We used to recommend that all directories in the distribution +also be world-writable (octal mode 777), because ancient versions of +'tar' would otherwise not cope when extracting the archive as an +unprivileged user. That can easily lead to security issues when +creating the archive, however, so now we recommend against that. + + Don't include any symbolic links in the distribution itself. If the +tar file contains symbolic links, then people cannot even unpack it on +systems that don't support symbolic links. Also, don't use multiple +names for one file in different directories, because certain file +systems cannot handle this and that prevents unpacking the distribution. + + Try to make sure that all the file names will be unique on MS-DOS. A +name on MS-DOS consists of up to 8 characters, optionally followed by a +period and up to three characters. MS-DOS will truncate extra +characters both before and after the period. Thus, 'foobarhacker.c' and +'foobarhacker.o' are not ambiguous; they are truncated to 'foobarha.c' +and 'foobarha.o', which are distinct. + + Include in your distribution a copy of the 'texinfo.tex' you used to +test print any '*.texinfo' or '*.texi' files. + + Likewise, if your program uses small GNU software packages like +regex, getopt, obstack, or termcap, include them in the distribution +file. Leaving them out would make the distribution file a little +smaller at the expense of possible inconvenience to a user who doesn't +know what other files to get. + + +File: standards.info, Node: References, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Managing Releases, Up: Top + +8 References to Non-Free Software and Documentation +*************************************************** + +A GNU program should not recommend, promote, or grant legitimacy to the +use of any non-free program. Proprietary software is a social and +ethical problem, and our aim is to put an end to that problem. We can't +stop some people from writing proprietary programs, or stop other people +from using them, but we can and should refuse to advertise them to new +potential customers, or to give the public the idea that their existence +is ethical. + + The GNU definition of free software is found on the GNU web site at +, and the definition of free +documentation is found at . +The terms "free" and "non-free", used in this document, refer to those +definitions. + + A list of important licenses and whether they qualify as free is in +. If it is not clear +whether a license qualifies as free, please ask the GNU Project by +writing to . We will answer, and if the license is +an important one, we will add it to the list. + + When a non-free program or system is well known, you can mention it +in passing--that is harmless, since users who might want to use it +probably already know about it. For instance, it is fine to explain how +to build your package on top of some widely used non-free operating +system, or how to use it together with some widely used non-free +program. + + However, you should give only the necessary information to help those +who already use the non-free program to use your program with it--don't +give, or refer to, any further information about the proprietary +program, and don't imply that the proprietary program enhances your +program, or that its existence is in any way a good thing. The goal +should be that people already using the proprietary program will get the +advice they need about how to use your free program with it, while +people who don't already use the proprietary program will not see +anything likely to lead them to take an interest in it. + + If a non-free program or system is obscure in your program's domain, +your program should not mention or support it at all, since doing so +would tend to popularize the non-free program more than it popularizes +your program. (You cannot hope to find many additional users for your +program among the users of Foobar, if the existence of Foobar is not +generally known among people who might want to use your program.) + + Sometimes a program is free software in itself but depends on a +non-free platform in order to run. For instance, many Java programs +depend on some non-free Java libraries. To recommend or promote such a +program is to promote the other programs it needs. This is why we are +careful about listing Java programs in the Free Software Directory: we +don't want to promote the non-free Java libraries. + + We hope this particular problem with Java will be gone by and by, as +we replace the remaining non-free standard Java libraries with free +software, but the general principle will remain the same: don't +recommend, promote or legitimize programs that depend on non-free +software to run. + + Some free programs strongly encourage the use of non-free software. +A typical example is 'mplayer'. It is free software in itself, and the +free code can handle some kinds of files. However, 'mplayer' recommends +use of non-free codecs for other kinds of files, and users that install +'mplayer' are very likely to install those codecs along with it. To +recommend 'mplayer' is, in effect, to promote use of the non-free +codecs. + + Thus, you should not recommend programs that strongly encourage the +use of non-free software. This is why we do not list 'mplayer' in the +Free Software Directory. + + A GNU package should not refer the user to any non-free documentation +for free software. Free documentation that can be included in free +operating systems is essential for completing the GNU system, or any +free operating system, so encouraging it is a priority; to recommend use +of documentation that we are not allowed to include undermines the +impetus for the community to produce documentation that we can include. +So GNU packages should never recommend non-free documentation. + + By contrast, it is ok to refer to journal articles and textbooks in +the comments of a program for explanation of how it functions, even +though they are non-free. This is because we don't include such things +in the GNU system even they are free--they are outside the scope of what +a software distribution needs to include. + + Referring to a web site that describes or recommends a non-free +program is promoting that program, so please do not make links (or +mention by name) web sites that contain such material. This policy is +relevant particularly for the web pages for a GNU package. + + Following links from nearly any web site can lead eventually to +non-free software; this is inherent in the nature of the web. So it +makes no sense to criticize a site for having such links. As long as +the site does not itself recommend a non-free program, there is no need +to consider the question of the sites that it links to for other +reasons. + + Thus, for example, you should not refer to AT&T's web site if that +recommends AT&T's non-free software packages; you should not refer to a +site that links to AT&T's site presenting it as a place to get some +non-free program, because that link recommends and legitimizes the +non-free program. However, that a site contains a link to AT&T's web +site for some other purpose (such as long-distance telephone service) is +not an objection against it. + + +File: standards.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Index, Prev: References, Up: Top + +Appendix A GNU Free Documentation License +***************************************** + + Version 1.3, 3 November 2008 + + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + 0. PREAMBLE + + The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other + functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to + assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, + with or without modifying it, either commercially or + noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the + author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not + being considered responsible for modifications made by others. + + This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative + works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. + It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft + license designed for free software. + + We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for + free software, because free software needs free documentation: a + free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms + that the software does. But this License is not limited to + software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless + of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We + recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is + instruction or reference. + + 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS + + This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, + that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can + be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice + grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, + to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The + "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member + of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept + the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way + requiring permission under copyright law. + + A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the + Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with + modifications and/or translated into another language. + + A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section + of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the + publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall + subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could + fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document + is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not + explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of + historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or + of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position + regarding them. + + The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose + titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the + notice that says that the Document is released under this License. + If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it + is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may + contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify + any Invariant Sections then there are none. + + The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are + listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice + that says that the Document is released under this License. A + Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may + be at most 25 words. + + A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, + represented in a format whose specification is available to the + general public, that is suitable for revising the document + straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed + of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely + available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text + formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats + suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise + Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has + been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by + readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if + used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not + "Transparent" is called "Opaque". + + Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain + ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, + SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming + simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. + Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. + Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and + edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which + the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and + the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word + processors for output purposes only. + + The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, + plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the + material this License requires to appear in the title page. For + works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title + Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the + work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. + + The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies + of the Document to the public. + + A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document + whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses + following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ + stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as + "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) + To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the + Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according + to this definition. + + The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice + which states that this License applies to the Document. These + Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in + this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other + implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and + has no effect on the meaning of this License. + + 2. VERBATIM COPYING + + You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either + commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the + copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License + applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you + add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You + may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading + or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, + you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you + distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the + conditions in section 3. + + You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, + and you may publicly display copies. + + 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY + + If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly + have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and + the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must + enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all + these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and + Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly + and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The + front cover must present the full title with all words of the title + equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the + covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as + long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these + conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. + + If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit + legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit + reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto + adjacent pages. + + If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document + numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable + Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with + each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general + network-using public has access to download using public-standard + network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free + of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take + reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque + copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will + remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one + year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or + through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. + + It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of + the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, + to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the + Document. + + 4. MODIFICATIONS + + You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document + under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you + release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the + Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing + distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever + possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in + the Modified Version: + + A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title + distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous + versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the + History section of the Document). You may use the same title + as a previous version if the original publisher of that + version gives permission. + + B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or + entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in + the Modified Version, together with at least five of the + principal authors of the Document (all of its principal + authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you + from this requirement. + + C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the + Modified Version, as the publisher. + + D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + + E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications + adjacent to the other copyright notices. + + F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license + notice giving the public permission to use the Modified + Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in + the Addendum below. + + G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant + Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's + license notice. + + H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. + + I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, + and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new + authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the + Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the + Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and + publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add + an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the + previous sentence. + + J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document + for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and + likewise the network locations given in the Document for + previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the + "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work + that was published at least four years before the Document + itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers + to gives permission. + + K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", + Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section + all the substance and tone of each of the contributor + acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. + + L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered + in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the + equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. + + M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section + may not be included in the Modified Version. + + N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled + "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant + Section. + + O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + + If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or + appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no + material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate + some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their + titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's + license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other + section titles. + + You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains + nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various + parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text + has been approved by an organization as the authoritative + definition of a standard. + + You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, + and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of + the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage + of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or + through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document + already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added + by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on + behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old + one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added + the old one. + + The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this + License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to + assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. + + 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS + + You may combine the Document with other documents released under + this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for + modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all + of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, + unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your + combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all + their Warranty Disclaimers. + + The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and + multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single + copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name + but different contents, make the title of each such section unique + by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the + original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a + unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in + the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the + combined work. + + In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled + "History" in the various original documents, forming one section + Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled + "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You + must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements." + + 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS + + You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other + documents released under this License, and replace the individual + copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy + that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the + rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents + in all other respects. + + You may extract a single document from such a collection, and + distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert + a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this + License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that + document. + + 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS + + A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other + separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a + storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the + copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the + legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual + works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this + License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which + are not themselves derivative works of the Document. + + If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these + copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half + of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed + on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the + electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic + form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket + the whole aggregate. + + 8. TRANSLATION + + Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may + distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section + 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special + permission from their copyright holders, but you may include + translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the + original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a + translation of this License, and all the license notices in the + Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also + include the original English version of this License and the + original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a + disagreement between the translation and the original version of + this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will + prevail. + + If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", + "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to + Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the + actual title. + + 9. TERMINATION + + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document + except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt + otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, + and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your + license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) + provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and + finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the + copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some + reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is + reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the + violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have + received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from + that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days + after your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate + the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you + under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not + permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the + same material does not give you any rights to use it. + + 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE + + The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of + the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new + versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may + differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See + . + + Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version + number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered + version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you + have the option of following the terms and conditions either of + that specified version or of any later version that has been + published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the + Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may + choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free + Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can + decide which future versions of this License can be used, that + proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently + authorizes you to choose that version for the Document. + + 11. RELICENSING + + "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any + World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also + provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A + public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. + A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the + site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC + site. + + "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 + license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit + corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, + California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license + published by that same organization. + + "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or + in part, as part of another Document. + + An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this + License, and if all works that were first published under this + License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently + incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover + texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior + to November 1, 2008. + + The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the + site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, + 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing. + +ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents +==================================================== + +To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of +the License in the document and put the following copyright and license +notices just after the title page: + + Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 + or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; + with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover + Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU + Free Documentation License''. + + If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover +Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this: + + with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with + the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts + being LIST. + + If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other +combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the +situation. + + If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we +recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free +software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit +their use in free software. + + +File: standards.info, Node: Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top + +Index +***** + +[index] +* Menu: + +* '#endif', commenting: Comments. (line 60) +* '--help' output: --help. (line 6) +* '--version' output: --version. (line 6) +* '-Wall' compiler option: Syntactic Conventions. + (line 10) +* accepting contributions: Contributions. (line 6) +* address for bug reports: --help. (line 11) +* ANSI C standard: Standard C. (line 6) +* arbitrary limits on data: Semantics. (line 6) +* ASCII characters: Character Set. (line 6) +* autoconf: System Portability. (line 23) +* avoiding proprietary code: Reading Non-Free Code. + (line 6) +* behavior, dependent on program's name: User Interfaces. (line 6) +* binary packages: Install Command Categories. + (line 80) +* bindir: Directory Variables. (line 54) +* braces, in C source: Formatting. (line 6) +* bug reports: --help. (line 11) +* 'bug-standards@gnu.org' email address: Preface. (line 30) +* canonical name of a program: --version. (line 12) +* casting pointers to integers: CPU Portability. (line 88) +* CGI programs, standard options for: Command-Line Interfaces. + (line 31) +* change logs: Change Logs. (line 6) +* change logs, conditional changes: Conditional Changes. (line 6) +* change logs, style: Style of Change Logs. + (line 6) +* character set: Character Set. (line 6) +* command-line arguments, decoding: Semantics. (line 46) +* command-line interface: Command-Line Interfaces. + (line 6) +* commenting: Comments. (line 6) +* compatibility with C and POSIX standards: Compatibility. (line 6) +* compiler warnings: Syntactic Conventions. + (line 10) +* conditional changes, and change logs: Conditional Changes. (line 6) +* conditionals, comments for: Comments. (line 60) +* configure: Configuration. (line 6) +* control-L: Formatting. (line 118) +* conventions for makefiles: Makefile Conventions. + (line 6) +* CORBA: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 16) +* credits for manuals: Manual Credits. (line 6) +* D-bus: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 16) +* data types, and portability: CPU Portability. (line 6) +* declaration for system functions: System Functions. (line 21) +* DESTDIR: DESTDIR. (line 6) +* documentation: Documentation. (line 6) +* doschk: Names. (line 38) +* downloading this manual: Preface. (line 14) +* encodings: Character Set. (line 6) +* error messages: Semantics. (line 19) +* error messages, formatting: Errors. (line 6) +* exec_prefix: Directory Variables. (line 36) +* expressions, splitting: Formatting. (line 81) +* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License. + (line 6) +* file usage: File Usage. (line 6) +* file-name limitations: Names. (line 38) +* formatting error messages: Errors. (line 6) +* formatting source code: Formatting. (line 6) +* formfeed: Formatting. (line 118) +* function argument, declaring: Syntactic Conventions. + (line 6) +* function prototypes: Standard C. (line 17) +* getopt: Command-Line Interfaces. + (line 6) +* gettext: Internationalization. + (line 6) +* GNOME: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 16) +* GNOME and Guile: Source Language. (line 37) +* gnustandards project repository: Preface. (line 30) +* 'gnustandards-commit@gnu.org' mailing list: Preface. (line 24) +* graphical user interface: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 6) +* grave accent: Quote Characters. (line 6) +* GTK+: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 6) +* Guile: Source Language. (line 37) +* implicit 'int': Syntactic Conventions. + (line 6) +* impossible conditions: Semantics. (line 70) +* installations, staged: DESTDIR. (line 6) +* interface styles: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 6) +* internationalization: Internationalization. + (line 6) +* keyboard interface: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 16) +* LDAP: OID Allocations. (line 6) +* left quote: Quote Characters. (line 6) +* legal aspects: Legal Issues. (line 6) +* legal papers: Contributions. (line 6) +* libexecdir: Directory Variables. (line 67) +* libraries: Libraries. (line 6) +* library functions, and portability: System Functions. (line 6) +* library interface: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 16) +* license for manuals: License for Manuals. (line 6) +* lint: Syntactic Conventions. + (line 109) +* locale-specific quote characters: Quote Characters. (line 6) +* long option names: Option Table. (line 6) +* long-named options: Command-Line Interfaces. + (line 12) +* makefile, conventions for: Makefile Conventions. + (line 6) +* 'malloc' return value: Semantics. (line 25) +* man pages: Man Pages. (line 6) +* manual structure: Manual Structure Details. + (line 6) +* memory allocation failure: Semantics. (line 25) +* memory usage: Memory Usage. (line 6) +* message text, and internationalization: Internationalization. + (line 29) +* mmap: Mmap. (line 6) +* multiple variables in a line: Syntactic Conventions. + (line 35) +* names of variables, functions, and files: Names. (line 6) +* 'NEWS' file: NEWS File. (line 6) +* non-ASCII characters: Character Set. (line 6) +* non-POSIX systems, and portability: System Portability. (line 32) +* non-standard extensions: Using Extensions. (line 6) +* 'NUL' characters: Semantics. (line 11) +* OID allocations for GNU: OID Allocations. (line 6) +* open brace: Formatting. (line 6) +* optional features, configure-time: Configuration. (line 97) +* options for compatibility: Compatibility. (line 14) +* options, standard command-line: Command-Line Interfaces. + (line 31) +* output device and program's behavior: User Interfaces. (line 13) +* packaging: Releases. (line 6) +* PATH_INFO, specifying standard options as: Command-Line Interfaces. + (line 31) +* portability, and data types: CPU Portability. (line 6) +* portability, and library functions: System Functions. (line 6) +* portability, between system types: System Portability. (line 6) +* POSIX compatibility: Compatibility. (line 6) +* 'POSIXLY_CORRECT', environment variable: Compatibility. (line 21) +* post-installation commands: Install Command Categories. + (line 6) +* pre-installation commands: Install Command Categories. + (line 6) +* prefix: Directory Variables. (line 26) +* program configuration: Configuration. (line 6) +* program design: Design Advice. (line 6) +* program name and its behavior: User Interfaces. (line 6) +* program's canonical name: --version. (line 12) +* programming languages: Source Language. (line 6) +* proprietary programs: Reading Non-Free Code. + (line 6) +* quote characters: Quote Characters. (line 6) +* 'README' file: Releases. (line 21) +* references to non-free material: References. (line 6) +* releasing: Managing Releases. (line 6) +* Savannah repository for gnustandards: Preface. (line 30) +* sbindir: Directory Variables. (line 60) +* signal handling: Semantics. (line 59) +* SNMP: OID Allocations. (line 6) +* spaces before open-paren: Formatting. (line 75) +* staged installs: DESTDIR. (line 6) +* standard command-line options: Command-Line Interfaces. + (line 31) +* standards for makefiles: Makefile Conventions. + (line 6) +* string library functions: System Functions. (line 54) +* syntactic conventions: Syntactic Conventions. + (line 6) +* table of long options: Option Table. (line 6) +* temporary files: Semantics. (line 84) +* temporary variables: Syntactic Conventions. + (line 23) +* 'texinfo.tex', in a distribution: Releases. (line 70) +* 'TMPDIR' environment variable: Semantics. (line 84) +* trademarks: Trademarks. (line 6) +* user interface styles: Graphical Interfaces. + (line 6) +* where to obtain 'standards.texi': Preface. (line 14) +* X.509: OID Allocations. (line 6) + + + +Tag Table: +Node: Top808 +Node: Preface2083 +Node: Legal Issues4784 +Node: Reading Non-Free Code5254 +Node: Contributions6983 +Node: Trademarks9221 +Node: Design Advice10855 +Node: Source Language11447 +Node: Compatibility13566 +Node: Using Extensions15194 +Node: Standard C16771 +Node: Conditional Compilation19174 +Node: Program Behavior20572 +Node: Non-GNU Standards21688 +Node: Semantics23969 +Node: Libraries28689 +Node: Errors29934 +Node: User Interfaces32428 +Node: Graphical Interfaces34033 +Node: Command-Line Interfaces35216 +Node: --version37246 +Node: --help42965 +Node: Option Table43838 +Node: OID Allocations58793 +Node: Memory Usage60590 +Node: File Usage61626 +Node: Writing C62376 +Node: Formatting63346 +Node: Comments67635 +Node: Syntactic Conventions71186 +Node: Names74648 +Node: System Portability76860 +Node: CPU Portability79751 +Node: System Functions83653 +Node: Internationalization88845 +Node: Character Set92839 +Node: Quote Characters93652 +Node: Mmap95172 +Node: Documentation95880 +Node: GNU Manuals96986 +Node: Doc Strings and Manuals102724 +Node: Manual Structure Details104277 +Node: License for Manuals105695 +Node: Manual Credits106668 +Node: Printed Manuals107061 +Node: NEWS File107747 +Node: Change Logs108425 +Node: Change Log Concepts109179 +Node: Style of Change Logs111282 +Node: Simple Changes113782 +Node: Conditional Changes115224 +Node: Indicating the Part Changed116646 +Node: Man Pages117173 +Node: Reading other Manuals119347 +Node: Managing Releases120138 +Node: Configuration120918 +Node: Makefile Conventions129581 +Node: Makefile Basics130463 +Node: Utilities in Makefiles133637 +Node: Command Variables135783 +Node: DESTDIR139006 +Node: Directory Variables141155 +Node: Standard Targets155640 +Ref: Standard Targets-Footnote-1169156 +Node: Install Command Categories169257 +Node: Releases173790 +Node: References177794 +Node: GNU Free Documentation License183640 +Node: Index208788 + +End Tag Table diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/_ansi.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/_ansi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fb9907 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/_ansi.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* Provide support for both ANSI and non-ANSI environments. */ + +/* Some ANSI environments are "broken" in the sense that __STDC__ cannot be + relied upon to have it's intended meaning. Therefore we must use our own + concoction: _HAVE_STDC. Always use _HAVE_STDC instead of __STDC__ in newlib + sources! + + To get a strict ANSI C environment, define macro __STRICT_ANSI__. This will + "comment out" the non-ANSI parts of the ANSI header files (non-ANSI header + files aren't affected). */ + +#ifndef _ANSIDECL_H_ +#define _ANSIDECL_H_ + +#include +#include + +/* First try to figure out whether we really are in an ANSI C environment. */ +/* FIXME: This probably needs some work. Perhaps sys/config.h can be + prevailed upon to give us a clue. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +#define _HAVE_STDC +#endif + +/* ISO C++. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#if !(defined(_BEGIN_STD_C) && defined(_END_STD_C)) +#ifdef _HAVE_STD_CXX +#define _BEGIN_STD_C namespace std { extern "C" { +#define _END_STD_C } } +#else +#define _BEGIN_STD_C extern "C" { +#define _END_STD_C } +#endif +#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3) +#define _NOTHROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) +#else +#define _NOTHROW throw() +#endif +#endif +#else +#define _BEGIN_STD_C +#define _END_STD_C +#define _NOTHROW +#endif + +#ifdef _HAVE_STDC +#define _PTR void * +#define _AND , +#define _NOARGS void +#define _CONST const +#define _VOLATILE volatile +#define _SIGNED signed +#define _DOTS , ... +#define _VOID void +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#define _EXFUN_NOTHROW(name, proto) __cdecl name proto _NOTHROW +#define _EXFUN(name, proto) __cdecl name proto +#define _EXPARM(name, proto) (* __cdecl name) proto +#define _EXFNPTR(name, proto) (__cdecl * name) proto +#else +#define _EXFUN_NOTHROW(name, proto) name proto _NOTHROW +#define _EXFUN(name, proto) name proto +#define _EXPARM(name, proto) (* name) proto +#define _EXFNPTR(name, proto) (* name) proto +#endif +#define _DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name(args) +#define _DEFUN_VOID(name) name(_NOARGS) +#define _CAST_VOID (void) +#ifndef _LONG_DOUBLE +#define _LONG_DOUBLE long double +#endif +#ifndef _PARAMS +#define _PARAMS(paramlist) paramlist +#endif +#else +#define _PTR char * +#define _AND ; +#define _NOARGS +#define _CONST +#define _VOLATILE +#define _SIGNED +#define _DOTS +#define _VOID void +#define _EXFUN(name, proto) name() +#define _EXFUN_NOTHROW(name, proto) name() +#define _DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name arglist args; +#define _DEFUN_VOID(name) name() +#define _CAST_VOID +#define _LONG_DOUBLE double +#ifndef _PARAMS +#define _PARAMS(paramlist) () +#endif +#endif + +/* Support gcc's __attribute__ facility. */ + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define _ATTRIBUTE(attrs) __attribute__ (attrs) +#else +#define _ATTRIBUTE(attrs) +#endif + +/* The traditional meaning of 'extern inline' for GCC is not + to emit the function body unless the address is explicitly + taken. However this behaviour is changing to match the C99 + standard, which uses 'extern inline' to indicate that the + function body *must* be emitted. Likewise, a function declared + without either 'extern' or 'static' defaults to extern linkage + (C99 6.2.2p5), and the compiler may choose whether to use the + inline version or call the extern linkage version (6.7.4p6). + If we are using GCC, but do not have the new behaviour, we need + to use extern inline; if we are using a new GCC with the + C99-compatible behaviour, or a non-GCC compiler (which we will + have to hope is C99, since there is no other way to achieve the + effect of omitting the function if it isn't referenced) we use + 'static inline', which c99 defines to mean more-or-less the same + as the Gnu C 'extern inline'. */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +/* We're using GCC, but without the new C99-compatible behaviour. */ +#define _ELIDABLE_INLINE extern __inline__ _ATTRIBUTE ((__always_inline__)) +#else +/* We're using GCC in C99 mode, or an unknown compiler which + we just have to hope obeys the C99 semantics of inline. */ +#define _ELIDABLE_INLINE static __inline__ +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 1) +#define _NOINLINE __attribute__ ((__noinline__)) +#define _NOINLINE_STATIC _NOINLINE static +#else +/* On non-GNU compilers and GCC prior to version 3.1 the compiler can't be + trusted not to inline if it is static. */ +#define _NOINLINE +#define _NOINLINE_STATIC +#endif + +#endif /* _ANSIDECL_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/_syslist.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/_syslist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..271644e --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/_syslist.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* internal use only -- mapping of "system calls" for libraries that lose + and only provide C names, so that we end up in violation of ANSI */ +#ifndef __SYSLIST_H +#define __SYSLIST_H + +#ifdef MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES +#define _close close +#define _execve execve +#define _fcntl fcntl +#define _fork fork +#define _fstat fstat +#define _getpid getpid +#define _gettimeofday gettimeofday +#define _isatty isatty +#define _kill kill +#define _link link +#define _lseek lseek +#define _mkdir mkdir +#define _open open +#define _read read +#define _sbrk sbrk +#define _stat stat +#define _times times +#define _unlink unlink +#define _wait wait +#define _write write +#endif /* MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES */ + +#if defined MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES || !defined HAVE_OPENDIR +/* If the system call interface is missing opendir, readdir, and + closedir, there is an implementation of these functions in + libc/posix that is implemented using open, getdents, and close. + Note, these functions are currently not in the libc/syscalls + directory. */ +#define _opendir opendir +#define _readdir readdir +#define _closedir closedir +#endif /* MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES || !HAVE_OPENDIR */ + +#endif /* !__SYSLIST_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/alloca.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/alloca.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ea0fd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/alloca.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* libc/include/alloca.h - Allocate memory on stack */ + +/* Written 2000 by Werner Almesberger */ +/* Rearranged for general inclusion by stdlib.h. + 2001, Corinna Vinschen */ + +#ifndef _NEWLIB_ALLOCA_H +#define _NEWLIB_ALLOCA_H + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include + +#undef alloca + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define alloca(size) __builtin_alloca(size) +#else +void * _EXFUN(alloca,(size_t)); +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ar.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac2e4ca --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ar.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* $NetBSD: ar.h,v 1.4 1994/10/26 00:55:43 cgd Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. + * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed + * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph + * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with + * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Hugh Smith at The University of Guelph. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)ar.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/21/94 + */ + +#ifndef _AR_H_ +#define _AR_H_ + +/* Pre-4BSD archives had these magic numbers in them. */ +#define OARMAG1 0177555 +#define OARMAG2 0177545 + +#define ARMAG "!\n" /* ar "magic number" */ +#define SARMAG 8 /* strlen(ARMAG); */ + +#define AR_EFMT1 "#1/" /* extended format #1 */ + +struct ar_hdr { + char ar_name[16]; /* name */ + char ar_date[12]; /* modification time */ + char ar_uid[6]; /* user id */ + char ar_gid[6]; /* group id */ + char ar_mode[8]; /* octal file permissions */ + char ar_size[10]; /* size in bytes */ +#define ARFMAG "`\n" + char ar_fmag[2]; /* consistency check */ +}; + +#endif /* !_AR_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/argz.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/argz.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02c9adb --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/argz.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 by Red Hat, Incorporated. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + * is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved. + */ + +#ifndef _ARGZ_H_ +#define _ARGZ_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include "_ansi.h" + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +/* The newlib implementation of these functions assumes that sizeof(char) == 1. */ +error_t argz_create (char *const argv[], char **argz, size_t *argz_len); +error_t argz_create_sep (const char *string, int sep, char **argz, size_t *argz_len); +size_t argz_count (const char *argz, size_t argz_len); +void argz_extract (char *argz, size_t argz_len, char **argv); +void argz_stringify (char *argz, size_t argz_len, int sep); +error_t argz_add (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *str); +error_t argz_add_sep (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *str, int sep); +error_t argz_append (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *buf, size_t buf_len); +error_t argz_delete (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, char *entry); +error_t argz_insert (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, char *before, const char *entry); +char * argz_next (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry); +error_t argz_replace (char **argz, size_t *argz_len, const char *str, const char *with, unsigned *replace_count); + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _ARGZ_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/assert.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/assert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91bb040 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/assert.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + assert.h +*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "_ansi.h" + +#undef assert + +#ifdef NDEBUG /* required by ANSI standard */ +# define assert(__e) ((void)0) +#else +# define assert(__e) ((__e) ? (void)0 : __assert_func (__FILE__, __LINE__, \ + __ASSERT_FUNC, #__e)) + +# ifndef __ASSERT_FUNC + /* Use g++'s demangled names in C++. */ +# if defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC__ +# define __ASSERT_FUNC __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ + + /* C99 requires the use of __func__. */ +# elif __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +# define __ASSERT_FUNC __func__ + + /* Older versions of gcc don't have __func__ but can use __FUNCTION__. */ +# elif __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define __ASSERT_FUNC __FUNCTION__ + + /* failed to detect __func__ support. */ +# else +# define __ASSERT_FUNC ((char *) 0) +# endif +# endif /* !__ASSERT_FUNC */ +#endif /* !NDEBUG */ + +void _EXFUN(__assert, (const char *, int, const char *) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__))); +void _EXFUN(__assert_func, (const char *, int, const char *, const char *) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__))); + +#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L && !defined __cplusplus +# define static_assert _Static_assert +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/complex.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/complex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..969b20e --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/complex.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* $NetBSD: complex.h,v 1.3 2010/09/15 16:11:30 christos Exp $ */ + +/* + * Written by Matthias Drochner. + * Public domain. + */ + +#ifndef _COMPLEX_H +#define _COMPLEX_H + +#define complex _Complex +#define _Complex_I 1.0fi +#define I _Complex_I + +#include + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +/* 7.3.5 Trigonometric functions */ +/* 7.3.5.1 The cacos functions */ +double complex cacos(double complex); +float complex cacosf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.5.2 The casin functions */ +double complex casin(double complex); +float complex casinf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.5.1 The catan functions */ +double complex catan(double complex); +float complex catanf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.5.1 The ccos functions */ +double complex ccos(double complex); +float complex ccosf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.5.1 The csin functions */ +double complex csin(double complex); +float complex csinf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.5.1 The ctan functions */ +double complex ctan(double complex); +float complex ctanf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.6 Hyperbolic functions */ +/* 7.3.6.1 The cacosh functions */ +double complex cacosh(double complex); +float complex cacoshf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.6.2 The casinh functions */ +double complex casinh(double complex); +float complex casinhf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.6.3 The catanh functions */ +double complex catanh(double complex); +float complex catanhf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.6.4 The ccosh functions */ +double complex ccosh(double complex); +float complex ccoshf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.6.5 The csinh functions */ +double complex csinh(double complex); +float complex csinhf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.6.6 The ctanh functions */ +double complex ctanh(double complex); +float complex ctanhf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.7 Exponential and logarithmic functions */ +/* 7.3.7.1 The cexp functions */ +double complex cexp(double complex); +float complex cexpf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.7.2 The clog functions */ +double complex clog(double complex); +float complex clogf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.8 Power and absolute-value functions */ +/* 7.3.8.1 The cabs functions */ +/*#ifndef __LIBM0_SOURCE__ */ +/* avoid conflict with historical cabs(struct complex) */ +/* double cabs(double complex) __RENAME(__c99_cabs); + float cabsf(float complex) __RENAME(__c99_cabsf); + #endif +*/ +double cabs(double complex) ; +float cabsf(float complex) ; + +/* 7.3.8.2 The cpow functions */ +double complex cpow(double complex, double complex); +float complex cpowf(float complex, float complex); + +/* 7.3.8.3 The csqrt functions */ +double complex csqrt(double complex); +float complex csqrtf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.9 Manipulation functions */ +/* 7.3.9.1 The carg functions */ +double carg(double complex); +float cargf(float complex); + +/* 7.3.9.2 The cimag functions */ +double cimag(double complex); +float cimagf(float complex); +/*long double cimagl(long double complex); */ + +/* 7.3.9.3 The conj functions */ +double complex conj(double complex); +float complex conjf(float complex); +/*long double complex conjl(long double complex); */ + +/* 7.3.9.4 The cproj functions */ +double complex cproj(double complex); +float complex cprojf(float complex); +/*long double complex cprojl(long double complex); */ + +/* 7.3.9.5 The creal functions */ +double creal(double complex); +float crealf(float complex); +/*long double creall(long double complex); */ + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* ! _COMPLEX_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ctype.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ctype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56ad5ab --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ctype.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +#ifndef _CTYPE_H_ +#define _CTYPE_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +int _EXFUN(isalnum, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(isalpha, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(iscntrl, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(isdigit, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(isgraph, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(islower, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(isprint, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(ispunct, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(isspace, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(isupper, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(isxdigit,(int __c)); +int _EXFUN(tolower, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(toupper, (int __c)); + +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__cplusplus) || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +int _EXFUN(isblank, (int __c)); +#endif + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +int _EXFUN(isascii, (int __c)); +int _EXFUN(toascii, (int __c)); +#define _tolower(__c) ((unsigned char)(__c) - 'A' + 'a') +#define _toupper(__c) ((unsigned char)(__c) - 'a' + 'A') +#endif + +#define _U 01 +#define _L 02 +#define _N 04 +#define _S 010 +#define _P 020 +#define _C 040 +#define _X 0100 +#define _B 0200 + +#ifndef _MB_CAPABLE +_CONST +#endif +extern __IMPORT char *__ctype_ptr__; + +#ifndef __cplusplus +/* These macros are intentionally written in a manner that will trigger + a gcc -Wall warning if the user mistakenly passes a 'char' instead + of an int containing an 'unsigned char'. Note that the sizeof will + always be 1, which is what we want for mapping EOF to __ctype_ptr__[0]; + the use of a raw index inside the sizeof triggers the gcc warning if + __c was of type char, and sizeof masks side effects of the extra __c. + Meanwhile, the real index to __ctype_ptr__+1 must be cast to int, + since isalpha(0x100000001LL) must equal isalpha(1), rather than being + an out-of-bounds reference on a 64-bit machine. */ +#define __ctype_lookup(__c) ((__ctype_ptr__+sizeof(""[__c]))[(int)(__c)]) + +#define isalpha(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L)) +#define isupper(__c) ((__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L))==_U) +#define islower(__c) ((__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L))==_L) +#define isdigit(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_N) +#define isxdigit(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_X|_N)) +#define isspace(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_S) +#define ispunct(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_P) +#define isalnum(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_U|_L|_N)) +#define isprint(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_P|_U|_L|_N|_B)) +#define isgraph(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&(_P|_U|_L|_N)) +#define iscntrl(__c) (__ctype_lookup(__c)&_C) + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && \ + (!defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) +#define isblank(__c) \ + __extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \ + (__ctype_lookup(__x)&_B) || (int) (__x) == '\t';}) +#endif + + +/* Non-gcc versions will get the library versions, and will be + slightly slower. These macros are not NLS-aware so they are + disabled if the system supports the extended character sets. */ +# if defined(__GNUC__) +# if !defined (_MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_ISO) && !defined (_MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_WINDOWS) +# define toupper(__c) \ + __extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \ + islower (__x) ? (int) __x - 'a' + 'A' : (int) __x;}) +# define tolower(__c) \ + __extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \ + isupper (__x) ? (int) __x - 'A' + 'a' : (int) __x;}) +# else /* _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS* */ +/* Allow a gcc warning if the user passed 'char', but defer to the + function. */ +# define toupper(__c) \ + __extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \ + (void) __ctype_ptr__[__x]; (toupper) (__x);}) +# define tolower(__c) \ + __extension__ ({ __typeof__ (__c) __x = (__c); \ + (void) __ctype_ptr__[__x]; (tolower) (__x);}) +# endif /* _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS* */ +# endif /* __GNUC__ */ +#endif /* !__cplusplus */ + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +#define isascii(__c) ((unsigned)(__c)<=0177) +#define toascii(__c) ((__c)&0177) +#endif + +/* For C++ backward-compatibility only. */ +extern __IMPORT _CONST char _ctype_[]; + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _CTYPE_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/dirent.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/dirent.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6fefc03 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/dirent.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#ifndef _DIRENT_H_ +#define _DIRENT_H_ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#include + +#if !defined(MAXNAMLEN) && !defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) +#define MAXNAMLEN 1024 +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /*_DIRENT_H_*/ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/envlock.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/envlock.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bb6a81 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/envlock.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +/* envlock.h -- header file for env routines. */ + +#ifndef _INCLUDE_ENVLOCK_H_ +#define _INCLUDE_ENVLOCK_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include + +#define ENV_LOCK __env_lock(reent_ptr) +#define ENV_UNLOCK __env_unlock(reent_ptr) + +void _EXFUN(__env_lock,(struct _reent *reent)); +void _EXFUN(__env_unlock,(struct _reent *reent)); + +#endif /* _INCLUDE_ENVLOCK_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/envz.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/envz.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6a31c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/envz.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 by Red Hat, Incorporated. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + * is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved. + */ + +#include +#include + +/* The newlib implementation of these functions assumes that sizeof(char) == 1. */ +char * envz_entry (const char *envz, size_t envz_len, const char *name); +char * envz_get (const char *envz, size_t envz_len, const char *name); +error_t envz_add (char **envz, size_t *envz_len, const char *name, const char *value); +error_t envz_merge (char **envz, size_t *envz_len, const char *envz2, size_t envz2_len, int override); +void envz_remove(char **envz, size_t *envz_len, const char *name); +void envz_strip (char **envz, size_t *envz_len); diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/errno.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/errno.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7cc2ca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/errno.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#ifndef __ERRNO_H__ +#define __ERRNO_H__ + +#ifndef __error_t_defined +typedef int error_t; +#define __error_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#include + +#endif /* !__ERRNO_H__ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fastmath.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fastmath.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..95eea5f --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fastmath.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#ifndef _FASTMATH_H_ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define _FASTMATH_H_ + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _FASTMATH_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fcntl.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fcntl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86a9167 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fcntl.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fenv.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fenv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fa76f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fenv.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2011 Tensilica Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. + + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + with the distribution. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + TENSILICA INCORPORATED BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, + INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + + +#ifndef _FENV_H +#define _FENV_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef unsigned long fenv_t; +typedef unsigned long fexcept_t; + +#define FE_DIVBYZERO 0x08 +#define FE_INEXACT 0x01 +#define FE_INVALID 0x10 +#define FE_OVERFLOW 0x04 +#define FE_UNDERFLOW 0x02 + +#define FE_ALL_EXCEPT \ + (FE_DIVBYZERO | \ + FE_INEXACT | \ + FE_INVALID | \ + FE_OVERFLOW | \ + FE_UNDERFLOW) + +#define FE_DOWNWARD 0x3 +#define FE_TONEAREST 0x0 +#define FE_TOWARDZERO 0x1 +#define FE_UPWARD 0x2 + +#define FE_DFL_ENV ((const fenv_t *) 0) + +int feclearexcept(int); +int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *, int); +int feraiseexcept(int); +int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t *, int); +int fetestexcept(int); +int fegetround(void); +int fesetround(int); +int fegetenv(fenv_t *); +int feholdexcept(fenv_t *); +int fesetenv(const fenv_t *); +int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *); + +/* glibc extensions */ +int feenableexcept(int excepts); +int fedisableexcept(int excepts); +int fegetexcept(void); + +#define _FE_EXCEPTION_FLAGS_OFFSET 7 +#define _FE_EXCEPTION_FLAG_MASK (FE_ALL_EXCEPT << _FE_EXCEPTION_FLAGS_OFFSET) +#define _FE_EXCEPTION_ENABLE_OFFSET 2 +#define _FE_EXCEPTION_ENABLE_MASK (FE_ALL_EXCEPT << _FE_EXCEPTION_ENABLE_OFFSET) +#define _FE_ROUND_MODE_OFFSET 0 +#define _FE_ROUND_MODE_MASK (0x3 << _FE_ROUND_MODE_OFFSET) +#define _FE_FLOATING_ENV_MASK (_FE_EXCEPTION_FLAG_MASK | _FE_EXCEPTION_ENABLE_MASK | _FE_ROUND_MODE_MASK) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fnmatch.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fnmatch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06311fc --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/fnmatch.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD: src/include/fnmatch.h,v 1.10 2002/03/23 17:24:53 imp Exp $ + * @(#)fnmatch.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93 + */ + +#ifndef _FNMATCH_H_ +#define _FNMATCH_H_ + +#define FNM_NOMATCH 1 /* Match failed. */ + +#define FNM_NOESCAPE 0x01 /* Disable backslash escaping. */ +#define FNM_PATHNAME 0x02 /* Slash must be matched by slash. */ +#define FNM_PERIOD 0x04 /* Period must be matched by period. */ + +#if defined(_GNU_SOURCE) || !defined(_ANSI_SOURCE) && !defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) +#define FNM_LEADING_DIR 0x08 /* Ignore / after Imatch. */ +#define FNM_CASEFOLD 0x10 /* Case insensitive search. */ +#define FNM_IGNORECASE FNM_CASEFOLD +#define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME +#endif + +#include + +__BEGIN_DECLS +int fnmatch(const char *, const char *, int); +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* !_FNMATCH_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/getopt.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/getopt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e12d253 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/getopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/**************************************************************************** + +getopt.h - Read command line options + +AUTHOR: Gregory Pietsch +CREATED Thu Jan 09 22:37:00 1997 + +DESCRIPTION: + +The getopt() function parses the command line arguments. Its arguments argc +and argv are the argument count and array as passed to the main() function +on program invocation. The argument optstring is a list of available option +characters. If such a character is followed by a colon (`:'), the option +takes an argument, which is placed in optarg. If such a character is +followed by two colons, the option takes an optional argument, which is +placed in optarg. If the option does not take an argument, optarg is NULL. + +The external variable optind is the index of the next array element of argv +to be processed; it communicates from one call to the next which element to +process. + +The getopt_long() function works like getopt() except that it also accepts +long options started by two dashes `--'. If these take values, it is either +in the form + +--arg=value + + or + +--arg value + +It takes the additional arguments longopts which is a pointer to the first +element of an array of type GETOPT_LONG_OPTION_T, defined below. The last +element of the array has to be filled with NULL for the name field. + +The longind pointer points to the index of the current long option relative +to longopts if it is non-NULL. + +The getopt() function returns the option character if the option was found +successfully, `:' if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, +`?' for an unknown option character, and EOF for the end of the option list. + +The getopt_long() function's return value is described below. + +The function getopt_long_only() is identical to getopt_long(), except that a +plus sign `+' can introduce long options as well as `--'. + +Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + +If the caller did not specify anything, the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the +environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + +REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option processing +when the first non-option is seen. This is what Unix does. This mode of +operation is selected by either setting the environment variable +POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character of the optstring +parameter. + +PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that +eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options to be +given in any order, even with programs that were not written to expect this. + +RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written to +expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about the +ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element as if it were +the argument of an option with character code 1. Using `-' as the first +character of the optstring parameter selects this mode of operation. + +The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless of the +value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only `--' can cause +getopt() and friends to return EOF with optind != argc. + +COPYRIGHT NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER: + +Copyright (C) 1997 Gregory Pietsch + +This file and the accompanying getopt.c implementation file are hereby +placed in the public domain without restrictions. Just give the author +credit, don't claim you wrote it or prevent anyone else from using it. + +Gregory Pietsch's current e-mail address: +gpietsch@comcast.net +****************************************************************************/ + +/* This is a glibc-extension header file. */ + +#ifndef GETOPT_H +#define GETOPT_H + +#include <_ansi.h> + +/* include files needed by this include file */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ + +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* types defined by this include file */ + struct option + { + const char *name; /* the name of the long option */ + int has_arg; /* one of the above macros */ + int *flag; /* determines if getopt_long() returns a + * value for a long option; if it is + * non-NULL, 0 is returned as a function + * value and the value of val is stored in + * the area pointed to by flag. Otherwise, + * val is returned. */ + int val; /* determines the value to return if flag is + * NULL. */ + + }; + +/* While getopt.h is a glibc extension, the following are newlib extensions. + * They are optionally included via the __need_getopt_newlib flag. */ + +#ifdef __need_getopt_newlib + + /* macros defined by this include file */ + #define NO_ARG no_argument + #define REQUIRED_ARG required_argument + #define OPTIONAL_ARG optional_argument + + /* The GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER macro is used to initialize a statically- + allocated variable of type struct getopt_data. */ + #define GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER {0,0,0,0,0} + + /* These #defines are to make accessing the reentrant functions easier. */ + #define getopt_r __getopt_r + #define getopt_long_r __getopt_long_r + #define getopt_long_only_r __getopt_long_only_r + + /* The getopt_data structure is for reentrancy. Its members are similar to + the externally-defined variables. */ + typedef struct getopt_data + { + char *optarg; + int optind, opterr, optopt, optwhere; + } getopt_data; + +#endif /* __need_getopt_newlib */ + + /* externally-defined variables */ + extern char *optarg; + extern int optind; + extern int opterr; + extern int optopt; + + /* function prototypes */ + int _EXFUN (getopt, + (int __argc, char *const __argv[], const char *__optstring)); + + int _EXFUN (getopt_long, + (int __argc, char *const __argv[], const char *__shortopts, + const struct option * __longopts, int *__longind)); + + int _EXFUN (getopt_long_only, + (int __argc, char *const __argv[], const char *__shortopts, + const struct option * __longopts, int *__longind)); + +#ifdef __need_getopt_newlib + int _EXFUN (__getopt_r, + (int __argc, char *const __argv[], const char *__optstring, + struct getopt_data * __data)); + + int _EXFUN (__getopt_long_r, + (int __argc, char *const __argv[], const char *__shortopts, + const struct option * __longopts, int *__longind, + struct getopt_data * __data)); + + int _EXFUN (__getopt_long_only_r, + (int __argc, char *const __argv[], const char *__shortopts, + const struct option * __longopts, int *__longind, + struct getopt_data * __data)); +#endif /* __need_getopt_newlib */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +}; + +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* GETOPT_H */ + +/* END OF FILE getopt.h */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/glob.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/glob.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a300e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/glob.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Guido van Rossum. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)glob.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93 + * $FreeBSD: src/include/glob.h,v 1.6 2002/03/23 17:24:53 imp Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef _GLOB_H_ +#define _GLOB_H_ + +#include + +struct stat; +typedef struct { + int gl_pathc; /* Count of total paths so far. */ + int gl_matchc; /* Count of paths matching pattern. */ + int gl_offs; /* Reserved at beginning of gl_pathv. */ + int gl_flags; /* Copy of flags parameter to glob. */ + char **gl_pathv; /* List of paths matching pattern. */ + /* Copy of errfunc parameter to glob. */ + int (*gl_errfunc)(const char *, int); + + /* + * Alternate filesystem access methods for glob; replacement + * versions of closedir(3), readdir(3), opendir(3), stat(2) + * and lstat(2). + */ + void (*gl_closedir)(void *); + struct dirent *(*gl_readdir)(void *); + void *(*gl_opendir)(const char *); + int (*gl_lstat)(const char *, struct stat *); + int (*gl_stat)(const char *, struct stat *); +} glob_t; + +#define GLOB_APPEND 0x0001 /* Append to output from previous call. */ +#define GLOB_DOOFFS 0x0002 /* Use gl_offs. */ +#define GLOB_ERR 0x0004 /* Return on error. */ +#define GLOB_MARK 0x0008 /* Append / to matching directories. */ +#define GLOB_NOCHECK 0x0010 /* Return pattern itself if nothing matches. */ +#define GLOB_NOSORT 0x0020 /* Don't sort. */ + +#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC 0x0040 /* Use alternately specified directory funcs. */ +#define GLOB_BRACE 0x0080 /* Expand braces ala csh. */ +#define GLOB_MAGCHAR 0x0100 /* Pattern had globbing characters. */ +#define GLOB_NOMAGIC 0x0200 /* GLOB_NOCHECK without magic chars (csh). */ +#define GLOB_QUOTE 0x0400 /* Quote special chars with \. */ +#define GLOB_TILDE 0x0800 /* Expand tilde names from the passwd file. */ +#define GLOB_LIMIT 0x1000 /* limit number of returned paths */ + +/* backwards compatibility, this is the old name for this option */ +#define GLOB_MAXPATH GLOB_LIMIT + +#define GLOB_NOSPACE (-1) /* Malloc call failed. */ +#define GLOB_ABEND (-2) /* Unignored error. */ + +__BEGIN_DECLS +int glob(const char *__restrict, int, int (*)(const char *, int), + glob_t *__restrict); +void globfree(glob_t *); +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* !_GLOB_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/grp.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/grp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3a5a67 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/grp.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* $NetBSD: grp.h,v 1.7 1995/04/29 05:30:40 cgd Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. + * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed + * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph + * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with + * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)grp.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/21/94 + */ + +#ifndef _GRP_H_ +#define _GRP_H_ + +#include +#include +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#include +#endif + +#if !defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) && !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) +#define _PATH_GROUP "/etc/group" +#endif + +struct group { + char *gr_name; /* group name */ + char *gr_passwd; /* group password */ + gid_t gr_gid; /* group id */ + char **gr_mem; /* group members */ +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef __INSIDE_CYGWIN__ +struct group *getgrgid (gid_t); +struct group *getgrnam (const char *); +int getgrnam_r (const char *, struct group *, + char *, size_t, struct group **); +int getgrgid_r (gid_t, struct group *, + char *, size_t, struct group **); +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +struct group *getgrent (void); +void setgrent (void); +void endgrent (void); +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +void setgrfile (const char *); +#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */ +#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +char *group_from_gid (gid_t, int); +int setgroupent (int); +#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */ +int initgroups (const char *, gid_t); +#endif /* !_XOPEN_SOURCE */ +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ +#endif /* !__INSIDE_CYGWIN__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* !_GRP_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/iconv.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/iconv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c023e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/iconv.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003-2004, Artem B. Bityuckiy, SoftMine Corporation. + * Rights transferred to Franklin Electronic Publishers. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ +#ifndef _ICONV_H_ +#define _ICONV_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include +#include +#include + +/* iconv_t: charset conversion descriptor type */ +typedef _iconv_t iconv_t; + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +iconv_t +_EXFUN(iconv_open, (_CONST char *, _CONST char *)); + +size_t +_EXFUN(iconv, (iconv_t, char **__restrict, size_t *__restrict, + char **__restrict, size_t *__restrict)); + +int +_EXFUN(iconv_close, (iconv_t)); +#endif + +iconv_t +_EXFUN(_iconv_open_r, (struct _reent *, _CONST char *, _CONST char *)); + +size_t +_EXFUN(_iconv_r, (struct _reent *, iconv_t, _CONST char **, + size_t *, char **, size_t *)); + +int +_EXFUN(_iconv_close_r, (struct _reent *, iconv_t)); + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* #ifndef _ICONV_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ieeefp.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ieeefp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b06fb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/ieeefp.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +#ifndef _IEEE_FP_H_ +#define _IEEE_FP_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" + +#include + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +/* FIXME FIXME FIXME: + Neither of __ieee_{float,double}_shape_tape seem to be used anywhere + except in libm/test. If that is the case, please delete these from here. + If that is not the case, please insert documentation here describing why + they're needed. */ + +#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + double value; + struct + { + unsigned int sign : 1; + unsigned int exponent: 11; + unsigned int fraction0:4; + unsigned int fraction1:16; + unsigned int fraction2:16; + unsigned int fraction3:16; + + } number; + struct + { + unsigned int sign : 1; + unsigned int exponent: 11; + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int function0:3; + unsigned int function1:16; + unsigned int function2:16; + unsigned int function3:16; + } nan; + struct + { + unsigned long msw; + unsigned long lsw; + } parts; + long aslong[2]; +} __ieee_double_shape_type; + +#endif + +#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + double value; + struct + { +#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS + unsigned int fraction3:16; + unsigned int fraction2:16; + unsigned int fraction1:16; + unsigned int fraction0: 4; +#else + unsigned int fraction1:32; + unsigned int fraction0:20; +#endif + unsigned int exponent :11; + unsigned int sign : 1; + } number; + struct + { +#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS + unsigned int function3:16; + unsigned int function2:16; + unsigned int function1:16; + unsigned int function0:3; +#else + unsigned int function1:32; + unsigned int function0:19; +#endif + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int exponent: 11; + unsigned int sign : 1; + } nan; + struct + { + unsigned long lsw; + unsigned long msw; + } parts; + + long aslong[2]; + +} __ieee_double_shape_type; + +#endif + +#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + float value; + struct + { + unsigned int sign : 1; + unsigned int exponent: 8; + unsigned int fraction0: 7; + unsigned int fraction1: 16; + } number; + struct + { + unsigned int sign:1; + unsigned int exponent:8; + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int function0:6; + unsigned int function1:16; + } nan; + long p1; + +} __ieee_float_shape_type; + +#endif + +#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + float value; + struct + { + unsigned int fraction0: 7; + unsigned int fraction1: 16; + unsigned int exponent: 8; + unsigned int sign : 1; + } number; + struct + { + unsigned int function1:16; + unsigned int function0:6; + unsigned int quiet:1; + unsigned int exponent:8; + unsigned int sign:1; + } nan; + long p1; + +} __ieee_float_shape_type; + +#endif + + + + + +/* FLOATING ROUNDING */ + +typedef int fp_rnd; +#define FP_RN 0 /* Round to nearest */ +#define FP_RM 1 /* Round down */ +#define FP_RP 2 /* Round up */ +#define FP_RZ 3 /* Round to zero (trunate) */ + +fp_rnd _EXFUN(fpgetround,(void)); +fp_rnd _EXFUN(fpsetround, (fp_rnd)); + +/* EXCEPTIONS */ + +typedef int fp_except; +#define FP_X_INV 0x10 /* Invalid operation */ +#define FP_X_DX 0x80 /* Divide by zero */ +#define FP_X_OFL 0x04 /* Overflow exception */ +#define FP_X_UFL 0x02 /* Underflow exception */ +#define FP_X_IMP 0x01 /* imprecise exception */ + +fp_except _EXFUN(fpgetmask,(void)); +fp_except _EXFUN(fpsetmask,(fp_except)); +fp_except _EXFUN(fpgetsticky,(void)); +fp_except _EXFUN(fpsetsticky, (fp_except)); + +/* INTEGER ROUNDING */ + +typedef int fp_rdi; +#define FP_RDI_TOZ 0 /* Round to Zero */ +#define FP_RDI_RD 1 /* Follow float mode */ + +fp_rdi _EXFUN(fpgetroundtoi,(void)); +fp_rdi _EXFUN(fpsetroundtoi,(fp_rdi)); + +#undef isnan +#undef isinf + +int _EXFUN(isnan, (double)); +int _EXFUN(isinf, (double)); +int _EXFUN(finite, (double)); + + + +int _EXFUN(isnanf, (float)); +int _EXFUN(isinff, (float)); +int _EXFUN(finitef, (float)); + +#define __IEEE_DBL_EXPBIAS 1023 +#define __IEEE_FLT_EXPBIAS 127 + +#define __IEEE_DBL_EXPLEN 11 +#define __IEEE_FLT_EXPLEN 8 + + +#define __IEEE_DBL_FRACLEN (64 - (__IEEE_DBL_EXPLEN + 1)) +#define __IEEE_FLT_FRACLEN (32 - (__IEEE_FLT_EXPLEN + 1)) + +#define __IEEE_DBL_MAXPOWTWO ((double)(1L << 32 - 2) * (1L << (32-11) - 32 + 1)) +#define __IEEE_FLT_MAXPOWTWO ((float)(1L << (32-8) - 1)) + +#define __IEEE_DBL_NAN_EXP 0x7ff +#define __IEEE_FLT_NAN_EXP 0xff + +#ifndef __ieeefp_isnanf +#define __ieeefp_isnanf(x) (((*(long *)&(x) & 0x7f800000L)==0x7f800000L) && \ + ((*(long *)&(x) & 0x007fffffL)!=0000000000L)) +#endif +#define isnanf(x) __ieeefp_isnanf(x) + +#ifndef __ieeefp_isinff +#define __ieeefp_isinff(x) (((*(long *)&(x) & 0x7f800000L)==0x7f800000L) && \ + ((*(long *)&(x) & 0x007fffffL)==0000000000L)) +#endif +#define isinff(x) __ieeefp_isinff(x) + +#ifndef __ieeefp_finitef +#define __ieeefp_finitef(x) (((*(long *)&(x) & 0x7f800000L)!=0x7f800000L)) +#endif +#define finitef(x) __ieeefp_finitef(x) + +#ifdef _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#undef __IEEE_DBL_EXPBIAS +#define __IEEE_DBL_EXPBIAS __IEEE_FLT_EXPBIAS + +#undef __IEEE_DBL_EXPLEN +#define __IEEE_DBL_EXPLEN __IEEE_FLT_EXPLEN + +#undef __IEEE_DBL_FRACLEN +#define __IEEE_DBL_FRACLEN __IEEE_FLT_FRACLEN + +#undef __IEEE_DBL_MAXPOWTWO +#define __IEEE_DBL_MAXPOWTWO __IEEE_FLT_MAXPOWTWO + +#undef __IEEE_DBL_NAN_EXP +#define __IEEE_DBL_NAN_EXP __IEEE_FLT_NAN_EXP + +#undef __ieee_double_shape_type +#define __ieee_double_shape_type __ieee_float_shape_type + +#endif /* _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS */ + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _IEEE_FP_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/inttypes.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/inttypes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39bf135 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/inttypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 by + * Ralf Corsepius, Ulm/Germany. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + * is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved. + */ + +/** + * @file inttypes.h + */ + +#ifndef _INTTYPES_H +#define _INTTYPES_H + +#include +#include +#include +#define __need_wchar_t +#include + +#define __STRINGIFY(a) #a + +/* 8-bit types */ +#define __PRI8(x) __STRINGIFY(x) + +/* NOTICE: scanning 8-bit types requires use of the hh specifier + * which is only supported on newlib platforms that + * are built with C99 I/O format support enabled. If the flag in + * newlib.h hasn't been set during configuration to indicate this, the 8-bit + * scanning format macros are disabled here as they result in undefined + * behaviour which can include memory overwrite. Overriding the flag after the + * library has been built is not recommended as it will expose the underlying + * undefined behaviour. + */ + +#if defined(_WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS) + #define __SCN8(x) __STRINGIFY(hh##x) +#endif /* _WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS */ + + +#define PRId8 __PRI8(d) +#define PRIi8 __PRI8(i) +#define PRIo8 __PRI8(o) +#define PRIu8 __PRI8(u) +#define PRIx8 __PRI8(x) +#define PRIX8 __PRI8(X) + +/* Macros below are only enabled for a newlib built with C99 I/O format support. */ +#if defined(_WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS) + +#define SCNd8 __SCN8(d) +#define SCNi8 __SCN8(i) +#define SCNo8 __SCN8(o) +#define SCNu8 __SCN8(u) +#define SCNx8 __SCN8(x) + +#endif /* _WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS */ + + +#define PRIdLEAST8 __PRI8(d) +#define PRIiLEAST8 __PRI8(i) +#define PRIoLEAST8 __PRI8(o) +#define PRIuLEAST8 __PRI8(u) +#define PRIxLEAST8 __PRI8(x) +#define PRIXLEAST8 __PRI8(X) + +/* Macros below are only enabled for a newlib built with C99 I/O format support. */ +#if defined(_WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS) + + #define SCNdLEAST8 __SCN8(d) + #define SCNiLEAST8 __SCN8(i) + #define SCNoLEAST8 __SCN8(o) + #define SCNuLEAST8 __SCN8(u) + #define SCNxLEAST8 __SCN8(x) + +#endif /* _WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS */ + +#define PRIdFAST8 __PRI8(d) +#define PRIiFAST8 __PRI8(i) +#define PRIoFAST8 __PRI8(o) +#define PRIuFAST8 __PRI8(u) +#define PRIxFAST8 __PRI8(x) +#define PRIXFAST8 __PRI8(X) + +/* Macros below are only enabled for a newlib built with C99 I/O format support. */ +#if defined(_WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS) + + #define SCNdFAST8 __SCN8(d) + #define SCNiFAST8 __SCN8(i) + #define SCNoFAST8 __SCN8(o) + #define SCNuFAST8 __SCN8(u) + #define SCNxFAST8 __SCN8(x) + +#endif /* _WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS */ + +/* 16-bit types */ +#define __PRI16(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#define __SCN16(x) __STRINGIFY(h##x) + + +#define PRId16 __PRI16(d) +#define PRIi16 __PRI16(i) +#define PRIo16 __PRI16(o) +#define PRIu16 __PRI16(u) +#define PRIx16 __PRI16(x) +#define PRIX16 __PRI16(X) + +#define SCNd16 __SCN16(d) +#define SCNi16 __SCN16(i) +#define SCNo16 __SCN16(o) +#define SCNu16 __SCN16(u) +#define SCNx16 __SCN16(x) + + +#define PRIdLEAST16 __PRI16(d) +#define PRIiLEAST16 __PRI16(i) +#define PRIoLEAST16 __PRI16(o) +#define PRIuLEAST16 __PRI16(u) +#define PRIxLEAST16 __PRI16(x) +#define PRIXLEAST16 __PRI16(X) + +#define SCNdLEAST16 __SCN16(d) +#define SCNiLEAST16 __SCN16(i) +#define SCNoLEAST16 __SCN16(o) +#define SCNuLEAST16 __SCN16(u) +#define SCNxLEAST16 __SCN16(x) + + +#define PRIdFAST16 __PRI16(d) +#define PRIiFAST16 __PRI16(i) +#define PRIoFAST16 __PRI16(o) +#define PRIuFAST16 __PRI16(u) +#define PRIxFAST16 __PRI16(x) +#define PRIXFAST16 __PRI16(X) + +#define SCNdFAST16 __SCN16(d) +#define SCNiFAST16 __SCN16(i) +#define SCNoFAST16 __SCN16(o) +#define SCNuFAST16 __SCN16(u) +#define SCNxFAST16 __SCN16(x) + +/* 32-bit types */ +#if __have_long32 +#define __PRI32(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +#define __SCN32(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +#else +#define __PRI32(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#define __SCN32(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#endif + +#define PRId32 __PRI32(d) +#define PRIi32 __PRI32(i) +#define PRIo32 __PRI32(o) +#define PRIu32 __PRI32(u) +#define PRIx32 __PRI32(x) +#define PRIX32 __PRI32(X) + +#define SCNd32 __SCN32(d) +#define SCNi32 __SCN32(i) +#define SCNo32 __SCN32(o) +#define SCNu32 __SCN32(u) +#define SCNx32 __SCN32(x) + + +#define PRIdLEAST32 __PRI32(d) +#define PRIiLEAST32 __PRI32(i) +#define PRIoLEAST32 __PRI32(o) +#define PRIuLEAST32 __PRI32(u) +#define PRIxLEAST32 __PRI32(x) +#define PRIXLEAST32 __PRI32(X) + +#define SCNdLEAST32 __SCN32(d) +#define SCNiLEAST32 __SCN32(i) +#define SCNoLEAST32 __SCN32(o) +#define SCNuLEAST32 __SCN32(u) +#define SCNxLEAST32 __SCN32(x) + + +#define PRIdFAST32 __PRI32(d) +#define PRIiFAST32 __PRI32(i) +#define PRIoFAST32 __PRI32(o) +#define PRIuFAST32 __PRI32(u) +#define PRIxFAST32 __PRI32(x) +#define PRIXFAST32 __PRI32(X) + +#define SCNdFAST32 __SCN32(d) +#define SCNiFAST32 __SCN32(i) +#define SCNoFAST32 __SCN32(o) +#define SCNuFAST32 __SCN32(u) +#define SCNxFAST32 __SCN32(x) + + +/* 64-bit types */ +#if __have_long64 +#define __PRI64(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +#define __SCN64(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +#elif __have_longlong64 +#define __PRI64(x) __STRINGIFY(ll##x) +#define __SCN64(x) __STRINGIFY(ll##x) +#else +#define __PRI64(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#define __SCN64(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#endif + +#define PRId64 __PRI64(d) +#define PRIi64 __PRI64(i) +#define PRIo64 __PRI64(o) +#define PRIu64 __PRI64(u) +#define PRIx64 __PRI64(x) +#define PRIX64 __PRI64(X) + +#define SCNd64 __SCN64(d) +#define SCNi64 __SCN64(i) +#define SCNo64 __SCN64(o) +#define SCNu64 __SCN64(u) +#define SCNx64 __SCN64(x) + +#if __int64_t_defined +#define PRIdLEAST64 __PRI64(d) +#define PRIiLEAST64 __PRI64(i) +#define PRIoLEAST64 __PRI64(o) +#define PRIuLEAST64 __PRI64(u) +#define PRIxLEAST64 __PRI64(x) +#define PRIXLEAST64 __PRI64(X) + +#define SCNdLEAST64 __SCN64(d) +#define SCNiLEAST64 __SCN64(i) +#define SCNoLEAST64 __SCN64(o) +#define SCNuLEAST64 __SCN64(u) +#define SCNxLEAST64 __SCN64(x) + + +#define PRIdFAST64 __PRI64(d) +#define PRIiFAST64 __PRI64(i) +#define PRIoFAST64 __PRI64(o) +#define PRIuFAST64 __PRI64(u) +#define PRIxFAST64 __PRI64(x) +#define PRIXFAST64 __PRI64(X) + +#define SCNdFAST64 __SCN64(d) +#define SCNiFAST64 __SCN64(i) +#define SCNoFAST64 __SCN64(o) +#define SCNuFAST64 __SCN64(u) +#define SCNxFAST64 __SCN64(x) +#endif + +/* max-bit types */ +#if __have_long64 +#define __PRIMAX(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +#define __SCNMAX(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +#elif __have_longlong64 +#define __PRIMAX(x) __STRINGIFY(ll##x) +#define __SCNMAX(x) __STRINGIFY(ll##x) +#else +#define __PRIMAX(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#define __SCNMAX(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#endif + +#define PRIdMAX __PRIMAX(d) +#define PRIiMAX __PRIMAX(i) +#define PRIoMAX __PRIMAX(o) +#define PRIuMAX __PRIMAX(u) +#define PRIxMAX __PRIMAX(x) +#define PRIXMAX __PRIMAX(X) + +#define SCNdMAX __SCNMAX(d) +#define SCNiMAX __SCNMAX(i) +#define SCNoMAX __SCNMAX(o) +#define SCNuMAX __SCNMAX(u) +#define SCNxMAX __SCNMAX(x) + +/* ptr types */ +#if defined(_UINTPTR_EQ_ULONGLONG) +# define __PRIPTR(x) __STRINGIFY(ll##x) +# define __SCNPTR(x) __STRINGIFY(ll##x) +#elif defined(_UINTPTR_EQ_ULONG) +# define __PRIPTR(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +# define __SCNPTR(x) __STRINGIFY(l##x) +#else +# define __PRIPTR(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +# define __SCNPTR(x) __STRINGIFY(x) +#endif + +#define PRIdPTR __PRIPTR(d) +#define PRIiPTR __PRIPTR(i) +#define PRIoPTR __PRIPTR(o) +#define PRIuPTR __PRIPTR(u) +#define PRIxPTR __PRIPTR(x) +#define PRIXPTR __PRIPTR(X) + +#define SCNdPTR __SCNPTR(d) +#define SCNiPTR __SCNPTR(i) +#define SCNoPTR __SCNPTR(o) +#define SCNuPTR __SCNPTR(u) +#define SCNxPTR __SCNPTR(x) + + +typedef struct { + intmax_t quot; + intmax_t rem; +} imaxdiv_t; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +extern intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t j); +extern imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t numer, intmax_t denomer); +extern intmax_t strtoimax(const char *__restrict, char **__restrict, int); +extern uintmax_t strtoumax(const char *__restrict, char **__restrict, int); +extern intmax_t wcstoimax(const wchar_t *__restrict, wchar_t **__restrict, int); +extern uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t *__restrict, wchar_t **__restrict, int); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/langinfo.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/langinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9040ade --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/langinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2001 Alexey Zelkin + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD: src/include/langinfo.h,v 1.5 2002/03/23 17:24:53 imp Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef _LANGINFO_H_ +#define _LANGINFO_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +typedef int nl_item; + +enum __nl_item +{ + /* POSIX and BSD defined items have to stick to the original values + to maintain backward compatibility. */ + _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME = 0, /* codeset name */ +#define CODESET _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME + D_T_FMT, /* string for formatting date and time */ +#define D_T_FMT D_T_FMT + D_FMT, /* date format string */ +#define D_FMT D_FMT + T_FMT, /* time format string */ +#define T_FMT T_FMT + T_FMT_AMPM, /* a.m. or p.m. time formatting string */ +#define T_FMT_AMPM T_FMT_AMPM + AM_STR, /* Ante Meridian affix */ +#define AM_STR AM_STR + PM_STR, /* Post Meridian affix */ +#define PM_STR PM_STR + +/* week day names */ + DAY_1, +#define DAY_1 DAY_1 + DAY_2, +#define DAY_2 DAY_2 + DAY_3, +#define DAY_3 DAY_3 + DAY_4, +#define DAY_4 DAY_4 + DAY_5, +#define DAY_5 DAY_5 + DAY_6, +#define DAY_6 DAY_6 + DAY_7, +#define DAY_7 DAY_7 + +/* abbreviated week day names */ + ABDAY_1, +#define ABDAY_1 ABDAY_1 + ABDAY_2, +#define ABDAY_2 ABDAY_2 + ABDAY_3, +#define ABDAY_3 ABDAY_3 + ABDAY_4, +#define ABDAY_4 ABDAY_4 + ABDAY_5, +#define ABDAY_5 ABDAY_5 + ABDAY_6, +#define ABDAY_6 ABDAY_6 + ABDAY_7, +#define ABDAY_7 ABDAY_7 + +/* month names */ + MON_1, +#define MON_1 MON_1 + MON_2, +#define MON_2 MON_2 + MON_3, +#define MON_3 MON_3 + MON_4, +#define MON_4 MON_4 + MON_5, +#define MON_5 MON_5 + MON_6, +#define MON_6 MON_6 + MON_7, +#define MON_7 MON_7 + MON_8, +#define MON_8 MON_8 + MON_9, +#define MON_9 MON_9 + MON_10, +#define MON_10 MON_10 + MON_11, +#define MON_11 MON_11 + MON_12, +#define MON_12 MON_12 + +/* abbreviated month names */ + ABMON_1, +#define ABMON_1 ABMON_1 + ABMON_2, +#define ABMON_2 ABMON_2 + ABMON_3, +#define ABMON_3 ABMON_3 + ABMON_4, +#define ABMON_4 ABMON_4 + ABMON_5, +#define ABMON_5 ABMON_5 + ABMON_6, +#define ABMON_6 ABMON_6 + ABMON_7, +#define ABMON_7 ABMON_7 + ABMON_8, +#define ABMON_8 ABMON_8 + ABMON_9, +#define ABMON_9 ABMON_9 + ABMON_10, +#define ABMON_10 ABMON_10 + ABMON_11, +#define ABMON_11 ABMON_11 + ABMON_12, +#define ABMON_12 ABMON_12 + + ERA, /* era description segments */ +#define ERA ERA + ERA_D_FMT, /* era date format string */ +#define ERA_D_FMT ERA_D_FMT + ERA_D_T_FMT, /* era date and time format string */ +#define ERA_D_T_FMT ERA_D_T_FMT + ERA_T_FMT, /* era time format string */ +#define ERA_T_FMT ERA_T_FMT + ALT_DIGITS, /* alternative symbols for digits */ +#define ALT_DIGITS ALT_DIGITS + + RADIXCHAR, /* radix char */ +#define RADIXCHAR RADIXCHAR + THOUSEP, /* separator for thousands */ +#define THOUSEP THOUSEP + + YESEXPR, /* affirmative response expression */ +#define YESEXPR YESEXPR + NOEXPR, /* negative response expression */ +#define NOEXPR NOEXPR + YESSTR, /* affirmative response for yes/no queries */ +#define YESSTR YESSTR + NOSTR, /* negative response for yes/no queries */ +#define NOSTR NOSTR + + CRNCYSTR, /* currency symbol */ +#define CRNCYSTR CRNCYSTR + + D_MD_ORDER, /* month/day order (BSD extension) */ +#define D_MD_ORDER D_MD_ORDER + + _NL_TIME_DATE_FMT = 84, /* date fmt used by date(1) (GNU extension) */ +#define _DATE_FMT _NL_TIME_DATE_FMT + +#ifdef __HAVE_LOCALE_INFO__ + _NL_CTYPE_MB_CUR_MAX, + _NL_MESSAGES_CODESET, + +#ifdef __HAVE_LOCALE_INFO_EXTENDED__ + + /* NOTE: + + Always maintain the order and position of existing entries! + Always append new entry to the list, prior to the definition + of _NL_LOCALE_EXTENDED_LAST_ENTRY. */ + + _NL_LOCALE_EXTENDED_FIRST_ENTRY, + + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS0_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS1_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS2_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS3_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS4_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS5_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS6_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS7_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS8_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS9_MB, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS0_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS1_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS2_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS3_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS4_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS5_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS6_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS7_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS8_WC, + _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGITS9_WC, + + _NL_TIME_CODESET, + _NL_TIME_WMON_1, + _NL_TIME_WMON_2, + _NL_TIME_WMON_3, + _NL_TIME_WMON_4, + _NL_TIME_WMON_5, + _NL_TIME_WMON_6, + _NL_TIME_WMON_7, + _NL_TIME_WMON_8, + _NL_TIME_WMON_9, + _NL_TIME_WMON_10, + _NL_TIME_WMON_11, + _NL_TIME_WMON_12, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_1, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_2, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_3, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_4, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_5, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_6, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_7, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_8, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_9, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_10, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_11, + _NL_TIME_WMONTH_12, + _NL_TIME_WWDAY_1, + _NL_TIME_WWDAY_2, + _NL_TIME_WWDAY_3, + _NL_TIME_WWDAY_4, + _NL_TIME_WWDAY_5, + _NL_TIME_WWDAY_6, + _NL_TIME_WWDAY_7, + _NL_TIME_WWEEKDAY_1, + _NL_TIME_WWEEKDAY_2, + _NL_TIME_WWEEKDAY_3, + _NL_TIME_WWEEKDAY_4, + _NL_TIME_WWEEKDAY_5, + _NL_TIME_WWEEKDAY_6, + _NL_TIME_WWEEKDAY_7, + _NL_TIME_WT_FMT, + _NL_TIME_WD_FMT, + _NL_TIME_WD_T_FMT, + _NL_TIME_WAM_STR, + _NL_TIME_WPM_STR, + _NL_TIME_WDATE_FMT, + _NL_TIME_WT_FMT_AMPM, + _NL_TIME_WERA, + _NL_TIME_WERA_D_FMT, + _NL_TIME_WERA_D_T_FMT, + _NL_TIME_WERA_T_FMT, + _NL_TIME_WALT_DIGITS, + + _NL_NUMERIC_CODESET, + _NL_NUMERIC_GROUPING, + _NL_NUMERIC_DECIMAL_POINT_WC, + _NL_NUMERIC_THOUSANDS_SEP_WC, + + _NL_MONETARY_INT_CURR_SYMBOL, + _NL_MONETARY_CURRENCY_SYMBOL, + _NL_MONETARY_MON_DECIMAL_POINT, + _NL_MONETARY_MON_THOUSANDS_SEP, + _NL_MONETARY_MON_GROUPING, + _NL_MONETARY_POSITIVE_SIGN, + _NL_MONETARY_NEGATIVE_SIGN, + _NL_MONETARY_INT_FRAC_DIGITS, + _NL_MONETARY_FRAC_DIGITS, + _NL_MONETARY_P_CS_PRECEDES, + _NL_MONETARY_P_SEP_BY_SPACE, + _NL_MONETARY_N_CS_PRECEDES, + _NL_MONETARY_N_SEP_BY_SPACE, + _NL_MONETARY_P_SIGN_POSN, + _NL_MONETARY_N_SIGN_POSN, + _NL_MONETARY_INT_P_CS_PRECEDES, + _NL_MONETARY_INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE, + _NL_MONETARY_INT_N_CS_PRECEDES, + _NL_MONETARY_INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE, + _NL_MONETARY_INT_P_SIGN_POSN, + _NL_MONETARY_INT_N_SIGN_POSN, + _NL_MONETARY_CODESET, + _NL_MONETARY_WINT_CURR_SYMBOL, + _NL_MONETARY_WCURRENCY_SYMBOL, + _NL_MONETARY_WMON_DECIMAL_POINT, + _NL_MONETARY_WMON_THOUSANDS_SEP, + _NL_MONETARY_WPOSITIVE_SIGN, + _NL_MONETARY_WNEGATIVE_SIGN, + + _NL_MESSAGES_WYESEXPR, + _NL_MESSAGES_WNOEXPR, + _NL_MESSAGES_WYESSTR, + _NL_MESSAGES_WNOSTR, + + _NL_COLLATE_CODESET, + + /* This MUST be the last entry since it's used to check for an array + index in nl_langinfo(). */ + _NL_LOCALE_EXTENDED_LAST_ENTRY + +#endif /* __HAVE_LOCALE_INFO_EXTENDED__ */ +#endif /* __HAVE_LOCALE_INFO__ */ + +}; + +__BEGIN_DECLS +char *nl_langinfo(nl_item); +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* !_LANGINFO_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/libgen.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/libgen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..abfab0e --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/libgen.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* + * libgen.h - defined by XPG4 + */ + +#ifndef _LIBGEN_H_ +#define _LIBGEN_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +char *_EXFUN(basename, (char *)); +char *_EXFUN(dirname, (char *)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _LIBGEN_H_ */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/limits.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/limits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..190f1f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/limits.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +#ifndef _LIBC_LIMITS_H_ +# define _LIBC_LIMITS_H_ 1 + +#include + +# ifdef _MB_LEN_MAX +# define MB_LEN_MAX _MB_LEN_MAX +# else +# define MB_LEN_MAX 1 +# endif + +/* Maximum number of positional arguments, if _WANT_IO_POS_ARGS. */ +# ifndef NL_ARGMAX +# define NL_ARGMAX 32 +# endif + +/* if do not have #include_next support, then we + have to define the limits here. */ +# if !defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2 + +# ifndef _LIMITS_H +# define _LIMITS_H 1 + +# include + +/* Number of bits in a `char'. */ +# undef CHAR_BIT +# define CHAR_BIT 8 + +/* Minimum and maximum values a `signed char' can hold. */ +# undef SCHAR_MIN +# define SCHAR_MIN (-128) +# undef SCHAR_MAX +# define SCHAR_MAX 127 + +/* Maximum value an `unsigned char' can hold. (Minimum is 0). */ +# undef UCHAR_MAX +# define UCHAR_MAX 255 + +/* Minimum and maximum values a `char' can hold. */ +# ifdef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ +# undef CHAR_MIN +# define CHAR_MIN 0 +# undef CHAR_MAX +# define CHAR_MAX 255 +# else +# undef CHAR_MIN +# define CHAR_MIN (-128) +# undef CHAR_MAX +# define CHAR_MAX 127 +# endif + +/* Minimum and maximum values a `signed short int' can hold. */ +# undef SHRT_MIN +/* For the sake of 16 bit hosts, we may not use -32768 */ +# define SHRT_MIN (-32767-1) +# undef SHRT_MAX +# define SHRT_MAX 32767 + +/* Maximum value an `unsigned short int' can hold. (Minimum is 0). */ +# undef USHRT_MAX +# define USHRT_MAX 65535 + +/* Minimum and maximum values a `signed int' can hold. */ +# ifndef __INT_MAX__ +# define __INT_MAX__ 2147483647 +# endif +# undef INT_MIN +# define INT_MIN (-INT_MAX-1) +# undef INT_MAX +# define INT_MAX __INT_MAX__ + +/* Maximum value an `unsigned int' can hold. (Minimum is 0). */ +# undef UINT_MAX +# define UINT_MAX (INT_MAX * 2U + 1) + +/* Minimum and maximum values a `signed long int' can hold. + (Same as `int'). */ +# ifndef __LONG_MAX__ +# if defined (__alpha__) || (defined (__sparc__) && defined(__arch64__)) || defined (__sparcv9) +# define __LONG_MAX__ 9223372036854775807L +# else +# define __LONG_MAX__ 2147483647L +# endif /* __alpha__ || sparc64 */ +# endif +# undef LONG_MIN +# define LONG_MIN (-LONG_MAX-1) +# undef LONG_MAX +# define LONG_MAX __LONG_MAX__ + +/* Maximum value an `unsigned long int' can hold. (Minimum is 0). */ +# undef ULONG_MAX +# define ULONG_MAX (LONG_MAX * 2UL + 1) + +# ifndef __LONG_LONG_MAX__ +# define __LONG_LONG_MAX__ 9223372036854775807LL +# endif + +# if (defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +/* Minimum and maximum values a `signed long long int' can hold. */ +# undef LLONG_MIN +# define LLONG_MIN (-LLONG_MAX-1) +# undef LLONG_MAX +# define LLONG_MAX __LONG_LONG_MAX__ + +/* Maximum value an `unsigned long long int' can hold. (Minimum is 0). */ +# undef ULLONG_MAX +# define ULLONG_MAX (LLONG_MAX * 2ULL + 1) +# endif + +# if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) ? defined (__USE_GNU) : !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) +/* Minimum and maximum values a `signed long long int' can hold. */ +# undef LONG_LONG_MIN +# define LONG_LONG_MIN (-LONG_LONG_MAX-1) +# undef LONG_LONG_MAX +# define LONG_LONG_MAX __LONG_LONG_MAX__ + +/* Maximum value an `unsigned long long int' can hold. (Minimum is 0). */ +# undef ULONG_LONG_MAX +# define ULONG_LONG_MAX (LONG_LONG_MAX * 2ULL + 1) +# endif + +# endif /* _LIMITS_H */ +# endif /* GCC 2. */ + +#endif /* !_LIBC_LIMITS_H_ */ + +#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined _GCC_LIMITS_H_ +/* `_GCC_LIMITS_H_' is what GCC's file defines. */ +# include_next +#endif /* __GNUC__ && !_GCC_LIMITS_H_ */ + +#ifndef _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX +/* The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression + * permitted when using the interval notation `\{M,N\}'. */ +#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX 255 +#endif /* _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX */ + +#ifndef ARG_MAX +#define ARG_MAX 4096 +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +#define PATH_MAX 4096 +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/locale.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/locale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbd658e --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/locale.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + locale.h + Values appropriate for the formatting of monetary and other + numberic quantities. +*/ + +#ifndef _LOCALE_H_ +#define _LOCALE_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" + +#define __need_NULL +#include + +#define LC_ALL 0 +#define LC_COLLATE 1 +#define LC_CTYPE 2 +#define LC_MONETARY 3 +#define LC_NUMERIC 4 +#define LC_TIME 5 +#define LC_MESSAGES 6 + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +struct lconv +{ + char *decimal_point; + char *thousands_sep; + char *grouping; + char *int_curr_symbol; + char *currency_symbol; + char *mon_decimal_point; + char *mon_thousands_sep; + char *mon_grouping; + char *positive_sign; + char *negative_sign; + char int_frac_digits; + char frac_digits; + char p_cs_precedes; + char p_sep_by_space; + char n_cs_precedes; + char n_sep_by_space; + char p_sign_posn; + char n_sign_posn; + char int_n_cs_precedes; + char int_n_sep_by_space; + char int_n_sign_posn; + char int_p_cs_precedes; + char int_p_sep_by_space; + char int_p_sign_posn; +}; + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +char *_EXFUN(setlocale,(int category, const char *locale)); +struct lconv *_EXFUN(localeconv,(void)); +#endif + +struct _reent; +char *_EXFUN(_setlocale_r,(struct _reent *, int category, const char *locale)); +struct lconv *_EXFUN(_localeconv_r,(struct _reent *)); + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _LOCALE_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/_default_types.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/_default_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffc646d --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/_default_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/* + * $Id$ + */ + +#ifndef _MACHINE__DEFAULT_TYPES_H +#define _MACHINE__DEFAULT_TYPES_H + +#include + +/* + * Guess on types by examining *_MIN / *_MAX defines. + */ +#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3) +/* GCC >= 3.3.0 has ____ implicitly defined. */ +#define __EXP(x) __##x##__ +#else +/* Fall back to POSIX versions from */ +#define __EXP(x) x +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifdef __INT8_TYPE__ +typedef __INT8_TYPE__ __int8_t; +#ifdef __UINT8_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT8_TYPE__ __uint8_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT8_TYPE__ __uint8_t; +#endif +#define ___int8_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(SCHAR_MAX) == 0x7f +typedef signed char __int8_t ; +typedef unsigned char __uint8_t ; +#define ___int8_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT16_TYPE__ +typedef __INT16_TYPE__ __int16_t; +#ifdef __UINT16_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT16_TYPE__ __uint16_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT16_TYPE__ __uint16_t; +#endif +#define ___int16_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(INT_MAX) == 0x7fff +typedef signed int __int16_t; +typedef unsigned int __uint16_t; +#define ___int16_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(SHRT_MAX) == 0x7fff +typedef signed short __int16_t; +typedef unsigned short __uint16_t; +#define ___int16_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(SCHAR_MAX) == 0x7fff +typedef signed char __int16_t; +typedef unsigned char __uint16_t; +#define ___int16_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT32_TYPE__ +typedef __INT32_TYPE__ __int32_t; +#ifdef __UINT32_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT32_TYPE__ __uint32_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT32_TYPE__ __uint32_t; +#endif +#define ___int32_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(INT_MAX) == 0x7fffffffL +typedef signed int __int32_t; +typedef unsigned int __uint32_t; +#define ___int32_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(LONG_MAX) == 0x7fffffffL +typedef signed long __int32_t; +typedef unsigned long __uint32_t; +#define ___int32_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(SHRT_MAX) == 0x7fffffffL +typedef signed short __int32_t; +typedef unsigned short __uint32_t; +#define ___int32_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(SCHAR_MAX) == 0x7fffffffL +typedef signed char __int32_t; +typedef unsigned char __uint32_t; +#define ___int32_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT64_TYPE__ +typedef __INT64_TYPE__ __int64_t; +#ifdef __UINT64_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT64_TYPE__ __uint64_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT64_TYPE__ __uint64_t; +#endif +#define ___int64_t_defined 1 +#elif __EXP(LONG_MAX) > 0x7fffffff +typedef signed long __int64_t; +typedef unsigned long __uint64_t; +#define ___int64_t_defined 1 + +/* GCC has __LONG_LONG_MAX__ */ +#elif defined(__LONG_LONG_MAX__) && (__LONG_LONG_MAX__ > 0x7fffffff) +typedef signed long long __int64_t; +typedef unsigned long long __uint64_t; +#define ___int64_t_defined 1 + +/* POSIX mandates LLONG_MAX in */ +#elif defined(LLONG_MAX) && (LLONG_MAX > 0x7fffffff) +typedef signed long long __int64_t; +typedef unsigned long long __uint64_t; +#define ___int64_t_defined 1 + +#elif __EXP(INT_MAX) > 0x7fffffff +typedef signed int __int64_t; +typedef unsigned int __uint64_t; +#define ___int64_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST8_TYPE__ +typedef __INT_LEAST8_TYPE__ __int_least8_t; +#ifdef __UINT_LEAST8_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT_LEAST8_TYPE__ __uint_least8_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT_LEAST8_TYPE__ __uint_least8_t; +#endif +#define ___int_least8_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int8_t_defined) +typedef __int8_t __int_least8_t; +typedef __uint8_t __uint_least8_t; +#define ___int_least8_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int16_t_defined) +typedef __int16_t __int_least8_t; +typedef __uint16_t __uint_least8_t; +#define ___int_least8_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int32_t_defined) +typedef __int32_t __int_least8_t; +typedef __uint32_t __uint_least8_t; +#define ___int_least8_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int64_t_defined) +typedef __int64_t __int_least8_t; +typedef __uint64_t __uint_least8_t; +#define ___int_least8_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST16_TYPE__ +typedef __INT_LEAST16_TYPE__ __int_least16_t; +#ifdef __UINT_LEAST16_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT_LEAST16_TYPE__ __uint_least16_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT_LEAST16_TYPE__ __uint_least16_t; +#endif +#define ___int_least16_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int16_t_defined) +typedef __int16_t __int_least16_t; +typedef __uint16_t __uint_least16_t; +#define ___int_least16_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int32_t_defined) +typedef __int32_t __int_least16_t; +typedef __uint32_t __uint_least16_t; +#define ___int_least16_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int64_t_defined) +typedef __int64_t __int_least16_t; +typedef __uint64_t __uint_least16_t; +#define ___int_least16_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST32_TYPE__ +typedef __INT_LEAST32_TYPE__ __int_least32_t; +#ifdef __UINT_LEAST32_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT_LEAST32_TYPE__ __uint_least32_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT_LEAST32_TYPE__ __uint_least32_t; +#endif +#define ___int_least32_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int32_t_defined) +typedef __int32_t __int_least32_t; +typedef __uint32_t __uint_least32_t; +#define ___int_least32_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int64_t_defined) +typedef __int64_t __int_least32_t; +typedef __uint64_t __uint_least32_t; +#define ___int_least32_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST64_TYPE__ +typedef __INT_LEAST64_TYPE__ __int_least64_t; +#ifdef __UINT_LEAST64_TYPE__ +typedef __UINT_LEAST64_TYPE__ __uint_least64_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INT_LEAST64_TYPE__ __uint_least64_t; +#endif +#define ___int_least64_t_defined 1 +#elif defined(___int64_t_defined) +typedef __int64_t __int_least64_t; +typedef __uint64_t __uint_least64_t; +#define ___int_least64_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INTPTR_TYPE__ +typedef __INTPTR_TYPE__ __intptr_t; +#ifdef __UINTPTR_TYPE__ +typedef __UINTPTR_TYPE__ __uintptr_t; +#else +typedef unsigned __INTPTR_TYPE__ __uintptr_t; +#endif +#elif defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) +typedef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ __intptr_t; +typedef unsigned __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ __uintptr_t; +#else +typedef long __intptr_t; +typedef unsigned long __uintptr_t; +#endif + +#undef __EXP + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _MACHINE__DEFAULT_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/_types.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17e6d51 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +/* + * $Id$ + */ + +#ifndef _MACHINE__TYPES_H +#define _MACHINE__TYPES_H +#include +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/ansi.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/ansi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..737b6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/ansi.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* dummy header file to support BSD compiler */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/endian.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/endian.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07ebc8f --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/endian.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#ifndef __MACHINE_ENDIAN_H__ + +#include + +#ifndef BIG_ENDIAN +#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321 +#endif +#ifndef LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 +#endif + +#ifndef BYTE_ORDER +#if defined(__IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN) || defined(__IEEE_BYTES_LITTLE_ENDIAN) +#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN +#else +#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* __MACHINE_ENDIAN_H__ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/fastmath.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/fastmath.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b13befa --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/fastmath.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +#ifdef __sysvnecv70_target +double EXFUN(fast_sin,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_cos,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_tan,(double)); + +double EXFUN(fast_asin,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_acos,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_atan,(double)); + +double EXFUN(fast_sinh,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_cosh,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_tanh,(double)); + +double EXFUN(fast_asinh,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_acosh,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_atanh,(double)); + +double EXFUN(fast_abs,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_sqrt,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_exp2,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_exp10,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_expe,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_log10,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_log2,(double)); +double EXFUN(fast_loge,(double)); + + +#define sin(x) fast_sin(x) +#define cos(x) fast_cos(x) +#define tan(x) fast_tan(x) +#define asin(x) fast_asin(x) +#define acos(x) fast_acos(x) +#define atan(x) fast_atan(x) +#define sinh(x) fast_sinh(x) +#define cosh(x) fast_cosh(x) +#define tanh(x) fast_tanh(x) +#define asinh(x) fast_asinh(x) +#define acosh(x) fast_acosh(x) +#define atanh(x) fast_atanh(x) +#define abs(x) fast_abs(x) +#define sqrt(x) fast_sqrt(x) +#define exp2(x) fast_exp2(x) +#define exp10(x) fast_exp10(x) +#define expe(x) fast_expe(x) +#define log10(x) fast_log10(x) +#define log2(x) fast_log2(x) +#define loge(x) fast_loge(x) + +#ifdef _HAVE_STDC +/* These functions are in assembler, they really do take floats. This + can only be used with a real ANSI compiler */ + +float EXFUN(fast_sinf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_cosf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_tanf,(float)); + +float EXFUN(fast_asinf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_acosf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_atanf,(float)); + +float EXFUN(fast_sinhf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_coshf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_tanhf,(float)); + +float EXFUN(fast_asinhf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_acoshf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_atanhf,(float)); + +float EXFUN(fast_absf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_sqrtf,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_exp2f,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_exp10f,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_expef,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_log10f,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_log2f,(float)); +float EXFUN(fast_logef,(float)); +#define sinf(x) fast_sinf(x) +#define cosf(x) fast_cosf(x) +#define tanf(x) fast_tanf(x) +#define asinf(x) fast_asinf(x) +#define acosf(x) fast_acosf(x) +#define atanf(x) fast_atanf(x) +#define sinhf(x) fast_sinhf(x) +#define coshf(x) fast_coshf(x) +#define tanhf(x) fast_tanhf(x) +#define asinhf(x) fast_asinhf(x) +#define acoshf(x) fast_acoshf(x) +#define atanhf(x) fast_atanhf(x) +#define absf(x) fast_absf(x) +#define sqrtf(x) fast_sqrtf(x) +#define exp2f(x) fast_exp2f(x) +#define exp10f(x) fast_exp10f(x) +#define expef(x) fast_expef(x) +#define log10f(x) fast_log10f(x) +#define log2f(x) fast_log2f(x) +#define logef(x) fast_logef(x) +#endif +/* Override the functions defined in math.h */ +#endif /* __sysvnecv70_target */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/ieeefp.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/ieeefp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f11dc05 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/ieeefp.h @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ +#ifndef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#ifndef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN + +/* This file can define macros to choose variations of the IEEE float + format: + + _FLT_LARGEST_EXPONENT_IS_NORMAL + + Defined if the float format uses the largest exponent for finite + numbers rather than NaN and infinity representations. Such a + format cannot represent NaNs or infinities at all, but it's FLT_MAX + is twice the IEEE value. + + _FLT_NO_DENORMALS + + Defined if the float format does not support IEEE denormals. Every + float with a zero exponent is taken to be a zero representation. + + ??? At the moment, there are no equivalent macros above for doubles and + the macros are not fully supported by --enable-newlib-hw-fp. + + __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN + + Defined if the float format is big endian. This is mutually exclusive + with __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN. + + __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN + + Defined if the float format is little endian. This is mutually exclusive + with __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN. + + Note that one of __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN or __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN must be specified for a + platform or error will occur. + + __IEEE_BYTES_LITTLE_ENDIAN + + This flag is used in conjunction with __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN to describe a situation + whereby multiple words of an IEEE floating point are in big endian order, but the + words themselves are little endian with respect to the bytes. + + _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS + + This is used on platforms that support double by using the 32-bit IEEE + float type. + + _FLOAT_ARG + + This represents what type a float arg is passed as. It is used when the type is + not promoted to double. + +*/ + +#if (defined(__arm__) || defined(__thumb__)) && !defined(__MAVERICK__) +/* ARM traditionally used big-endian words; and within those words the + byte ordering was big or little endian depending upon the target. + Modern floating-point formats are naturally ordered; in this case + __VFP_FP__ will be defined, even if soft-float. */ +#ifdef __VFP_FP__ +# ifdef __ARMEL__ +# define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +# else +# define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +# endif +#else +# define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +# ifdef __ARMEL__ +# define __IEEE_BYTES_LITTLE_ENDIAN +# endif +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__aarch64__) +#if defined (__AARCH64EL__) +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __epiphany__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define Sudden_Underflow 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __hppa__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __nds32__ +#ifdef __big_endian__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __SPU__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN + +#define isfinite(__y) \ + (__extension__ ({int __cy; \ + (sizeof (__y) == sizeof (float)) ? (1) : \ + (__cy = fpclassify(__y)) != FP_INFINITE && __cy != FP_NAN;})) + +#define isinf(__x) ((sizeof (__x) == sizeof (float)) ? (0) : __isinfd(__x)) +#define isnan(__x) ((sizeof (__x) == sizeof (float)) ? (0) : __isnand(__x)) + +/* + * Macros for use in ieeefp.h. We can't just define the real ones here + * (like those above) as we have name space issues when this is *not* + * included via generic the ieeefp.h. + */ +#define __ieeefp_isnanf(x) 0 +#define __ieeefp_isinff(x) 0 +#define __ieeefp_finitef(x) 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __sparc__ +#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN_DATA__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__m68k__) || defined(__mc68000__) +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#if defined(__mc68hc11__) || defined(__mc68hc12__) || defined(__mc68hc1x__) +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#ifdef __HAVE_SHORT_DOUBLE__ +# define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__H8300__) || defined (__H8300H__) || defined (__H8300S__) || defined (__H8500__) || defined (__H8300SX__) +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#define _FLOAT_ARG float +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + +#if defined (__xc16x__) || defined (__xc16xL__) || defined (__xc16xS__) +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define _FLOAT_ARG float +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + + +#ifdef __sh__ +#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif +#if defined(__SH2E__) || defined(__SH3E__) || defined(__SH4_SINGLE_ONLY__) || defined(__SH2A_SINGLE_ONLY__) +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef _AM29K +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __i386__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __i960__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __lm32__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __M32R__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#if defined(_C4x) || defined(_C3x) +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + +#ifdef __TMS320C6X__ +#ifdef _BIG_ENDIAN +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __TIC80__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __MIPSEL__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#ifdef __MIPSEB__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __MMIX__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __D30V__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +/* necv70 was __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN. */ + +#ifdef __W65__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + +#if defined(__Z8001__) || defined(__Z8002__) +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __m88k__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __mn10300__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __mn10200__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + +#ifdef __v800 +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __v850 +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __D10V__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#if __DOUBLE__ == 32 +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __PPC__ +#if (defined(_BIG_ENDIAN) && _BIG_ENDIAN) || (defined(_AIX) && _AIX) +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#if (defined(_LITTLE_ENDIAN) && _LITTLE_ENDIAN) || (defined(__sun__) && __sun__) || (defined(_WIN32) && _WIN32) +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __xstormy16__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __arc__ +#ifdef __big_endian__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __CRX__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __fr30__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __mcore__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __mt__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __frv__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __moxie__ +#ifdef __MOXIE_BIG_ENDIAN__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ia64__ +#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __AVR__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + +#if defined(__or1k__) || defined(__OR1K__) || defined(__OR1KND__) +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __IP2K__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + +#ifdef __iq2000__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __MAVERICK__ +#ifdef __ARMEL__ +# define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#else /* must be __ARMEB__ */ +# define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif /* __ARMEL__ */ +#endif /* __MAVERICK__ */ + +#ifdef __m32c__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#endif + +#ifdef __CRIS__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __BFIN__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __x86_64__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifdef __mep__ +#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __MICROBLAZE__ +#ifndef __MICROBLAZEEL__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __MSP430__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS /* 16 Bit INT */ +#endif + +#ifdef __RL78__ +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS /* 16 Bit INT */ +#ifndef __RL78_64BIT_DOUBLES__ +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __RX__ + +#ifdef __RX_BIG_ENDIAN__ +#define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#ifndef __RX_64BIT_DOUBLES__ +#define _DOUBLE_IS_32BITS +#endif + +#ifdef __RX_16BIT_INTS__ +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#endif + +#endif + +#if (defined(__CR16__) || defined(__CR16C__) ||defined(__CR16CP__)) +#define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS /* 16 Bit INT */ +#endif + +#ifdef __NIOS2__ +# ifdef __nios2_big_endian__ +# define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +# else +# define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +# endif +#endif + +#if (defined(__XTENSA__)) +# ifdef __XTENSA_EB__ +# define __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +# else +# define __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN +#ifndef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#error Endianess not declared!! +#endif /* not __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN */ +#endif /* not __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN */ + +#endif /* not __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN */ +#endif /* not __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/malloc.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/malloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fdada9e --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/malloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifndef _MACHMALLOC_H_ +#define _MACHMALLOC_H_ + +/* place holder so platforms may add malloc.h extensions */ + +#endif /* _MACHMALLOC_H_ */ + + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/param.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/param.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdf8bf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/param.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Place holder for machine-specific param.h. */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/setjmp-dj.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/setjmp-dj.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ca5e65 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/setjmp-dj.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 1991 DJ Delorie + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution, modification, and use in source and binary forms is permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and following paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms. + * + * This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + */ + +/* Modified to use SETJMP_DJ_H rather than SETJMP_H to avoid + conflicting with setjmp.h. Ian Taylor, Cygnus support, April, + 1993. */ + +#ifndef _SETJMP_DJ_H_ +#define _SETJMP_DJ_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct { + unsigned long eax; + unsigned long ebx; + unsigned long ecx; + unsigned long edx; + unsigned long esi; + unsigned long edi; + unsigned long ebp; + unsigned long esp; + unsigned long eip; +} jmp_buf[1]; + +extern int setjmp(jmp_buf); +extern void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/setjmp.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/setjmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f9d9e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/setjmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,453 @@ + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +#if defined(__or1k__) || defined(__or1knd__) +#define _JBLEN 31 /* 32 GPRs - r0 */ +#define _JBTYPE unsigned long +#endif + +#if defined(__arm__) || defined(__thumb__) +/* + * All callee preserved registers: + * v1 - v7, fp, ip, sp, lr, f4, f5, f6, f7 + */ +#define _JBLEN 23 +#endif + +#if defined(__aarch64__) +#define _JBLEN 22 +#define _JBTYPE long long +#endif + +#if defined(__AVR__) +#define _JBLEN 24 +#endif + +#ifdef __sparc__ +/* + * onsstack,sigmask,sp,pc,npc,psr,g1,o0,wbcnt (sigcontext). + * All else recovered by under/over(flow) handling. + */ +#define _JBLEN 13 +#endif + +#ifdef __BFIN__ +#define _JBLEN 40 +#endif + +#ifdef __epiphany__ +/* All callee preserved registers: r4-r10,fp, sp, lr,r15, r32-r39 */ +#define _JBTYPE long long +#define _JBLEN 10 +#endif + +/* necv70 was 9 as well. */ + +#if defined(__m68k__) || defined(__mc68000__) +/* + * onsstack,sigmask,sp,pc,psl,d2-d7,a2-a6, + * fp2-fp7 for 68881. + * All else recovered by under/over(flow) handling. + */ +#define _JBLEN 34 +#endif + +#if defined(__mc68hc11__) || defined(__mc68hc12__) || defined(__mc68hc1x__) +/* + * D, X, Y are not saved. + * Only take into account the pseudo soft registers (max 32). + */ +#define _JBLEN 32 +#endif + +#ifdef __nds32__ +/* 17 words for GPRs, + 1 word for $fpcfg.freg and 30 words for FPUs + Reserved 2 words for aligement-adjustment. When storeing double-precision + floating-point register into memory, the address has to be + double-word-aligned. + Check libc/machine/nds32/setjmp.S for more information. */ +#if __NDS32_EXT_FPU_SP__ || __NDS32_EXT_FPU_DP__ +#define _JBLEN 50 +#else +#define _JBLEN 18 +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__Z8001__) || defined(__Z8002__) +/* 16 regs + pc */ +#define _JBLEN 20 +#endif + +#ifdef _AM29K +/* + * onsstack,sigmask,sp,pc,npc,psr,g1,o0,wbcnt (sigcontext). + * All else recovered by under/over(flow) handling. + */ +#define _JBLEN 9 +#endif + +#ifdef __i386__ +# if defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined (_JBLEN) +# define _JBLEN (13 * 4) +# elif defined(__unix__) || defined(__rtems__) +# define _JBLEN 9 +# else +# include "setjmp-dj.h" +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __x86_64__ +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# define _JBTYPE long +# define _JBLEN 32 +# else +# define _JBTYPE long long +# define _JBLEN 8 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __i960__ +#define _JBLEN 35 +#endif + +#ifdef __M32R__ +/* Only 8 words are currently needed. 10 gives us some slop if we need + to expand. */ +#define _JBLEN 10 +#endif + +#ifdef __mips__ +# if defined(__mips64) +# define _JBTYPE long long +# endif +# ifdef __mips_soft_float +# define _JBLEN 11 +# else +# define _JBLEN 23 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __m88000__ +#define _JBLEN 21 +#endif + +#ifdef __H8300__ +#define _JBLEN 5 +#define _JBTYPE int +#endif + +#ifdef __H8300H__ +/* same as H8/300 but registers are twice as big */ +#define _JBLEN 5 +#define _JBTYPE long +#endif + +#if defined (__H8300S__) || defined (__H8300SX__) +/* same as H8/300 but registers are twice as big */ +#define _JBLEN 5 +#define _JBTYPE long +#endif + +#ifdef __H8500__ +#define _JBLEN 4 +#endif + +#ifdef __sh__ +#if __SH5__ +#define _JBLEN 50 +#define _JBTYPE long long +#else +#define _JBLEN 20 +#endif /* __SH5__ */ +#endif + +#ifdef __v800 +#define _JBLEN 28 +#endif + +#ifdef __PPC__ +#ifdef __ALTIVEC__ +#define _JBLEN 64 +#else +#define _JBLEN 32 +#endif +#define _JBTYPE double +#endif + +#ifdef __MICROBLAZE__ +#define _JBLEN 20 +#define _JBTYPE unsigned int +#endif + +#ifdef __hppa__ +/* %r30, %r2-%r18, %r27, pad, %fr12-%fr15. + Note space exists for the FP registers, but they are not + saved. */ +#define _JBLEN 28 +#endif + +#if defined(__mn10300__) || defined(__mn10200__) +#ifdef __AM33_2__ +#define _JBLEN 26 +#else +/* A guess */ +#define _JBLEN 10 +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __v850 +/* I think our setjmp is saving 15 regs at the moment. Gives us one word + slop if we need to expand. */ +#define _JBLEN 16 +#endif + +#if defined(_C4x) +#define _JBLEN 10 +#endif +#if defined(_C3x) +#define _JBLEN 9 +#endif + +#ifdef __TMS320C6X__ +#define _JBLEN 13 +#endif + +#ifdef __TIC80__ +#define _JBLEN 13 +#endif + +#ifdef __D10V__ +#define _JBLEN 8 +#endif + +#ifdef __D30V__ +#define _JBLEN ((64 /* GPR */ + (2*2) /* ACs */ + 18 /* CRs */) / 2) +#define _JBTYPE double +#endif + +#ifdef __frv__ +#define _JBLEN (68/2) /* room for 68 32-bit regs */ +#define _JBTYPE double +#endif + +#ifdef __moxie__ +#define _JBLEN 16 +#endif + +#ifdef __CRX__ +#define _JBLEN 9 +#endif + +#if (defined(__CR16__) || defined(__CR16C__) ||defined(__CR16CP__)) +/* r6, r7, r8, r9, r10, r11, r12 (r12L, r12H), + * r13 (r13L, r13H), ra(raL, raH), sp(spL, spH) */ +#define _JBLEN 14 +#define _JBTYPE unsigned short +#endif + +#ifdef __fr30__ +#define _JBLEN 10 +#endif + +#ifdef __iq2000__ +#define _JBLEN 32 +#endif + +#ifdef __mcore__ +#define _JBLEN 16 +#endif + +#ifdef __MMIX__ +/* Using a layout compatible with GCC's built-in. */ +#define _JBLEN 5 +#define _JBTYPE unsigned long +#endif + +#ifdef __mt__ +#define _JBLEN 16 +#endif + +#ifdef __SPU__ +#define _JBLEN 50 +#define _JBTYPE __vector signed int +#endif + +#ifdef __xstormy16__ +/* 4 GPRs plus SP plus PC. */ +#define _JBLEN 8 +#endif + +#ifdef __XTENSA__ +#if __XTENSA_WINDOWED_ABI__ + +/* The jmp_buf structure for Xtensa windowed ABI holds the following + (where "proc" is the procedure that calls setjmp): 4-12 registers + from the window of proc, the 4 words from the save area at proc's $sp + (in case a subsequent alloca in proc moves $sp), and the return + address within proc. Everything else is saved on the stack in the + normal save areas. The jmp_buf structure is: + + struct jmp_buf { + int regs[12]; + int save[4]; + void *return_address; + } + + See the setjmp code for details. */ + +#define _JBLEN 17 /* 12 + 4 + 1 */ + +#else /* __XTENSA_CALL0_ABI__ */ + +#define _JBLEN 6 /* a0, a1, a12, a13, a14, a15 */ + +#endif /* __XTENSA_CALL0_ABI__ */ +#endif /* __XTENSA__ */ + +#ifdef __mep__ +/* 16 GPRs, pc, hi, lo */ +#define _JBLEN 19 +#endif + +#ifdef __CRIS__ +#define _JBLEN 18 +#endif + +#ifdef __lm32__ +#define _JBLEN 19 +#endif + +#ifdef __m32c__ +#if defined(__r8c_cpu__) || defined(__m16c_cpu__) +#define _JBLEN (22/2) +#else +#define _JBLEN (34/2) +#endif +#define _JBTYPE unsigned short +#endif /* __m32c__ */ + +#ifdef __MSP430__ +#define _JBLEN 9 + +#ifdef __MSP430X_LARGE__ +#define _JBTYPE unsigned long +#else +#define _JBTYPE unsigned short +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __RL78__ +/* Three banks of registers, SP, CS, ES, PC */ +#define _JBLEN (8*3+8) +#define _JBTYPE unsigned char +#endif + +/* + * There are two versions of setjmp()/longjmp(): + * 1) Compiler (gcc) built-in versions. + * 2) Function-call versions. + * + * The built-in versions are used most of the time. When used, gcc replaces + * calls to setjmp()/longjmp() with inline assembly code. The built-in + * versions save/restore a variable number of registers. + + * _JBLEN is set to 40 to be ultra-safe with the built-in versions. + * It only needs to be 12 for the function-call versions + * but this data structure is used by both versions. + */ +#ifdef __NIOS2__ +#define _JBLEN 40 +#define _JBTYPE unsigned long +#endif + +#ifdef __RX__ +#define _JBLEN 0x44 +#endif + +#ifdef _JBLEN +#ifdef _JBTYPE +typedef _JBTYPE jmp_buf[_JBLEN]; +#else +typedef int jmp_buf[_JBLEN]; +#endif +#endif + +_END_STD_C + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* POSIX sigsetjmp/siglongjmp macros */ +#ifdef _JBTYPE +typedef _JBTYPE sigjmp_buf[_JBLEN+1+((sizeof (_JBTYPE) + sizeof (sigset_t) - 1) + /sizeof (_JBTYPE))]; +#else +typedef int sigjmp_buf[_JBLEN+1+(sizeof (sigset_t)/sizeof (int))]; +#endif + +#define _SAVEMASK _JBLEN +#define _SIGMASK (_JBLEN+1) + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# define _CYGWIN_WORKING_SIGSETJMP +#endif + +#ifdef _POSIX_THREADS +#define __SIGMASK_FUNC pthread_sigmask +#else +#define __SIGMASK_FUNC sigprocmask +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + +#define sigsetjmp(env, savemask) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ \ + sigjmp_buf *_sjbuf = &(env); \ + ((*_sjbuf)[_SAVEMASK] = savemask,\ + __SIGMASK_FUNC (SIG_SETMASK, 0, (sigset_t *)((*_sjbuf) + _SIGMASK)),\ + setjmp (*_sjbuf)); \ + }) + +#define siglongjmp(env, val) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ \ + sigjmp_buf *_sjbuf = &(env); \ + ((((*_sjbuf)[_SAVEMASK]) ? \ + __SIGMASK_FUNC (SIG_SETMASK, (sigset_t *)((*_sjbuf) + _SIGMASK), 0)\ + : 0), \ + longjmp (*_sjbuf, val)); \ + }) + +#else /* !__GNUC__ */ + +#define sigsetjmp(env, savemask) ((env)[_SAVEMASK] = savemask,\ + __SIGMASK_FUNC (SIG_SETMASK, 0, (sigset_t *) ((env) + _SIGMASK)),\ + setjmp (env)) + +#define siglongjmp(env, val) ((((env)[_SAVEMASK])?\ + __SIGMASK_FUNC (SIG_SETMASK, (sigset_t *) ((env) + _SIGMASK), 0):0),\ + longjmp (env, val)) + +#endif + +/* POSIX _setjmp/_longjmp, maintained for XSI compatibility. These + are equivalent to sigsetjmp/siglongjmp when not saving the signal mask. + New applications should use sigsetjmp/siglongjmp instead. */ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +extern void _longjmp(jmp_buf, int); +extern int _setjmp(jmp_buf); +#else +#define _setjmp(env) sigsetjmp ((env), 0) +#define _longjmp(env, val) siglongjmp ((env), (val)) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ or __rtems__ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/stdlib.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/stdlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa3f3a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/stdlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifndef _MACHSTDLIB_H_ +#define _MACHSTDLIB_H_ + +/* place holder so platforms may add stdlib.h extensions */ + +#endif /* _MACHSTDLIB_H_ */ + + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/termios.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/termios.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41fd459 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/termios.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#define __MAX_BAUD B4000000 diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/time.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06e2ccf --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#ifndef _MACHTIME_H_ +#define _MACHTIME_H_ + +#if defined(__rtems__) +#define _CLOCKS_PER_SEC_ sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK) +#else /* !__rtems__ */ +#if defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__arm__) || defined(__thumb__) +#define _CLOCKS_PER_SEC_ 100 +#endif +#endif /* !__rtems__ */ + +#ifdef __SPU__ +#include +int nanosleep (const struct timespec *, struct timespec *); +#endif + +#endif /* _MACHTIME_H_ */ + + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/types.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40a75fa --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/machine/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#ifndef _MACHTYPES_H_ +#define _MACHTYPES_H_ + +/* + * The following section is RTEMS specific and is needed to more + * closely match the types defined in the BSD machine/types.h. + * This is needed to let the RTEMS/BSD TCP/IP stack compile. + */ +#if defined(__rtems__) +#include +#endif + +#define _CLOCK_T_ unsigned long /* clock() */ +#define _TIME_T_ long /* time() */ +#define _CLOCKID_T_ unsigned long +#define _TIMER_T_ unsigned long + +#ifndef _HAVE_SYSTYPES +typedef long int __off_t; +typedef int __pid_t; +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__extension__ typedef long long int __loff_t; +#else +typedef long int __loff_t; +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* _MACHTYPES_H_ */ + + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/malloc.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/malloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41b5efd --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/malloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* malloc.h -- header file for memory routines. */ + +#ifndef _INCLUDE_MALLOC_H_ +#define _INCLUDE_MALLOC_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include + +#define __need_size_t +#include + +/* include any machine-specific extensions */ +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* This version of struct mallinfo must match the one in + libc/stdlib/mallocr.c. */ + +struct mallinfo { + size_t arena; /* total space allocated from system */ + size_t ordblks; /* number of non-inuse chunks */ + size_t smblks; /* unused -- always zero */ + size_t hblks; /* number of mmapped regions */ + size_t hblkhd; /* total space in mmapped regions */ + size_t usmblks; /* unused -- always zero */ + size_t fsmblks; /* unused -- always zero */ + size_t uordblks; /* total allocated space */ + size_t fordblks; /* total non-inuse space */ + size_t keepcost; /* top-most, releasable (via malloc_trim) space */ +}; + +/* The routines. */ + +extern _PTR malloc _PARAMS ((size_t)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _malloc_r +#define _malloc_r(r, s) malloc (s) +#else +extern _PTR _malloc_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, size_t)); +#endif + +extern _VOID free _PARAMS ((_PTR)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _free_r +#define _free_r(r, p) free (p) +#else +extern _VOID _free_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, _PTR)); +#endif + +extern _PTR realloc _PARAMS ((_PTR, size_t)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _realloc_r +#define _realloc_r(r, p, s) realloc (p, s) +#else +extern _PTR _realloc_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, _PTR, size_t)); +#endif + +extern _PTR calloc _PARAMS ((size_t, size_t)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _calloc_r +#define _calloc_r(r, s1, s2) calloc (s1, s2); +#else +extern _PTR _calloc_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, size_t, size_t)); +#endif + +extern _PTR memalign _PARAMS ((size_t, size_t)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _memalign_r +#define _memalign_r(r, s1, s2) memalign (s1, s2); +#else +extern _PTR _memalign_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, size_t, size_t)); +#endif + +extern struct mallinfo mallinfo _PARAMS ((void)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _mallinfo_r +#define _mallinfo_r(r) mallinfo () +#else +extern struct mallinfo _mallinfo_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *)); +#endif + +extern void malloc_stats _PARAMS ((void)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _malloc_stats_r +#define _malloc_stats_r(r) malloc_stats () +#else +extern void _malloc_stats_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *)); +#endif + +extern int mallopt _PARAMS ((int, int)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _mallopt_r +#define _mallopt_r(i1, i2) mallopt (i1, i2) +#else +extern int _mallopt_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, int)); +#endif + +extern size_t malloc_usable_size _PARAMS ((_PTR)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _malloc_usable_size_r +#define _malloc_usable_size_r(r, p) malloc_usable_size (p) +#else +extern size_t _malloc_usable_size_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, _PTR)); +#endif + +/* These aren't too useful on an embedded system, but we define them + anyhow. */ + +extern _PTR valloc _PARAMS ((size_t)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _valloc_r +#define _valloc_r(r, s) valloc (s) +#else +extern _PTR _valloc_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, size_t)); +#endif + +extern _PTR pvalloc _PARAMS ((size_t)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _pvalloc_r +#define _pvalloc_r(r, s) pvalloc (s) +#else +extern _PTR _pvalloc_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, size_t)); +#endif + +extern int malloc_trim _PARAMS ((size_t)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _malloc_trim_r +#define _malloc_trim_r(r, s) malloc_trim (s) +#else +extern int _malloc_trim_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, size_t)); +#endif + +/* A compatibility routine for an earlier version of the allocator. */ + +extern _VOID mstats _PARAMS ((char *)); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#undef _mstats_r +#define _mstats_r(r, p) mstats (p) +#else +extern _VOID _mstats_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, char *)); +#endif + +/* SVID2/XPG mallopt options */ + +#define M_MXFAST 1 /* UNUSED in this malloc */ +#define M_NLBLKS 2 /* UNUSED in this malloc */ +#define M_GRAIN 3 /* UNUSED in this malloc */ +#define M_KEEP 4 /* UNUSED in this malloc */ + +/* mallopt options that actually do something */ + +#define M_TRIM_THRESHOLD -1 +#define M_TOP_PAD -2 +#define M_MMAP_THRESHOLD -3 +#define M_MMAP_MAX -4 + +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +/* Some systems provide this, so do too for compatibility. */ +extern void cfree _PARAMS ((_PTR)); +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _INCLUDE_MALLOC_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/math.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/math.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d16ce30 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/math.h @@ -0,0 +1,615 @@ +#ifndef _MATH_H_ + +#define _MATH_H_ + +#include +#include +#include "_ansi.h" + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +/* __dmath, __fmath, and __ldmath are only here for backwards compatibility + * in case any code used them. They are no longer used by Newlib, itself, + * other than legacy. */ +union __dmath +{ + double d; + __ULong i[2]; +}; + +union __fmath +{ + float f; + __ULong i[1]; +}; + +#if defined(_HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE) +union __ldmath +{ + long double ld; + __ULong i[4]; +}; +#endif + +/* Natural log of 2 */ +#define _M_LN2 0.693147180559945309417 + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3) + /* gcc >= 3.3 implicitly defines builtins for HUGE_VALx values. */ + +# ifndef HUGE_VAL +# define HUGE_VAL (__builtin_huge_val()) +# endif + +# ifndef HUGE_VALF +# define HUGE_VALF (__builtin_huge_valf()) +# endif + +# ifndef HUGE_VALL +# define HUGE_VALL (__builtin_huge_vall()) +# endif + +# ifndef INFINITY +# define INFINITY (__builtin_inff()) +# endif + +# ifndef NAN +# define NAN (__builtin_nanf("")) +# endif + +#else /* !gcc >= 3.3 */ + + /* No builtins. Use fixed defines instead. (All 3 HUGE plus the INFINITY + * and NAN macros are required to be constant expressions. Using a variable-- + * even a static const--does not meet this requirement, as it cannot be + * evaluated at translation time.) + * The infinities are done using numbers that are far in excess of + * something that would be expected to be encountered in a floating-point + * implementation. (A more certain way uses values from float.h, but that is + * avoided because system includes are not supposed to include each other.) + * This method might produce warnings from some compilers. (It does in + * newer GCCs, but not for ones that would hit this #else.) If this happens, + * please report details to the Newlib mailing list. */ + + #ifndef HUGE_VAL + #define HUGE_VAL (1.0e999999999) + #endif + + #ifndef HUGE_VALF + #define HUGE_VALF (1.0e999999999F) + #endif + + #if !defined(HUGE_VALL) && defined(_HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE) + #define HUGE_VALL (1.0e999999999L) + #endif + + #if !defined(INFINITY) + #define INFINITY (HUGE_VALF) + #endif + + #if !defined(NAN) + #if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__cplusplus) + /* Exception: older g++ versions warn about the divide by 0 used in the + * normal case (even though older gccs do not). This trick suppresses the + * warning, but causes errors for plain gcc, so is only used in the one + * special case. */ + static const union { __ULong __i[1]; float __d; } __Nanf = {0x7FC00000}; + #define NAN (__Nanf.__d) + #else + #define NAN (0.0F/0.0F) + #endif + #endif + +#endif /* !gcc >= 3.3 */ + +/* Reentrant ANSI C functions. */ + +#ifndef __math_68881 +extern double atan _PARAMS((double)); +extern double cos _PARAMS((double)); +extern double sin _PARAMS((double)); +extern double tan _PARAMS((double)); +extern double tanh _PARAMS((double)); +extern double frexp _PARAMS((double, int *)); +extern double modf _PARAMS((double, double *)); +extern double ceil _PARAMS((double)); +extern double fabs _PARAMS((double)); +extern double floor _PARAMS((double)); +#endif /* ! defined (__math_68881) */ + +/* Non reentrant ANSI C functions. */ + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +#ifndef __math_68881 +extern double acos _PARAMS((double)); +extern double asin _PARAMS((double)); +extern double atan2 _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double cosh _PARAMS((double)); +extern double sinh _PARAMS((double)); +extern double exp _PARAMS((double)); +extern double ldexp _PARAMS((double, int)); +extern double log _PARAMS((double)); +extern double log10 _PARAMS((double)); +extern double pow _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double sqrt _PARAMS((double)); +extern double fmod _PARAMS((double, double)); +#endif /* ! defined (__math_68881) */ +#endif /* ! defined (_REENT_ONLY) */ + +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__cplusplus) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + +/* ISO C99 types and macros. */ + +/* FIXME: FLT_EVAL_METHOD should somehow be gotten from float.h (which is hard, + * considering that the standard says the includes it defines should not + * include other includes that it defines) and that value used. (This can be + * solved, but autoconf has a bug which makes the solution more difficult, so + * it has been skipped for now.) */ +#if !defined(FLT_EVAL_METHOD) && defined(__FLT_EVAL_METHOD__) + #define FLT_EVAL_METHOD __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ + #define __TMP_FLT_EVAL_METHOD +#endif /* FLT_EVAL_METHOD */ +#if defined FLT_EVAL_METHOD + #if FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 0 + typedef float float_t; + typedef double double_t; + #elif FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 1 + typedef double float_t; + typedef double double_t; + #elif FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 2 + typedef long double float_t; + typedef long double double_t; + #else + /* Implementation-defined. Assume float_t and double_t have been + * defined previously for this configuration (e.g. config.h). */ + #endif +#else + /* Assume basic definitions. */ + typedef float float_t; + typedef double double_t; +#endif +#if defined(__TMP_FLT_EVAL_METHOD) + #undef FLT_EVAL_METHOD +#endif + +#define FP_NAN 0 +#define FP_INFINITE 1 +#define FP_ZERO 2 +#define FP_SUBNORMAL 3 +#define FP_NORMAL 4 + +#ifndef FP_ILOGB0 +# define FP_ILOGB0 (-INT_MAX) +#endif +#ifndef FP_ILOGBNAN +# define FP_ILOGBNAN INT_MAX +#endif + +#ifndef MATH_ERRNO +# define MATH_ERRNO 1 +#endif +#ifndef MATH_ERREXCEPT +# define MATH_ERREXCEPT 2 +#endif +#ifndef math_errhandling +# define math_errhandling MATH_ERRNO +#endif + +extern int __isinff (float x); +extern int __isinfd (double x); +extern int __isnanf (float x); +extern int __isnand (double x); +extern int __fpclassifyf (float x); +extern int __fpclassifyd (double x); +extern int __signbitf (float x); +extern int __signbitd (double x); + +#define fpclassify(__x) \ + ((sizeof(__x) == sizeof(float)) ? __fpclassifyf(__x) : \ + __fpclassifyd(__x)) + +#ifndef isfinite + #define isfinite(__y) \ + (__extension__ ({int __cy = fpclassify(__y); \ + __cy != FP_INFINITE && __cy != FP_NAN;})) +#endif + +/* Note: isinf and isnan were once functions in newlib that took double + * arguments. C99 specifies that these names are reserved for macros + * supporting multiple floating point types. Thus, they are + * now defined as macros. Implementations of the old functions + * taking double arguments still exist for compatibility purposes + * (prototypes for them are in ). */ +#ifndef isinf + #define isinf(y) (fpclassify(y) == FP_INFINITE) +#endif + +#ifndef isnan + #define isnan(y) (fpclassify(y) == FP_NAN) +#endif + +#define isnormal(y) (fpclassify(y) == FP_NORMAL) +#define signbit(__x) \ + ((sizeof(__x) == sizeof(float)) ? __signbitf(__x) : \ + __signbitd(__x)) + +#define isgreater(x,y) \ + (__extension__ ({__typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y); \ + !isunordered(__x,__y) && (__x > __y);})) +#define isgreaterequal(x,y) \ + (__extension__ ({__typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y); \ + !isunordered(__x,__y) && (__x >= __y);})) +#define isless(x,y) \ + (__extension__ ({__typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y); \ + !isunordered(__x,__y) && (__x < __y);})) +#define islessequal(x,y) \ + (__extension__ ({__typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y); \ + !isunordered(__x,__y) && (__x <= __y);})) +#define islessgreater(x,y) \ + (__extension__ ({__typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y); \ + !isunordered(__x,__y) && (__x < __y || __x > __y);})) + +#define isunordered(a,b) \ + (__extension__ ({__typeof__(a) __a = (a); __typeof__(b) __b = (b); \ + fpclassify(__a) == FP_NAN || fpclassify(__b) == FP_NAN;})) + +/* Non ANSI double precision functions. */ + +extern double infinity _PARAMS((void)); +extern double nan _PARAMS((const char *)); +extern int finite _PARAMS((double)); +extern double copysign _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double logb _PARAMS((double)); +extern int ilogb _PARAMS((double)); + +extern double asinh _PARAMS((double)); +extern double cbrt _PARAMS((double)); +extern double nextafter _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double rint _PARAMS((double)); +extern double scalbn _PARAMS((double, int)); + +extern double exp2 _PARAMS((double)); +extern double scalbln _PARAMS((double, long int)); +extern double tgamma _PARAMS((double)); +extern double nearbyint _PARAMS((double)); +extern long int lrint _PARAMS((double)); +extern long long int llrint _PARAMS((double)); +extern double round _PARAMS((double)); +extern long int lround _PARAMS((double)); +extern long long int llround _PARAMS((double)); +extern double trunc _PARAMS((double)); +extern double remquo _PARAMS((double, double, int *)); +extern double fdim _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double fmax _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double fmin _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double fma _PARAMS((double, double, double)); + +#ifndef __math_68881 +extern double log1p _PARAMS((double)); +extern double expm1 _PARAMS((double)); +#endif /* ! defined (__math_68881) */ + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +extern double acosh _PARAMS((double)); +extern double atanh _PARAMS((double)); +extern double remainder _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern double gamma _PARAMS((double)); +extern double lgamma _PARAMS((double)); +extern double erf _PARAMS((double)); +extern double erfc _PARAMS((double)); +extern double log2 _PARAMS((double)); +#if !defined(__cplusplus) +#define log2(x) (log (x) / _M_LN2) +#endif + +#ifndef __math_68881 +extern double hypot _PARAMS((double, double)); +#endif + +#endif /* ! defined (_REENT_ONLY) */ + +/* Single precision versions of ANSI functions. */ + +extern float atanf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float cosf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float sinf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float tanf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float tanhf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float frexpf _PARAMS((float, int *)); +extern float modff _PARAMS((float, float *)); +extern float ceilf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float fabsf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float floorf _PARAMS((float)); + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +extern float acosf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float asinf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float atan2f _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float coshf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float sinhf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float expf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float ldexpf _PARAMS((float, int)); +extern float logf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float log10f _PARAMS((float)); +extern float powf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float sqrtf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float fmodf _PARAMS((float, float)); +#endif /* ! defined (_REENT_ONLY) */ + +/* Other single precision functions. */ + +extern float exp2f _PARAMS((float)); +extern float scalblnf _PARAMS((float, long int)); +extern float tgammaf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float nearbyintf _PARAMS((float)); +extern long int lrintf _PARAMS((float)); +extern long long int llrintf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float roundf _PARAMS((float)); +extern long int lroundf _PARAMS((float)); +extern long long int llroundf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float truncf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float remquof _PARAMS((float, float, int *)); +extern float fdimf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float fmaxf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float fminf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float fmaf _PARAMS((float, float, float)); + +extern float infinityf _PARAMS((void)); +extern float nanf _PARAMS((const char *)); +extern int finitef _PARAMS((float)); +extern float copysignf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float logbf _PARAMS((float)); +extern int ilogbf _PARAMS((float)); + +extern float asinhf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float cbrtf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float nextafterf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float rintf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float scalbnf _PARAMS((float, int)); +extern float log1pf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float expm1f _PARAMS((float)); + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +extern float acoshf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float atanhf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float remainderf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern float gammaf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float lgammaf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float erff _PARAMS((float)); +extern float erfcf _PARAMS((float)); +extern float log2f _PARAMS((float)); +extern float hypotf _PARAMS((float, float)); +#endif /* ! defined (_REENT_ONLY) */ + +/* On platforms where long double equals double. */ +#ifdef _LDBL_EQ_DBL +/* Reentrant ANSI C functions. */ +#ifndef __math_68881 +extern long double atanl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double cosl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double sinl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double tanl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double tanhl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double frexpl _PARAMS((long double, int *)); +extern long double modfl _PARAMS((long double, long double *)); +extern long double ceill _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double fabsl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double floorl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double log1pl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double expm1l _PARAMS((long double)); +#endif /* ! defined (__math_68881) */ +/* Non reentrant ANSI C functions. */ +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +#ifndef __math_68881 +extern long double acosl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double asinl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double atan2l _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double coshl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double sinhl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double expl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double ldexpl _PARAMS((long double, int)); +extern long double logl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double log10l _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double powl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double sqrtl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double fmodl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double hypotl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +#endif /* ! defined (__math_68881) */ +#endif /* ! defined (_REENT_ONLY) */ +extern long double copysignl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double nanl _PARAMS((const char *)); +extern int ilogbl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double asinhl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double cbrtl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double nextafterl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern float nexttowardf _PARAMS((float, long double)); +extern double nexttoward _PARAMS((double, long double)); +extern long double nexttowardl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double logbl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double log2l _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double rintl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double scalbnl _PARAMS((long double, int)); +extern long double exp2l _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double scalblnl _PARAMS((long double, long)); +extern long double tgammal _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double nearbyintl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long int lrintl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long long int llrintl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double roundl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long lroundl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long long int llroundl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double truncl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double remquol _PARAMS((long double, long double, int *)); +extern long double fdiml _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double fmaxl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double fminl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double fmal _PARAMS((long double, long double, long double)); +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +extern long double acoshl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double atanhl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double remainderl _PARAMS((long double, long double)); +extern long double lgammal _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double erfl _PARAMS((long double)); +extern long double erfcl _PARAMS((long double)); +#endif /* ! defined (_REENT_ONLY) */ +#else /* !_LDBL_EQ_DBL */ +#ifdef __i386__ +/* Other long double precision functions. */ +extern _LONG_DOUBLE rintl _PARAMS((_LONG_DOUBLE)); +extern long int lrintl _PARAMS((_LONG_DOUBLE)); +extern long long int llrintl _PARAMS((_LONG_DOUBLE)); +#endif /* __i386__ */ +#endif /* !_LDBL_EQ_DBL */ + +#endif /* !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__cplusplus) || (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) */ + +#if !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__cplusplus) + +extern double drem _PARAMS((double, double)); +extern void sincos _PARAMS((double, double *, double *)); +extern double gamma_r _PARAMS((double, int *)); +extern double lgamma_r _PARAMS((double, int *)); + +extern double y0 _PARAMS((double)); +extern double y1 _PARAMS((double)); +extern double yn _PARAMS((int, double)); +extern double j0 _PARAMS((double)); +extern double j1 _PARAMS((double)); +extern double jn _PARAMS((int, double)); + +extern float dremf _PARAMS((float, float)); +extern void sincosf _PARAMS((float, float *, float *)); +extern float gammaf_r _PARAMS((float, int *)); +extern float lgammaf_r _PARAMS((float, int *)); + +extern float y0f _PARAMS((float)); +extern float y1f _PARAMS((float)); +extern float ynf _PARAMS((int, float)); +extern float j0f _PARAMS((float)); +extern float j1f _PARAMS((float)); +extern float jnf _PARAMS((int, float)); + +/* GNU extensions */ +# ifndef exp10 +extern double exp10 _PARAMS((double)); +# endif +# ifndef pow10 +extern double pow10 _PARAMS((double)); +# endif +# ifndef exp10f +extern float exp10f _PARAMS((float)); +# endif +# ifndef pow10f +extern float pow10f _PARAMS((float)); +# endif + +#endif /* !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__cplusplus) */ + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ + +/* The gamma functions use a global variable, signgam. */ +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +#define signgam (*__signgam()) +extern int *__signgam _PARAMS((void)); +#endif /* ! defined (_REENT_ONLY) */ + +#define __signgam_r(ptr) _REENT_SIGNGAM(ptr) + +/* The exception structure passed to the matherr routine. */ +/* We have a problem when using C++ since `exception' is a reserved + name in C++. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +struct __exception +#else +struct exception +#endif +{ + int type; + char *name; + double arg1; + double arg2; + double retval; + int err; +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern int matherr _PARAMS((struct __exception *e)); +#else +extern int matherr _PARAMS((struct exception *e)); +#endif + +/* Values for the type field of struct exception. */ + +#define DOMAIN 1 +#define SING 2 +#define OVERFLOW 3 +#define UNDERFLOW 4 +#define TLOSS 5 +#define PLOSS 6 + +#endif /* ! defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) */ + +/* Useful constants. */ + +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || ((_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) >= 500) + +#define MAXFLOAT 3.40282347e+38F + +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 +#define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074 +#define M_LOG10E 0.43429448190325182765 +#define M_LN2 _M_LN2 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 +#define M_PI_4 0.78539816339744830962 +#define M_1_PI 0.31830988618379067154 +#define M_2_PI 0.63661977236758134308 +#define M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 + +#endif + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ + +#define M_TWOPI (M_PI * 2.0) +#define M_3PI_4 2.3561944901923448370E0 +#define M_SQRTPI 1.77245385090551602792981 +#define M_LN2LO 1.9082149292705877000E-10 +#define M_LN2HI 6.9314718036912381649E-1 +#define M_SQRT3 1.73205080756887719000 +#define M_IVLN10 0.43429448190325182765 /* 1 / log(10) */ +#define M_LOG2_E _M_LN2 +#define M_INVLN2 1.4426950408889633870E0 /* 1 / log(2) */ + +/* Global control over fdlibm error handling. */ + +enum __fdlibm_version +{ + __fdlibm_ieee = -1, + __fdlibm_svid, + __fdlibm_xopen, + __fdlibm_posix +}; + +#define _LIB_VERSION_TYPE enum __fdlibm_version +#define _LIB_VERSION __fdlib_version + +extern __IMPORT _LIB_VERSION_TYPE _LIB_VERSION; + +#define _IEEE_ __fdlibm_ieee +#define _SVID_ __fdlibm_svid +#define _XOPEN_ __fdlibm_xopen +#define _POSIX_ __fdlibm_posix + +#endif /* ! defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) */ + +_END_STD_C + +#ifdef __FAST_MATH__ +#include +#endif + +#endif /* _MATH_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/newlib.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/newlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ea84d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/newlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* newlib.h. Generated from newlib.hin by configure. */ +/* newlib.hin. Manually edited from the output of autoheader to + remove all PACKAGE_ macros which will collide with any user + package using newlib header files and having its own package name, + version, etc... */ +#ifndef __NEWLIB_H__ + +#define __NEWLIB_H__ 1 + +/* EL/IX level */ +/* #undef _ELIX_LEVEL */ + +/* Newlib version */ +#define _NEWLIB_VERSION "2.2.0" + +/* C99 formats support (such as %a, %zu, ...) in IO functions like + * printf/scanf enabled */ +/* #undef _WANT_IO_C99_FORMATS */ + +/* long long type support in IO functions like printf/scanf enabled */ +/* #undef _WANT_IO_LONG_LONG */ + +/* Register application finalization function using atexit. */ +/* #undef _WANT_REGISTER_FINI */ + +/* long double type support in IO functions like printf/scanf enabled */ +/* #undef _WANT_IO_LONG_DOUBLE */ + +/* Positional argument support in printf functions enabled. */ +/* #undef _WANT_IO_POS_ARGS */ + +/* Optional reentrant struct support. Used mostly on platforms with + very restricted storage. */ +/* #undef _WANT_REENT_SMALL */ + +/* Multibyte supported */ +/* #undef _MB_CAPABLE */ + +/* MB_LEN_MAX */ +#define _MB_LEN_MAX 1 + +/* ICONV enabled */ +/* #undef _ICONV_ENABLED */ + +/* Enable ICONV external CCS files loading capabilities */ +/* #undef _ICONV_ENABLE_EXTERNAL_CCS */ + +/* Define if the linker supports .preinit_array/.init_array/.fini_array + * sections. */ +#define HAVE_INITFINI_ARRAY 1 + +/* True if atexit() may dynamically allocate space for cleanup + functions. */ +#define _ATEXIT_DYNAMIC_ALLOC 1 + +/* True if long double supported. */ +#define _HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE 1 + +/* Define if compiler supports -fno-tree-loop-distribute-patterns. */ +#define _HAVE_CC_INHIBIT_LOOP_TO_LIBCALL 1 + +/* True if long double supported and it is equal to double. */ +#define _LDBL_EQ_DBL 1 + +/* Define if uintptr_t is unsigned long on this architecture */ +/* #undef _UINTPTR_EQ_ULONG */ + +/* Define if uintptr_t is unsigned long long on this architecture */ +/* #undef _UINTPTR_EQ_ULONGLONG */ + +/* Define if ivo supported in streamio. */ +#define _FVWRITE_IN_STREAMIO 1 + +/* Define if fseek functions support seek optimization. */ +#define _FSEEK_OPTIMIZATION 1 + +/* Define if wide char orientation is supported. */ +#define _WIDE_ORIENT 1 + +/* Define if unbuffered stream file optimization is supported. */ +#define _UNBUF_STREAM_OPT 1 + +/* Define if lite version of exit supported. */ +/* #undef _LITE_EXIT */ + +/* Define if declare atexit data as global. */ +/* #undef _REENT_GLOBAL_ATEXIT */ + +/* Define if small footprint nano-formatted-IO implementation used. */ +#define _NANO_FORMATTED_IO 1 + +/* + * Iconv encodings enabled ("to" direction) + */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_BIG5 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_CP775 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_CP850 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_CP852 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_CP855 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_CP866 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_EUC_JP */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_EUC_TW */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_EUC_KR */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_1 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_10 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_11 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_13 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_14 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_15 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_2 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_3 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_4 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_5 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_6 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_7 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_8 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_8859_9 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_ISO_IR_111 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_KOI8_R */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_KOI8_RU */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_KOI8_U */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_KOI8_UNI */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_2 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_2_INTERNAL */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_2BE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_2LE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_4 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_4_INTERNAL */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_4BE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UCS_4LE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_US_ASCII */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UTF_16 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UTF_16BE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UTF_16LE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_UTF_8 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1250 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1251 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1252 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1253 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1254 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1255 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1256 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1257 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_TO_ENCODING_WIN_1258 */ + +/* + * Iconv encodings enabled ("from" direction) + */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_BIG5 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_CP775 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_CP850 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_CP852 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_CP855 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_CP866 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_EUC_JP */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_EUC_TW */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_EUC_KR */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_1 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_10 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_11 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_13 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_14 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_15 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_2 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_3 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_4 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_5 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_6 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_7 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_8 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_8859_9 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_ISO_IR_111 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_KOI8_R */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_KOI8_RU */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_KOI8_U */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_KOI8_UNI */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_2 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_2_INTERNAL */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_2BE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_2LE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_4 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_4_INTERNAL */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_4BE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UCS_4LE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_US_ASCII */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UTF_16 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UTF_16BE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UTF_16LE */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_UTF_8 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1250 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1251 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1252 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1253 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1254 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1255 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1256 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1257 */ +/* #undef _ICONV_FROM_ENCODING_WIN_1258 */ + +#endif /* !__NEWLIB_H__ */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/paths.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/paths.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1c70f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/paths.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#ifndef _PATHS_H_ +#define _PATHS_H_ + +#define _PATH_DEV "/dev/" +#define _PATH_DEVNULL "/dev/null" +#define _PATH_DEVZERO "/dev/zero" +#define _PATH_BSHELL "/bin/sh" + +#endif /* _PATHS_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/pthread.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/pthread.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db1f9c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/pthread.h @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ +/* pthread.h + * + * Written by Joel Sherrill . + * + * COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2013. + * On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR). + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice + * is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy + * or modification of this software. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED + * WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION + * OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS + * SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id$ + */ + +#ifndef __PTHREAD_h +#define __PTHREAD_h + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS) + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +struct _pthread_cleanup_context { + void (*_routine)(void *); + void *_arg; + int _canceltype; + struct _pthread_cleanup_context *_previous; +}; + +/* Register Fork Handlers */ +int _EXFUN(pthread_atfork,(void (*prepare)(void), void (*parent)(void), + void (*child)(void))); + +/* Mutex Initialization Attributes, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 81 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_init, (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_destroy, (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_getpshared, + (_CONST pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int *__pshared)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_setpshared, + (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int __pshared)); + +#if defined(_UNIX98_THREAD_MUTEX_ATTRIBUTES) + +/* Single UNIX Specification 2 Mutex Attributes types */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_gettype, + (_CONST pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int *__kind)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_settype, + (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int __kind)); + +#endif + +/* Initializing and Destroying a Mutex, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 87 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_init, + (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex, _CONST pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_destroy, (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)); + +/* This is used to statically initialize a pthread_mutex_t. Example: + + pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + */ + +#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER ((pthread_mutex_t) 0xFFFFFFFF) + +/* Locking and Unlocking a Mutex, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 93 + NOTE: P1003.4b/D8 adds pthread_mutex_timedlock(), p. 29 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_lock, (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_trylock, (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_unlock, (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)); + +#if defined(_POSIX_TIMEOUTS) + +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_timedlock, + (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex, _CONST struct timespec *__timeout)); + +#endif /* _POSIX_TIMEOUTS */ + +/* Condition Variable Initialization Attributes, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 96 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_condattr_init, (pthread_condattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_condattr_destroy, (pthread_condattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_condattr_getpshared, + (_CONST pthread_condattr_t *__attr, int *__pshared)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_condattr_setpshared, + (pthread_condattr_t *__attr, int __pshared)); + +/* Initializing and Destroying a Condition Variable, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 87 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_cond_init, + (pthread_cond_t *__cond, _CONST pthread_condattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_cond_destroy, (pthread_cond_t *__mutex)); + +/* This is used to statically initialize a pthread_cond_t. Example: + + pthread_cond_t cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER; + */ + +#define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER ((pthread_cond_t) 0xFFFFFFFF) + +/* Broadcasting and Signaling a Condition, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 101 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_cond_signal, (pthread_cond_t *__cond)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_cond_broadcast, (pthread_cond_t *__cond)); + +/* Waiting on a Condition, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 105 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_cond_wait, + (pthread_cond_t *__cond, pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)); + +int _EXFUN(pthread_cond_timedwait, + (pthread_cond_t *__cond, pthread_mutex_t *__mutex, + _CONST struct timespec *__abstime)); + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) + +/* Thread Creation Scheduling Attributes, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 120 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setscope, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, int __contentionscope)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getscope, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, int *__contentionscope)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setinheritsched, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, int __inheritsched)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getinheritsched, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, int *__inheritsched)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setschedpolicy, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, int __policy)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getschedpolicy, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, int *__policy)); + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setschedparam, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, _CONST struct sched_param *__param)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getschedparam, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, struct sched_param *__param)); + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) + +/* Dynamic Thread Scheduling Parameters Access, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 124 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_getschedparam, + (pthread_t __pthread, int *__policy, struct sched_param *__param)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_setschedparam, + (pthread_t __pthread, int __policy, struct sched_param *__param)); + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT) || defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT) + +/* Mutex Initialization Scheduling Attributes, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 128 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol, + (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int __protocol)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol, + (_CONST pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int *__protocol)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling, + (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int __prioceiling)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling, + (_CONST pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int *__prioceiling)); + +#endif /* _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT || _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT) + +/* Change the Priority Ceiling of a Mutex, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 131 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_setprioceiling, + (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex, int __prioceiling, int *__old_ceiling)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_mutex_getprioceiling, + (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex, int *__prioceiling)); + +#endif /* _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT */ + +/* Thread Creation Attributes, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p, 140 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_init, (pthread_attr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_destroy, (pthread_attr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setstack, (pthread_attr_t *attr, + void *__stackaddr, size_t __stacksize)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getstack, (_CONST pthread_attr_t *attr, + void **__stackaddr, size_t *__stacksize)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getstacksize, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, size_t *__stacksize)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setstacksize, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, size_t __stacksize)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getstackaddr, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, void **__stackaddr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setstackaddr, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, void *__stackaddr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getdetachstate, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, int *__detachstate)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setdetachstate, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, int __detachstate)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getguardsize, + (_CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, size_t *__guardsize)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setguardsize, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, size_t __guardsize)); + +/* POSIX thread APIs beyond the POSIX standard but provided + * in GNU/Linux. They may be provided by other OSes for + * compatibility. + */ +#if defined(__GNU_VISIBLE) +#if defined(__rtems__) +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_setaffinity_np, + (pthread_attr_t *__attr, size_t __cpusetsize, + const cpu_set_t *__cpuset)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_attr_getaffinity_np, + (const pthread_attr_t *__attr, size_t __cpusetsize, + cpu_set_t *__cpuset)); + +int _EXFUN(pthread_setaffinity_np, + (pthread_t __id, size_t __cpusetsize, const cpu_set_t *__cpuset)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_getaffinity_np, + (const pthread_t __id, size_t __cpusetsize, cpu_set_t *__cpuset)); + +int _EXFUN(pthread_getattr_np, + (pthread_t __id, pthread_attr_t *__attr)); +#endif /* defined(__rtems__) */ +#endif /* defined(__GNU_VISIBLE) */ + +/* Thread Creation, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 144 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_create, + (pthread_t *__pthread, _CONST pthread_attr_t *__attr, + void *(*__start_routine)( void * ), void *__arg)); + +/* Wait for Thread Termination, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 147 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_join, (pthread_t __pthread, void **__value_ptr)); + +/* Detaching a Thread, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 149 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_detach, (pthread_t __pthread)); + +/* Thread Termination, p1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 150 */ + +void _EXFUN(pthread_exit, (void *__value_ptr)); + +/* Get Calling Thread's ID, p1003.1c/Draft 10, p. XXX */ + +pthread_t _EXFUN(pthread_self, (void)); + +/* Compare Thread IDs, p1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 153 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_equal, (pthread_t __t1, pthread_t __t2)); + +/* Dynamic Package Initialization */ + +/* This is used to statically initialize a pthread_once_t. Example: + + pthread_once_t once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT; + + NOTE: This is named inconsistently -- it should be INITIALIZER. */ + +#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT { 1, 0 } /* is initialized and not run */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_once, + (pthread_once_t *__once_control, void (*__init_routine)(void))); + +/* Thread-Specific Data Key Create, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 163 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_key_create, + (pthread_key_t *__key, void (*__destructor)( void * ))); + +/* Thread-Specific Data Management, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 165 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_setspecific, + (pthread_key_t __key, _CONST void *__value)); +void * _EXFUN(pthread_getspecific, (pthread_key_t __key)); + +/* Thread-Specific Data Key Deletion, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 167 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_key_delete, (pthread_key_t __key)); + +/* Execution of a Thread, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 181 */ + +#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE 0 +#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE 1 + +#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED 0 +#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS 1 + +#define PTHREAD_CANCELED ((void *) -1) + +int _EXFUN(pthread_cancel, (pthread_t __pthread)); + +/* Setting Cancelability State, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 183 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_setcancelstate, (int __state, int *__oldstate)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_setcanceltype, (int __type, int *__oldtype)); +void _EXFUN(pthread_testcancel, (void)); + +/* Establishing Cancellation Handlers, P1003.1c/Draft 10, p. 184 */ + +void _EXFUN(_pthread_cleanup_push, + (struct _pthread_cleanup_context *_context, + void (*_routine)(void *), void *_arg)); + +void _EXFUN(_pthread_cleanup_pop, + (struct _pthread_cleanup_context *_context, + int _execute)); + +/* It is intentional to open and close the scope in two different macros */ +#define pthread_cleanup_push(_routine, _arg) \ + do { \ + struct _pthread_cleanup_context _pthread_clup_ctx; \ + _pthread_cleanup_push(&_pthread_clup_ctx, (_routine), (_arg)) + +#define pthread_cleanup_pop(_execute) \ + _pthread_cleanup_pop(&_pthread_clup_ctx, (_execute)); \ + } while (0) + +#if defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +void _EXFUN(_pthread_cleanup_push_defer, + (struct _pthread_cleanup_context *_context, + void (*_routine)(void *), void *_arg)); + +void _EXFUN(_pthread_cleanup_pop_restore, + (struct _pthread_cleanup_context *_context, + int _execute)); + +/* It is intentional to open and close the scope in two different macros */ +#define pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(_routine, _arg) \ + do { \ + struct _pthread_cleanup_context _pthread_clup_ctx; \ + _pthread_cleanup_push_defer(&_pthread_clup_ctx, (_routine), (_arg)) + +#define pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(_execute) \ + _pthread_cleanup_pop_restore(&_pthread_clup_ctx, (_execute)); \ + } while (0) +#endif /* defined(_GNU_SOURCE) */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME) + +/* Accessing a Thread CPU-time Clock, P1003.4b/D8, p. 58 */ + +int _EXFUN(pthread_getcpuclockid, + (pthread_t __pthread_id, clockid_t *__clock_id)); + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME) */ + + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_THREADS) */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_BARRIERS) + +int _EXFUN(pthread_barrierattr_init, (pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_barrierattr_destroy, (pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_barrierattr_getpshared, + (_CONST pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr, int *__pshared)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_barrierattr_setpshared, + (pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr, int __pshared)); + +#define PTHREAD_BARRIER_SERIAL_THREAD -1 + +int _EXFUN(pthread_barrier_init, + (pthread_barrier_t *__barrier, + _CONST pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr, unsigned __count)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_barrier_destroy, (pthread_barrier_t *__barrier)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_barrier_wait,(pthread_barrier_t *__barrier)); + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_BARRIERS) */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS) + +int _EXFUN(pthread_spin_init, + (pthread_spinlock_t *__spinlock, int __pshared)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_spin_destroy, (pthread_spinlock_t *__spinlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_spin_lock, (pthread_spinlock_t *__spinlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_spin_trylock, (pthread_spinlock_t *__spinlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_spin_unlock, (pthread_spinlock_t *__spinlock)); + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS) */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS) + +/* This is used to statically initialize a pthread_rwlock_t. Example: + + pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER; + */ + +#define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER ((pthread_rwlock_t) 0xFFFFFFFF) + +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlockattr_init, (pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlockattr_destroy, (pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared, + (_CONST pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr, int *__pshared)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared, + (pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr, int __pshared)); + +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_init, + (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock, _CONST pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_destroy, (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_rdlock,(pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock,(pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock, + (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock, _CONST struct timespec *__abstime)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_unlock,(pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_wrlock,(pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_trywrlock,(pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)); +int _EXFUN(pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock, + (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock, _CONST struct timespec *__abstime)); + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS) */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif +/* end of include file */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/pwd.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/pwd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dea4ee --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/pwd.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)pwd.h 5.13 (Berkeley) 5/28/91 + */ + +#ifndef _PWD_H_ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define _PWD_H_ + +#include +#include + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +#define _PATH_PASSWD "/etc/passwd" + +#define _PASSWORD_LEN 128 /* max length, not counting NULL */ +#endif + +struct passwd { + char *pw_name; /* user name */ + char *pw_passwd; /* encrypted password */ + uid_t pw_uid; /* user uid */ + gid_t pw_gid; /* user gid */ + char *pw_comment; /* comment */ + char *pw_gecos; /* Honeywell login info */ + char *pw_dir; /* home directory */ + char *pw_shell; /* default shell */ +}; + +#ifndef __INSIDE_CYGWIN__ +struct passwd *getpwuid (uid_t); +struct passwd *getpwnam (const char *); + +#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200112 || __XSI_VISIBLE >= 500 +int getpwnam_r (const char *, struct passwd *, + char *, size_t , struct passwd **); +int getpwuid_r (uid_t, struct passwd *, char *, + size_t, struct passwd **); +#endif + +#if __XSI_VISIBLE >= 500 +struct passwd *getpwent (void); +void setpwent (void); +void endpwent (void); +#endif + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +int setpassent (int); +#endif +#endif /*!__INSIDE_CYGWIN__*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _PWD_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/reent.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/reent.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..861be71 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/reent.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* This header file provides the reentrancy. */ + +/* The reentrant system calls here serve two purposes: + + 1) Provide reentrant versions of the system calls the ANSI C library + requires. + 2) Provide these system calls in a namespace clean way. + + It is intended that *all* system calls that the ANSI C library needs + be declared here. It documents them all in one place. All library access + to the system is via some form of these functions. + + The target may provide the needed syscalls by any of the following: + + 1) Define the reentrant versions of the syscalls directly. + (eg: _open_r, _close_r, etc.). Please keep the namespace clean. + When you do this, set "syscall_dir" to "syscalls" and add + -DREENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED to newlib_cflags in configure.host. + + 2) Define namespace clean versions of the system calls by prefixing + them with '_' (eg: _open, _close, etc.). Technically, there won't be + true reentrancy at the syscall level, but the library will be namespace + clean. + When you do this, set "syscall_dir" to "syscalls" in configure.host. + + 3) Define or otherwise provide the regular versions of the syscalls + (eg: open, close, etc.). The library won't be reentrant nor namespace + clean, but at least it will work. + When you do this, add -DMISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES to newlib_cflags in + configure.host. + + 4) Define or otherwise provide the regular versions of the syscalls, + and do not supply functional interfaces for any of the reentrant + calls. With this method, the reentrant syscalls are redefined to + directly call the regular system call without the reentrancy argument. + When you do this, specify both -DREENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED and + -DMISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES via newlib_cflags in configure.host and do + not specify "syscall_dir". + + Stubs of the reentrant versions of the syscalls exist in the libc/reent + source directory and are provided if REENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED isn't + defined. These stubs call the native system calls: _open, _close, etc. + if MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES is *not* defined, otherwise they call the + non-underscored versions: open, close, etc. when MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES + *is* defined. + + By default, newlib functions call the reentrant syscalls internally, + passing a reentrancy structure as an argument. This reentrancy structure + contains data that is thread-specific. For example, the errno value is + kept in the reentrancy structure. If multiple threads exist, each will + keep a separate errno value which is intuitive since the application flow + cannot check for failure reliably otherwise. + + The reentrant syscalls are either provided by the platform, by the + libc/reent stubs, or in the case of both MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES and + REENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED being defined, the calls are redefined to + simply call the regular syscalls with no reentrancy struct argument. + + A single-threaded application does not need to worry about the reentrancy + structure. It is used internally. + + A multi-threaded application needs either to manually manage reentrancy + structures or use dynamic reentrancy. + + Manually managing reentrancy structures entails calling special reentrant + versions of newlib functions that have an additional reentrancy argument. + For example, _printf_r. By convention, the first argument is the + reentrancy structure. By default, the normal version of the function + uses the default reentrancy structure: _REENT. The reentrancy structure + is passed internally, eventually to the reentrant syscalls themselves. + How the structures are stored and accessed in this model is up to the + application. + + Dynamic reentrancy is specified by the __DYNAMIC_REENT__ flag. This + flag denotes setting up a macro to replace _REENT with a function call + to __getreent(). This function needs to be implemented by the platform + and it is meant to return the reentrancy structure for the current + thread. When the regular C functions (e.g. printf) go to call internal + routines with the default _REENT structure, they end up calling with + the reentrancy structure for the thread. Thus, application code does not + need to call the _r routines nor worry about reentrancy structures. */ + +/* WARNING: All identifiers here must begin with an underscore. This file is + included by stdio.h and others and we therefore must only use identifiers + in the namespace allotted to us. */ + +#ifndef _REENT_H_ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define _REENT_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#define __need_size_t +#define __need_ptrdiff_t +#include + +/* FIXME: not namespace clean */ +struct stat; +struct tms; +struct timeval; +struct timezone; + +#if defined(REENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED) && defined(MISSING_SYSCALL_NAMES) + +#define _close_r(__reent, __fd) close(__fd) +#define _execve_r(__reent, __f, __arg, __env) execve(__f, __arg, __env) +#define _fcntl_r(__reent, __fd, __cmd, __arg) fcntl(__fd, __cmd, __arg) +#define _fork_r(__reent) fork() +#define _fstat_r(__reent, __fdes, __stat) fstat(__fdes, __stat) +#define _getpid_r(__reent) getpid() +#define _isatty_r(__reent, __desc) isatty(__desc) +#define _kill_r(__reent, __pid, __signal) kill(__pid, __signal) +#define _link_r(__reent, __oldpath, __newpath) link(__oldpath, __newpath) +#define _lseek_r(__reent, __fdes, __off, __w) lseek(__fdes, __off, __w) +#define _mkdir_r(__reent, __path, __m) mkdir(__path, __m) +#define _open_r(__reent, __path, __flag, __m) open(__path, __flag, __m) +#define _read_r(__reent, __fd, __buff, __cnt) read(__fd, __buff, __cnt) +#define _rename_r(__reent, __old, __new) rename(__old, __new) +#define _sbrk_r(__reent, __incr) sbrk(__incr) +#define _stat_r(__reent, __path, __buff) stat(__path, __buff) +#define _times_r(__reent, __time) times(__time) +#define _unlink_r(__reent, __path) unlink(__path) +#define _wait_r(__reent, __status) wait(__status) +#define _write_r(__reent, __fd, __buff, __cnt) write(__fd, __buff, __cnt) +#define _gettimeofday_r(__reent, __tp, __tzp) gettimeofday(__tp, __tzp) + +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +#define _lseek64_r(__reent, __fd, __off, __w) lseek64(__fd, __off, __w) +#define _fstat64_r(__reent, __fd, __buff) fstat64(__fd, __buff) +#define _open64_r(__reent, __path, __flag, __m) open64(__path, __flag, __m) +#endif + +#else +/* Reentrant versions of system calls. */ + +extern int _close_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int)); +extern int _execve_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, char *const *, char *const *)); +extern int _fcntl_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, int, int)); +extern int _fork_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *)); +extern int _fstat_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, struct stat *)); +extern int _getpid_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *)); +extern int _isatty_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int)); +extern int _kill_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, int)); +extern int _link_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, const char *)); +extern _off_t _lseek_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, _off_t, int)); +extern int _mkdir_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, int)); +extern int _open_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, int, int)); +extern _ssize_t _read_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, void *, size_t)); +extern int _rename_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, const char *)); +extern void *_sbrk_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, ptrdiff_t)); +extern int _stat_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, struct stat *)); +extern _CLOCK_T_ _times_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, struct tms *)); +extern int _unlink_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *)); +extern int _wait_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int *)); +extern _ssize_t _write_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, const void *, size_t)); + +/* This one is not guaranteed to be available on all targets. */ +extern int _gettimeofday_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, struct timeval *__tp, void *__tzp)); + +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES + + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +#define stat64 stat +#endif +struct stat64; + +extern _off64_t _lseek64_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, _off64_t, int)); +extern int _fstat64_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, int, struct stat64 *)); +extern int _open64_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, int, int)); +extern int _stat64_r _PARAMS ((struct _reent *, const char *, struct stat64 *)); + +/* Don't pollute namespace if not building newlib. */ +#if defined (__CYGWIN__) && !defined (_COMPILING_NEWLIB) +#undef stat64 +#endif + +#endif + +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _REENT_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/regdef.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/regdef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cf144b --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/regdef.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +/* regdef.h -- define register names. */ + +/* This is a standard include file for MIPS targets. Other target + probably don't define it, and attempts to include this file will + fail. */ + +#include diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/regex.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/regex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa3e268 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/regex.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1992 Henry Spencer. + * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Henry Spencer of the University of Toronto. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)regex.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/3/94 + * $FreeBSD: src/include/regex.h,v 1.4 2002/03/23 17:24:53 imp Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef _REGEX_H_ +#define _REGEX_H_ + +#include + +/* types */ +typedef off_t regoff_t; + +typedef struct { + int re_magic; + size_t re_nsub; /* number of parenthesized subexpressions */ + __const char *re_endp; /* end pointer for REG_PEND */ + struct re_guts *re_g; /* none of your business :-) */ +} regex_t; + +typedef struct { + regoff_t rm_so; /* start of match */ + regoff_t rm_eo; /* end of match */ +} regmatch_t; + +/* regcomp() flags */ +#define REG_BASIC 0000 +#define REG_EXTENDED 0001 +#define REG_ICASE 0002 +#define REG_NOSUB 0004 +#define REG_NEWLINE 0010 +#define REG_NOSPEC 0020 +#define REG_PEND 0040 +#define REG_DUMP 0200 + +/* regerror() flags */ +#define REG_NOMATCH 1 +#define REG_BADPAT 2 +#define REG_ECOLLATE 3 +#define REG_ECTYPE 4 +#define REG_EESCAPE 5 +#define REG_ESUBREG 6 +#define REG_EBRACK 7 +#define REG_EPAREN 8 +#define REG_EBRACE 9 +#define REG_BADBR 10 +#define REG_ERANGE 11 +#define REG_ESPACE 12 +#define REG_BADRPT 13 +#define REG_EMPTY 14 +#define REG_ASSERT 15 +#define REG_INVARG 16 +#define REG_ATOI 255 /* convert name to number (!) */ +#define REG_ITOA 0400 /* convert number to name (!) */ + +/* regexec() flags */ +#define REG_NOTBOL 00001 +#define REG_NOTEOL 00002 +#define REG_STARTEND 00004 +#define REG_TRACE 00400 /* tracing of execution */ +#define REG_LARGE 01000 /* force large representation */ +#define REG_BACKR 02000 /* force use of backref code */ + +__BEGIN_DECLS +int regcomp(regex_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, int); +size_t regerror(int, const regex_t *__restrict, char *__restrict, size_t); +int regexec(const regex_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, + size_t, regmatch_t [__restrict], int); +void regfree(regex_t *); +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* !_REGEX_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sched.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sched.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..504ad52 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sched.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* + * Written by Joel Sherrill . + * + * COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2010. + * On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR). + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice + * is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy + * or modification of this software. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED + * WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION + * OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS + * SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id$ + */ + +#ifndef _SCHED_H_ +#define _SCHED_H_ + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) +/* + * XBD 13 - Set Scheduling Parameters, P1003.1b-2008, p. 1803 + */ +int sched_setparam( + pid_t __pid, + const struct sched_param *__param +); + +/* + * XBD 13 - Set Scheduling Parameters, P1003.1b-2008, p. 1800 + */ +int sched_getparam( + pid_t __pid, + struct sched_param *__param +); + +/* + * XBD 13 - Set Scheduling Policy and Scheduling Parameters, + * P1003.1b-2008, p. 1805 + */ +int sched_setscheduler( + pid_t __pid, + int __policy, + const struct sched_param *__param +); + +/* + * XBD 13 - Get Scheduling Policy, P1003.1b-2008, p. 1801 + */ +int sched_getscheduler( + pid_t __pid +); + +/* + * XBD 13 - Get Scheduling Parameter Limits, P1003.1b-2008, p. 1799 + */ +int sched_get_priority_max( + int __policy +); + +int sched_get_priority_min( + int __policy +); + +/* + * XBD 13 - Get Scheduling Parameter Limits, P1003.1b-2008, p. 1802 + */ +int sched_rr_get_interval( + pid_t __pid, + struct timespec *__interval +); +#endif /* _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS) || defined(_POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) + +/* + * XBD 13 - Yield Processor, P1003.1b-2008, p. 1807 + */ +int sched_yield( void ); + +#endif /* _POSIX_THREADS or _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _SCHED_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/search.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/search.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed321b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/search.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* $NetBSD: search.h,v 1.12 1999/02/22 10:34:28 christos Exp $ */ +/* $FreeBSD: src/include/search.h,v 1.4 2002/03/23 17:24:53 imp Exp $ */ + +/* + * Written by J.T. Conklin + * Public domain. + */ + +#ifndef _SEARCH_H_ +#define _SEARCH_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +typedef struct entry { + char *key; + void *data; +} ENTRY; + +typedef enum { + FIND, ENTER +} ACTION; + +typedef enum { + preorder, + postorder, + endorder, + leaf +} VISIT; + +#ifdef _SEARCH_PRIVATE +typedef struct node { + char *key; + struct node *llink, *rlink; +} node_t; +#endif + +struct hsearch_data +{ + struct internal_head *htable; + size_t htablesize; +}; + +#ifndef __compar_fn_t_defined +#define __compar_fn_t_defined +typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *); +#endif + +__BEGIN_DECLS +int hcreate(size_t); +void hdestroy(void); +ENTRY *hsearch(ENTRY, ACTION); +int hcreate_r(size_t, struct hsearch_data *); +void hdestroy_r(struct hsearch_data *); +int hsearch_r(ENTRY, ACTION, ENTRY **, struct hsearch_data *); +void *tdelete(const void *__restrict, void **__restrict, __compar_fn_t); +void tdestroy (void *, void (*)(void *)); +void *tfind(const void *, void **, __compar_fn_t); +void *tsearch(const void *, void **, __compar_fn_t); +void twalk(const void *, void (*)(const void *, VISIT, int)); +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* !_SEARCH_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/setjmp.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/setjmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d815d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/setjmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* + setjmp.h + stubs for future use. +*/ + +#ifndef _SETJMP_H_ +#define _SETJMP_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +void _EXFUN(longjmp,(jmp_buf __jmpb, int __retval)) + __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)); +#else +void _EXFUN(longjmp,(jmp_buf __jmpb, int __retval)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(setjmp,(jmp_buf __jmpb)); +#define setjmp(env) setjmp(env) + + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _SETJMP_H_ */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/signal.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/signal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c50a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/signal.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#ifndef _SIGNAL_H_ +#define _SIGNAL_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +typedef int sig_atomic_t; /* Atomic entity type (ANSI) */ +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +typedef _sig_func_ptr sig_t; /* BSD naming */ +typedef _sig_func_ptr sighandler_t; /* glibc naming */ +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ + +#define SIG_DFL ((_sig_func_ptr)0) /* Default action */ +#define SIG_IGN ((_sig_func_ptr)1) /* Ignore action */ +#define SIG_ERR ((_sig_func_ptr)-1) /* Error return */ + +struct _reent; + +_sig_func_ptr _EXFUN(_signal_r, (struct _reent *, int, _sig_func_ptr)); +int _EXFUN(_raise_r, (struct _reent *, int)); + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +_sig_func_ptr _EXFUN(signal, (int, _sig_func_ptr)); +int _EXFUN(raise, (int)); +void _EXFUN(psignal, (int, const char *)); +#endif + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _SIGNAL_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/spawn.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/spawn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a6692f --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/spawn.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2008 Ed Schouten + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#ifndef _SPAWN_H_ +#define _SPAWN_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include +#include +#include +#define __need_sigset_t +#include + +struct sched_param; + +typedef struct __posix_spawnattr *posix_spawnattr_t; +typedef struct __posix_spawn_file_actions *posix_spawn_file_actions_t; + +#define POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS 0x01 +#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP 0x02 +#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM 0x04 +#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER 0x08 +#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF 0x10 +#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK 0x20 + +_BEGIN_STD_C +/* + * Spawn routines + * + * XXX both arrays should be __restrict, but this does not work when GCC + * is invoked with -std=c99. + */ +int _EXFUN(posix_spawn, (pid_t * __restrict, const char * __restrict, + const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *, const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, + char * const [], char * const []) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnp, (pid_t * __restrict, const char * __restrict, + const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *, const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, + char * const [], char * const []) +); + +/* + * File descriptor actions + */ +int _EXFUN(posix_spawn_file_actions_init, (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *)); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy, (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *)); + +int _EXFUN(posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen, + (posix_spawn_file_actions_t * __restrict, int, const char * __restrict, int, mode_t) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2, + (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *, int, int) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose, + (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *, int) +); + +/* + * Spawn attributes + */ +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_init, (posix_spawnattr_t *)); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_destroy, (posix_spawnattr_t *)); + +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_getflags, + (const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, short * __restrict) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_getpgroup, + (const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, pid_t * __restrict)); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_getschedparam, + (const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, struct sched_param * __restrict) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy, + (const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, int * __restrict) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault, + (const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, sigset_t * __restrict) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_getsigmask, + (const posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, sigset_t * __restrict) +); + +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_setflags, (posix_spawnattr_t *, short)); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_setpgroup, (posix_spawnattr_t *, pid_t)); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_setschedparam, + (posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, const struct sched_param * __restrict) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy, (posix_spawnattr_t *, int)); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault, + (posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, const sigset_t * __restrict) +); +int _EXFUN(posix_spawnattr_setsigmask, + (posix_spawnattr_t * __restrict, const sigset_t * __restrict) +); +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* !_SPAWN_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdatomic.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdatomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09c0cf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdatomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2011 Ed Schouten + * David Chisnall + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#ifndef _STDATOMIC_H_ +#define _STDATOMIC_H_ + +#include +#include + +#if __has_extension(c_atomic) || __has_extension(cxx_atomic) +#define __CLANG_ATOMICS +#elif __GNUC_PREREQ__(4, 7) +#define __GNUC_ATOMICS +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#define __SYNC_ATOMICS +#else +#error "stdatomic.h does not support your compiler" +#endif + +/* + * 7.17.1 Atomic lock-free macros. + */ + +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_BOOL_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_BOOL_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_BOOL_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_CHAR_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_CHAR_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_CHAR_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_CHAR16_T_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_CHAR16_T_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_CHAR16_T_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_CHAR32_T_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_CHAR32_T_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_CHAR32_T_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_WCHAR_T_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_WCHAR_T_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_WCHAR_T_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_SHORT_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_SHORT_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_SHORT_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_INT_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_INT_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_INT_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_LONG_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_LONG_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_LONG_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_LLONG_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_LLONG_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_LLONG_LOCK_FREE +#endif +#ifdef __GCC_ATOMIC_POINTER_LOCK_FREE +#define ATOMIC_POINTER_LOCK_FREE __GCC_ATOMIC_POINTER_LOCK_FREE +#endif + +/* + * 7.17.2 Initialization. + */ + +#if defined(__CLANG_ATOMICS) +#define ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(value) (value) +#define atomic_init(obj, value) __c11_atomic_init(obj, value) +#else +#define ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(value) { .__val = (value) } +#define atomic_init(obj, value) ((void)((obj)->__val = (value))) +#endif + +/* + * Clang and recent GCC both provide predefined macros for the memory + * orderings. If we are using a compiler that doesn't define them, use the + * clang values - these will be ignored in the fallback path. + */ + +#ifndef __ATOMIC_RELAXED +#define __ATOMIC_RELAXED 0 +#endif +#ifndef __ATOMIC_CONSUME +#define __ATOMIC_CONSUME 1 +#endif +#ifndef __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE +#define __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE 2 +#endif +#ifndef __ATOMIC_RELEASE +#define __ATOMIC_RELEASE 3 +#endif +#ifndef __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL +#define __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL 4 +#endif +#ifndef __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST +#define __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST 5 +#endif + +/* + * 7.17.3 Order and consistency. + * + * The memory_order_* constants that denote the barrier behaviour of the + * atomic operations. + */ + +typedef enum { + memory_order_relaxed = __ATOMIC_RELAXED, + memory_order_consume = __ATOMIC_CONSUME, + memory_order_acquire = __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE, + memory_order_release = __ATOMIC_RELEASE, + memory_order_acq_rel = __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL, + memory_order_seq_cst = __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST +} memory_order; + +/* + * 7.17.4 Fences. + */ + +static __inline void +atomic_thread_fence(memory_order __order __unused) +{ + +#ifdef __CLANG_ATOMICS + __c11_atomic_thread_fence(__order); +#elif defined(__GNUC_ATOMICS) + __atomic_thread_fence(__order); +#else + __sync_synchronize(); +#endif +} + +static __inline void +atomic_signal_fence(memory_order __order __unused) +{ + +#ifdef __CLANG_ATOMICS + __c11_atomic_signal_fence(__order); +#elif defined(__GNUC_ATOMICS) + __atomic_signal_fence(__order); +#else + __asm volatile ("" ::: "memory"); +#endif +} + +/* + * 7.17.5 Lock-free property. + */ + +#if defined(_KERNEL) +/* Atomics in kernelspace are always lock-free. */ +#define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + ((void)(obj), (_Bool)1) +#elif defined(__CLANG_ATOMICS) +#define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + __atomic_is_lock_free(sizeof(*(obj)), obj) +#elif defined(__GNUC_ATOMICS) +#define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + __atomic_is_lock_free(sizeof((obj)->__val), &(obj)->__val) +#else +#define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + ((void)(obj), sizeof((obj)->__val) <= sizeof(void *)) +#endif + +/* + * 7.17.6 Atomic integer types. + */ + +typedef _Atomic(_Bool) atomic_bool; +typedef _Atomic(char) atomic_char; +typedef _Atomic(signed char) atomic_schar; +typedef _Atomic(unsigned char) atomic_uchar; +typedef _Atomic(short) atomic_short; +typedef _Atomic(unsigned short) atomic_ushort; +typedef _Atomic(int) atomic_int; +typedef _Atomic(unsigned int) atomic_uint; +typedef _Atomic(long) atomic_long; +typedef _Atomic(unsigned long) atomic_ulong; +typedef _Atomic(long long) atomic_llong; +typedef _Atomic(unsigned long long) atomic_ullong; +#if 0 +typedef _Atomic(__char16_t) atomic_char16_t; +typedef _Atomic(__char32_t) atomic_char32_t; +#endif +typedef _Atomic(wchar_t) atomic_wchar_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_least8_t) atomic_int_least8_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_least8_t) atomic_uint_least8_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_least16_t) atomic_int_least16_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_least16_t) atomic_uint_least16_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_least32_t) atomic_int_least32_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_least32_t) atomic_uint_least32_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_least64_t) atomic_int_least64_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_least64_t) atomic_uint_least64_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_fast8_t) atomic_int_fast8_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_fast8_t) atomic_uint_fast8_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_fast16_t) atomic_int_fast16_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_fast16_t) atomic_uint_fast16_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_fast32_t) atomic_int_fast32_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_fast32_t) atomic_uint_fast32_t; +typedef _Atomic(int_fast64_t) atomic_int_fast64_t; +typedef _Atomic(uint_fast64_t) atomic_uint_fast64_t; +typedef _Atomic(intptr_t) atomic_intptr_t; +typedef _Atomic(uintptr_t) atomic_uintptr_t; +typedef _Atomic(size_t) atomic_size_t; +typedef _Atomic(ptrdiff_t) atomic_ptrdiff_t; +typedef _Atomic(intmax_t) atomic_intmax_t; +typedef _Atomic(uintmax_t) atomic_uintmax_t; + +/* + * 7.17.7 Operations on atomic types. + */ + +/* + * Compiler-specific operations. + */ + +#if defined(__CLANG_ATOMICS) +#define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, success, failure) \ + __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired, \ + success, failure) +#define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, success, failure) \ + __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired, \ + success, failure) +#define atomic_exchange_explicit(object, desired, order) \ + __c11_atomic_exchange(object, desired, order) +#define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __c11_atomic_fetch_add(object, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __c11_atomic_fetch_and(object, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __c11_atomic_fetch_or(object, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __c11_atomic_fetch_sub(object, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __c11_atomic_fetch_xor(object, operand, order) +#define atomic_load_explicit(object, order) \ + __c11_atomic_load(object, order) +#define atomic_store_explicit(object, desired, order) \ + __c11_atomic_store(object, desired, order) +#elif defined(__GNUC_ATOMICS) +#define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, success, failure) \ + __atomic_compare_exchange_n(&(object)->__val, expected, \ + desired, 0, success, failure) +#define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, success, failure) \ + __atomic_compare_exchange_n(&(object)->__val, expected, \ + desired, 1, success, failure) +#define atomic_exchange_explicit(object, desired, order) \ + __atomic_exchange_n(&(object)->__val, desired, order) +#define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __atomic_fetch_add(&(object)->__val, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __atomic_fetch_and(&(object)->__val, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __atomic_fetch_or(&(object)->__val, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __atomic_fetch_sub(&(object)->__val, operand, order) +#define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + __atomic_fetch_xor(&(object)->__val, operand, order) +#define atomic_load_explicit(object, order) \ + __atomic_load_n(&(object)->__val, order) +#define atomic_store_explicit(object, desired, order) \ + __atomic_store_n(&(object)->__val, desired, order) +#else +#define __atomic_apply_stride(object, operand) \ + (((__typeof__((object)->__val))0) + (operand)) +#define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, success, failure) __extension__ ({ \ + __typeof__(expected) __ep = (expected); \ + __typeof__(*__ep) __e = *__ep; \ + (void)(success); (void)(failure); \ + (_Bool)((*__ep = __sync_val_compare_and_swap(&(object)->__val, \ + __e, desired)) == __e); \ +}) +#define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, success, failure) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, success, failure) +#if __has_builtin(__sync_swap) +/* Clang provides a full-barrier atomic exchange - use it if available. */ +#define atomic_exchange_explicit(object, desired, order) \ + ((void)(order), __sync_swap(&(object)->__val, desired)) +#else +/* + * __sync_lock_test_and_set() is only an acquire barrier in theory (although in + * practice it is usually a full barrier) so we need an explicit barrier before + * it. + */ +#define atomic_exchange_explicit(object, desired, order) \ +__extension__ ({ \ + __typeof__(object) __o = (object); \ + __typeof__(desired) __d = (desired); \ + (void)(order); \ + __sync_synchronize(); \ + __sync_lock_test_and_set(&(__o)->__val, __d); \ +}) +#endif +#define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + ((void)(order), __sync_fetch_and_add(&(object)->__val, \ + __atomic_apply_stride(object, operand))) +#define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + ((void)(order), __sync_fetch_and_and(&(object)->__val, operand)) +#define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + ((void)(order), __sync_fetch_and_or(&(object)->__val, operand)) +#define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + ((void)(order), __sync_fetch_and_sub(&(object)->__val, \ + __atomic_apply_stride(object, operand))) +#define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object, operand, order) \ + ((void)(order), __sync_fetch_and_xor(&(object)->__val, operand)) +#define atomic_load_explicit(object, order) \ + ((void)(order), __sync_fetch_and_add(&(object)->__val, 0)) +#define atomic_store_explicit(object, desired, order) \ + ((void)atomic_exchange_explicit(object, desired, order)) +#endif + +/* + * Convenience functions. + * + * Don't provide these in kernel space. In kernel space, we should be + * disciplined enough to always provide explicit barriers. + */ + +#ifndef _KERNEL +#define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, memory_order_seq_cst, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object, expected, \ + desired, memory_order_seq_cst, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_exchange(object, desired) \ + atomic_exchange_explicit(object, desired, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_fetch_add(object, operand) \ + atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object, operand, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_fetch_and(object, operand) \ + atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object, operand, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_fetch_or(object, operand) \ + atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object, operand, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_fetch_sub(object, operand) \ + atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object, operand, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_fetch_xor(object, operand) \ + atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object, operand, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_load(object) \ + atomic_load_explicit(object, memory_order_seq_cst) +#define atomic_store(object, desired) \ + atomic_store_explicit(object, desired, memory_order_seq_cst) +#endif /* !_KERNEL */ + +/* + * 7.17.8 Atomic flag type and operations. + * + * XXX: Assume atomic_bool can be used as an atomic_flag. Is there some + * kind of compiler built-in type we could use? + */ + +typedef struct { + atomic_bool __flag; +} atomic_flag; + +#define ATOMIC_FLAG_INIT { ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(0) } + +static __inline _Bool +atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(volatile atomic_flag *__object, + memory_order __order) +{ + return (atomic_exchange_explicit(&__object->__flag, 1, __order)); +} + +static __inline void +atomic_flag_clear_explicit(volatile atomic_flag *__object, memory_order __order) +{ + + atomic_store_explicit(&__object->__flag, 0, __order); +} + +#ifndef _KERNEL +static __inline _Bool +atomic_flag_test_and_set(volatile atomic_flag *__object) +{ + + return (atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(__object, + memory_order_seq_cst)); +} + +static __inline void +atomic_flag_clear(volatile atomic_flag *__object) +{ + + atomic_flag_clear_explicit(__object, memory_order_seq_cst); +} +#endif /* !_KERNEL */ + +#endif /* !_STDATOMIC_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdint.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7386164 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdint.h @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 by + * Ralf Corsepius, Ulm/Germany. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + * is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved. + */ + +#ifndef _STDINT_H +#define _STDINT_H + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifdef ___int8_t_defined +typedef __int8_t int8_t ; +typedef __uint8_t uint8_t ; +#define __int8_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef ___int_least8_t_defined +typedef __int_least8_t int_least8_t; +typedef __uint_least8_t uint_least8_t; +#define __int_least8_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef ___int16_t_defined +typedef __int16_t int16_t ; +typedef __uint16_t uint16_t ; +#define __int16_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef ___int_least16_t_defined +typedef __int_least16_t int_least16_t; +typedef __uint_least16_t uint_least16_t; +#define __int_least16_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef ___int32_t_defined +typedef __int32_t int32_t ; +typedef __uint32_t uint32_t ; +#define __int32_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef ___int_least32_t_defined +typedef __int_least32_t int_least32_t; +typedef __uint_least32_t uint_least32_t; +#define __int_least32_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef ___int64_t_defined +typedef __int64_t int64_t ; +typedef __uint64_t uint64_t ; +#define __int64_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef ___int_least64_t_defined +typedef __int_least64_t int_least64_t; +typedef __uint_least64_t uint_least64_t; +#define __int_least64_t_defined 1 +#endif + +/* + * Fastest minimum-width integer types + * + * Assume int to be the fastest type for all types with a width + * less than __INT_MAX__ rsp. INT_MAX + */ +#ifdef __INT_FAST8_TYPE__ + typedef __INT_FAST8_TYPE__ int_fast8_t; + typedef __UINT_FAST8_TYPE__ uint_fast8_t; +#define __int_fast8_t_defined 1 +#elif __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) >= 0x7f + typedef signed int int_fast8_t; + typedef unsigned int uint_fast8_t; +#define __int_fast8_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_FAST16_TYPE__ + typedef __INT_FAST16_TYPE__ int_fast16_t; + typedef __UINT_FAST16_TYPE__ uint_fast16_t; +#define __int_fast16_t_defined 1 +#elif __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) >= 0x7fff + typedef signed int int_fast16_t; + typedef unsigned int uint_fast16_t; +#define __int_fast16_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_FAST32_TYPE__ + typedef __INT_FAST32_TYPE__ int_fast32_t; + typedef __UINT_FAST32_TYPE__ uint_fast32_t; +#define __int_fast32_t_defined 1 +#elif __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) >= 0x7fffffff + typedef signed int int_fast32_t; + typedef unsigned int uint_fast32_t; +#define __int_fast32_t_defined 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_FAST64_TYPE__ + typedef __INT_FAST64_TYPE__ int_fast64_t; + typedef __UINT_FAST64_TYPE__ uint_fast64_t; +#define __int_fast64_t_defined 1 +#elif __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) > 0x7fffffff + typedef signed int int_fast64_t; + typedef unsigned int uint_fast64_t; +#define __int_fast64_t_defined 1 +#endif + +/* + * Fall back to [u]int_least_t for [u]int_fast_t types + * not having been defined, yet. + * Leave undefined, if [u]int_least_t should not be available. + */ +#if !__int_fast8_t_defined +#if __int_least8_t_defined + typedef int_least8_t int_fast8_t; + typedef uint_least8_t uint_fast8_t; +#define __int_fast8_t_defined 1 +#endif +#endif + +#if !__int_fast16_t_defined +#if __int_least16_t_defined + typedef int_least16_t int_fast16_t; + typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t; +#define __int_fast16_t_defined 1 +#endif +#endif + +#if !__int_fast32_t_defined +#if __int_least32_t_defined + typedef int_least32_t int_fast32_t; + typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t; +#define __int_fast32_t_defined 1 +#endif +#endif + +#if !__int_fast64_t_defined +#if __int_least64_t_defined + typedef int_least64_t int_fast64_t; + typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t; +#define __int_fast64_t_defined 1 +#endif +#endif + +/* Greatest-width integer types */ +/* Modern GCCs provide __INTMAX_TYPE__ */ +#if defined(__INTMAX_TYPE__) + typedef __INTMAX_TYPE__ intmax_t; +#elif __have_longlong64 + typedef signed long long intmax_t; +#else + typedef signed long intmax_t; +#endif + +/* Modern GCCs provide __UINTMAX_TYPE__ */ +#if defined(__UINTMAX_TYPE__) + typedef __UINTMAX_TYPE__ uintmax_t; +#elif __have_longlong64 + typedef unsigned long long uintmax_t; +#else + typedef unsigned long uintmax_t; +#endif + +typedef __intptr_t intptr_t; +typedef __uintptr_t uintptr_t; + +#ifdef __INTPTR_TYPE__ +#define INTPTR_MIN (-__INTPTR_MAX__ - 1) +#define INTPTR_MAX __INTPTR_MAX__ +#define UINTPTR_MAX __UINTPTR_MAX__ +#elif defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) +#define INTPTR_MAX PTRDIFF_MAX +#define INTPTR_MIN PTRDIFF_MIN +#ifdef __UINTPTR_MAX__ +#define UINTPTR_MAX __UINTPTR_MAX__ +#else +#define UINTPTR_MAX (2UL * PTRDIFF_MAX + 1) +#endif +#else +/* + * Fallback to hardcoded values, + * should be valid on cpu's with 32bit int/32bit void* + */ +#define INTPTR_MAX __STDINT_EXP(LONG_MAX) +#define INTPTR_MIN (-__STDINT_EXP(LONG_MAX) - 1) +#define UINTPTR_MAX (__STDINT_EXP(LONG_MAX) * 2UL + 1) +#endif + +/* Limits of Specified-Width Integer Types */ + +#ifdef __INT8_MAX__ +#define INT8_MIN (-__INT8_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT8_MAX __INT8_MAX__ +#define UINT8_MAX __UINT8_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int8_t_defined) +#define INT8_MIN -128 +#define INT8_MAX 127 +#define UINT8_MAX 255 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST8_MAX__ +#define INT_LEAST8_MIN (-__INT_LEAST8_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_LEAST8_MAX __INT_LEAST8_MAX__ +#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_least8_t_defined) +#define INT_LEAST8_MIN -128 +#define INT_LEAST8_MAX 127 +#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX 255 +#else +#error required type int_least8_t missing +#endif + +#ifdef __INT16_MAX__ +#define INT16_MIN (-__INT16_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT16_MAX __INT16_MAX__ +#define UINT16_MAX __UINT16_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int16_t_defined) +#define INT16_MIN -32768 +#define INT16_MAX 32767 +#define UINT16_MAX 65535 +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST16_MAX__ +#define INT_LEAST16_MIN (-__INT_LEAST16_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_LEAST16_MAX __INT_LEAST16_MAX__ +#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_least16_t_defined) +#define INT_LEAST16_MIN -32768 +#define INT_LEAST16_MAX 32767 +#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX 65535 +#else +#error required type int_least16_t missing +#endif + +#ifdef __INT32_MAX__ +#define INT32_MIN (-__INT32_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT32_MAX __INT32_MAX__ +#define UINT32_MAX __UINT32_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int32_t_defined) +#if __have_long32 +#define INT32_MIN (-2147483647L-1) +#define INT32_MAX 2147483647L +#define UINT32_MAX 4294967295UL +#else +#define INT32_MIN (-2147483647-1) +#define INT32_MAX 2147483647 +#define UINT32_MAX 4294967295U +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST32_MAX__ +#define INT_LEAST32_MIN (-__INT_LEAST32_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_LEAST32_MAX __INT_LEAST32_MAX__ +#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX __UINT_LEAST32_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_least32_t_defined) +#if __have_long32 +#define INT_LEAST32_MIN (-2147483647L-1) +#define INT_LEAST32_MAX 2147483647L +#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX 4294967295UL +#else +#define INT_LEAST32_MIN (-2147483647-1) +#define INT_LEAST32_MAX 2147483647 +#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX 4294967295U +#endif +#else +#error required type int_least32_t missing +#endif + +#ifdef __INT64_MAX__ +#define INT64_MIN (-__INT64_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT64_MAX __INT64_MAX__ +#define UINT64_MAX __UINT64_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int64_t_defined) +#if __have_long64 +#define INT64_MIN (-9223372036854775807L-1L) +#define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807L +#define UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615U +#elif __have_longlong64 +#define INT64_MIN (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL) +#define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL +#define UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_LEAST64_MAX__ +#define INT_LEAST64_MIN (-__INT_LEAST64_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_LEAST64_MAX __INT_LEAST64_MAX__ +#define UINT_LEAST64_MAX __UINT_LEAST64_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_least64_t_defined) +#if __have_long64 +#define INT_LEAST64_MIN (-9223372036854775807L-1L) +#define INT_LEAST64_MAX 9223372036854775807L +#define UINT_LEAST64_MAX 18446744073709551615U +#elif __have_longlong64 +#define INT_LEAST64_MIN (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL) +#define INT_LEAST64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL +#define UINT_LEAST64_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_FAST8_MAX__ +#define INT_FAST8_MIN (-__INT_FAST8_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_FAST8_MAX __INT_FAST8_MAX__ +#define UINT_FAST8_MAX __UINT_FAST8_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_fast8_t_defined) +#if __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) >= 0x7f +#define INT_FAST8_MIN (-__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)-1) +#define INT_FAST8_MAX __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) +#define UINT_FAST8_MAX (__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)*2U+1U) +#else +#define INT_FAST8_MIN INT_LEAST8_MIN +#define INT_FAST8_MAX INT_LEAST8_MAX +#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UINT_LEAST8_MAX +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_FAST16_MAX__ +#define INT_FAST16_MIN (-__INT_FAST16_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_FAST16_MAX __INT_FAST16_MAX__ +#define UINT_FAST16_MAX __UINT_FAST16_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_fast16_t_defined) +#if __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) >= 0x7fff +#define INT_FAST16_MIN (-__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)-1) +#define INT_FAST16_MAX __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) +#define UINT_FAST16_MAX (__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)*2U+1U) +#else +#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_LEAST16_MIN +#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_LEAST16_MAX +#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_FAST32_MAX__ +#define INT_FAST32_MIN (-__INT_FAST32_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_FAST32_MAX __INT_FAST32_MAX__ +#define UINT_FAST32_MAX __UINT_FAST32_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_fast32_t_defined) +#if __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) >= 0x7fffffff +#define INT_FAST32_MIN (-__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)-1) +#define INT_FAST32_MAX __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) +#define UINT_FAST32_MAX (__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)*2U+1U) +#else +#define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_LEAST32_MIN +#define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_LEAST32_MAX +#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT_FAST64_MAX__ +#define INT_FAST64_MIN (-__INT_FAST64_MAX__ - 1) +#define INT_FAST64_MAX __INT_FAST64_MAX__ +#define UINT_FAST64_MAX __UINT_FAST64_MAX__ +#elif defined(__int_fast64_t_defined) +#if __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) > 0x7fffffff +#define INT_FAST64_MIN (-__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)-1) +#define INT_FAST64_MAX __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) +#define UINT_FAST64_MAX (__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX)*2U+1U) +#else +#define INT_FAST64_MIN INT_LEAST64_MIN +#define INT_FAST64_MAX INT_LEAST64_MAX +#define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INTMAX_MAX__ +#define INTMAX_MAX __INTMAX_MAX__ +#define INTMAX_MIN (-INTMAX_MAX - 1) +#elif defined(__INTMAX_TYPE__) +/* All relevant GCC versions prefer long to long long for intmax_t. */ +#define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX +#define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN +#endif + +#ifdef __UINTMAX_MAX__ +#define UINTMAX_MAX __UINTMAX_MAX__ +#elif defined(__UINTMAX_TYPE__) +/* All relevant GCC versions prefer long to long long for intmax_t. */ +#define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX +#endif + +/* This must match size_t in stddef.h, currently long unsigned int */ +#ifdef __SIZE_MAX__ +#define SIZE_MAX __SIZE_MAX__ +#else +#define SIZE_MAX (__STDINT_EXP(LONG_MAX) * 2UL + 1) +#endif + +/* This must match sig_atomic_t in (currently int) */ +#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN (-__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) - 1) +#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) + +/* This must match ptrdiff_t in (currently long int) */ +#ifdef __PTRDIFF_MAX__ +#define PTRDIFF_MAX __PTRDIFF_MAX__ +#else +#define PTRDIFF_MAX __STDINT_EXP(LONG_MAX) +#endif +#define PTRDIFF_MIN (-PTRDIFF_MAX - 1) + +/* This must match definition in */ +#ifndef WCHAR_MIN +#ifdef __WCHAR_MIN__ +#define WCHAR_MIN __WCHAR_MIN__ +#elif defined(__WCHAR_UNSIGNED__) || (L'\0' - 1 > 0) +#define WCHAR_MIN (0 + L'\0') +#else +#define WCHAR_MIN (-0x7fffffff - 1 + L'\0') +#endif +#endif + +/* This must match definition in */ +#ifndef WCHAR_MAX +#ifdef __WCHAR_MAX__ +#define WCHAR_MAX __WCHAR_MAX__ +#elif defined(__WCHAR_UNSIGNED__) || (L'\0' - 1 > 0) +#define WCHAR_MAX (0xffffffffu + L'\0') +#else +#define WCHAR_MAX (0x7fffffff + L'\0') +#endif +#endif + +/* wint_t is unsigned int on almost all GCC targets. */ +#ifdef __WINT_MAX__ +#define WINT_MAX __WINT_MAX__ +#else +#define WINT_MAX (__STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) * 2U + 1U) +#endif +#ifdef __WINT_MIN__ +#define WINT_MIN __WINT_MIN__ +#else +#define WINT_MIN 0U +#endif + +/** Macros for minimum-width integer constant expressions */ +#ifdef __INT8_C +#define INT8_C(x) __INT8_C(x) +#define UINT8_C(x) __UINT8_C(x) +#else +#define INT8_C(x) x +#if __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) > 0x7f +#define UINT8_C(x) x +#else +#define UINT8_C(x) x##U +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT16_C +#define INT16_C(x) __INT16_C(x) +#define UINT16_C(x) __UINT16_C(x) +#else +#define INT16_C(x) x +#if __STDINT_EXP(INT_MAX) > 0x7fff +#define UINT16_C(x) x +#else +#define UINT16_C(x) x##U +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT32_C +#define INT32_C(x) __INT32_C(x) +#define UINT32_C(x) __UINT32_C(x) +#else +#if __have_long32 +#define INT32_C(x) x##L +#define UINT32_C(x) x##UL +#else +#define INT32_C(x) x +#define UINT32_C(x) x##U +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INT64_C +#define INT64_C(x) __INT64_C(x) +#define UINT64_C(x) __UINT64_C(x) +#else +#if __int64_t_defined +#if __have_long64 +#define INT64_C(x) x##L +#define UINT64_C(x) x##UL +#else +#define INT64_C(x) x##LL +#define UINT64_C(x) x##ULL +#endif +#endif +#endif + +/** Macros for greatest-width integer constant expression */ +#ifdef __INTMAX_C +#define INTMAX_C(x) __INTMAX_C(x) +#define UINTMAX_C(x) __UINTMAX_C(x) +#else +#if __have_long64 +#define INTMAX_C(x) x##L +#define UINTMAX_C(x) x##UL +#else +#define INTMAX_C(x) x##LL +#define UINTMAX_C(x) x##ULL +#endif +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _STDINT_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdio.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e336ee6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdio.h @@ -0,0 +1,727 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the + * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * @(#)stdio.h 5.3 (Berkeley) 3/15/86 + */ + +/* + * NB: to fit things in six character monocase externals, the + * stdio code uses the prefix `__s' for stdio objects, typically + * followed by a three-character attempt at a mnemonic. + */ + +#ifndef _STDIO_H_ +#define _STDIO_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" + +#define _FSTDIO /* ``function stdio'' */ + +#define __need_size_t +#define __need_NULL +#include +#include + +#define __need___va_list +#include + +/* + * defines __FILE, _fpos_t. + * They must be defined there because struct _reent needs them (and we don't + * want reent.h to include this file. + */ + +#include +#include + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +typedef __FILE FILE; + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +typedef _fpos64_t fpos_t; +#else +typedef _fpos_t fpos_t; +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +typedef _fpos64_t fpos64_t; +#endif +#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */ + +#include + +#define __SLBF 0x0001 /* line buffered */ +#define __SNBF 0x0002 /* unbuffered */ +#define __SRD 0x0004 /* OK to read */ +#define __SWR 0x0008 /* OK to write */ + /* RD and WR are never simultaneously asserted */ +#define __SRW 0x0010 /* open for reading & writing */ +#define __SEOF 0x0020 /* found EOF */ +#define __SERR 0x0040 /* found error */ +#define __SMBF 0x0080 /* _buf is from malloc */ +#define __SAPP 0x0100 /* fdopen()ed in append mode - so must write to end */ +#define __SSTR 0x0200 /* this is an sprintf/snprintf string */ +#define __SOPT 0x0400 /* do fseek() optimisation */ +#define __SNPT 0x0800 /* do not do fseek() optimisation */ +#define __SOFF 0x1000 /* set iff _offset is in fact correct */ +#define __SORD 0x2000 /* true => stream orientation (byte/wide) decided */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define __SCLE 0x4000 /* convert line endings CR/LF <-> NL */ +#endif +#define __SL64 0x8000 /* is 64-bit offset large file */ + +/* _flags2 flags */ +#define __SNLK 0x0001 /* stdio functions do not lock streams themselves */ +#define __SWID 0x2000 /* true => stream orientation wide, false => byte, only valid if __SORD in _flags is true */ + +/* + * The following three definitions are for ANSI C, which took them + * from System V, which stupidly took internal interface macros and + * made them official arguments to setvbuf(), without renaming them. + * Hence, these ugly _IOxxx names are *supposed* to appear in user code. + * + * Although these happen to match their counterparts above, the + * implementation does not rely on that (so these could be renumbered). + */ +#define _IOFBF 0 /* setvbuf should set fully buffered */ +#define _IOLBF 1 /* setvbuf should set line buffered */ +#define _IONBF 2 /* setvbuf should set unbuffered */ + +#define EOF (-1) + +#ifdef __BUFSIZ__ +#define BUFSIZ __BUFSIZ__ +#else +#define BUFSIZ 1024 +#endif + +#ifdef __FOPEN_MAX__ +#define FOPEN_MAX __FOPEN_MAX__ +#else +#define FOPEN_MAX 20 +#endif + +#ifdef __FILENAME_MAX__ +#define FILENAME_MAX __FILENAME_MAX__ +#else +#define FILENAME_MAX 1024 +#endif + +#ifdef __L_tmpnam__ +#define L_tmpnam __L_tmpnam__ +#else +#define L_tmpnam FILENAME_MAX +#endif + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +#define P_tmpdir "/tmp" +#endif + +#ifndef SEEK_SET +#define SEEK_SET 0 /* set file offset to offset */ +#endif +#ifndef SEEK_CUR +#define SEEK_CUR 1 /* set file offset to current plus offset */ +#endif +#ifndef SEEK_END +#define SEEK_END 2 /* set file offset to EOF plus offset */ +#endif + +#define TMP_MAX 26 + +#define stdin (_REENT->_stdin) +#define stdout (_REENT->_stdout) +#define stderr (_REENT->_stderr) + +#define _stdin_r(x) ((x)->_stdin) +#define _stdout_r(x) ((x)->_stdout) +#define _stderr_r(x) ((x)->_stderr) + +/* + * Functions defined in ANSI C standard. + */ + +#ifndef __VALIST +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define __VALIST __gnuc_va_list +#else +#define __VALIST char* +#endif +#endif + +FILE * _EXFUN(tmpfile, (void)); +char * _EXFUN(tmpnam, (char *)); +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200112 +char * _EXFUN(tempnam, (const char *, const char *)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(fclose, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fflush, (FILE *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(freopen, (const char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, FILE *__restrict)); +void _EXFUN(setbuf, (FILE *__restrict, char *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(setvbuf, (FILE *__restrict, char *__restrict, int, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(fprintf, (FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(fscanf, (FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(printf, (const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 2)))); +int _EXFUN(scanf, (const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 1, 2)))); +int _EXFUN(sscanf, (const char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(vfprintf, (FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vprintf, (const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vsprintf, (char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(fgetc, (FILE *)); +char * _EXFUN(fgets, (char *__restrict, int, FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(fputc, (int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fputs, (const char *__restrict, FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(getc, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(getchar, (void)); +char * _EXFUN(gets, (char *)); +int _EXFUN(putc, (int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(putchar, (int)); +int _EXFUN(puts, (const char *)); +int _EXFUN(ungetc, (int, FILE *)); +size_t _EXFUN(fread, (_PTR __restrict, size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(fwrite, (const _PTR __restrict , size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *)); +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(fgetpos, (FILE *, _fpos_t *)); +#else +int _EXFUN(fgetpos, (FILE *__restrict, fpos_t *__restrict)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(fseek, (FILE *, long, int)); +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(fsetpos, (FILE *, const _fpos_t *)); +#else +int _EXFUN(fsetpos, (FILE *, const fpos_t *)); +#endif +long _EXFUN(ftell, ( FILE *)); +void _EXFUN(rewind, (FILE *)); +void _EXFUN(clearerr, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(feof, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(ferror, (FILE *)); +void _EXFUN(perror, (const char *)); +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +FILE * _EXFUN(fopen, (const char *__restrict _name, const char *__restrict _type)); +int _EXFUN(sprintf, (char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(remove, (const char *)); +int _EXFUN(rename, (const char *, const char *)); +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(_rename, (const char *, const char *)); +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__USE_XOPEN2K) +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(fseeko, (FILE *, _off_t, int)); +_off_t _EXFUN(ftello, ( FILE *)); +#else +int _EXFUN(fseeko, (FILE *, off_t, int)); +off_t _EXFUN(ftello, ( FILE *)); +#endif +#endif +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +int _EXFUN(fcloseall, (_VOID)); +#endif +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (__cplusplus >= 201103L) +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +int _EXFUN(asiprintf, (char **, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +char * _EXFUN(asniprintf, (char *, size_t *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +char * _EXFUN(asnprintf, (char *__restrict, size_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(asprintf, (char **__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +#ifndef diprintf +int _EXFUN(diprintf, (int, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +#endif +int _EXFUN(fiprintf, (FILE *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(fiscanf, (FILE *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(iprintf, (const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 2)))); +int _EXFUN(iscanf, (const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 1, 2)))); +int _EXFUN(siprintf, (char *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(siscanf, (const char *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(snprintf, (char *__restrict, size_t, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(sniprintf, (char *, size_t, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(vasiprintf, (char **, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +char * _EXFUN(vasniprintf, (char *, size_t *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +char * _EXFUN(vasnprintf, (char *, size_t *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vasprintf, (char **, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vdiprintf, (int, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vfiprintf, (FILE *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vfiscanf, (FILE *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vfscanf, (FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(viprintf, (const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(viscanf, (const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 1, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vscanf, (const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 1, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vsiprintf, (char *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vsiscanf, (const char *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vsniprintf, (char *, size_t, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vsnprintf, (char *__restrict, size_t, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(vsscanf, (const char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)))); +#endif /* !_REENT_ONLY */ +#endif /* !__STRICT_ANSI__ */ + +/* + * Routines in POSIX 1003.1:2001. + */ + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +FILE * _EXFUN(fdopen, (int, const char *)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(fileno, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(getw, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(pclose, (FILE *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(popen, (const char *, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(putw, (int, FILE *)); +void _EXFUN(setbuffer, (FILE *, char *, int)); +int _EXFUN(setlinebuf, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(getc_unlocked, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(getchar_unlocked, (void)); +void _EXFUN(flockfile, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(ftrylockfile, (FILE *)); +void _EXFUN(funlockfile, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(putc_unlocked, (int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(putchar_unlocked, (int)); +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ + +/* + * Routines in POSIX 1003.1:200x. + */ + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +# ifndef _REENT_ONLY +# ifndef dprintf +int _EXFUN(dprintf, (int, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +# endif +FILE * _EXFUN(fmemopen, (void *__restrict, size_t, const char *__restrict)); +/* getdelim - see __getdelim for now */ +/* getline - see __getline for now */ +FILE * _EXFUN(open_memstream, (char **, size_t *)); +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 +int _EXFUN(renameat, (int, const char *, int, const char *)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(vdprintf, (int, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +# endif +#endif + +/* + * Recursive versions of the above. + */ + +int _EXFUN(_asiprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char **, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +char * _EXFUN(_asniprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *, size_t *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)))); +char * _EXFUN(_asnprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *__restrict, size_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)))); +int _EXFUN(_asprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char **__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_diprintf_r, (struct _reent *, int, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_dprintf_r, (struct _reent *, int, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_fclose_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fcloseall_r, (struct _reent *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(_fdopen_r, (struct _reent *, int, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(_fflush_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fgetc_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fgetc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +char * _EXFUN(_fgets_r, (struct _reent *, char *__restrict, int, FILE *__restrict)); +char * _EXFUN(_fgets_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, char *__restrict, int, FILE *__restrict)); +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(_fgetpos_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *__restrict, _fpos_t *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(_fsetpos_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, const _fpos_t *)); +#else +int _EXFUN(_fgetpos_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, fpos_t *)); +int _EXFUN(_fsetpos_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, const fpos_t *)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(_fiprintf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_fiscanf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 4)))); +FILE * _EXFUN(_fmemopen_r, (struct _reent *, void *__restrict, size_t, const char *__restrict)); +FILE * _EXFUN(_fopen_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, const char *__restrict)); +FILE * _EXFUN(_freopen_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(_fprintf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_fpurge_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fputc_r, (struct _reent *, int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fputc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fputs_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(_fputs_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, FILE *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_fread_r, (struct _reent *, _PTR __restrict, size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_fread_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, _PTR __restrict, size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(_fscanf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_fseek_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, long, int)); +int _EXFUN(_fseeko_r,(struct _reent *, FILE *, _off_t, int)); +long _EXFUN(_ftell_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +_off_t _EXFUN(_ftello_r,(struct _reent *, FILE *)); +void _EXFUN(_rewind_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +size_t _EXFUN(_fwrite_r, (struct _reent *, const _PTR __restrict, size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_fwrite_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, const _PTR __restrict, size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(_getc_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_getc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_getchar_r, (struct _reent *)); +int _EXFUN(_getchar_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *)); +char * _EXFUN(_gets_r, (struct _reent *, char *)); +int _EXFUN(_iprintf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(_iscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 3)))); +FILE * _EXFUN(_open_memstream_r, (struct _reent *, char **, size_t *)); +void _EXFUN(_perror_r, (struct _reent *, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(_printf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(_putc_r, (struct _reent *, int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_putc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_putchar_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, int)); +int _EXFUN(_putchar_r, (struct _reent *, int)); +int _EXFUN(_puts_r, (struct _reent *, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(_remove_r, (struct _reent *, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(_rename_r, (struct _reent *, + const char *_old, const char *_new)); +int _EXFUN(_scanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 3)))); +int _EXFUN(_siprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_siscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_sniprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *, size_t, const char *, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)))); +int _EXFUN(_snprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *__restrict, size_t, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)))); +int _EXFUN(_sprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)))); +int _EXFUN(_sscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, ...) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 4)))); +char * _EXFUN(_tempnam_r, (struct _reent *, const char *, const char *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(_tmpfile_r, (struct _reent *)); +char * _EXFUN(_tmpnam_r, (struct _reent *, char *)); +int _EXFUN(_ungetc_r, (struct _reent *, int, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_vasiprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char **, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +char * _EXFUN(_vasniprintf_r, (struct _reent*, char *, size_t *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 0)))); +char * _EXFUN(_vasnprintf_r, (struct _reent*, char *, size_t *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vasprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char **, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vdiprintf_r, (struct _reent *, int, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vdprintf_r, (struct _reent *, int, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vfiprintf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vfiscanf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vfprintf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vfscanf_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_viprintf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_viscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vprintf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vsiprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vsiscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vsniprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *, size_t, const char *, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vsnprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *__restrict, size_t, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vsprintf_r, (struct _reent *, char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)))); +int _EXFUN(_vsscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, __VALIST) + _ATTRIBUTE ((__format__ (__scanf__, 3, 0)))); + +/* Other extensions. */ + +int _EXFUN(fpurge, (FILE *)); +ssize_t _EXFUN(__getdelim, (char **, size_t *, int, FILE *)); +ssize_t _EXFUN(__getline, (char **, size_t *, FILE *)); + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +void _EXFUN(clearerr_unlocked, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(feof_unlocked, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(ferror_unlocked, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fileno_unlocked, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fflush_unlocked, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fgetc_unlocked, (FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fputc_unlocked, (int, FILE *)); +size_t _EXFUN(fread_unlocked, (_PTR __restrict, size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(fwrite_unlocked, (const _PTR __restrict , size_t _size, size_t _n, FILE *)); +#endif + +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +char * _EXFUN(fgets_unlocked, (char *__restrict, int, FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN(fputs_unlocked, (const char *__restrict, FILE *__restrict)); +#endif + +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +#if !defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_COMPILING_NEWLIB) +FILE * _EXFUN(fdopen64, (int, const char *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(fopen64, (const char *, const char *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(freopen64, (_CONST char *, _CONST char *, FILE *)); +_off64_t _EXFUN(ftello64, (FILE *)); +_off64_t _EXFUN(fseeko64, (FILE *, _off64_t, int)); +int _EXFUN(fgetpos64, (FILE *, _fpos64_t *)); +int _EXFUN(fsetpos64, (FILE *, const _fpos64_t *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(tmpfile64, (void)); + +FILE * _EXFUN(_fdopen64_r, (struct _reent *, int, const char *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(_fopen64_r, (struct _reent *,const char *, const char *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(_freopen64_r, (struct _reent *, _CONST char *, _CONST char *, FILE *)); +_off64_t _EXFUN(_ftello64_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +_off64_t _EXFUN(_fseeko64_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, _off64_t, int)); +int _EXFUN(_fgetpos64_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, _fpos64_t *)); +int _EXFUN(_fsetpos64_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *, const _fpos64_t *)); +FILE * _EXFUN(_tmpfile64_r, (struct _reent *)); +#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */ +#endif /* __LARGE64_FILES */ + +/* + * Routines internal to the implementation. + */ + +int _EXFUN(__srget_r, (struct _reent *, FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(__swbuf_r, (struct _reent *, int, FILE *)); + +/* + * Stdio function-access interface. + */ + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +# ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +FILE *_EXFUN(funopen,(const _PTR __cookie, + int (*__readfn)(_PTR __c, char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + int (*__writefn)(_PTR __c, const char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + _fpos64_t (*__seekfn)(_PTR __c, _fpos64_t __off, int __whence), + int (*__closefn)(_PTR __c))); +FILE *_EXFUN(_funopen_r,(struct _reent *, const _PTR __cookie, + int (*__readfn)(_PTR __c, char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + int (*__writefn)(_PTR __c, const char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + _fpos64_t (*__seekfn)(_PTR __c, _fpos64_t __off, int __whence), + int (*__closefn)(_PTR __c))); +# else +FILE *_EXFUN(funopen,(const _PTR __cookie, + int (*__readfn)(_PTR __cookie, char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + int (*__writefn)(_PTR __cookie, const char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + fpos_t (*__seekfn)(_PTR __cookie, fpos_t __off, int __whence), + int (*__closefn)(_PTR __cookie))); +FILE *_EXFUN(_funopen_r,(struct _reent *, const _PTR __cookie, + int (*__readfn)(_PTR __cookie, char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + int (*__writefn)(_PTR __cookie, const char *__buf, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE __n), + fpos_t (*__seekfn)(_PTR __cookie, fpos_t __off, int __whence), + int (*__closefn)(_PTR __cookie))); +# endif /* !__LARGE64_FILES */ + +# define fropen(__cookie, __fn) funopen(__cookie, __fn, (int (*)())0, \ + (fpos_t (*)())0, (int (*)())0) +# define fwopen(__cookie, __fn) funopen(__cookie, (int (*)())0, __fn, \ + (fpos_t (*)())0, (int (*)())0) + +typedef ssize_t cookie_read_function_t(void *__cookie, char *__buf, size_t __n); +typedef ssize_t cookie_write_function_t(void *__cookie, const char *__buf, + size_t __n); +# ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +typedef int cookie_seek_function_t(void *__cookie, _off64_t *__off, + int __whence); +# else +typedef int cookie_seek_function_t(void *__cookie, off_t *__off, int __whence); +# endif /* !__LARGE64_FILES */ +typedef int cookie_close_function_t(void *__cookie); +typedef struct +{ + /* These four struct member names are dictated by Linux; hopefully, + they don't conflict with any macros. */ + cookie_read_function_t *read; + cookie_write_function_t *write; + cookie_seek_function_t *seek; + cookie_close_function_t *close; +} cookie_io_functions_t; +FILE *_EXFUN(fopencookie,(void *__cookie, + const char *__mode, cookie_io_functions_t __functions)); +FILE *_EXFUN(_fopencookie_r,(struct _reent *, void *__cookie, + const char *__mode, cookie_io_functions_t __functions)); +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ + +#ifndef __CUSTOM_FILE_IO__ +/* + * The __sfoo macros are here so that we can + * define function versions in the C library. + */ +#define __sgetc_raw_r(__ptr, __f) (--(__f)->_r < 0 ? __srget_r(__ptr, __f) : (int)(*(__f)->_p++)) + +#ifdef __SCLE +/* For a platform with CR/LF, additional logic is required by + __sgetc_r which would otherwise simply be a macro; therefore we + use an inlined function. The function is only meant to be inlined + in place as used and the function body should never be emitted. + + There are two possible means to this end when compiling with GCC, + one when compiling with a standard C99 compiler, and for other + compilers we're just stuck. At the moment, this issue only + affects the Cygwin target, so we'll most likely be using GCC. */ + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int __sgetc_r(struct _reent *__ptr, FILE *__p); + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int __sgetc_r(struct _reent *__ptr, FILE *__p) + { + int __c = __sgetc_raw_r(__ptr, __p); + if ((__p->_flags & __SCLE) && (__c == '\r')) + { + int __c2 = __sgetc_raw_r(__ptr, __p); + if (__c2 == '\n') + __c = __c2; + else + ungetc(__c2, __p); + } + return __c; + } +#else +#define __sgetc_r(__ptr, __p) __sgetc_raw_r(__ptr, __p) +#endif + +#ifdef _never /* __GNUC__ */ +/* If this inline is actually used, then systems using coff debugging + info get hopelessly confused. 21sept93 rich@cygnus.com. */ +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int __sputc_r(struct _reent *_ptr, int _c, FILE *_p) { + if (--_p->_w >= 0 || (_p->_w >= _p->_lbfsize && (char)_c != '\n')) + return (*_p->_p++ = _c); + else + return (__swbuf_r(_ptr, _c, _p)); +} +#else +/* + * This has been tuned to generate reasonable code on the vax using pcc + */ +#define __sputc_raw_r(__ptr, __c, __p) \ + (--(__p)->_w < 0 ? \ + (__p)->_w >= (__p)->_lbfsize ? \ + (*(__p)->_p = (__c)), *(__p)->_p != '\n' ? \ + (int)*(__p)->_p++ : \ + __swbuf_r(__ptr, '\n', __p) : \ + __swbuf_r(__ptr, (int)(__c), __p) : \ + (*(__p)->_p = (__c), (int)*(__p)->_p++)) +#ifdef __SCLE +#define __sputc_r(__ptr, __c, __p) \ + ((((__p)->_flags & __SCLE) && ((__c) == '\n')) \ + ? __sputc_raw_r(__ptr, '\r', (__p)) : 0 , \ + __sputc_raw_r((__ptr), (__c), (__p))) +#else +#define __sputc_r(__ptr, __c, __p) __sputc_raw_r(__ptr, __c, __p) +#endif +#endif + +#define __sfeof(p) ((int)(((p)->_flags & __SEOF) != 0)) +#define __sferror(p) ((int)(((p)->_flags & __SERR) != 0)) +#define __sclearerr(p) ((void)((p)->_flags &= ~(__SERR|__SEOF))) +#define __sfileno(p) ((p)->_file) + +#ifndef _REENT_SMALL +#define feof(p) __sfeof(p) +#define ferror(p) __sferror(p) +#define clearerr(p) __sclearerr(p) + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +#define feof_unlocked(p) __sfeof(p) +#define ferror_unlocked(p) __sferror(p) +#define clearerr_unlocked(p) __sclearerr(p) +#endif /* __BSD_VISIBLE */ +#endif /* _REENT_SMALL */ + +#if 0 /*ndef __STRICT_ANSI__ - FIXME: must initialize stdio first, use fn */ +#define fileno(p) __sfileno(p) +#endif + +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +#ifndef lint +#define getc(fp) __sgetc_r(_REENT, fp) +#define putc(x, fp) __sputc_r(_REENT, x, fp) +#endif /* lint */ +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +/* fast always-buffered version, true iff error */ +#define fast_putc(x,p) (--(p)->_w < 0 ? \ + __swbuf_r(_REENT, (int)(x), p) == EOF : (*(p)->_p = (x), (p)->_p++, 0)) + +#define L_cuserid 9 /* posix says it goes in stdio.h :( */ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#define L_ctermid 16 +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* !__CUSTOM_FILE_IO__ */ + +#define getchar() getc(stdin) +#define putchar(x) putc(x, stdout) + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +#define getchar_unlocked() getc_unlocked(stdin) +#define putchar_unlocked(x) putc_unlocked(x, stdout) +#endif + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _STDIO_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdio_ext.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdio_ext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..029ab02 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdio_ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* + * stdio_ext.h + * + * Definitions for I/O internal operations, originally from Solaris. + */ + +#ifndef _STDIO_EXT_H_ +#define _STDIO_EXT_H_ + +#ifdef __rtems__ +#error " not supported" +#endif + +#include + +#define FSETLOCKING_QUERY 0 +#define FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL 1 +#define FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER 2 + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +void _EXFUN(__fpurge,(FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(__fsetlocking,(FILE *, int)); + +/* TODO: + + void _flushlbf (void); +*/ + +#ifdef __GNUC__ + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE size_t +__fbufsize (FILE *__fp) { return (size_t) __fp->_bf._size; } + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int +__freading (FILE *__fp) { return (__fp->_flags & __SRD) != 0; } + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int +__fwriting (FILE *__fp) { return (__fp->_flags & __SWR) != 0; } + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int +__freadable (FILE *__fp) { return (__fp->_flags & (__SRD | __SRW)) != 0; } + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int +__fwritable (FILE *__fp) { return (__fp->_flags & (__SWR | __SRW)) != 0; } + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE int +__flbf (FILE *__fp) { return (__fp->_flags & __SLBF) != 0; } + +_ELIDABLE_INLINE size_t +__fpending (FILE *__fp) { return __fp->_p - __fp->_bf._base; } + +#else + +size_t _EXFUN(__fbufsize,(FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(__freading,(FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(__fwriting,(FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(__freadable,(FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(__fwritable,(FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(__flbf,(FILE *)); +size_t _EXFUN(__fpending,(FILE *)); + +#ifndef __cplusplus + +#define __fbufsize(__fp) ((size_t) (__fp)->_bf._size) +#define __freading(__fp) (((__fp)->_flags & __SRD) != 0) +#define __fwriting(__fp) (((__fp)->_flags & __SWR) != 0) +#define __freadable(__fp) (((__fp)->_flags & (__SRD | __SRW)) != 0) +#define __fwritable(__fp) (((__fp)->_flags & (__SWR | __SRW)) != 0) +#define __flbf(__fp) (((__fp)->_flags & __SLBF) != 0) +#define __fpending(__fp) ((size_t) ((__fp)->_p - (__fp)->_bf._base)) + +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _STDIO_EXT_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdlib.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..254ddd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/stdlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +/* + * stdlib.h + * + * Definitions for common types, variables, and functions. + */ + +#ifndef _STDLIB_H_ +#define _STDLIB_H_ + +#include +#include "_ansi.h" + +#define __need_size_t +#define __need_wchar_t +#define __need_NULL +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#include +#endif + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +typedef struct +{ + int quot; /* quotient */ + int rem; /* remainder */ +} div_t; + +typedef struct +{ + long quot; /* quotient */ + long rem; /* remainder */ +} ldiv_t; + +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +typedef struct +{ + long long int quot; /* quotient */ + long long int rem; /* remainder */ +} lldiv_t; +#endif + +#ifndef __compar_fn_t_defined +#define __compar_fn_t_defined +typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const _PTR, const _PTR); +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +#define EXIT_FAILURE 1 +#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 + +#define RAND_MAX __RAND_MAX + +int _EXFUN(__locale_mb_cur_max,(_VOID)); + +#define MB_CUR_MAX __locale_mb_cur_max() + +_VOID _EXFUN(abort,(_VOID) _ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__))); +int _EXFUN(abs,(int)); +int _EXFUN(atexit,(_VOID (*__func)(_VOID))); +double _EXFUN(atof,(const char *__nptr)); +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +float _EXFUN(atoff,(const char *__nptr)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(atoi,(const char *__nptr)); +int _EXFUN(_atoi_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__nptr)); +long _EXFUN(atol,(const char *__nptr)); +long _EXFUN(_atol_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__nptr)); +_PTR _EXFUN(bsearch,(const _PTR __key, + const _PTR __base, + size_t __nmemb, + size_t __size, + __compar_fn_t _compar)); +_PTR _EXFUN_NOTHROW(calloc,(size_t __nmemb, size_t __size)); +div_t _EXFUN(div,(int __numer, int __denom)); +_VOID _EXFUN(exit,(int __status) _ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__))); +_VOID _EXFUN_NOTHROW(free,(_PTR)); +char * _EXFUN(getenv,(const char *__string)); +char * _EXFUN(_getenv_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__string)); +char * _EXFUN(_findenv,(_CONST char *, int *)); +char * _EXFUN(_findenv_r,(struct _reent *, _CONST char *, int *)); +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +extern char *suboptarg; /* getsubopt(3) external variable */ +int _EXFUN(getsubopt,(char **, char * const *, char **)); +#endif +long _EXFUN(labs,(long)); +ldiv_t _EXFUN(ldiv,(long __numer, long __denom)); +_PTR _EXFUN_NOTHROW(malloc,(size_t __size)); +int _EXFUN(mblen,(const char *, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(_mblen_r,(struct _reent *, const char *, size_t, _mbstate_t *)); +int _EXFUN(mbtowc,(wchar_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(_mbtowc_r,(struct _reent *, wchar_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t, _mbstate_t *)); +int _EXFUN(wctomb,(char *, wchar_t)); +int _EXFUN(_wctomb_r,(struct _reent *, char *, wchar_t, _mbstate_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(mbstowcs,(wchar_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(_mbstowcs_r,(struct _reent *, wchar_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t, _mbstate_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcstombs,(char *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, size_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(_wcstombs_r,(struct _reent *, char *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, size_t, _mbstate_t *)); +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +char * _EXFUN(mkdtemp,(char *)); +int _EXFUN(mkostemp,(char *, int)); +int _EXFUN(mkostemps,(char *, int, int)); +int _EXFUN(mkstemp,(char *)); +int _EXFUN(mkstemps,(char *, int)); +#if (__GNUC__ < 4) || defined(__XTENSA__) +char * _EXFUN(mktemp,(char *)); +#else +char * _EXFUN(mktemp,(char *) _ATTRIBUTE ((__warning__ ("the use of `mktemp' is dangerous; use `mkstemp' instead")))); +#endif +#endif +char * _EXFUN(_mkdtemp_r, (struct _reent *, char *)); +int _EXFUN(_mkostemp_r, (struct _reent *, char *, int)); +int _EXFUN(_mkostemps_r, (struct _reent *, char *, int, int)); +int _EXFUN(_mkstemp_r, (struct _reent *, char *)); +int _EXFUN(_mkstemps_r, (struct _reent *, char *, int)); +#if (__GNUC__ < 4) || defined(__XTENSA__) +char * _EXFUN(_mktemp_r, (struct _reent *, char *)); +#else +char * _EXFUN(_mktemp_r, (struct _reent *, char *) _ATTRIBUTE ((__warning__ ("the use of `mktemp' is dangerous; use `mkstemp' instead")))); +#endif +#endif +_VOID _EXFUN(qsort,(_PTR __base, size_t __nmemb, size_t __size, __compar_fn_t _compar)); +int _EXFUN(rand,(_VOID)); +_PTR _EXFUN_NOTHROW(realloc,(_PTR __r, size_t __size)); +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +_PTR _EXFUN(reallocf,(_PTR __r, size_t __size)); +char * _EXFUN(realpath, (const char *__restrict path, char *__restrict resolved_path)); +#endif +_VOID _EXFUN(srand,(unsigned __seed)); +double _EXFUN(strtod,(const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR)); +double _EXFUN(_strtod_r,(struct _reent *,const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR)); +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +float _EXFUN(strtof,(const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR)); +#endif +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +/* the following strtodf interface is deprecated...use strtof instead */ +# ifndef strtodf +# define strtodf strtof +# endif +#endif +long _EXFUN(strtol,(const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); +long _EXFUN(_strtol_r,(struct _reent *,const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); +unsigned long _EXFUN(strtoul,(const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); +unsigned long _EXFUN(_strtoul_r,(struct _reent *,const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); + +int _EXFUN(system,(const char *__string)); + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +long _EXFUN(a64l,(const char *__input)); +char * _EXFUN(l64a,(long __input)); +char * _EXFUN(_l64a_r,(struct _reent *,long __input)); +int _EXFUN(on_exit,(_VOID (*__func)(int, _PTR),_PTR __arg)); +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +_VOID _EXFUN(_Exit,(int __status) _ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__))); +#endif +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +int _EXFUN(putenv,(char *__string)); +int _EXFUN(_putenv_r,(struct _reent *, char *__string)); +_PTR _EXFUN(_reallocf_r,(struct _reent *, _PTR, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(setenv,(const char *__string, const char *__value, int __overwrite)); +int _EXFUN(_setenv_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__string, const char *__value, int __overwrite)); + +char * _EXFUN(gcvt,(double,int,char *)); +char * _EXFUN(gcvtf,(float,int,char *)); +char * _EXFUN(fcvt,(double,int,int *,int *)); +char * _EXFUN(fcvtf,(float,int,int *,int *)); +char * _EXFUN(ecvt,(double,int,int *,int *)); +char * _EXFUN(ecvtbuf,(double, int, int*, int*, char *)); +char * _EXFUN(fcvtbuf,(double, int, int*, int*, char *)); +char * _EXFUN(ecvtf,(float,int,int *,int *)); +char * _EXFUN(dtoa,(double, int, int, int *, int*, char**)); +#endif +char * _EXFUN(__itoa,(int, char *, int)); +char * _EXFUN(__utoa,(unsigned, char *, int)); +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char * _EXFUN(itoa,(int, char *, int)); +char * _EXFUN(utoa,(unsigned, char *, int)); +int _EXFUN(rand_r,(unsigned *__seed)); + +double _EXFUN(drand48,(_VOID)); +double _EXFUN(_drand48_r,(struct _reent *)); +double _EXFUN(erand48,(unsigned short [3])); +double _EXFUN(_erand48_r,(struct _reent *, unsigned short [3])); +long _EXFUN(jrand48,(unsigned short [3])); +long _EXFUN(_jrand48_r,(struct _reent *, unsigned short [3])); +_VOID _EXFUN(lcong48,(unsigned short [7])); +_VOID _EXFUN(_lcong48_r,(struct _reent *, unsigned short [7])); +long _EXFUN(lrand48,(_VOID)); +long _EXFUN(_lrand48_r,(struct _reent *)); +long _EXFUN(mrand48,(_VOID)); +long _EXFUN(_mrand48_r,(struct _reent *)); +long _EXFUN(nrand48,(unsigned short [3])); +long _EXFUN(_nrand48_r,(struct _reent *, unsigned short [3])); +unsigned short * + _EXFUN(seed48,(unsigned short [3])); +unsigned short * + _EXFUN(_seed48_r,(struct _reent *, unsigned short [3])); +_VOID _EXFUN(srand48,(long)); +_VOID _EXFUN(_srand48_r,(struct _reent *, long)); +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +long long _EXFUN(atoll,(const char *__nptr)); +#endif +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +long long _EXFUN(_atoll_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__nptr)); +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +long long _EXFUN(llabs,(long long)); +lldiv_t _EXFUN(lldiv,(long long __numer, long long __denom)); +long long _EXFUN(strtoll,(const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); +#endif +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +long long _EXFUN(_strtoll_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +unsigned long long _EXFUN(strtoull,(const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); +#endif +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +unsigned long long _EXFUN(_strtoull_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__restrict __n, char **__restrict __end_PTR, int __base)); + +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +_VOID _EXFUN(cfree,(_PTR)); +int _EXFUN(unsetenv,(const char *__string)); +int _EXFUN(_unsetenv_r,(struct _reent *, const char *__string)); +#endif + +#ifdef __rtems__ +int _EXFUN(posix_memalign,(void **, size_t, size_t)); +#endif + +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ + +char * _EXFUN(_dtoa_r,(struct _reent *, double, int, int, int *, int*, char**)); +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +_PTR _EXFUN_NOTHROW(_malloc_r,(struct _reent *, size_t)); +_PTR _EXFUN_NOTHROW(_calloc_r,(struct _reent *, size_t, size_t)); +_VOID _EXFUN_NOTHROW(_free_r,(struct _reent *, _PTR)); +_PTR _EXFUN_NOTHROW(_realloc_r,(struct _reent *, _PTR, size_t)); +_VOID _EXFUN(_mstats_r,(struct _reent *, char *)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(_system_r,(struct _reent *, const char *)); + +_VOID _EXFUN(__eprintf,(const char *, const char *, unsigned int, const char *)); + +/* There are two common qsort_r variants. If you request + _BSD_SOURCE, you get the BSD version; otherwise you get the GNU + version. We want that #undef qsort_r will still let you + invoke the underlying function, but that requires gcc support. */ +#ifdef _BSD_SOURCE +# ifdef __GNUC__ +_VOID _EXFUN(qsort_r,(_PTR __base, size_t __nmemb, size_t __size, _PTR __thunk, int (*_compar)(_PTR, const _PTR, const _PTR))) + __asm__ (__ASMNAME ("__bsd_qsort_r")); +# else +_VOID _EXFUN(__bsd_qsort_r,(_PTR __base, size_t __nmemb, size_t __size, _PTR __thunk, int (*_compar)(_PTR, const _PTR, const _PTR))); +# define qsort_r __bsd_qsort_r +# endif +#elif __GNU_VISIBLE +_VOID _EXFUN(qsort_r,(_PTR __base, size_t __nmemb, size_t __size, int (*_compar)(const _PTR, const _PTR, _PTR), _PTR __thunk)); +#endif + +/* On platforms where long double equals double. */ +#ifdef _HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) +extern long double strtold (const char *__restrict, char **__restrict); +#endif +#endif /* _HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE */ + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _STDLIB_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/string.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af5c9da --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/string.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* + * string.h + * + * Definitions for memory and string functions. + */ + +#ifndef _STRING_H_ +#define _STRING_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#define __need_size_t +#define __need_NULL +#include + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +_PTR _EXFUN(memchr,(const _PTR, int, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(memcmp,(const _PTR, const _PTR, size_t)); +_PTR _EXFUN(memcpy,(_PTR __restrict, const _PTR __restrict, size_t)); +_PTR _EXFUN(memmove,(_PTR, const _PTR, size_t)); +_PTR _EXFUN(memset,(_PTR, int, size_t)); +char *_EXFUN(strcat,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict)); +char *_EXFUN(strchr,(const char *, int)); +int _EXFUN(strcmp,(const char *, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(strcoll,(const char *, const char *)); +char *_EXFUN(strcpy,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(strcspn,(const char *, const char *)); +char *_EXFUN(strerror,(int)); +size_t _EXFUN(strlen,(const char *)); +char *_EXFUN(strncat,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(strncmp,(const char *, const char *, size_t)); +char *_EXFUN(strncpy,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t)); +char *_EXFUN(strpbrk,(const char *, const char *)); +char *_EXFUN(strrchr,(const char *, int)); +size_t _EXFUN(strspn,(const char *, const char *)); +char *_EXFUN(strstr,(const char *, const char *)); +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +char *_EXFUN(strtok,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict)); +#endif +size_t _EXFUN(strxfrm,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t)); + +#if __POSIX_VISIBLE +char *_EXFUN(strtok_r,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, char **__restrict)); +#endif +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +int _EXFUN(bcmp,(const void *, const void *, size_t)); +void _EXFUN(bcopy,(const void *, void *, size_t)); +void _EXFUN(bzero,(void *, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(ffs,(int)); +char *_EXFUN(index,(const char *, int)); +#endif +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE +_PTR _EXFUN(memccpy,(_PTR __restrict, const _PTR __restrict, int, size_t)); +#endif +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +_PTR _EXFUN(mempcpy,(_PTR, const _PTR, size_t)); +_PTR _EXFUN(memmem, (const _PTR, size_t, const _PTR, size_t)); +#endif +_PTR _EXFUN(memrchr,(const _PTR, int, size_t)); +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +_PTR _EXFUN(rawmemchr,(const _PTR, int)); +#endif +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +char *_EXFUN(rindex,(const char *, int)); +#endif +char *_EXFUN(stpcpy,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict)); +char *_EXFUN(stpncpy,(char *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t)); +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE +int _EXFUN(strcasecmp,(const char *, const char *)); +#endif +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +char *_EXFUN(strcasestr,(const char *, const char *)); +char *_EXFUN(strchrnul,(const char *, int)); +#endif +#if __XSI_VISIBLE >= 500 +char *_EXFUN(strdup,(const char *)); +#endif +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char *_EXFUN(_strdup_r,(struct _reent *, const char *)); +#endif +#if __XSI_VISIBLE >= 700 +char *_EXFUN(strndup,(const char *, size_t)); +#endif + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char *_EXFUN(_strndup_r,(struct _reent *, const char *, size_t)); +#endif + +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +int _EXFUN(ffsl,(long)); +int _EXFUN(ffsll, (long long)); +#endif + +/* There are two common strerror_r variants. If you request + _GNU_SOURCE, you get the GNU version; otherwise you get the POSIX + version. POSIX requires that #undef strerror_r will still let you + invoke the underlying function, but that requires gcc support. */ +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +char *_EXFUN(strerror_r,(int, char *, size_t)); +#else +# ifdef __GNUC__ +int _EXFUN(strerror_r,(int, char *, size_t)) + __asm__ (__ASMNAME ("__xpg_strerror_r")); +# else +int _EXFUN(__xpg_strerror_r,(int, char *, size_t)); +# define strerror_r __xpg_strerror_r +# endif +#endif + +/* Reentrant version of strerror. */ +char * _EXFUN(_strerror_r, (struct _reent *, int, int, int *)); + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +size_t _EXFUN(strlcat,(char *, const char *, size_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(strlcpy,(char *, const char *, size_t)); +#endif +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE +int _EXFUN(strncasecmp,(const char *, const char *, size_t)); +#endif +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || \ + __XSI_VISIBLE >= 700 +size_t _EXFUN(strnlen,(const char *, size_t)); +#endif +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +char *_EXFUN(strsep,(char **, const char *)); +#endif + +/* + * The origin of these is unknown to me so I am conditionalizing them + * on __STRICT_ANSI__. Finetuning this is definitely needed. --joel + */ +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) +char *_EXFUN(strlwr,(char *)); +char *_EXFUN(strupr,(char *)); +#endif + +#ifndef DEFS_H /* Kludge to work around problem compiling in gdb */ +char *_EXFUN(strsignal, (int __signo)); +#endif + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +int _EXFUN(strtosigno, (const char *__name)); +#endif + +#if defined _GNU_SOURCE && defined __GNUC__ +#define strdupa(__s) \ + (__extension__ ({const char *__in = (__s); \ + size_t __len = strlen (__in) + 1; \ + char * __out = (char *) __builtin_alloca (__len); \ + (char *) memcpy (__out, __in, __len);})) +#define strndupa(__s, __n) \ + (__extension__ ({const char *__in = (__s); \ + size_t __len = strnlen (__in, (__n)) + 1; \ + char *__out = (char *) __builtin_alloca (__len); \ + __out[__len-1] = '\0'; \ + (char *) memcpy (__out, __in, __len-1);})) +#endif /* _GNU_SOURCE && __GNUC__ */ + +#include + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _STRING_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/strings.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/strings.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..131d81d --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/strings.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* + * strings.h + * + * Definitions for string operations. + */ + +#ifndef _STRINGS_H_ +#define _STRINGS_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include + +#include /* for size_t */ + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +#if !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ && _POSIX_VERSION < 200809L +/* + * Marked LEGACY in Open Group Base Specifications Issue 6/IEEE Std 1003.1-2004 + * Removed from Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7/IEEE Std 1003.1-2008 + */ +int _EXFUN(bcmp,(const void *, const void *, size_t)); +void _EXFUN(bcopy,(const void *, void *, size_t)); +void _EXFUN(bzero,(void *, size_t)); +char *_EXFUN(index,(const char *, int)); +char *_EXFUN(rindex,(const char *, int)); +#endif /* ! __STRICT_ANSI__ */ + +int _EXFUN(ffs,(int)); +int _EXFUN(strcasecmp,(const char *, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(strncasecmp,(const char *, const char *, size_t)); + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _STRINGS_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_default_fcntl.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_default_fcntl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb674ae --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_default_fcntl.h @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ + +#ifndef _SYS__DEFAULT_FCNTL_H_ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define _SYS__DEFAULT_FCNTL_H_ +#include <_ansi.h> +#include +#define _FOPEN (-1) /* from sys/file.h, kernel use only */ +#define _FREAD 0x0001 /* read enabled */ +#define _FWRITE 0x0002 /* write enabled */ +#define _FAPPEND 0x0008 /* append (writes guaranteed at the end) */ +#define _FMARK 0x0010 /* internal; mark during gc() */ +#define _FDEFER 0x0020 /* internal; defer for next gc pass */ +#define _FASYNC 0x0040 /* signal pgrp when data ready */ +#define _FSHLOCK 0x0080 /* BSD flock() shared lock present */ +#define _FEXLOCK 0x0100 /* BSD flock() exclusive lock present */ +#define _FCREAT 0x0200 /* open with file create */ +#define _FTRUNC 0x0400 /* open with truncation */ +#define _FEXCL 0x0800 /* error on open if file exists */ +#define _FNBIO 0x1000 /* non blocking I/O (sys5 style) */ +#define _FSYNC 0x2000 /* do all writes synchronously */ +#define _FNONBLOCK 0x4000 /* non blocking I/O (POSIX style) */ +#define _FNDELAY _FNONBLOCK /* non blocking I/O (4.2 style) */ +#define _FNOCTTY 0x8000 /* don't assign a ctty on this open */ + +#define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR) + +/* + * Flag values for open(2) and fcntl(2) + * The kernel adds 1 to the open modes to turn it into some + * combination of FREAD and FWRITE. + */ +#define O_RDONLY 0 /* +1 == FREAD */ +#define O_WRONLY 1 /* +1 == FWRITE */ +#define O_RDWR 2 /* +1 == FREAD|FWRITE */ +#define O_APPEND _FAPPEND +#define O_CREAT _FCREAT +#define O_TRUNC _FTRUNC +#define O_EXCL _FEXCL +#define O_SYNC _FSYNC +/* O_NDELAY _FNDELAY set in include/fcntl.h */ +/* O_NDELAY _FNBIO set in include/fcntl.h */ +#define O_NONBLOCK _FNONBLOCK +#define O_NOCTTY _FNOCTTY +/* For machines which care - */ +#if defined (__CYGWIN__) +#define _FBINARY 0x10000 +#define _FTEXT 0x20000 +#define _FNOINHERIT 0x40000 +#define _FDIRECT 0x80000 +#define _FNOFOLLOW 0x100000 +#define _FDIRECTORY 0x200000 +#define _FEXECSRCH 0x400000 + +#define O_BINARY _FBINARY +#define O_TEXT _FTEXT +#define O_CLOEXEC _FNOINHERIT +#define O_DIRECT _FDIRECT +#define O_NOFOLLOW _FNOFOLLOW +#define O_DSYNC _FSYNC +#define O_RSYNC _FSYNC +#define O_DIRECTORY _FDIRECTORY +#define O_EXEC _FEXECSRCH +#define O_SEARCH _FEXECSRCH +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE + +/* + * Flags that work for fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, FXXXX) + */ +#define FAPPEND _FAPPEND +#define FSYNC _FSYNC +#define FASYNC _FASYNC +#define FNBIO _FNBIO +#define FNONBIO _FNONBLOCK /* XXX fix to be NONBLOCK everywhere */ +#define FNDELAY _FNDELAY + +/* + * Flags that are disallowed for fcntl's (FCNTLCANT); + * used for opens, internal state, or locking. + */ +#define FREAD _FREAD +#define FWRITE _FWRITE +#define FMARK _FMARK +#define FDEFER _FDEFER +#define FSHLOCK _FSHLOCK +#define FEXLOCK _FEXLOCK + +/* + * The rest of the flags, used only for opens + */ +#define FOPEN _FOPEN +#define FCREAT _FCREAT +#define FTRUNC _FTRUNC +#define FEXCL _FEXCL +#define FNOCTTY _FNOCTTY + +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ + +/* XXX close on exec request; must match UF_EXCLOSE in user.h */ +#define FD_CLOEXEC 1 /* posix */ + +/* fcntl(2) requests */ +#define F_DUPFD 0 /* Duplicate fildes */ +#define F_GETFD 1 /* Get fildes flags (close on exec) */ +#define F_SETFD 2 /* Set fildes flags (close on exec) */ +#define F_GETFL 3 /* Get file flags */ +#define F_SETFL 4 /* Set file flags */ +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +#define F_GETOWN 5 /* Get owner - for ASYNC */ +#define F_SETOWN 6 /* Set owner - for ASYNC */ +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ +#define F_GETLK 7 /* Get record-locking information */ +#define F_SETLK 8 /* Set or Clear a record-lock (Non-Blocking) */ +#define F_SETLKW 9 /* Set or Clear a record-lock (Blocking) */ +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +#define F_RGETLK 10 /* Test a remote lock to see if it is blocked */ +#define F_RSETLK 11 /* Set or unlock a remote lock */ +#define F_CNVT 12 /* Convert a fhandle to an open fd */ +#define F_RSETLKW 13 /* Set or Clear remote record-lock(Blocking) */ +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 14 /* As F_DUPFD, but set close-on-exec flag */ +#endif + +/* fcntl(2) flags (l_type field of flock structure) */ +#define F_RDLCK 1 /* read lock */ +#define F_WRLCK 2 /* write lock */ +#define F_UNLCK 3 /* remove lock(s) */ +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +#define F_UNLKSYS 4 /* remove remote locks for a given system */ +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || defined(__CYGWIN__) +/* Special descriptor value to denote the cwd in calls to openat(2) etc. */ +#define AT_FDCWD -2 + +/* Flag values for faccessat2) et al. */ +#define AT_EACCESS 1 +#define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 2 +#define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 4 +#define AT_REMOVEDIR 8 +#endif + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +/* lock operations for flock(2) */ +#define LOCK_SH 0x01 /* shared file lock */ +#define LOCK_EX 0x02 /* exclusive file lock */ +#define LOCK_NB 0x04 /* don't block when locking */ +#define LOCK_UN 0x08 /* unlock file */ +#endif + +/*#include */ + +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +/* file segment locking set data type - information passed to system by user */ +struct flock { + short l_type; /* F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, or F_UNLCK */ + short l_whence; /* flag to choose starting offset */ + long l_start; /* relative offset, in bytes */ + long l_len; /* length, in bytes; 0 means lock to EOF */ + short l_pid; /* returned with F_GETLK */ + short l_xxx; /* reserved for future use */ +}; +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +/* extended file segment locking set data type */ +struct eflock { + short l_type; /* F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, or F_UNLCK */ + short l_whence; /* flag to choose starting offset */ + long l_start; /* relative offset, in bytes */ + long l_len; /* length, in bytes; 0 means lock to EOF */ + short l_pid; /* returned with F_GETLK */ + short l_xxx; /* reserved for future use */ + long l_rpid; /* Remote process id wanting this lock */ + long l_rsys; /* Remote system id wanting this lock */ +}; +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ + +#include +#include /* sigh. for the mode bits for open/creat */ + +extern int open _PARAMS ((const char *, int, ...)); +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || defined(__CYGWIN__) +extern int openat _PARAMS ((int, const char *, int, ...)); +#endif +extern int creat _PARAMS ((const char *, mode_t)); +extern int fcntl _PARAMS ((int, int, ...)); +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +extern int flock _PARAMS ((int, int)); +#endif +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#include +extern int futimesat _PARAMS ((int, const char *, const struct timeval *)); +#endif + +/* Provide _ prototypes for functions provided by some versions + of newlib. */ +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +extern int _open _PARAMS ((const char *, int, ...)); +extern int _fcntl _PARAMS ((int, int, ...)); +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +extern int _open64 _PARAMS ((const char *, int, ...)); +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* !_SYS__DEFAULT_FCNTL_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_intsup.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_intsup.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c3bc01 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_intsup.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 by + * Ralf Corsepius, Ulm/Germany. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + * is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved. + */ + +#ifndef _SYS__INTSUP_H +#define _SYS__INTSUP_H + +#include + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 2) +/* gcc > 3.2 implicitly defines the values we are interested */ +#define __STDINT_EXP(x) __##x##__ +#else +#define __STDINT_EXP(x) x +#include +#endif + +/* Check if "long long" is 64bit wide */ +/* Modern GCCs provide __LONG_LONG_MAX__, SUSv3 wants LLONG_MAX */ +#if ( defined(__LONG_LONG_MAX__) && (__LONG_LONG_MAX__ > 0x7fffffff) ) \ + || ( defined(LLONG_MAX) && (LLONG_MAX > 0x7fffffff) ) +#define __have_longlong64 1 +#endif + +/* Check if "long" is 64bit or 32bit wide */ +#if __STDINT_EXP(LONG_MAX) > 0x7fffffff +#define __have_long64 1 +#elif __STDINT_EXP(LONG_MAX) == 0x7fffffff && !defined(__SPU__) +#define __have_long32 1 +#endif + +#endif /* _SYS__INTSUP_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_types.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07bc276 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* ANSI C namespace clean utility typedefs */ + +/* This file defines various typedefs needed by the system calls that support + the C library. Basically, they're just the POSIX versions with an '_' + prepended. This file lives in the `sys' directory so targets can provide + their own if desired (or they can put target dependant conditionals here). +*/ + +#ifndef _SYS__TYPES_H +#define _SYS__TYPES_H + +#include +#include + +#ifndef __off_t_defined +typedef long _off_t; +#endif + +#ifndef __dev_t_defined +typedef short __dev_t; +#endif + +#ifndef __uid_t_defined +typedef unsigned short __uid_t; +#endif +#ifndef __gid_t_defined +typedef unsigned short __gid_t; +#endif + +#ifndef __off64_t_defined +__extension__ typedef long long _off64_t; +#endif + +/* + * We need fpos_t for the following, but it doesn't have a leading "_", + * so we use _fpos_t instead. + */ +#ifndef __fpos_t_defined +typedef long _fpos_t; /* XXX must match off_t in */ + /* (and must be `long' for now) */ +#endif + +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +#ifndef __fpos64_t_defined +typedef _off64_t _fpos64_t; +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef __ssize_t_defined +#ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__ +/* If __SIZE_TYPE__ is defined (gcc) we define ssize_t based on size_t. + We simply change "unsigned" to "signed" for this single definition + to make sure ssize_t and size_t only differ by their signedness. */ +#define unsigned signed +typedef __SIZE_TYPE__ _ssize_t; +#undef unsigned +#else +#if defined(__INT_MAX__) && __INT_MAX__ == 2147483647 +typedef int _ssize_t; +#else +typedef long _ssize_t; +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#define __need_wint_t +#include + +#ifndef __mbstate_t_defined +/* Conversion state information. */ +typedef struct +{ + int __count; + union + { + wint_t __wch; + unsigned char __wchb[4]; + } __value; /* Value so far. */ +} _mbstate_t; +#endif + +#ifndef __flock_t_defined +typedef _LOCK_RECURSIVE_T _flock_t; +#endif + +#ifndef __iconv_t_defined +/* Iconv descriptor type */ +typedef void *_iconv_t; +#endif + +#endif /* _SYS__TYPES_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/cdefs.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/cdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5e613c --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/cdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,710 @@ +/* libc/sys/linux/sys/cdefs.h - Helper macros for K&R vs. ANSI C compat. */ + +/* Written 2000 by Werner Almesberger */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Berkeley Software Design, Inc. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)cdefs.h 8.8 (Berkeley) 1/9/95 + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#ifndef _SYS_CDEFS_H_ +#define _SYS_CDEFS_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#define __PMT(args) args +#define __DOTS , ... +#define __THROW + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define __ASMNAME(cname) __XSTRING (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__) cname +#endif + +#define __ptr_t void * +#define __long_double_t long double + +#define __attribute_malloc__ +#define __attribute_pure__ +#define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) +#define __flexarr [0] + +#ifndef __BOUNDED_POINTERS__ +# define __bounded /* nothing */ +# define __unbounded /* nothing */ +# define __ptrvalue /* nothing */ +#endif + +/* + * Testing against Clang-specific extensions. + */ + +#ifndef __has_extension +#define __has_extension __has_feature +#endif +#ifndef __has_feature +#define __has_feature(x) 0 +#endif +#ifndef __has_include +#define __has_include(x) 0 +#endif +#ifndef __has_builtin +#define __has_builtin(x) 0 +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +#define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" { +#define __END_DECLS } +#else +#define __BEGIN_DECLS +#define __END_DECLS +#endif + +/* + * This code has been put in place to help reduce the addition of + * compiler specific defines in FreeBSD code. It helps to aid in + * having a compiler-agnostic source tree. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define __GNUCLIKE_ASM 3 +#define __GNUCLIKE_MATH_BUILTIN_CONSTANTS +#else +#define __GNUCLIKE_ASM 2 +#endif +#define __GNUCLIKE___TYPEOF 1 +#define __GNUCLIKE___OFFSETOF 1 +#define __GNUCLIKE___SECTION 1 + +#ifndef __INTEL_COMPILER +# define __GNUCLIKE_CTOR_SECTION_HANDLING 1 +#endif + +#define __GNUCLIKE_BUILTIN_CONSTANT_P 1 +# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(__cplusplus) \ + && __INTEL_COMPILER < 800 +# undef __GNUCLIKE_BUILTIN_CONSTANT_P +# endif + +#if (__GNUC_MINOR__ > 95 || __GNUC__ >= 3) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define __GNUCLIKE_BUILTIN_VARARGS 1 +# define __GNUCLIKE_BUILTIN_STDARG 1 +# define __GNUCLIKE_BUILTIN_VAALIST 1 +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define __GNUC_VA_LIST_COMPATIBILITY 1 +#endif + +/* + * Compiler memory barriers, specific to gcc and clang. + */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#define __compiler_membar() __asm __volatile(" " : : : "memory") +#endif + +#ifndef __INTEL_COMPILER +# define __GNUCLIKE_BUILTIN_NEXT_ARG 1 +# define __GNUCLIKE_MATH_BUILTIN_RELOPS +#endif + +#define __GNUCLIKE_BUILTIN_MEMCPY 1 + +/* XXX: if __GNUC__ >= 2: not tested everywhere originally, where replaced */ +#define __CC_SUPPORTS_INLINE 1 +#define __CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE 1 +#define __CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE__ 1 + +#define __CC_SUPPORTS___FUNC__ 1 +#define __CC_SUPPORTS_WARNING 1 + +#define __CC_SUPPORTS_VARADIC_XXX 1 /* see varargs.h */ + +#define __CC_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_ARRAY_INIT 1 + +#endif /* __GNUC__ || __INTEL_COMPILER */ + +/* + * The __CONCAT macro is used to concatenate parts of symbol names, e.g. + * with "#define OLD(foo) __CONCAT(old,foo)", OLD(foo) produces oldfoo. + * The __CONCAT macro is a bit tricky to use if it must work in non-ANSI + * mode -- there must be no spaces between its arguments, and for nested + * __CONCAT's, all the __CONCAT's must be at the left. __CONCAT can also + * concatenate double-quoted strings produced by the __STRING macro, but + * this only works with ANSI C. + * + * __XSTRING is like __STRING, but it expands any macros in its argument + * first. It is only available with ANSI C. + */ +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) +#define __P(protos) protos /* full-blown ANSI C */ +#define __CONCAT1(x,y) x ## y +#define __CONCAT(x,y) __CONCAT1(x,y) +#define __STRING(x) #x /* stringify without expanding x */ +#define __XSTRING(x) __STRING(x) /* expand x, then stringify */ + +#define __const const /* define reserved names to standard */ +#define __signed signed +#define __volatile volatile +#if defined(__cplusplus) +#define __inline inline /* convert to C++ keyword */ +#else +#if !(defined(__CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE)) +#define __inline /* delete GCC keyword */ +#endif /* ! __CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE */ +#endif /* !__cplusplus */ + +#else /* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */ +#define __P(protos) () /* traditional C preprocessor */ +#define __CONCAT(x,y) x/**/y +#define __STRING(x) "x" + +#if !defined(__CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE) +#define __const /* delete pseudo-ANSI C keywords */ +#define __inline +#define __signed +#define __volatile +/* + * In non-ANSI C environments, new programs will want ANSI-only C keywords + * deleted from the program and old programs will want them left alone. + * When using a compiler other than gcc, programs using the ANSI C keywords + * const, inline etc. as normal identifiers should define -DNO_ANSI_KEYWORDS. + * When using "gcc -traditional", we assume that this is the intent; if + * __GNUC__ is defined but __STDC__ is not, we leave the new keywords alone. + */ +#ifndef NO_ANSI_KEYWORDS +#define const /* delete ANSI C keywords */ +#define inline +#define signed +#define volatile +#endif /* !NO_ANSI_KEYWORDS */ +#endif /* !__CC_SUPPORTS___INLINE */ +#endif /* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */ + +/* + * Compiler-dependent macros to help declare dead (non-returning) and + * pure (no side effects) functions, and unused variables. They are + * null except for versions of gcc that are known to support the features + * properly (old versions of gcc-2 supported the dead and pure features + * in a different (wrong) way). If we do not provide an implementation + * for a given compiler, let the compile fail if it is told to use + * a feature that we cannot live without. + */ +#ifdef lint +#define __dead2 +#define __pure2 +#define __unused +#define __packed +#define __aligned(x) +#define __section(x) +#else +#if !__GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 5) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define __dead2 +#define __pure2 +#define __unused +#endif +#if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7 && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define __dead2 __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +#define __pure2 __attribute__((__const__)) +#define __unused +/* XXX Find out what to do for __packed, __aligned and __section */ +#endif +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 7) +#define __dead2 __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +#define __pure2 __attribute__((__const__)) +#define __unused __attribute__((__unused__)) +#define __used __attribute__((__used__)) +#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__)) +#define __aligned(x) __attribute__((__aligned__(x))) +#define __section(x) __attribute__((__section__(x))) +#endif +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define __dead2 __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +#define __pure2 __attribute__((__const__)) +#define __unused __attribute__((__unused__)) +#define __used __attribute__((__used__)) +#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__)) +#define __aligned(x) __attribute__((__aligned__(x))) +#define __section(x) __attribute__((__section__(x))) +#endif +#endif + +#if !__GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 95) +#define __alignof(x) __offsetof(struct { char __a; x __b; }, __b) +#endif + +/* + * Keywords added in C11. + */ + +#if !defined(__STDC_VERSION__) || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112L + +#if !__has_extension(c_alignas) +#if (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) || \ + __has_extension(cxx_alignas) +#define _Alignas(x) alignas(x) +#else +/* XXX: Only emulates _Alignas(constant-expression); not _Alignas(type-name). */ +#define _Alignas(x) __aligned(x) +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L +#define _Alignof(x) alignof(x) +#else +#define _Alignof(x) __alignof(x) +#endif + +#if !__has_extension(c_atomic) && !__has_extension(cxx_atomic) +/* + * No native support for _Atomic(). Place object in structure to prevent + * most forms of direct non-atomic access. + */ +#define _Atomic(T) struct { T volatile __val; } +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L +#define _Noreturn [[noreturn]] +#else +#define _Noreturn __dead2 +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(4, 6) && !defined(__cplusplus) +/* Do nothing: _Static_assert() works as per C11 */ +#elif !__has_extension(c_static_assert) +#if (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) || \ + __has_extension(cxx_static_assert) +#define _Static_assert(x, y) static_assert(x, y) +#elif defined(__COUNTER__) +#define _Static_assert(x, y) __Static_assert(x, __COUNTER__) +#define __Static_assert(x, y) ___Static_assert(x, y) +#define ___Static_assert(x, y) typedef char __assert_ ## y[(x) ? 1 : -1] +#else +#define _Static_assert(x, y) struct __hack +#endif +#endif + +#if !__has_extension(c_thread_local) +/* XXX: Change this to test against C++11 when clang in base supports it. */ +#if /* (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) || */ \ + __has_extension(cxx_thread_local) +#define _Thread_local thread_local +#else +#define _Thread_local __thread +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112L */ + +/* + * Emulation of C11 _Generic(). Unlike the previously defined C11 + * keywords, it is not possible to implement this using exactly the same + * syntax. Therefore implement something similar under the name + * __generic(). Unlike _Generic(), this macro can only distinguish + * between a single type, so it requires nested invocations to + * distinguish multiple cases. + */ + +#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L +#define __generic(expr, t, yes, no) \ + _Generic(expr, t: yes, default: no) +#elif __GNUC_PREREQ__(3, 1) && !defined(__cplusplus) +#define __generic(expr, t, yes, no) \ + __builtin_choose_expr( \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof(expr), t), yes, no) +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 96) +#define __malloc_like __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#define __pure __attribute__((__pure__)) +#else +#define __malloc_like +#define __pure +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(3, 1) || (defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER >= 800) +#define __always_inline __attribute__((__always_inline__)) +#else +#define __always_inline +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(3, 1) +#define __noinline __attribute__ ((__noinline__)) +#else +#define __noinline +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(3, 3) +#define __nonnull(x) __attribute__((__nonnull__(x))) +#else +#define __nonnull(x) +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(3, 4) +#define __fastcall __attribute__((__fastcall__)) +#else +#define __fastcall +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(4, 1) +#define __returns_twice __attribute__((__returns_twice__)) +#else +#define __returns_twice +#endif + +/* XXX: should use `#if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901'. */ +#if !__GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 7) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define __func__ NULL +#endif + +/* + * GCC 2.95 provides `__restrict' as an extension to C90 to support the + * C99-specific `restrict' type qualifier. We happen to use `__restrict' as + * a way to define the `restrict' type qualifier without disturbing older + * software that is unaware of C99 keywords. + */ +#if !(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 95) +#if !defined(__STDC_VERSION__) || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 || defined(lint) +#define __restrict +#else +#define __restrict restrict +#endif +#endif + +/* + * GNU C version 2.96 adds explicit branch prediction so that + * the CPU back-end can hint the processor and also so that + * code blocks can be reordered such that the predicted path + * sees a more linear flow, thus improving cache behavior, etc. + * + * The following two macros provide us with a way to utilize this + * compiler feature. Use __predict_true() if you expect the expression + * to evaluate to true, and __predict_false() if you expect the + * expression to evaluate to false. + * + * A few notes about usage: + * + * * Generally, __predict_false() error condition checks (unless + * you have some _strong_ reason to do otherwise, in which case + * document it), and/or __predict_true() `no-error' condition + * checks, assuming you want to optimize for the no-error case. + * + * * Other than that, if you don't know the likelihood of a test + * succeeding from empirical or other `hard' evidence, don't + * make predictions. + * + * * These are meant to be used in places that are run `a lot'. + * It is wasteful to make predictions in code that is run + * seldomly (e.g. at subsystem initialization time) as the + * basic block reordering that this affects can often generate + * larger code. + */ +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 96) +#define __predict_true(exp) __builtin_expect((exp), 1) +#define __predict_false(exp) __builtin_expect((exp), 0) +#else +#define __predict_true(exp) (exp) +#define __predict_false(exp) (exp) +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(4, 2) +#define __hidden __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) +#define __exported __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#else +#define __hidden +#define __exported +#endif + +#define __offsetof(type, field) offsetof(type, field) +#define __rangeof(type, start, end) \ + (__offsetof(type, end) - __offsetof(type, start)) + +/* + * Given the pointer x to the member m of the struct s, return + * a pointer to the containing structure. When using GCC, we first + * assign pointer x to a local variable, to check that its type is + * compatible with member m. + */ +#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(3, 1) +#define __containerof(x, s, m) ({ \ + const volatile __typeof__(((s *)0)->m) *__x = (x); \ + __DEQUALIFY(s *, (const volatile char *)__x - __offsetof(s, m));\ +}) +#else +#define __containerof(x, s, m) \ + __DEQUALIFY(s *, (const volatile char *)(x) - __offsetof(s, m)) +#endif + +/* + * Compiler-dependent macros to declare that functions take printf-like + * or scanf-like arguments. They are null except for versions of gcc + * that are known to support the features properly (old versions of gcc-2 + * didn't permit keeping the keywords out of the application namespace). + */ +#if !__GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 7) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define __printflike(fmtarg, firstvararg) +#define __scanflike(fmtarg, firstvararg) +#define __format_arg(fmtarg) +#define __strfmonlike(fmtarg, firstvararg) +#define __strftimelike(fmtarg, firstvararg) +#else +#define __printflike(fmtarg, firstvararg) \ + __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__, fmtarg, firstvararg))) +#define __scanflike(fmtarg, firstvararg) \ + __attribute__((__format__ (__scanf__, fmtarg, firstvararg))) +#define __format_arg(fmtarg) __attribute__((__format_arg__ (fmtarg))) +#define __strfmonlike(fmtarg, firstvararg) \ + __attribute__((__format__ (__strfmon__, fmtarg, firstvararg))) +#define __strftimelike(fmtarg, firstvararg) \ + __attribute__((__format__ (__strftime__, fmtarg, firstvararg))) +#endif + +/* Compiler-dependent macros that rely on FreeBSD-specific extensions. */ +#if defined(__FreeBSD_cc_version) && __FreeBSD_cc_version >= 300001 && \ + defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define __printf0like(fmtarg, firstvararg) \ + __attribute__((__format__ (__printf0__, fmtarg, firstvararg))) +#else +#define __printf0like(fmtarg, firstvararg) +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +#ifndef __INTEL_COMPILER +#define __strong_reference(sym,aliassym) \ + extern __typeof (sym) aliassym __attribute__ ((__alias__ (#sym))) +#endif +#ifdef __ELF__ +#ifdef __STDC__ +#define __weak_reference(sym,alias) \ + __asm__(".weak " #alias); \ + __asm__(".equ " #alias ", " #sym) +#define __warn_references(sym,msg) \ + __asm__(".section .gnu.warning." #sym); \ + __asm__(".asciz \"" msg "\""); \ + __asm__(".previous") +#define __sym_compat(sym,impl,verid) \ + __asm__(".symver " #impl ", " #sym "@" #verid) +#define __sym_default(sym,impl,verid) \ + __asm__(".symver " #impl ", " #sym "@@" #verid) +#else +#define __weak_reference(sym,alias) \ + __asm__(".weak alias"); \ + __asm__(".equ alias, sym") +#define __warn_references(sym,msg) \ + __asm__(".section .gnu.warning.sym"); \ + __asm__(".asciz \"msg\""); \ + __asm__(".previous") +#define __sym_compat(sym,impl,verid) \ + __asm__(".symver impl, sym@verid") +#define __sym_default(impl,sym,verid) \ + __asm__(".symver impl, sym@@verid") +#endif /* __STDC__ */ +#else /* !__ELF__ */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +#define __weak_reference(sym,alias) \ + __asm__(".stabs \"_" #alias "\",11,0,0,0"); \ + __asm__(".stabs \"_" #sym "\",1,0,0,0") +#define __warn_references(sym,msg) \ + __asm__(".stabs \"" msg "\",30,0,0,0"); \ + __asm__(".stabs \"_" #sym "\",1,0,0,0") +#else +#define __weak_reference(sym,alias) \ + __asm__(".stabs \"_/**/alias\",11,0,0,0"); \ + __asm__(".stabs \"_/**/sym\",1,0,0,0") +#define __warn_references(sym,msg) \ + __asm__(".stabs msg,30,0,0,0"); \ + __asm__(".stabs \"_/**/sym\",1,0,0,0") +#endif /* __STDC__ */ +#endif /* __ELF__ */ +#endif /* __GNUC__ || __INTEL_COMPILER */ + +#ifndef __FBSDID +#define __FBSDID(s) struct __hack +#endif + +#ifndef __RCSID +#define __RCSID(s) struct __hack +#endif + +#ifndef __RCSID_SOURCE +#define __RCSID_SOURCE(s) struct __hack +#endif + +#ifndef __SCCSID +#define __SCCSID(s) struct __hack +#endif + +#ifndef __COPYRIGHT +#define __COPYRIGHT(s) struct __hack +#endif + +#ifndef __DECONST +#define __DECONST(type, var) ((type)(__uintptr_t)(const void *)(var)) +#endif + +#ifndef __DEVOLATILE +#define __DEVOLATILE(type, var) ((type)(__uintptr_t)(volatile void *)(var)) +#endif + +#ifndef __DEQUALIFY +#define __DEQUALIFY(type, var) ((type)(__uintptr_t)(const volatile void *)(var)) +#endif + +/*- + * The following definitions are an extension of the behavior originally + * implemented in , but with a different level of granularity. + * POSIX.1 requires that the macros we test be defined before any standard + * header file is included. + * + * Here's a quick run-down of the versions: + * defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) 1003.1-1988 + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 1 1003.1-1990 + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 2 1003.2-1992 C Language Binding Option + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 199309 1003.1b-1993 + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 199506 1003.1c-1995, 1003.1i-1995, + * and the omnibus ISO/IEC 9945-1: 1996 + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 200112 1003.1-2001 + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 200809 1003.1-2008 + * + * In addition, the X/Open Portability Guide, which is now the Single UNIX + * Specification, defines a feature-test macro which indicates the version of + * that specification, and which subsumes _POSIX_C_SOURCE. + * + * Our macros begin with two underscores to avoid namespace screwage. + */ + +/* Deal with IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990, in which _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 1. */ +#if defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 1 +#undef _POSIX_C_SOURCE /* Probably illegal, but beyond caring now. */ +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 199009 +#endif + +/* Deal with IEEE Std. 1003.2-1992, in which _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 2. */ +#if defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && _POSIX_C_SOURCE == 2 +#undef _POSIX_C_SOURCE +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 199209 +#endif + +/* Deal with various X/Open Portability Guides and Single UNIX Spec. */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE +#if _XOPEN_SOURCE - 0 >= 700 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 700 +#undef _POSIX_C_SOURCE +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200809 +#elif _XOPEN_SOURCE - 0 >= 600 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 600 +#undef _POSIX_C_SOURCE +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200112 +#elif _XOPEN_SOURCE - 0 >= 500 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 500 +#undef _POSIX_C_SOURCE +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 199506 +#endif +#endif + +/* + * Deal with all versions of POSIX. The ordering relative to the tests above is + * important. + */ +#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) && !defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 198808 +#endif +#ifdef _POSIX_C_SOURCE +#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809 +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 200809 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1999 +#elif _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112 +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 200112 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1999 +#elif _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506 +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 199506 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1990 +#elif _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309 +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 199309 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1990 +#elif _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199209 +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 199209 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1990 +#elif _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199009 +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 199009 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1990 +#else +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 198808 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 0 +#endif /* _POSIX_C_SOURCE */ +#else +/*- + * Deal with _ANSI_SOURCE: + * If it is defined, and no other compilation environment is explicitly + * requested, then define our internal feature-test macros to zero. This + * makes no difference to the preprocessor (undefined symbols in preprocessing + * expressions are defined to have value zero), but makes it more convenient for + * a test program to print out the values. + * + * If a program mistakenly defines _ANSI_SOURCE and some other macro such as + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE, we will assume that it wants the broader compilation + * environment (and in fact we will never get here). + */ +#if defined(_ANSI_SOURCE) /* Hide almost everything. */ +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 0 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 0 +#define __BSD_VISIBLE 0 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1990 +#elif defined(_C99_SOURCE) /* Localism to specify strict C99 env. */ +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 0 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 0 +#define __BSD_VISIBLE 0 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 1999 +#elif defined(_C11_SOURCE) /* Localism to specify strict C11 env. */ +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 0 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 0 +#define __BSD_VISIBLE 0 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 2011 +#elif defined(_GNU_SOURCE) /* Everything and the kitchen sink. */ +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 200809 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 700 +#define __BSD_VISIBLE 1 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 2011 +#define __GNU_VISIBLE 1 +#else /* Default: everything except __GNU_VISIBLE. */ +#define __POSIX_VISIBLE 200809 +#define __XSI_VISIBLE 700 +#define __BSD_VISIBLE 1 +#define __ISO_C_VISIBLE 2011 +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* !_SYS_CDEFS_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/config.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee9d3b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/config.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +#ifndef __SYS_CONFIG_H__ +#define __SYS_CONFIG_H__ + +#include /* floating point macros */ +#include /* POSIX defs */ + +#ifdef __aarch64__ +#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT 16 +#endif + +/* exceptions first */ +#if defined(__H8500__) || defined(__W65__) +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +/* ??? This conditional is true for the h8500 and the w65, defining H8300 + in those cases probably isn't the right thing to do. */ +#define H8300 1 +#endif + +/* 16 bit integer machines */ +#if defined(__Z8001__) || defined(__Z8002__) || defined(__H8500__) || defined(__W65__) || defined (__mn10200__) || defined (__AVR__) + +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX 32767 +#define UINT_MAX 65535 +#endif + +#if defined (__H8300__) || defined (__H8300H__) || defined(__H8300S__) || defined (__H8300SX__) +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#define H8300 1 +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX __INT_MAX__ +#define UINT_MAX (__INT_MAX__ * 2U + 1) +#endif + +#if (defined(__CR16__) || defined(__CR16C__) ||defined(__CR16CP__)) +#ifndef __INT32__ +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX 32767 +#define UINT_MAX (__INT_MAX__ * 2U + 1) +#else /* INT32 */ +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX 2147483647 +#define UINT_MAX (__INT_MAX__ * 2U + 1) +#endif /* INT32 */ + +#endif /* CR16C */ + +#if defined (__xc16x__) || defined (__xc16xL__) || defined (__xc16xS__) +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#endif + +#ifdef __W65__ +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#endif + +#if defined(__D10V__) +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX __INT_MAX__ +#define UINT_MAX (__INT_MAX__ * 2U + 1) +#define _POINTER_INT short +#endif + +#if defined(__mc68hc11__) || defined(__mc68hc12__) || defined(__mc68hc1x__) +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX __INT_MAX__ +#define UINT_MAX (__INT_MAX__ * 2U + 1) +#define _POINTER_INT short +#endif + +#if defined(__m68k__) || defined(__mc68000__) +#define _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _ssize_t +#endif + +#ifdef ___AM29K__ +#define _FLOAT_RET double +#endif + +#ifdef __i386__ +#ifndef __unix__ +/* in other words, go32 */ +#define _FLOAT_RET double +#endif +#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__RDOS__) +/* we want the reentrancy structure to be returned by a function */ +#define __DYNAMIC_REENT__ +#define HAVE_GETDATE +#define _HAVE_SYSTYPES +#define _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _ssize_t +#define __LARGE64_FILES 1 +/* we use some glibc header files so turn on glibc large file feature */ +#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1 +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __mn10200__ +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#endif + +#ifdef __AVR__ +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#define _POINTER_INT short +#endif + +#ifdef __v850 +#define __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__ __attribute__((__sda__)) +#endif + +/* For the PowerPC eabi, force the _impure_ptr to be in .sdata */ +#if defined(__PPC__) +#if defined(_CALL_SYSV) +#define __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__ __attribute__((__section__(".sdata"))) +#endif +#ifdef __SPE__ +#define _LONG_DOUBLE double +#endif +#endif + +/* Configure small REENT structure for Xilinx MicroBlaze platforms */ +#if defined (__MICROBLAZE__) +#ifndef _REENT_SMALL +#define _REENT_SMALL +#endif +/* Xilinx XMK uses Unix98 mutex */ +#ifdef __XMK__ +#define _UNIX98_THREAD_MUTEX_ATTRIBUTES +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__mips__) && !defined(__rtems__) +#define __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__ __attribute__((__section__(".sdata"))) +#endif + +#ifdef __xstormy16__ +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX __INT_MAX__ +#define UINT_MAX (__INT_MAX__ * 2U + 1) +#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT 8 +#define _POINTER_INT short +#define __BUFSIZ__ 16 +#define _REENT_SMALL +#endif + +#if defined __MSP430__ +#ifndef _REENT_SMALL +#define _REENT_SMALL +#endif + +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS + +#ifdef __MSP430X_LARGE__ +#define _POINTER_INT long +#else +#define _POINTER_INT int +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __m32c__ +#define __SMALL_BITFIELDS +#undef INT_MAX +#undef UINT_MAX +#define INT_MAX __INT_MAX__ +#define UINT_MAX (__INT_MAX__ * 2U + 1) +#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT 8 +#if defined(__r8c_cpu__) || defined(__m16c_cpu__) +#define _POINTER_INT short +#else +#define _POINTER_INT long +#endif +#define __BUFSIZ__ 16 +#define _REENT_SMALL +#endif /* __m32c__ */ + +#ifdef __SPU__ +#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT 16 +#define __CUSTOM_FILE_IO__ +#endif + +#ifdef __XTENSA__ +#include +#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT ((XCHAL_DATA_WIDTH) < 16 ? 16 : (XCHAL_DATA_WIDTH)) +#endif + +/* This block should be kept in sync with GCC's limits.h. The point + of having these definitions here is to not include limits.h, which + would pollute the user namespace, while still using types of the + the correct widths when deciding how to define __int32_t and + __int64_t. */ +#ifndef __INT_MAX__ +# ifdef INT_MAX +# define __INT_MAX__ INT_MAX +# else +# define __INT_MAX__ 2147483647 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef __LONG_MAX__ +# ifdef LONG_MAX +# define __LONG_MAX__ LONG_MAX +# else +# if defined (__alpha__) || (defined (__sparc__) && defined(__arch64__)) \ + || defined (__sparcv9) +# define __LONG_MAX__ 9223372036854775807L +# else +# define __LONG_MAX__ 2147483647L +# endif /* __alpha__ || sparc64 */ +# endif +#endif +/* End of block that should be kept in sync with GCC's limits.h. */ + +#ifndef _POINTER_INT +#define _POINTER_INT long +#endif + +#ifdef __frv__ +#define __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__ __attribute__((__section__(".sdata"))) +#endif +#undef __RAND_MAX +#if __INT_MAX__ == 32767 +#define __RAND_MAX 32767 +#else +#define __RAND_MAX 0x7fffffff +#endif + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +#include +#if !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) || (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) +#define __USE_XOPEN2K 1 +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__rtems__) +#define __FILENAME_MAX__ 255 +#define _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _ssize_t +#define __DYNAMIC_REENT__ +#define _REENT_GLOBAL_ATEXIT +#endif + +#ifndef __EXPORT +#define __EXPORT +#endif + +#ifndef __IMPORT +#define __IMPORT +#endif + +/* Define return type of read/write routines. In POSIX, the return type + for read()/write() is "ssize_t" but legacy newlib code has been using + "int" for some time. If not specified, "int" is defaulted. */ +#ifndef _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE +#define _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE int +#endif +/* Define `count' parameter of read/write routines. In POSIX, the `count' + parameter is "size_t" but legacy newlib code has been using "int" for some + time. If not specified, "int" is defaulted. */ +#ifndef _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE +#define _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE int +#endif + +#ifndef __WCHAR_MAX__ +#if __INT_MAX__ == 32767 || defined (_WIN32) +#define __WCHAR_MAX__ 0xffffu +#endif +#endif + +/* See if small reent asked for at configuration time and + is not chosen by the platform by default. */ +#ifdef _WANT_REENT_SMALL +#ifndef _REENT_SMALL +#define _REENT_SMALL +#endif +#endif + +/* If _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_ALL is set, we want all of the extended + charsets. The extended charsets add a few functions and a couple + of tables of a few K each. */ +#ifdef _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_ALL +#define _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_ISO 1 +#define _MB_EXTENDED_CHARSETS_WINDOWS 1 +#endif + +#endif /* __SYS_CONFIG_H__ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/custom_file.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/custom_file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96314fb --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/custom_file.h @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +#error System-specific custom_file.h is missing. + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/dir.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/dir.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..220150d --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/dir.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +/* BSD predecessor of POSIX.1 and struct dirent */ + +#ifndef _SYS_DIR_H_ +#define _SYS_DIR_H_ + +#include + +#define direct dirent + +#endif /*_SYS_DIR_H_*/ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/dirent.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/dirent.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3fb5c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/dirent.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +/* includes , which is this file. On a + system which supports , this file is overridden by + dirent.h in the libc/sys/.../sys directory. On a system which does + not support , we will get this file which uses #error to force + an error. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#error " not supported" +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/errno.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/errno.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a72c373 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/errno.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* errno is not a global variable, because that would make using it + non-reentrant. Instead, its address is returned by the function + __errno. */ + +#ifndef _SYS_ERRNO_H_ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define _SYS_ERRNO_H_ + +#include + +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +#define errno (*__errno()) +extern int *__errno _PARAMS ((void)); +#endif + +/* Please don't use these variables directly. + Use strerror instead. */ +extern __IMPORT _CONST char * _CONST _sys_errlist[]; +extern __IMPORT int _sys_nerr; +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +extern __IMPORT const char * const sys_errlist[]; +extern __IMPORT int sys_nerr; +extern __IMPORT char *program_invocation_name; +extern __IMPORT char *program_invocation_short_name; +#endif + +#define __errno_r(ptr) ((ptr)->_errno) + +#define EPERM 1 /* Not owner */ +#define ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */ +#define ESRCH 3 /* No such process */ +#define EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */ +#define EIO 5 /* I/O error */ +#define ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */ +#define E2BIG 7 /* Arg list too long */ +#define ENOEXEC 8 /* Exec format error */ +#define EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */ +#define ECHILD 10 /* No children */ +#define EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */ +#define ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough space */ +#define EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */ +#define EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ENOTBLK 15 /* Block device required */ +#endif +#define EBUSY 16 /* Device or resource busy */ +#define EEXIST 17 /* File exists */ +#define EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */ +#define ENODEV 19 /* No such device */ +#define ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */ +#define EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */ +#define EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */ +#define ENFILE 23 /* Too many open files in system */ +#define EMFILE 24 /* File descriptor value too large */ +#define ENOTTY 25 /* Not a character device */ +#define ETXTBSY 26 /* Text file busy */ +#define EFBIG 27 /* File too large */ +#define ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */ +#define ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */ +#define EROFS 30 /* Read-only file system */ +#define EMLINK 31 /* Too many links */ +#define EPIPE 32 /* Broken pipe */ +#define EDOM 33 /* Mathematics argument out of domain of function */ +#define ERANGE 34 /* Result too large */ +#define ENOMSG 35 /* No message of desired type */ +#define EIDRM 36 /* Identifier removed */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ECHRNG 37 /* Channel number out of range */ +#define EL2NSYNC 38 /* Level 2 not synchronized */ +#define EL3HLT 39 /* Level 3 halted */ +#define EL3RST 40 /* Level 3 reset */ +#define ELNRNG 41 /* Link number out of range */ +#define EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */ +#define ENOCSI 43 /* No CSI structure available */ +#define EL2HLT 44 /* Level 2 halted */ +#endif +#define EDEADLK 45 /* Deadlock */ +#define ENOLCK 46 /* No lock */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */ +#define EBADR 51 /* Invalid request descriptor */ +#define EXFULL 52 /* Exchange full */ +#define ENOANO 53 /* No anode */ +#define EBADRQC 54 /* Invalid request code */ +#define EBADSLT 55 /* Invalid slot */ +#define EDEADLOCK 56 /* File locking deadlock error */ +#define EBFONT 57 /* Bad font file fmt */ +#endif +#define ENOSTR 60 /* Not a stream */ +#define ENODATA 61 /* No data (for no delay io) */ +#define ETIME 62 /* Stream ioctl timeout */ +#define ENOSR 63 /* No stream resources */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ENONET 64 /* Machine is not on the network */ +#define ENOPKG 65 /* Package not installed */ +#define EREMOTE 66 /* The object is remote */ +#endif +#define ENOLINK 67 /* Virtual circuit is gone */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define EADV 68 /* Advertise error */ +#define ESRMNT 69 /* Srmount error */ +#define ECOMM 70 /* Communication error on send */ +#endif +#define EPROTO 71 /* Protocol error */ +#define EMULTIHOP 74 /* Multihop attempted */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ELBIN 75 /* Inode is remote (not really error) */ +#define EDOTDOT 76 /* Cross mount point (not really error) */ +#endif +#define EBADMSG 77 /* Bad message */ +#define EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ENOTUNIQ 80 /* Given log. name not unique */ +#define EBADFD 81 /* f.d. invalid for this operation */ +#define EREMCHG 82 /* Remote address changed */ +#define ELIBACC 83 /* Can't access a needed shared lib */ +#define ELIBBAD 84 /* Accessing a corrupted shared lib */ +#define ELIBSCN 85 /* .lib section in a.out corrupted */ +#define ELIBMAX 86 /* Attempting to link in too many libs */ +#define ELIBEXEC 87 /* Attempting to exec a shared library */ +#endif +#define ENOSYS 88 /* Function not implemented */ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#define ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */ +#endif +#define ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */ +#define ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */ +#define ELOOP 92 /* Too many symbolic links */ +#define EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on socket */ +#define EPFNOSUPPORT 96 /* Protocol family not supported */ +#define ECONNRESET 104 /* Connection reset by peer */ +#define ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */ +#define EAFNOSUPPORT 106 /* Address family not supported by protocol family */ +#define EPROTOTYPE 107 /* Protocol wrong type for socket */ +#define ENOTSOCK 108 /* Socket operation on non-socket */ +#define ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ESHUTDOWN 110 /* Can't send after socket shutdown */ +#endif +#define ECONNREFUSED 111 /* Connection refused */ +#define EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */ +#define ECONNABORTED 113 /* Software caused connection abort */ +#define ENETUNREACH 114 /* Network is unreachable */ +#define ENETDOWN 115 /* Network interface is not configured */ +#define ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */ +#define EHOSTDOWN 117 /* Host is down */ +#define EHOSTUNREACH 118 /* Host is unreachable */ +#define EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */ +#define EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */ +#define EDESTADDRREQ 121 /* Destination address required */ +#define EMSGSIZE 122 /* Message too long */ +#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 123 /* Unknown protocol */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 124 /* Socket type not supported */ +#endif +#define EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */ +#define ENETRESET 126 /* Connection aborted by network */ +#define EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */ +#define ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */ +#define ETOOMANYREFS 129 +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define EPROCLIM 130 +#define EUSERS 131 +#endif +#define EDQUOT 132 +#define ESTALE 133 +#define ENOTSUP 134 /* Not supported */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium (in tape drive) */ +#endif +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#define ENOSHARE 136 /* No such host or network path */ +#define ECASECLASH 137 /* Filename exists with different case */ +#endif +#define EILSEQ 138 /* Illegal byte sequence */ +#define EOVERFLOW 139 /* Value too large for defined data type */ +#define ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled */ +#define ENOTRECOVERABLE 141 /* State not recoverable */ +#define EOWNERDEAD 142 /* Previous owner died */ +#ifdef __LINUX_ERRNO_EXTENSIONS__ +#define ESTRPIPE 143 /* Streams pipe error */ +#endif +#define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN /* Operation would block */ + +#define __ELASTERROR 2000 /* Users can add values starting here */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _SYS_ERRNO_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/fcntl.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/fcntl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be85f40 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/fcntl.h @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +#ifndef _SYS_FCNTL_H_ +#define _SYS_FCNTL_H_ +#include +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/features.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/features.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d90921 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/features.h @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +/* + * Written by Joel Sherrill . + * + * COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000. + * + * On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR). + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice + * is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy + * or modification of this software. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED + * WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION + * OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS + * SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id$ + */ + +#ifndef _SYS_FEATURES_H +#define _SYS_FEATURES_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Macros to determine that newlib is being used. Put in this header to + * be similar to where glibc stores its version of these macros. + */ +#define __NEWLIB__ 2 +#define __NEWLIB_MINOR__ 1 + +/* Macro to test version of GCC. Returns 0 for non-GCC or too old GCC. */ +#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ +# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__ +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \ + ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min)) +# else +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0 +# endif +#endif /* __GNUC_PREREQ */ +/* Version with trailing underscores for BSD compatibility. */ +#define __GNUC_PREREQ__(ma, mi) __GNUC_PREREQ(ma, mi) + +/* RTEMS adheres to POSIX -- 1003.1b with some features from annexes. */ + +#ifdef __rtems__ +#define _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL 1 +#define _POSIX_SAVED_IDS 1 +#define _POSIX_VERSION 199309L +#define _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO 1 +#define _POSIX_FSYNC 1 +#define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES 1 +#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK 1 +#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE 1 +#define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION 1 +#define _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING 1 +#define _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK 200112L +#define _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO 1 +#define _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 1 +#define _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS 1 +#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES 1 +/* #define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 1 */ +#define _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 1 +#define _POSIX_TIMERS 1 +#define _POSIX_BARRIERS 200112L +#define _POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS 200112L +#define _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS 200112L + + +/* In P1003.1b but defined by drafts at least as early as P1003.1c/D10 */ +#define _POSIX_THREADS 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS 1 + +/* P1003.4b/D8 defines the constants below this comment. */ +#define _POSIX_SPAWN 1 +#define _POSIX_TIMEOUTS 1 +#define _POSIX_CPUTIME 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME 1 +#define _POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER 1 +#define _POSIX_DEVICE_CONTROL 1 +#define _POSIX_DEVCTL_DIRECTION 1 +#define _POSIX_INTERRUPT_CONTROL 1 +#define _POSIX_ADVISORY_INFO 1 + +/* UNIX98 added some new pthread mutex attributes */ +#define _UNIX98_THREAD_MUTEX_ATTRIBUTES 1 + +#endif + +/* XMK loosely adheres to POSIX -- 1003.1 */ +#ifdef __XMK__ +#define _POSIX_THREADS 1 +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 1 +#endif + + +#ifdef __svr4__ +# define _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL 1 +# define _POSIX_SAVED_IDS 1 +# define _POSIX_VERSION 199009L +#endif + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ + +#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__cplusplus) || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +#define _POSIX_VERSION 200112L +#define _POSIX2_VERSION 200112L +#define _XOPEN_VERSION 600 + +#define _POSIX_ADVISORY_INFO 200112L +/* #define _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX_BARRIERS -1 */ +#define _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 1 +#define _POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION 200112L +#define _POSIX_CPUTIME 200112L +#define _POSIX_FSYNC 200112L +#define _POSIX_IPV6 200112L +#define _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL 1 +#define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES 200112L +/* #define _POSIX_MEMLOCK -1 */ +#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE 200112L +#define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION 200112L +#define _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING 200112L +#define _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK 200112L +#define _POSIX_NO_TRUNC 1 +/* #define _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO -1 */ +#define _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 200112L +#define _POSIX_RAW_SOCKETS 200112L +#define _POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS 200112L +#define _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS 200112L +#define _POSIX_REGEXP 1 +#define _POSIX_SAVED_IDS 1 +#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES 200112L +#define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 200112L +#define _POSIX_SHELL 1 +/* #define _POSIX_SPAWN -1 */ +#define _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS 200112L +/* #define _POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER -1 */ +#define _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 200112L +#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR 200112L +#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE 200112L +#define _POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME 200112L +/* #define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT -1 */ +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 200112L +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 200112L +#define _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS 200112L +/* #define _POSIX_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER -1 */ +#define _POSIX_THREADS 200112L +/* #define _POSIX_TIMEOUTS -1 */ +#define _POSIX_TIMERS 1 +/* #define _POSIX_TRACE -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX_TRACE_INHERIT -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX_TRACE_LOG -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS -1 */ +#define _POSIX_VDISABLE '\0' +#define _POSIX2_C_BIND 200112L +#define _POSIX2_C_DEV 200112L +#define _POSIX2_CHAR_TERM 200112L +/* #define _POSIX2_FORT_DEV -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_FORT_RUN -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_PBS -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_PBS_ACCOUNTING -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_PBS_CHECKPOINT -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_PBS_LOCATE -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_PBS_MESSAGE -1 */ +/* #define _POSIX2_PBS_TRACK -1 */ +#define _POSIX2_SW_DEV 200112L +#define _POSIX2_UPE 200112L +#define _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32 -1 +#ifdef __LP64__ +#define _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG -1 +#define _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64 1 +#define _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG 1 +#else +#define _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG 1 +#define _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64 -1 +#define _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG -1 +#endif +#define _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32 _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32 +#define _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG +#define _XBS5_LP64_OFF64 _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64 +#define _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG +#define _XOPEN_CRYPT 1 +#define _XOPEN_ENH_I18N 1 +/* #define _XOPEN_LEGACY -1 */ +/* #define _XOPEN_REALTIME -1 */ +/* #define _XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS -1 */ +#define _XOPEN_SHM 1 +/* #define _XOPEN_STREAMS -1 */ +/* #define _XOPEN_UNIX -1 */ + +#endif /* !__STRICT_ANSI__ || __cplusplus || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ + +/* The value corresponds to UNICODE version 4.0, which is the version + supported by XP. Newlib supports 5.2 (2011) but so far Cygwin needs + the MS conversions for double-byte charsets. */ +#define __STDC_ISO_10646__ 200305L + +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + +/* Per the permission given in POSIX.1-2008 section 2.2.1, define + * _POSIX_C_SOURCE if _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined and _POSIX_C_SOURCE is not. + * (_XOPEN_SOURCE indicates that XSI extensions are desired by an application.) + * This permission is first granted in 2008, but use it for older ones, also. + * Allow for _XOPEN_SOURCE to be empty (from the earliest form of it, before it + * was required to have specific values). + */ +#if !defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) + #if (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) == 700 /* POSIX.1-2008 */ + #define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200809L + #elif (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) == 600 /* POSIX.1-2001 or 2004 */ + #define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200112L + #elif (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) == 500 /* POSIX.1-1995 */ + #define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 199506L + #elif (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) < 500 /* really old */ + #define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 2 + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _SYS_FEATURES_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/file.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be88c6a --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Tensilica Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. + + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS + IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL TENSILICA + INCORPORATED BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +#include + +/* Alternate names for values for the WHENCE argument to `lseek'. + These are the same as SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, and SEEK_END, respectively. */ +#ifndef L_SET +#define L_SET 0 /* Seek from beginning of file. */ +#define L_INCR 1 /* Seek from current position. */ +#define L_XTND 2 /* Seek from end of file. */ +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/iconvnls.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/iconvnls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09ea183 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/iconvnls.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003-2004, Artem B. Bityuckiy. + * Rights transferred to Franklin Electronic Publishers. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * Funtions, macros, etc implimented in iconv library but used by other + * NLS-related subsystems too. + */ +#ifndef __SYS_ICONVNLS_H__ +#define __SYS_ICONVNLS_H__ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include +#include +#include + +/* Iconv data path environment variable name */ +#define NLS_ENVVAR_NAME "NLSPATH" +/* Default NLSPATH value */ +#define ICONV_DEFAULT_NLSPATH "/usr/locale" +/* Direction markers */ +#define ICONV_NLS_FROM 0 +#define ICONV_NLS_TO 1 + +_VOID +_EXFUN(_iconv_nls_get_state, (iconv_t cd, mbstate_t *ps, int direction)); + +int +_EXFUN(_iconv_nls_set_state, (iconv_t cd, mbstate_t *ps, int direction)); + +int +_EXFUN(_iconv_nls_is_stateful, (iconv_t cd, int direction)); + +int +_EXFUN(_iconv_nls_get_mb_cur_max, (iconv_t cd, int direction)); + +size_t +_EXFUN(_iconv_nls_conv, (struct _reent *rptr, iconv_t cd, + _CONST char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, + char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft)); + +_CONST char * +_EXFUN(_iconv_nls_construct_filename, (struct _reent *rptr, _CONST char *file, + _CONST char *dir, _CONST char *ext)); + + +int +_EXFUN(_iconv_nls_open, (struct _reent *rptr, _CONST char *encoding, + iconv_t *towc, iconv_t *fromwc, int flag)); + +char * +_EXFUN(_iconv_resolve_encoding_name, (struct _reent *rptr, _CONST char *ca)); + +#endif /* __SYS_ICONVNLS_H__ */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/lock.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/lock.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ff3475 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/lock.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#ifndef _XTENSA_LOCK_H__ +#define _XTENSA_LOCK_H__ + +/* generic lock implementation. + + Weak linked stub _lock functions in lock.c, can be + replaced with a lock implementation at link time. + + */ + +typedef int _lock_t; +typedef _lock_t _LOCK_RECURSIVE_T; +typedef _lock_t _LOCK_T; + +#include <_ansi.h> + +/* NOTE: some parts of newlib statically initialise locks via + __LOCK_INIT, some initialise at runtime via __lock_init. So need to + support possibility that a _lock_t is null during first call to + _lock_acquire or _lock_try_acquire. + + Lock functions all take a pointer to the _lock_t entry, so the + value stored there can be manipulated. +*/ +#define __LOCK_INIT(CLASS,NAME) CLASS _lock_t NAME = 0; +#define __LOCK_INIT_RECURSIVE(CLASS,NAME) CLASS _lock_t NAME = 0; + +void _lock_init(_lock_t *lock); +void _lock_init_recursive(_lock_t *lock); +void _lock_close(_lock_t *lock); +void _lock_close_recursive(_lock_t *lock); +void _lock_acquire(_lock_t *lock); +void _lock_acquire_recursive(_lock_t *lock); +int _lock_try_acquire(_lock_t *lock); +int _lock_try_acquire_recursive(_lock_t *lock); +void _lock_release(_lock_t *lock); +void _lock_release_recursive(_lock_t *lock); + +#define __lock_init(lock) _lock_init(&(lock)) +#define __lock_init_recursive(lock) _lock_init_recursive(&(lock)) +#define __lock_close(lock) _lock_close(&(lock)) +#define __lock_close_recursive(lock) _lock_close_recursive(&(lock)) +#define __lock_acquire(lock) _lock_acquire(&(lock)) +#define __lock_acquire_recursive(lock) _lock_acquire_recursive(&(lock)) +#define __lock_try_acquire(lock) _lock_try_acquire(&(lock)) +#define __lock_try_acquire_recursive(lock) _lock_try_acquire_recursive(&(lock)) +#define __lock_release(lock) _lock_release(&(lock)) +#define __lock_release_recursive(lock) _lock_release_recursive(&(lock)) + +#endif /* _XTENSA_LOCK_H__ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/param.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/param.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef203d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/param.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* This is a dummy file, not customized for any + particular system. If there is a param.h in libc/sys/SYSDIR/sys, + it will override this one. */ + +#ifndef _SYS_PARAM_H +# define _SYS_PARAM_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef HZ +# define HZ (60) +#endif +#ifndef NOFILE +# define NOFILE (60) +#endif +#ifndef PATHSIZE +# define PATHSIZE (1024) +#endif + +#define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX + +#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/queue.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/queue.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4bc7dac --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/queue.h @@ -0,0 +1,691 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)queue.h 8.5 (Berkeley) 8/20/94 + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#ifndef _SYS_QUEUE_H_ +#define _SYS_QUEUE_H_ + +#include + +/* + * This file defines four types of data structures: singly-linked lists, + * singly-linked tail queues, lists and tail queues. + * + * A singly-linked list is headed by a single forward pointer. The elements + * are singly linked for minimum space and pointer manipulation overhead at + * the expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements. New elements can be + * added to the list after an existing element or at the head of the list. + * Elements being removed from the head of the list should use the explicit + * macro for this purpose for optimum efficiency. A singly-linked list may + * only be traversed in the forward direction. Singly-linked lists are ideal + * for applications with large datasets and few or no removals or for + * implementing a LIFO queue. + * + * A singly-linked tail queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the + * head of the list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are + * singly linked for minimum space and pointer manipulation overhead at the + * expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements. New elements can be added + * to the list after an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the + * end of the list. Elements being removed from the head of the tail queue + * should use the explicit macro for this purpose for optimum efficiency. + * A singly-linked tail queue may only be traversed in the forward direction. + * Singly-linked tail queues are ideal for applications with large datasets + * and few or no removals or for implementing a FIFO queue. + * + * A list is headed by a single forward pointer (or an array of forward + * pointers for a hash table header). The elements are doubly linked + * so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to + * traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before + * or after an existing element or at the head of the list. A list + * may be traversed in either direction. + * + * A tail queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the + * list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly + * linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to + * traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before or + * after an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of + * the list. A tail queue may be traversed in either direction. + * + * For details on the use of these macros, see the queue(3) manual page. + * + * + * SLIST LIST STAILQ TAILQ + * _HEAD + + + + + * _HEAD_INITIALIZER + + + + + * _ENTRY + + + + + * _INIT + + + + + * _EMPTY + + + + + * _FIRST + + + + + * _NEXT + + + + + * _PREV - + - + + * _LAST - - + + + * _FOREACH + + + + + * _FOREACH_SAFE + + + + + * _FOREACH_REVERSE - - - + + * _FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE - - - + + * _INSERT_HEAD + + + + + * _INSERT_BEFORE - + - + + * _INSERT_AFTER + + + + + * _INSERT_TAIL - - + + + * _CONCAT - - + + + * _REMOVE_AFTER + - + - + * _REMOVE_HEAD + - + - + * _REMOVE + + + + + * _SWAP + + + + + * + */ +#ifdef QUEUE_MACRO_DEBUG +/* Store the last 2 places the queue element or head was altered */ +struct qm_trace { + unsigned long lastline; + unsigned long prevline; + const char *lastfile; + const char *prevfile; +}; + +#define TRACEBUF struct qm_trace trace; +#define TRACEBUF_INITIALIZER { __FILE__, __LINE__, NULL, 0 } , +#define TRASHIT(x) do {(x) = (void *)-1;} while (0) +#define QMD_SAVELINK(name, link) void **name = (void *)&(link) + +#define QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head) do { \ + (head)->trace.prevline = (head)->trace.lastline; \ + (head)->trace.prevfile = (head)->trace.lastfile; \ + (head)->trace.lastline = __LINE__; \ + (head)->trace.lastfile = __FILE__; \ +} while (0) + +#define QMD_TRACE_ELEM(elem) do { \ + (elem)->trace.prevline = (elem)->trace.lastline; \ + (elem)->trace.prevfile = (elem)->trace.lastfile; \ + (elem)->trace.lastline = __LINE__; \ + (elem)->trace.lastfile = __FILE__; \ +} while (0) + +#else +#define QMD_TRACE_ELEM(elem) +#define QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head) +#define QMD_SAVELINK(name, link) +#define TRACEBUF +#define TRACEBUF_INITIALIZER +#define TRASHIT(x) +#endif /* QUEUE_MACRO_DEBUG */ + +/* + * Singly-linked List declarations. + */ +#define SLIST_HEAD(name, type) \ +struct name { \ + struct type *slh_first; /* first element */ \ +} + +#define SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ + { NULL } + +#define SLIST_ENTRY(type) \ +struct { \ + struct type *sle_next; /* next element */ \ +} + +/* + * Singly-linked List functions. + */ +#define SLIST_EMPTY(head) ((head)->slh_first == NULL) + +#define SLIST_FIRST(head) ((head)->slh_first) + +#define SLIST_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ + for ((var) = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ + (var); \ + (var) = SLIST_NEXT((var), field)) + +#define SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ + for ((var) = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ + (var) && ((tvar) = SLIST_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ + (var) = (tvar)) + +#define SLIST_FOREACH_PREVPTR(var, varp, head, field) \ + for ((varp) = &SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ + ((var) = *(varp)) != NULL; \ + (varp) = &SLIST_NEXT((var), field)) + +#define SLIST_INIT(head) do { \ + SLIST_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ +} while (0) + +#define SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(slistelm, elm, field) do { \ + SLIST_NEXT((elm), field) = SLIST_NEXT((slistelm), field); \ + SLIST_NEXT((slistelm), field) = (elm); \ +} while (0) + +#define SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ + SLIST_NEXT((elm), field) = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ + SLIST_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ +} while (0) + +#define SLIST_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.sle_next) + +#define SLIST_REMOVE(head, elm, type, field) do { \ + QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.sle_next); \ + if (SLIST_FIRST((head)) == (elm)) { \ + SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD((head), field); \ + } \ + else { \ + struct type *curelm = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ + while (SLIST_NEXT(curelm, field) != (elm)) \ + curelm = SLIST_NEXT(curelm, field); \ + SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER(curelm, field); \ + } \ + TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ +} while (0) + +#define SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER(elm, field) do { \ + SLIST_NEXT(elm, field) = \ + SLIST_NEXT(SLIST_NEXT(elm, field), field); \ +} while (0) + +#define SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(head, field) do { \ + SLIST_FIRST((head)) = SLIST_NEXT(SLIST_FIRST((head)), field); \ +} while (0) + +#define SLIST_SWAP(head1, head2, type) do { \ + struct type *swap_first = SLIST_FIRST(head1); \ + SLIST_FIRST(head1) = SLIST_FIRST(head2); \ + SLIST_FIRST(head2) = swap_first; \ +} while (0) + +/* + * Singly-linked Tail queue declarations. + */ +#define STAILQ_HEAD(name, type) \ +struct name { \ + struct type *stqh_first;/* first element */ \ + struct type **stqh_last;/* addr of last next element */ \ +} + +#define STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ + { NULL, &(head).stqh_first } + +#define STAILQ_ENTRY(type) \ +struct { \ + struct type *stqe_next; /* next element */ \ +} + +/* + * Singly-linked Tail queue functions. + */ +#define STAILQ_CONCAT(head1, head2) do { \ + if (!STAILQ_EMPTY((head2))) { \ + *(head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_first; \ + (head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_last; \ + STAILQ_INIT((head2)); \ + } \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_EMPTY(head) ((head)->stqh_first == NULL) + +#define STAILQ_FIRST(head) ((head)->stqh_first) + +#define STAILQ_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ + for((var) = STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ + (var); \ + (var) = STAILQ_NEXT((var), field)) + + +#define STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ + for ((var) = STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ + (var) && ((tvar) = STAILQ_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ + (var) = (tvar)) + +#define STAILQ_INIT(head) do { \ + STAILQ_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ + (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, tqelm, elm, field) do { \ + if ((STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = STAILQ_NEXT((tqelm), field)) == NULL)\ + (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + STAILQ_NEXT((tqelm), field) = (elm); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ + if ((STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = STAILQ_FIRST((head))) == NULL) \ + (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + STAILQ_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do { \ + STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = NULL; \ + *(head)->stqh_last = (elm); \ + (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_LAST(head, type, field) \ + (STAILQ_EMPTY((head)) ? NULL : \ + __containerof((head)->stqh_last, struct type, field.stqe_next)) + +#define STAILQ_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.stqe_next) + +#define STAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, type, field) do { \ + QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.stqe_next); \ + if (STAILQ_FIRST((head)) == (elm)) { \ + STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD((head), field); \ + } \ + else { \ + struct type *curelm = STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ + while (STAILQ_NEXT(curelm, field) != (elm)) \ + curelm = STAILQ_NEXT(curelm, field); \ + STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER(head, curelm, field); \ + } \ + TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER(head, elm, field) do { \ + if ((STAILQ_NEXT(elm, field) = \ + STAILQ_NEXT(STAILQ_NEXT(elm, field), field)) == NULL) \ + (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(head, field) do { \ + if ((STAILQ_FIRST((head)) = \ + STAILQ_NEXT(STAILQ_FIRST((head)), field)) == NULL) \ + (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD_UNTIL(head, elm, field) do { \ + if ((STAILQ_FIRST((head)) = STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)) == NULL) \ + (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ +} while (0) + +#define STAILQ_SWAP(head1, head2, type) do { \ + struct type *swap_first = STAILQ_FIRST(head1); \ + struct type **swap_last = (head1)->stqh_last; \ + STAILQ_FIRST(head1) = STAILQ_FIRST(head2); \ + (head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_last; \ + STAILQ_FIRST(head2) = swap_first; \ + (head2)->stqh_last = swap_last; \ + if (STAILQ_EMPTY(head1)) \ + (head1)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST(head1); \ + if (STAILQ_EMPTY(head2)) \ + (head2)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST(head2); \ +} while (0) + + +/* + * List declarations. + */ +#define LIST_HEAD(name, type) \ +struct name { \ + struct type *lh_first; /* first element */ \ +} + +#define LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ + { NULL } + +#define LIST_ENTRY(type) \ +struct { \ + struct type *le_next; /* next element */ \ + struct type **le_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \ +} + +/* + * List functions. + */ + +#if (defined(_KERNEL) && defined(INVARIANTS)) +#define QMD_LIST_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) do { \ + if (LIST_FIRST((head)) != NULL && \ + LIST_FIRST((head))->field.le_prev != \ + &LIST_FIRST((head))) \ + panic("Bad list head %p first->prev != head", (head)); \ +} while (0) + +#define QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) do { \ + if (LIST_NEXT((elm), field) != NULL && \ + LIST_NEXT((elm), field)->field.le_prev != \ + &((elm)->field.le_next)) \ + panic("Bad link elm %p next->prev != elm", (elm)); \ +} while (0) + +#define QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) do { \ + if (*(elm)->field.le_prev != (elm)) \ + panic("Bad link elm %p prev->next != elm", (elm)); \ +} while (0) +#else +#define QMD_LIST_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) +#define QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) +#define QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) +#endif /* (_KERNEL && INVARIANTS) */ + +#define LIST_EMPTY(head) ((head)->lh_first == NULL) + +#define LIST_FIRST(head) ((head)->lh_first) + +#define LIST_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ + for ((var) = LIST_FIRST((head)); \ + (var); \ + (var) = LIST_NEXT((var), field)) + +#define LIST_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ + for ((var) = LIST_FIRST((head)); \ + (var) && ((tvar) = LIST_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ + (var) = (tvar)) + +#define LIST_INIT(head) do { \ + LIST_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ +} while (0) + +#define LIST_INSERT_AFTER(listelm, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(listelm, field); \ + if ((LIST_NEXT((elm), field) = LIST_NEXT((listelm), field)) != NULL)\ + LIST_NEXT((listelm), field)->field.le_prev = \ + &LIST_NEXT((elm), field); \ + LIST_NEXT((listelm), field) = (elm); \ + (elm)->field.le_prev = &LIST_NEXT((listelm), field); \ +} while (0) + +#define LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(listelm, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(listelm, field); \ + (elm)->field.le_prev = (listelm)->field.le_prev; \ + LIST_NEXT((elm), field) = (listelm); \ + *(listelm)->field.le_prev = (elm); \ + (listelm)->field.le_prev = &LIST_NEXT((elm), field); \ +} while (0) + +#define LIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_LIST_CHECK_HEAD((head), field); \ + if ((LIST_NEXT((elm), field) = LIST_FIRST((head))) != NULL) \ + LIST_FIRST((head))->field.le_prev = &LIST_NEXT((elm), field);\ + LIST_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ + (elm)->field.le_prev = &LIST_FIRST((head)); \ +} while (0) + +#define LIST_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.le_next) + +#define LIST_PREV(elm, head, type, field) \ + ((elm)->field.le_prev == &LIST_FIRST((head)) ? NULL : \ + __containerof((elm)->field.le_prev, struct type, field.le_next)) + +#define LIST_REMOVE(elm, field) do { \ + QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.le_next); \ + QMD_SAVELINK(oldprev, (elm)->field.le_prev); \ + QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field); \ + QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(elm, field); \ + if (LIST_NEXT((elm), field) != NULL) \ + LIST_NEXT((elm), field)->field.le_prev = \ + (elm)->field.le_prev; \ + *(elm)->field.le_prev = LIST_NEXT((elm), field); \ + TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ + TRASHIT(*oldprev); \ +} while (0) + +#define LIST_SWAP(head1, head2, type, field) do { \ + struct type *swap_tmp = LIST_FIRST((head1)); \ + LIST_FIRST((head1)) = LIST_FIRST((head2)); \ + LIST_FIRST((head2)) = swap_tmp; \ + if ((swap_tmp = LIST_FIRST((head1))) != NULL) \ + swap_tmp->field.le_prev = &LIST_FIRST((head1)); \ + if ((swap_tmp = LIST_FIRST((head2))) != NULL) \ + swap_tmp->field.le_prev = &LIST_FIRST((head2)); \ +} while (0) + +/* + * Tail queue declarations. + */ +#define TAILQ_HEAD(name, type) \ +struct name { \ + struct type *tqh_first; /* first element */ \ + struct type **tqh_last; /* addr of last next element */ \ + TRACEBUF \ +} + +#define TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ + { NULL, &(head).tqh_first, TRACEBUF_INITIALIZER } + +#define TAILQ_ENTRY(type) \ +struct { \ + struct type *tqe_next; /* next element */ \ + struct type **tqe_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \ + TRACEBUF \ +} + +/* + * Tail queue functions. + */ +#if (defined(_KERNEL) && defined(INVARIANTS)) +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) do { \ + if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(head) && \ + TAILQ_FIRST((head))->field.tqe_prev != \ + &TAILQ_FIRST((head))) \ + panic("Bad tailq head %p first->prev != head", (head)); \ +} while (0) + +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_TAIL(head, field) do { \ + if (*(head)->tqh_last != NULL) \ + panic("Bad tailq NEXT(%p->tqh_last) != NULL", (head)); \ +} while (0) + +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) do { \ + if (TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) != NULL && \ + TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)->field.tqe_prev != \ + &((elm)->field.tqe_next)) \ + panic("Bad link elm %p next->prev != elm", (elm)); \ +} while (0) + +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) do { \ + if (*(elm)->field.tqe_prev != (elm)) \ + panic("Bad link elm %p prev->next != elm", (elm)); \ +} while (0) +#else +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_TAIL(head, headname) +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) +#define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) +#endif /* (_KERNEL && INVARIANTS) */ + +#define TAILQ_CONCAT(head1, head2, field) do { \ + if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(head2)) { \ + *(head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_first; \ + (head2)->tqh_first->field.tqe_prev = (head1)->tqh_last; \ + (head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_last; \ + TAILQ_INIT((head2)); \ + QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head1); \ + QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head2); \ + } \ +} while (0) + +#define TAILQ_EMPTY(head) ((head)->tqh_first == NULL) + +#define TAILQ_FIRST(head) ((head)->tqh_first) + +#define TAILQ_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ + for ((var) = TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ + (var); \ + (var) = TAILQ_NEXT((var), field)) + +#define TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ + for ((var) = TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ + (var) && ((tvar) = TAILQ_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ + (var) = (tvar)) + +#define TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(var, head, headname, field) \ + for ((var) = TAILQ_LAST((head), headname); \ + (var); \ + (var) = TAILQ_PREV((var), headname, field)) + +#define TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(var, head, headname, field, tvar) \ + for ((var) = TAILQ_LAST((head), headname); \ + (var) && ((tvar) = TAILQ_PREV((var), headname, field), 1); \ + (var) = (tvar)) + +#define TAILQ_INIT(head) do { \ + TAILQ_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ + (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ + QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ +} while (0) + +#define TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(listelm, field); \ + if ((TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = TAILQ_NEXT((listelm), field)) != NULL)\ + TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)->field.tqe_prev = \ + &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + else { \ + (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ + } \ + TAILQ_NEXT((listelm), field) = (elm); \ + (elm)->field.tqe_prev = &TAILQ_NEXT((listelm), field); \ + QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ + QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&listelm->field); \ +} while (0) + +#define TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(listelm, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(listelm, field); \ + (elm)->field.tqe_prev = (listelm)->field.tqe_prev; \ + TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = (listelm); \ + *(listelm)->field.tqe_prev = (elm); \ + (listelm)->field.tqe_prev = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ + QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&listelm->field); \ +} while (0) + +#define TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_HEAD(head, field); \ + if ((TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = TAILQ_FIRST((head))) != NULL) \ + TAILQ_FIRST((head))->field.tqe_prev = \ + &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + else \ + (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + TAILQ_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ + (elm)->field.tqe_prev = &TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ + QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ + QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ +} while (0) + +#define TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_TAIL(head, field); \ + TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = NULL; \ + (elm)->field.tqe_prev = (head)->tqh_last; \ + *(head)->tqh_last = (elm); \ + (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ + QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ +} while (0) + +#define TAILQ_LAST(head, headname) \ + (*(((struct headname *)((head)->tqh_last))->tqh_last)) + +#define TAILQ_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.tqe_next) + +#define TAILQ_PREV(elm, headname, field) \ + (*(((struct headname *)((elm)->field.tqe_prev))->tqh_last)) + +#define TAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) do { \ + QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.tqe_next); \ + QMD_SAVELINK(oldprev, (elm)->field.tqe_prev); \ + QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field); \ + QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(elm, field); \ + if ((TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)) != NULL) \ + TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)->field.tqe_prev = \ + (elm)->field.tqe_prev; \ + else { \ + (head)->tqh_last = (elm)->field.tqe_prev; \ + QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ + } \ + *(elm)->field.tqe_prev = TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ + TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ + TRASHIT(*oldprev); \ + QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ +} while (0) + +#define TAILQ_SWAP(head1, head2, type, field) do { \ + struct type *swap_first = (head1)->tqh_first; \ + struct type **swap_last = (head1)->tqh_last; \ + (head1)->tqh_first = (head2)->tqh_first; \ + (head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_last; \ + (head2)->tqh_first = swap_first; \ + (head2)->tqh_last = swap_last; \ + if ((swap_first = (head1)->tqh_first) != NULL) \ + swap_first->field.tqe_prev = &(head1)->tqh_first; \ + else \ + (head1)->tqh_last = &(head1)->tqh_first; \ + if ((swap_first = (head2)->tqh_first) != NULL) \ + swap_first->field.tqe_prev = &(head2)->tqh_first; \ + else \ + (head2)->tqh_last = &(head2)->tqh_first; \ +} while (0) + +#ifdef _KERNEL + +/* + * XXX insque() and remque() are an old way of handling certain queues. + * They bogusly assumes that all queue heads look alike. + */ + +struct quehead { + struct quehead *qh_link; + struct quehead *qh_rlink; +}; + +#ifdef __GNUC__ + +static __inline void +insque(void *a, void *b) +{ + struct quehead *element = (struct quehead *)a, + *head = (struct quehead *)b; + + element->qh_link = head->qh_link; + element->qh_rlink = head; + head->qh_link = element; + element->qh_link->qh_rlink = element; +} + +static __inline void +remque(void *a) +{ + struct quehead *element = (struct quehead *)a; + + element->qh_link->qh_rlink = element->qh_rlink; + element->qh_rlink->qh_link = element->qh_link; + element->qh_rlink = 0; +} + +#else /* !__GNUC__ */ + +void insque(void *a, void *b); +void remque(void *a); + +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* _KERNEL */ + +#endif /* !_SYS_QUEUE_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/reent.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/reent.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce5b3ed --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/reent.h @@ -0,0 +1,790 @@ +/* This header file provides the reentrancy. */ + +/* WARNING: All identifiers here must begin with an underscore. This file is + included by stdio.h and others and we therefore must only use identifiers + in the namespace allotted to us. */ + +#ifndef _SYS_REENT_H_ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define _SYS_REENT_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include +#include + +#define _NULL 0 + +#ifndef __Long +#if __LONG_MAX__ == 2147483647L +#define __Long long +typedef unsigned __Long __ULong; +#elif __INT_MAX__ == 2147483647 +#define __Long int +typedef unsigned __Long __ULong; +#endif +#endif + +#if !defined( __Long) +#include +#endif + +#ifndef __Long +#define __Long __int32_t +typedef __uint32_t __ULong; +#endif + +struct _reent; + +/* + * If _REENT_SMALL is defined, we make struct _reent as small as possible, + * by having nearly everything possible allocated at first use. + */ + +struct _Bigint +{ + struct _Bigint *_next; + int _k, _maxwds, _sign, _wds; + __ULong _x[1]; +}; + +/* needed by reentrant structure */ +struct __tm +{ + int __tm_sec; + int __tm_min; + int __tm_hour; + int __tm_mday; + int __tm_mon; + int __tm_year; + int __tm_wday; + int __tm_yday; + int __tm_isdst; +}; + +/* + * atexit() support. + */ + +#define _ATEXIT_SIZE 32 /* must be at least 32 to guarantee ANSI conformance */ + +struct _on_exit_args { + void * _fnargs[_ATEXIT_SIZE]; /* user fn args */ + void * _dso_handle[_ATEXIT_SIZE]; + /* Bitmask is set if user function takes arguments. */ + __ULong _fntypes; /* type of exit routine - + Must have at least _ATEXIT_SIZE bits */ + /* Bitmask is set if function was registered via __cxa_atexit. */ + __ULong _is_cxa; +}; + +#ifdef _REENT_SMALL +struct _atexit { + struct _atexit *_next; /* next in list */ + int _ind; /* next index in this table */ + void (*_fns[_ATEXIT_SIZE])(void); /* the table itself */ + struct _on_exit_args * _on_exit_args_ptr; +}; +# define _ATEXIT_INIT {_NULL, 0, {_NULL}, _NULL} +#else +struct _atexit { + struct _atexit *_next; /* next in list */ + int _ind; /* next index in this table */ + /* Some entries may already have been called, and will be NULL. */ + void (*_fns[_ATEXIT_SIZE])(void); /* the table itself */ + struct _on_exit_args _on_exit_args; +}; +# define _ATEXIT_INIT {_NULL, 0, {_NULL}, {{_NULL}, {_NULL}, 0, 0}} +#endif + +#ifdef _REENT_GLOBAL_ATEXIT +# define _REENT_INIT_ATEXIT +#else +# define _REENT_INIT_ATEXIT \ + _NULL, _ATEXIT_INIT, +#endif + +/* + * Stdio buffers. + * + * This and __FILE are defined here because we need them for struct _reent, + * but we don't want stdio.h included when stdlib.h is. + */ + +struct __sbuf { + unsigned char *_base; + int _size; +}; + +/* + * Stdio state variables. + * + * The following always hold: + * + * if (_flags&(__SLBF|__SWR)) == (__SLBF|__SWR), + * _lbfsize is -_bf._size, else _lbfsize is 0 + * if _flags&__SRD, _w is 0 + * if _flags&__SWR, _r is 0 + * + * This ensures that the getc and putc macros (or inline functions) never + * try to write or read from a file that is in `read' or `write' mode. + * (Moreover, they can, and do, automatically switch from read mode to + * write mode, and back, on "r+" and "w+" files.) + * + * _lbfsize is used only to make the inline line-buffered output stream + * code as compact as possible. + * + * _ub, _up, and _ur are used when ungetc() pushes back more characters + * than fit in the current _bf, or when ungetc() pushes back a character + * that does not match the previous one in _bf. When this happens, + * _ub._base becomes non-nil (i.e., a stream has ungetc() data iff + * _ub._base!=NULL) and _up and _ur save the current values of _p and _r. + */ + +#ifdef _REENT_SMALL +/* + * struct __sFILE_fake is the start of a struct __sFILE, with only the + * minimal fields allocated. In __sinit() we really allocate the 3 + * standard streams, etc., and point away from this fake. + */ +struct __sFILE_fake { + unsigned char *_p; /* current position in (some) buffer */ + int _r; /* read space left for getc() */ + int _w; /* write space left for putc() */ + short _flags; /* flags, below; this FILE is free if 0 */ + short _file; /* fileno, if Unix descriptor, else -1 */ + struct __sbuf _bf; /* the buffer (at least 1 byte, if !NULL) */ + int _lbfsize; /* 0 or -_bf._size, for inline putc */ + + struct _reent *_data; +}; + +/* Following is needed both in libc/stdio and libc/stdlib so we put it + * here instead of libc/stdio/local.h where it was previously. */ + +extern _VOID _EXFUN(__sinit,(struct _reent *)); + +# define _REENT_SMALL_CHECK_INIT(ptr) \ + do \ + { \ + if ((ptr) && !(ptr)->__sdidinit) \ + __sinit (ptr); \ + } \ + while (0) +#else +# define _REENT_SMALL_CHECK_INIT(ptr) /* nothing */ +#endif + +struct __sFILE { + unsigned char *_p; /* current position in (some) buffer */ + int _r; /* read space left for getc() */ + int _w; /* write space left for putc() */ + short _flags; /* flags, below; this FILE is free if 0 */ + short _file; /* fileno, if Unix descriptor, else -1 */ + struct __sbuf _bf; /* the buffer (at least 1 byte, if !NULL) */ + int _lbfsize; /* 0 or -_bf._size, for inline putc */ + +#ifdef _REENT_SMALL + struct _reent *_data; +#endif + + /* operations */ + _PTR _cookie; /* cookie passed to io functions */ + + _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFNPTR(_read, (struct _reent *, _PTR, + char *, _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE)); + _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFNPTR(_write, (struct _reent *, _PTR, + const char *, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE)); + _fpos_t _EXFNPTR(_seek, (struct _reent *, _PTR, _fpos_t, int)); + int _EXFNPTR(_close, (struct _reent *, _PTR)); + + /* separate buffer for long sequences of ungetc() */ + struct __sbuf _ub; /* ungetc buffer */ + unsigned char *_up; /* saved _p when _p is doing ungetc data */ + int _ur; /* saved _r when _r is counting ungetc data */ + + /* tricks to meet minimum requirements even when malloc() fails */ + unsigned char _ubuf[3]; /* guarantee an ungetc() buffer */ + unsigned char _nbuf[1]; /* guarantee a getc() buffer */ + + /* separate buffer for fgetline() when line crosses buffer boundary */ + struct __sbuf _lb; /* buffer for fgetline() */ + + /* Unix stdio files get aligned to block boundaries on fseek() */ + int _blksize; /* stat.st_blksize (may be != _bf._size) */ + _off_t _offset; /* current lseek offset */ + +#ifndef _REENT_SMALL + struct _reent *_data; /* Here for binary compatibility? Remove? */ +#endif + +#ifndef __SINGLE_THREAD__ + _flock_t _lock; /* for thread-safety locking */ +#endif + _mbstate_t _mbstate; /* for wide char stdio functions. */ + int _flags2; /* for future use */ +}; + +#ifdef __CUSTOM_FILE_IO__ + +/* Get custom _FILE definition. */ +#include + +#else /* !__CUSTOM_FILE_IO__ */ +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +struct __sFILE64 { + unsigned char *_p; /* current position in (some) buffer */ + int _r; /* read space left for getc() */ + int _w; /* write space left for putc() */ + short _flags; /* flags, below; this FILE is free if 0 */ + short _file; /* fileno, if Unix descriptor, else -1 */ + struct __sbuf _bf; /* the buffer (at least 1 byte, if !NULL) */ + int _lbfsize; /* 0 or -_bf._size, for inline putc */ + + struct _reent *_data; + + /* operations */ + _PTR _cookie; /* cookie passed to io functions */ + + _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFNPTR(_read, (struct _reent *, _PTR, + char *, _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE)); + _READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFNPTR(_write, (struct _reent *, _PTR, + const char *, + _READ_WRITE_BUFSIZE_TYPE)); + _fpos_t _EXFNPTR(_seek, (struct _reent *, _PTR, _fpos_t, int)); + int _EXFNPTR(_close, (struct _reent *, _PTR)); + + /* separate buffer for long sequences of ungetc() */ + struct __sbuf _ub; /* ungetc buffer */ + unsigned char *_up; /* saved _p when _p is doing ungetc data */ + int _ur; /* saved _r when _r is counting ungetc data */ + + /* tricks to meet minimum requirements even when malloc() fails */ + unsigned char _ubuf[3]; /* guarantee an ungetc() buffer */ + unsigned char _nbuf[1]; /* guarantee a getc() buffer */ + + /* separate buffer for fgetline() when line crosses buffer boundary */ + struct __sbuf _lb; /* buffer for fgetline() */ + + /* Unix stdio files get aligned to block boundaries on fseek() */ + int _blksize; /* stat.st_blksize (may be != _bf._size) */ + int _flags2; /* for future use */ + + _off64_t _offset; /* current lseek offset */ + _fpos64_t _EXFNPTR(_seek64, (struct _reent *, _PTR, _fpos64_t, int)); + +#ifndef __SINGLE_THREAD__ + _flock_t _lock; /* for thread-safety locking */ +#endif + _mbstate_t _mbstate; /* for wide char stdio functions. */ +}; +typedef struct __sFILE64 __FILE; +#else +typedef struct __sFILE __FILE; +#endif /* __LARGE64_FILES */ +#endif /* !__CUSTOM_FILE_IO__ */ + +struct _glue +{ + struct _glue *_next; + int _niobs; + __FILE *_iobs; +}; + +/* + * rand48 family support + * + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ +#define _RAND48_SEED_0 (0x330e) +#define _RAND48_SEED_1 (0xabcd) +#define _RAND48_SEED_2 (0x1234) +#define _RAND48_MULT_0 (0xe66d) +#define _RAND48_MULT_1 (0xdeec) +#define _RAND48_MULT_2 (0x0005) +#define _RAND48_ADD (0x000b) +struct _rand48 { + unsigned short _seed[3]; + unsigned short _mult[3]; + unsigned short _add; +#ifdef _REENT_SMALL + /* Put this in here as well, for good luck. */ + __extension__ unsigned long long _rand_next; +#endif +}; + +/* How big the some arrays are. */ +#define _REENT_EMERGENCY_SIZE 25 +#define _REENT_ASCTIME_SIZE 26 +#define _REENT_SIGNAL_SIZE 24 + +/* + * struct _reent + * + * This structure contains *all* globals needed by the library. + * It's raison d'etre is to facilitate threads by making all library routines + * reentrant. IE: All state information is contained here. + */ + +#ifdef _REENT_SMALL + +struct _mprec +{ + /* used by mprec routines */ + struct _Bigint *_result; + int _result_k; + struct _Bigint *_p5s; + struct _Bigint **_freelist; +}; + + +struct _misc_reent +{ + /* miscellaneous reentrant data */ + char *_strtok_last; + _mbstate_t _mblen_state; + _mbstate_t _wctomb_state; + _mbstate_t _mbtowc_state; + char _l64a_buf[8]; + int _getdate_err; + _mbstate_t _mbrlen_state; + _mbstate_t _mbrtowc_state; + _mbstate_t _mbsrtowcs_state; + _mbstate_t _wcrtomb_state; + _mbstate_t _wcsrtombs_state; +}; + +/* This version of _reent is laid out with "int"s in pairs, to help + * ports with 16-bit int's but 32-bit pointers, align nicely. */ +struct _reent +{ + /* As an exception to the above put _errno first for binary + compatibility with non _REENT_SMALL targets. */ + int _errno; /* local copy of errno */ + + /* FILE is a big struct and may change over time. To try to achieve binary + compatibility with future versions, put stdin,stdout,stderr here. + These are pointers into member __sf defined below. */ + __FILE *_stdin, *_stdout, *_stderr; /* XXX */ + + int _inc; /* used by tmpnam */ + + char *_emergency; + + int __sdidinit; /* 1 means stdio has been init'd */ + + int _current_category; /* unused */ + _CONST char *_current_locale; /* unused */ + + struct _mprec *_mp; + + void _EXFNPTR(__cleanup, (struct _reent *)); + + int _gamma_signgam; + + /* used by some fp conversion routines */ + int _cvtlen; /* should be size_t */ + char *_cvtbuf; + + struct _rand48 *_r48; + struct __tm *_localtime_buf; + char *_asctime_buf; + + /* signal info */ + void (**(_sig_func))(int); + +# ifndef _REENT_GLOBAL_ATEXIT + /* atexit stuff */ + struct _atexit *_atexit; + struct _atexit _atexit0; +# endif + + struct _glue __sglue; /* root of glue chain */ + __FILE *__sf; /* file descriptors */ + struct _misc_reent *_misc; /* strtok, multibyte states */ + char *_signal_buf; /* strsignal */ +}; + +extern const struct __sFILE_fake __sf_fake_stdin; +extern const struct __sFILE_fake __sf_fake_stdout; +extern const struct __sFILE_fake __sf_fake_stderr; + +# define _REENT_INIT(var) \ + { 0, \ + (__FILE *)&__sf_fake_stdin, \ + (__FILE *)&__sf_fake_stdout, \ + (__FILE *)&__sf_fake_stderr, \ + 0, \ + _NULL, \ + 0, \ + 0, \ + "C", \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + 0, \ + 0, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + _REENT_INIT_ATEXIT \ + {_NULL, 0, _NULL}, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL \ + } + +#define _REENT_INIT_PTR(var) \ + { memset((var), 0, sizeof(*(var))); \ + (var)->_stdin = (__FILE *)&__sf_fake_stdin; \ + (var)->_stdout = (__FILE *)&__sf_fake_stdout; \ + (var)->_stderr = (__FILE *)&__sf_fake_stderr; \ + (var)->_current_locale = "C"; \ + } + +/* Only built the assert() calls if we are built with debugging. */ +#if DEBUG +#include +#define __reent_assert(x) assert(x) +#else +#define __reent_assert(x) ((void)0) +#endif + +#ifdef __CUSTOM_FILE_IO__ +#error Custom FILE I/O and _REENT_SMALL not currently supported. +#endif + +/* Generic _REENT check macro. */ +#define _REENT_CHECK(var, what, type, size, init) do { \ + struct _reent *_r = (var); \ + if (_r->what == NULL) { \ + _r->what = (type)malloc(size); \ + __reent_assert(_r->what); \ + init; \ + } \ +} while (0) + +#define _REENT_CHECK_TM(var) \ + _REENT_CHECK(var, _localtime_buf, struct __tm *, sizeof *((var)->_localtime_buf), \ + /* nothing */) + +#define _REENT_CHECK_ASCTIME_BUF(var) \ + _REENT_CHECK(var, _asctime_buf, char *, _REENT_ASCTIME_SIZE, \ + memset((var)->_asctime_buf, 0, _REENT_ASCTIME_SIZE)) + +/* Handle the dynamically allocated rand48 structure. */ +#define _REENT_INIT_RAND48(var) do { \ + struct _reent *_r = (var); \ + _r->_r48->_seed[0] = _RAND48_SEED_0; \ + _r->_r48->_seed[1] = _RAND48_SEED_1; \ + _r->_r48->_seed[2] = _RAND48_SEED_2; \ + _r->_r48->_mult[0] = _RAND48_MULT_0; \ + _r->_r48->_mult[1] = _RAND48_MULT_1; \ + _r->_r48->_mult[2] = _RAND48_MULT_2; \ + _r->_r48->_add = _RAND48_ADD; \ + _r->_r48->_rand_next = 1; \ +} while (0) +#define _REENT_CHECK_RAND48(var) \ + _REENT_CHECK(var, _r48, struct _rand48 *, sizeof *((var)->_r48), _REENT_INIT_RAND48((var))) + +#define _REENT_INIT_MP(var) do { \ + struct _reent *_r = (var); \ + _r->_mp->_result_k = 0; \ + _r->_mp->_result = _r->_mp->_p5s = _NULL; \ + _r->_mp->_freelist = _NULL; \ +} while (0) +#define _REENT_CHECK_MP(var) \ + _REENT_CHECK(var, _mp, struct _mprec *, sizeof *((var)->_mp), _REENT_INIT_MP(var)) + +#define _REENT_CHECK_EMERGENCY(var) \ + _REENT_CHECK(var, _emergency, char *, _REENT_EMERGENCY_SIZE, /* nothing */) + +#define _REENT_INIT_MISC(var) do { \ + struct _reent *_r = (var); \ + _r->_misc->_strtok_last = _NULL; \ + _r->_misc->_mblen_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mblen_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_wctomb_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_wctomb_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbtowc_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbtowc_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbrlen_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbrlen_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbrtowc_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbrtowc_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbsrtowcs_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_mbsrtowcs_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_wcrtomb_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_wcrtomb_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_wcsrtombs_state.__count = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_wcsrtombs_state.__value.__wch = 0; \ + _r->_misc->_l64a_buf[0] = '\0'; \ + _r->_misc->_getdate_err = 0; \ +} while (0) +#define _REENT_CHECK_MISC(var) \ + _REENT_CHECK(var, _misc, struct _misc_reent *, sizeof *((var)->_misc), _REENT_INIT_MISC(var)) + +#define _REENT_CHECK_SIGNAL_BUF(var) \ + _REENT_CHECK(var, _signal_buf, char *, _REENT_SIGNAL_SIZE, /* nothing */) + +#define _REENT_SIGNGAM(ptr) ((ptr)->_gamma_signgam) +#define _REENT_RAND_NEXT(ptr) ((ptr)->_r48->_rand_next) +#define _REENT_RAND48_SEED(ptr) ((ptr)->_r48->_seed) +#define _REENT_RAND48_MULT(ptr) ((ptr)->_r48->_mult) +#define _REENT_RAND48_ADD(ptr) ((ptr)->_r48->_add) +#define _REENT_MP_RESULT(ptr) ((ptr)->_mp->_result) +#define _REENT_MP_RESULT_K(ptr) ((ptr)->_mp->_result_k) +#define _REENT_MP_P5S(ptr) ((ptr)->_mp->_p5s) +#define _REENT_MP_FREELIST(ptr) ((ptr)->_mp->_freelist) +#define _REENT_ASCTIME_BUF(ptr) ((ptr)->_asctime_buf) +#define _REENT_TM(ptr) ((ptr)->_localtime_buf) +#define _REENT_EMERGENCY(ptr) ((ptr)->_emergency) +#define _REENT_STRTOK_LAST(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_strtok_last) +#define _REENT_MBLEN_STATE(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_mblen_state) +#define _REENT_MBTOWC_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_misc->_mbtowc_state) +#define _REENT_WCTOMB_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_misc->_wctomb_state) +#define _REENT_MBRLEN_STATE(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_mbrlen_state) +#define _REENT_MBRTOWC_STATE(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_mbrtowc_state) +#define _REENT_MBSRTOWCS_STATE(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_mbsrtowcs_state) +#define _REENT_WCRTOMB_STATE(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_wcrtomb_state) +#define _REENT_WCSRTOMBS_STATE(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_wcsrtombs_state) +#define _REENT_L64A_BUF(ptr) ((ptr)->_misc->_l64a_buf) +#define _REENT_GETDATE_ERR_P(ptr) (&((ptr)->_misc->_getdate_err)) +#define _REENT_SIGNAL_BUF(ptr) ((ptr)->_signal_buf) + +#else /* !_REENT_SMALL */ + +struct _reent +{ + int _errno; /* local copy of errno */ + + /* FILE is a big struct and may change over time. To try to achieve binary + compatibility with future versions, put stdin,stdout,stderr here. + These are pointers into member __sf defined below. */ + __FILE *_stdin, *_stdout, *_stderr; + + int _inc; /* used by tmpnam */ + char _emergency[_REENT_EMERGENCY_SIZE]; + + int _current_category; /* used by setlocale */ + _CONST char *_current_locale; + + int __sdidinit; /* 1 means stdio has been init'd */ + + void _EXFNPTR(__cleanup, (struct _reent *)); + + /* used by mprec routines */ + struct _Bigint *_result; + int _result_k; + struct _Bigint *_p5s; + struct _Bigint **_freelist; + + /* used by some fp conversion routines */ + int _cvtlen; /* should be size_t */ + char *_cvtbuf; + + union + { + struct + { + unsigned int _unused_rand; + char * _strtok_last; + char _asctime_buf[_REENT_ASCTIME_SIZE]; + struct __tm _localtime_buf; + int _gamma_signgam; + __extension__ unsigned long long _rand_next; + struct _rand48 _r48; + _mbstate_t _mblen_state; + _mbstate_t _mbtowc_state; + _mbstate_t _wctomb_state; + char _l64a_buf[8]; + char _signal_buf[_REENT_SIGNAL_SIZE]; + int _getdate_err; + _mbstate_t _mbrlen_state; + _mbstate_t _mbrtowc_state; + _mbstate_t _mbsrtowcs_state; + _mbstate_t _wcrtomb_state; + _mbstate_t _wcsrtombs_state; + int _h_errno; + } _reent; + /* Two next two fields were once used by malloc. They are no longer + used. They are used to preserve the space used before so as to + allow addition of new reent fields and keep binary compatibility. */ + struct + { +#define _N_LISTS 30 + unsigned char * _nextf[_N_LISTS]; + unsigned int _nmalloc[_N_LISTS]; + } _unused; + } _new; + +# ifndef _REENT_GLOBAL_ATEXIT + /* atexit stuff */ + struct _atexit *_atexit; /* points to head of LIFO stack */ + struct _atexit _atexit0; /* one guaranteed table, required by ANSI */ +# endif + + /* signal info */ + void (**(_sig_func))(int); + + /* These are here last so that __FILE can grow without changing the offsets + of the above members (on the off chance that future binary compatibility + would be broken otherwise). */ + struct _glue __sglue; /* root of glue chain */ + __FILE __sf[3]; /* first three file descriptors */ +}; + +#define _REENT_INIT(var) \ + { 0, \ + &(var).__sf[0], \ + &(var).__sf[1], \ + &(var).__sf[2], \ + 0, \ + "", \ + 0, \ + "C", \ + 0, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + 0, \ + _NULL, \ + _NULL, \ + 0, \ + _NULL, \ + { \ + { \ + 0, \ + _NULL, \ + "", \ + {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, \ + 0, \ + 1, \ + { \ + {_RAND48_SEED_0, _RAND48_SEED_1, _RAND48_SEED_2}, \ + {_RAND48_MULT_0, _RAND48_MULT_1, _RAND48_MULT_2}, \ + _RAND48_ADD \ + }, \ + {0, {0}}, \ + {0, {0}}, \ + {0, {0}}, \ + "", \ + "", \ + 0, \ + {0, {0}}, \ + {0, {0}}, \ + {0, {0}}, \ + {0, {0}}, \ + {0, {0}} \ + } \ + }, \ + _REENT_INIT_ATEXIT \ + _NULL, \ + {_NULL, 0, _NULL} \ + } + +#define _REENT_INIT_PTR(var) \ + { memset((var), 0, sizeof(*(var))); \ + (var)->_stdin = &(var)->__sf[0]; \ + (var)->_stdout = &(var)->__sf[1]; \ + (var)->_stderr = &(var)->__sf[2]; \ + (var)->_current_locale = "C"; \ + (var)->_new._reent._rand_next = 1; \ + (var)->_new._reent._r48._seed[0] = _RAND48_SEED_0; \ + (var)->_new._reent._r48._seed[1] = _RAND48_SEED_1; \ + (var)->_new._reent._r48._seed[2] = _RAND48_SEED_2; \ + (var)->_new._reent._r48._mult[0] = _RAND48_MULT_0; \ + (var)->_new._reent._r48._mult[1] = _RAND48_MULT_1; \ + (var)->_new._reent._r48._mult[2] = _RAND48_MULT_2; \ + (var)->_new._reent._r48._add = _RAND48_ADD; \ + } + +#define _REENT_CHECK_RAND48(ptr) /* nothing */ +#define _REENT_CHECK_MP(ptr) /* nothing */ +#define _REENT_CHECK_TM(ptr) /* nothing */ +#define _REENT_CHECK_ASCTIME_BUF(ptr) /* nothing */ +#define _REENT_CHECK_EMERGENCY(ptr) /* nothing */ +#define _REENT_CHECK_MISC(ptr) /* nothing */ +#define _REENT_CHECK_SIGNAL_BUF(ptr) /* nothing */ + +#define _REENT_SIGNGAM(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._gamma_signgam) +#define _REENT_RAND_NEXT(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._rand_next) +#define _REENT_RAND48_SEED(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._r48._seed) +#define _REENT_RAND48_MULT(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._r48._mult) +#define _REENT_RAND48_ADD(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._r48._add) +#define _REENT_MP_RESULT(ptr) ((ptr)->_result) +#define _REENT_MP_RESULT_K(ptr) ((ptr)->_result_k) +#define _REENT_MP_P5S(ptr) ((ptr)->_p5s) +#define _REENT_MP_FREELIST(ptr) ((ptr)->_freelist) +#define _REENT_ASCTIME_BUF(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._asctime_buf) +#define _REENT_TM(ptr) (&(ptr)->_new._reent._localtime_buf) +#define _REENT_EMERGENCY(ptr) ((ptr)->_emergency) +#define _REENT_STRTOK_LAST(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._strtok_last) +#define _REENT_MBLEN_STATE(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._mblen_state) +#define _REENT_MBTOWC_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_new._reent._mbtowc_state) +#define _REENT_WCTOMB_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_new._reent._wctomb_state) +#define _REENT_MBRLEN_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_new._reent._mbrlen_state) +#define _REENT_MBRTOWC_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_new._reent._mbrtowc_state) +#define _REENT_MBSRTOWCS_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_new._reent._mbsrtowcs_state) +#define _REENT_WCRTOMB_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_new._reent._wcrtomb_state) +#define _REENT_WCSRTOMBS_STATE(ptr)((ptr)->_new._reent._wcsrtombs_state) +#define _REENT_L64A_BUF(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._l64a_buf) +#define _REENT_SIGNAL_BUF(ptr) ((ptr)->_new._reent._signal_buf) +#define _REENT_GETDATE_ERR_P(ptr) (&((ptr)->_new._reent._getdate_err)) + +#endif /* !_REENT_SMALL */ + +/* This value is used in stdlib/misc.c. reent/reent.c has to know it + as well to make sure the freelist is correctly free'd. Therefore + we define it here, rather than in stdlib/misc.c, as before. */ +#define _Kmax (sizeof (size_t) << 3) + +/* + * All references to struct _reent are via this pointer. + * Internally, newlib routines that need to reference it should use _REENT. + */ + +#ifndef __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__ +#define __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__ +#endif + +extern struct _reent *_impure_ptr __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__; +extern struct _reent *_CONST _global_impure_ptr __ATTRIBUTE_IMPURE_PTR__; + +void _reclaim_reent _PARAMS ((struct _reent *)); + +/* #define _REENT_ONLY define this to get only reentrant routines */ + +#if defined(__DYNAMIC_REENT__) && !defined(__SINGLE_THREAD__) +#ifndef __getreent + struct _reent * _EXFUN(__getreent, (void)); +#endif +# define _REENT (__getreent()) +#else /* __SINGLE_THREAD__ || !__DYNAMIC_REENT__ */ +# define _REENT _impure_ptr +#endif /* __SINGLE_THREAD__ || !__DYNAMIC_REENT__ */ + +#define _GLOBAL_REENT _global_impure_ptr + +#ifdef _REENT_GLOBAL_ATEXIT +extern struct _atexit *_global_atexit; /* points to head of LIFO stack */ +# define _GLOBAL_ATEXIT _global_atexit +#else +# define _GLOBAL_ATEXIT (_GLOBAL_REENT->_atexit) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _SYS_REENT_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/resource.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/resource.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c35ac2a --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/resource.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#ifndef _SYS_RESOURCE_H_ +#define _SYS_RESOURCE_H_ + +#include + +#define RUSAGE_SELF 0 /* calling process */ +#define RUSAGE_CHILDREN -1 /* terminated child processes */ + +struct rusage { + struct timeval ru_utime; /* user time used */ + struct timeval ru_stime; /* system time used */ +}; + +int _EXFUN(getrusage, (int, struct rusage*)); + +#endif + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/sched.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/sched.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58f99d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/sched.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Written by Joel Sherrill . + * + * COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2010. + * On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR). + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice + * is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy + * or modification of this software. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED + * WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION + * OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS + * SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id$ + */ + + +#ifndef _SYS_SCHED_H_ +#define _SYS_SCHED_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Scheduling Policies */ +/* Open Group Specifications Issue 6 */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +#define SCHED_OTHER 3 +#else +#define SCHED_OTHER 0 +#endif + +#define SCHED_FIFO 1 +#define SCHED_RR 2 + +#if defined(_POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER) +#define SCHED_SPORADIC 4 +#endif + +/* Scheduling Parameters */ +/* Open Group Specifications Issue 6 */ + +struct sched_param { + int sched_priority; /* Process execution scheduling priority */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER) || defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER) + int sched_ss_low_priority; /* Low scheduling priority for sporadic */ + /* server */ + struct timespec sched_ss_repl_period; + /* Replenishment period for sporadic server */ + struct timespec sched_ss_init_budget; + /* Initial budget for sporadic server */ + int sched_ss_max_repl; /* Maximum pending replenishments for */ + /* sporadic server */ +#endif +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif +/* end of include file */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/signal.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/signal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a29f525 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/signal.h @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/* sys/signal.h */ + +#ifndef _SYS_SIGNAL_H +#define _SYS_SIGNAL_H +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include +#include + +/* #ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__*/ + +/* Cygwin defines it's own sigset_t in include/cygwin/signal.h */ +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +typedef unsigned long sigset_t; +#endif + +#if defined(__rtems__) + +#if defined(_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS) + +/* sigev_notify values + NOTE: P1003.1c/D10, p. 34 adds SIGEV_THREAD. */ + +#define SIGEV_NONE 1 /* No asynchronous notification shall be delivered */ + /* when the event of interest occurs. */ +#define SIGEV_SIGNAL 2 /* A queued signal, with an application defined */ + /* value, shall be delivered when the event of */ + /* interest occurs. */ +#define SIGEV_THREAD 3 /* A notification function shall be called to */ + /* perform notification. */ + +/* Signal Generation and Delivery, P1003.1b-1993, p. 63 + NOTE: P1003.1c/D10, p. 34 adds sigev_notify_function and + sigev_notify_attributes to the sigevent structure. */ + +union sigval { + int sival_int; /* Integer signal value */ + void *sival_ptr; /* Pointer signal value */ +}; + +struct sigevent { + int sigev_notify; /* Notification type */ + int sigev_signo; /* Signal number */ + union sigval sigev_value; /* Signal value */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS) + void (*sigev_notify_function)( union sigval ); + /* Notification function */ + pthread_attr_t *sigev_notify_attributes; /* Notification Attributes */ +#endif +}; + +/* Signal Actions, P1003.1b-1993, p. 64 */ +/* si_code values, p. 66 */ + +#define SI_USER 1 /* Sent by a user. kill(), abort(), etc */ +#define SI_QUEUE 2 /* Sent by sigqueue() */ +#define SI_TIMER 3 /* Sent by expiration of a timer_settime() timer */ +#define SI_ASYNCIO 4 /* Indicates completion of asycnhronous IO */ +#define SI_MESGQ 5 /* Indicates arrival of a message at an empty queue */ + +typedef struct { + int si_signo; /* Signal number */ + int si_code; /* Cause of the signal */ + union sigval si_value; /* Signal value */ +} siginfo_t; +#endif + +/* 3.3.8 Synchronously Accept a Signal, P1003.1b-1993, p. 76 */ + +#define SA_NOCLDSTOP 0x1 /* Do not generate SIGCHLD when children stop */ +#define SA_SIGINFO 0x2 /* Invoke the signal catching function with */ + /* three arguments instead of one. */ +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200112 +#define SA_ONSTACK 0x4 /* Signal delivery will be on a separate stack. */ +#endif + +/* struct sigaction notes from POSIX: + * + * (1) Routines stored in sa_handler should take a single int as + * their argument although the POSIX standard does not require this. + * This is not longer true since at least POSIX.1-2008 + * (2) The fields sa_handler and sa_sigaction may overlap, and a conforming + * application should not use both simultaneously. + */ + +typedef void (*_sig_func_ptr)(int); + +struct sigaction { + int sa_flags; /* Special flags to affect behavior of signal */ + sigset_t sa_mask; /* Additional set of signals to be blocked */ + /* during execution of signal-catching */ + /* function. */ + union { + _sig_func_ptr _handler; /* SIG_DFL, SIG_IGN, or pointer to a function */ +#if defined(_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS) + void (*_sigaction)( int, siginfo_t *, void * ); +#endif + } _signal_handlers; +}; + +#define sa_handler _signal_handlers._handler +#if defined(_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS) +#define sa_sigaction _signal_handlers._sigaction +#endif + +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200112 +/* + * Minimum and default signal stack constants. Allow for target overrides + * from . + */ +#ifndef MINSIGSTKSZ +#define MINSIGSTKSZ 2048 +#endif +#ifndef SIGSTKSZ +#define SIGSTKSZ 8192 +#endif + +/* + * Possible values for ss_flags in stack_t below. + */ +#define SS_ONSTACK 0x1 +#define SS_DISABLE 0x2 + +/* + * Structure used in sigaltstack call. + */ +typedef struct sigaltstack { + void *ss_sp; /* Stack base or pointer. */ + int ss_flags; /* Flags. */ + size_t ss_size; /* Stack size. */ +} stack_t; +#endif + +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +#include +#else +#define SA_NOCLDSTOP 1 /* only value supported now for sa_flags */ + +typedef void (*_sig_func_ptr)(int); + +struct sigaction +{ + _sig_func_ptr sa_handler; + sigset_t sa_mask; + int sa_flags; +}; +#endif /* defined(__rtems__) */ + +#define SIG_SETMASK 0 /* set mask with sigprocmask() */ +#define SIG_BLOCK 1 /* set of signals to block */ +#define SIG_UNBLOCK 2 /* set of signals to, well, unblock */ + +/* These depend upon the type of sigset_t, which right now + is always a long.. They're in the POSIX namespace, but + are not ANSI. */ +#define sigaddset(what,sig) (*(what) |= (1<<(sig)), 0) +#define sigdelset(what,sig) (*(what) &= ~(1<<(sig)), 0) +#define sigemptyset(what) (*(what) = 0, 0) +#define sigfillset(what) (*(what) = ~(0), 0) +#define sigismember(what,sig) (((*(what)) & (1<<(sig))) != 0) + +int _EXFUN(sigprocmask, (int how, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *oset)); + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS) +int _EXFUN(pthread_sigmask, (int how, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *oset)); +#endif + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +#undef sigaddset +#undef sigdelset +#undef sigemptyset +#undef sigfillset +#undef sigismember + +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(_kill, (pid_t, int)); +#endif /* _COMPILING_NEWLIB */ +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ || __rtems__ */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) || defined(__SPU__) +int _EXFUN(kill, (pid_t, int)); +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ || __rtems__ || __SPU__ */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +int _EXFUN(killpg, (pid_t, int)); +int _EXFUN(sigaction, (int, const struct sigaction *, struct sigaction *)); +int _EXFUN(sigaddset, (sigset_t *, const int)); +int _EXFUN(sigdelset, (sigset_t *, const int)); +int _EXFUN(sigismember, (const sigset_t *, int)); +int _EXFUN(sigfillset, (sigset_t *)); +int _EXFUN(sigemptyset, (sigset_t *)); +int _EXFUN(sigpending, (sigset_t *)); +int _EXFUN(sigsuspend, (const sigset_t *)); +int _EXFUN(sigpause, (int)); + +#ifdef __rtems__ +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200112 +int _EXFUN(sigaltstack, (const stack_t *__restrict, stack_t *__restrict)); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS) +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# ifndef _CYGWIN_TYPES_H +# error You need the winsup sources or a cygwin installation to compile the cygwin version of newlib. +# endif +#endif +int _EXFUN(pthread_kill, (pthread_t thread, int sig)); +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS) + +/* 3.3.8 Synchronously Accept a Signal, P1003.1b-1993, p. 76 + NOTE: P1003.1c/D10, p. 39 adds sigwait(). */ + +int _EXFUN(sigwaitinfo, (const sigset_t *set, siginfo_t *info)); +int _EXFUN(sigtimedwait, + (const sigset_t *set, siginfo_t *info, const struct timespec *timeout) +); +int _EXFUN(sigwait, (const sigset_t *set, int *sig)); + +/* 3.3.9 Queue a Signal to a Process, P1003.1b-1993, p. 78 */ +int _EXFUN(sigqueue, (pid_t pid, int signo, const union sigval value)); + +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS) */ + +#endif /* defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) */ + +/* #endif __STRICT_ANSI__ */ + +#if defined(___AM29K__) +/* These all need to be defined for ANSI C, but I don't think they are + meaningful. */ +#define SIGABRT 1 +#define SIGFPE 1 +#define SIGILL 1 +#define SIGINT 1 +#define SIGSEGV 1 +#define SIGTERM 1 +/* These need to be defined for POSIX, and some others do too. */ +#define SIGHUP 1 +#define SIGQUIT 1 +#define NSIG 2 +#elif defined(__GO32__) +#define SIGINT 1 +#define SIGKILL 2 +#define SIGPIPE 3 +#define SIGFPE 4 +#define SIGHUP 5 +#define SIGTERM 6 +#define SIGSEGV 7 +#define SIGTSTP 8 +#define SIGQUIT 9 +#define SIGTRAP 10 +#define SIGILL 11 +#define SIGEMT 12 +#define SIGALRM 13 +#define SIGBUS 14 +#define SIGLOST 15 +#define SIGSTOP 16 +#define SIGABRT 17 +#define SIGUSR1 18 +#define SIGUSR2 19 +#define NSIG 20 +#elif !defined(SIGTRAP) +#define SIGHUP 1 /* hangup */ +#define SIGINT 2 /* interrupt */ +#define SIGQUIT 3 /* quit */ +#define SIGILL 4 /* illegal instruction (not reset when caught) */ +#define SIGTRAP 5 /* trace trap (not reset when caught) */ +#define SIGIOT 6 /* IOT instruction */ +#define SIGABRT 6 /* used by abort, replace SIGIOT in the future */ +#define SIGEMT 7 /* EMT instruction */ +#define SIGFPE 8 /* floating point exception */ +#define SIGKILL 9 /* kill (cannot be caught or ignored) */ +#define SIGBUS 10 /* bus error */ +#define SIGSEGV 11 /* segmentation violation */ +#define SIGSYS 12 /* bad argument to system call */ +#define SIGPIPE 13 /* write on a pipe with no one to read it */ +#define SIGALRM 14 /* alarm clock */ +#define SIGTERM 15 /* software termination signal from kill */ + +#if defined(__rtems__) +#define SIGURG 16 /* urgent condition on IO channel */ +#define SIGSTOP 17 /* sendable stop signal not from tty */ +#define SIGTSTP 18 /* stop signal from tty */ +#define SIGCONT 19 /* continue a stopped process */ +#define SIGCHLD 20 /* to parent on child stop or exit */ +#define SIGCLD 20 /* System V name for SIGCHLD */ +#define SIGTTIN 21 /* to readers pgrp upon background tty read */ +#define SIGTTOU 22 /* like TTIN for output if (tp->t_local<OSTOP) */ +#define SIGIO 23 /* input/output possible signal */ +#define SIGPOLL SIGIO /* System V name for SIGIO */ +#define SIGWINCH 24 /* window changed */ +#define SIGUSR1 25 /* user defined signal 1 */ +#define SIGUSR2 26 /* user defined signal 2 */ + +/* Real-Time Signals Range, P1003.1b-1993, p. 61 + NOTE: By P1003.1b-1993, this should be at least RTSIG_MAX + (which is a minimum of 8) signals. + */ +#define SIGRTMIN 27 +#define SIGRTMAX 31 +#define __SIGFIRSTNOTRT SIGHUP +#define __SIGLASTNOTRT SIGUSR2 + +#define NSIG 32 /* signal 0 implied */ + +#elif defined(__svr4__) +/* svr4 specifics. different signals above 15, and sigaction. */ +#define SIGUSR1 16 +#define SIGUSR2 17 +#define SIGCLD 18 +#define SIGPWR 19 +#define SIGWINCH 20 +#define SIGPOLL 22 /* 20 for x.out binaries!!!! */ +#define SIGSTOP 23 /* sendable stop signal not from tty */ +#define SIGTSTP 24 /* stop signal from tty */ +#define SIGCONT 25 /* continue a stopped process */ +#define SIGTTIN 26 /* to readers pgrp upon background tty read */ +#define SIGTTOU 27 /* like TTIN for output if (tp->t_local<OSTOP) */ +#define NSIG 28 +#else +#define SIGURG 16 /* urgent condition on IO channel */ +#define SIGSTOP 17 /* sendable stop signal not from tty */ +#define SIGTSTP 18 /* stop signal from tty */ +#define SIGCONT 19 /* continue a stopped process */ +#define SIGCHLD 20 /* to parent on child stop or exit */ +#define SIGCLD 20 /* System V name for SIGCHLD */ +#define SIGTTIN 21 /* to readers pgrp upon background tty read */ +#define SIGTTOU 22 /* like TTIN for output if (tp->t_local<OSTOP) */ +#define SIGIO 23 /* input/output possible signal */ +#define SIGPOLL SIGIO /* System V name for SIGIO */ +#define SIGXCPU 24 /* exceeded CPU time limit */ +#define SIGXFSZ 25 /* exceeded file size limit */ +#define SIGVTALRM 26 /* virtual time alarm */ +#define SIGPROF 27 /* profiling time alarm */ +#define SIGWINCH 28 /* window changed */ +#define SIGLOST 29 /* resource lost (eg, record-lock lost) */ +#define SIGUSR1 30 /* user defined signal 1 */ +#define SIGUSR2 31 /* user defined signal 2 */ +#define NSIG 32 /* signal 0 implied */ +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#ifndef _SIGNAL_H_ +/* Some applications take advantage of the fact that + * and are equivalent in glibc. Allow for that here. */ +#include +#endif +#endif /* _SYS_SIGNAL_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/stat.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/stat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..11b9d80 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/stat.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +#ifndef _SYS_STAT_H +#define _SYS_STAT_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include +#include +#include + +/* dj's stat defines _STAT_H_ */ +#ifndef _STAT_H_ + +/* It is intended that the layout of this structure not change when the + sizes of any of the basic types change (short, int, long) [via a compile + time option]. */ + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#include +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +#define stat64 stat +#endif +#else +struct stat +{ + dev_t st_dev; + ino_t st_ino; + mode_t st_mode; + nlink_t st_nlink; + uid_t st_uid; + gid_t st_gid; + dev_t st_rdev; + off_t st_size; +#if defined(__rtems__) + struct timespec st_atim; + struct timespec st_mtim; + struct timespec st_ctim; + blksize_t st_blksize; + blkcnt_t st_blocks; +#else + /* SysV/sco doesn't have the rest... But Solaris, eabi does. */ +#if defined(__svr4__) && !defined(__PPC__) && !defined(__sun__) + time_t st_atime; + time_t st_mtime; + time_t st_ctime; +#else + time_t st_atime; + long st_spare1; + time_t st_mtime; + long st_spare2; + time_t st_ctime; + long st_spare3; + long st_blksize; + long st_blocks; + long st_spare4[2]; +#endif +#endif +}; + +#if defined(__rtems__) +#define st_atime st_atim.tv_sec +#define st_ctime st_ctim.tv_sec +#define st_mtime st_mtim.tv_sec +#endif + +#endif + +#define _IFMT 0170000 /* type of file */ +#define _IFDIR 0040000 /* directory */ +#define _IFCHR 0020000 /* character special */ +#define _IFBLK 0060000 /* block special */ +#define _IFREG 0100000 /* regular */ +#define _IFLNK 0120000 /* symbolic link */ +#define _IFSOCK 0140000 /* socket */ +#define _IFIFO 0010000 /* fifo */ + +#define S_BLKSIZE 1024 /* size of a block */ + +#define S_ISUID 0004000 /* set user id on execution */ +#define S_ISGID 0002000 /* set group id on execution */ +#define S_ISVTX 0001000 /* save swapped text even after use */ +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +#define S_IREAD 0000400 /* read permission, owner */ +#define S_IWRITE 0000200 /* write permission, owner */ +#define S_IEXEC 0000100 /* execute/search permission, owner */ +#define S_ENFMT 0002000 /* enforcement-mode locking */ +#endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */ + +#define S_IFMT _IFMT +#define S_IFDIR _IFDIR +#define S_IFCHR _IFCHR +#define S_IFBLK _IFBLK +#define S_IFREG _IFREG +#define S_IFLNK _IFLNK +#define S_IFSOCK _IFSOCK +#define S_IFIFO _IFIFO + +#ifdef _WIN32 +/* The Windows header files define _S_ forms of these, so we do too + for easier portability. */ +#define _S_IFMT _IFMT +#define _S_IFDIR _IFDIR +#define _S_IFCHR _IFCHR +#define _S_IFIFO _IFIFO +#define _S_IFREG _IFREG +#define _S_IREAD 0000400 +#define _S_IWRITE 0000200 +#define _S_IEXEC 0000100 +#endif + +#define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR) +#define S_IRUSR 0000400 /* read permission, owner */ +#define S_IWUSR 0000200 /* write permission, owner */ +#define S_IXUSR 0000100/* execute/search permission, owner */ +#define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP) +#define S_IRGRP 0000040 /* read permission, group */ +#define S_IWGRP 0000020 /* write permission, grougroup */ +#define S_IXGRP 0000010/* execute/search permission, group */ +#define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH) +#define S_IROTH 0000004 /* read permission, other */ +#define S_IWOTH 0000002 /* write permission, other */ +#define S_IXOTH 0000001/* execute/search permission, other */ + +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +#define ACCESSPERMS (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO) /* 0777 */ +#define ALLPERMS (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO) /* 07777 */ +#define DEFFILEMODE (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH) /* 0666 */ +#endif + +#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m)&_IFMT) == _IFBLK) +#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m)&_IFMT) == _IFCHR) +#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&_IFMT) == _IFDIR) +#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m)&_IFMT) == _IFIFO) +#define S_ISREG(m) (((m)&_IFMT) == _IFREG) +#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m)&_IFMT) == _IFLNK) +#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m)&_IFMT) == _IFSOCK) + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +/* Special tv_nsec values for futimens(2) and utimensat(2). */ +#define UTIME_NOW -2L +#define UTIME_OMIT -1L +#endif + +int _EXFUN(chmod,( const char *__path, mode_t __mode )); +int _EXFUN(fchmod,(int __fd, mode_t __mode)); +int _EXFUN(fstat,( int __fd, struct stat *__sbuf )); +int _EXFUN(mkdir,( const char *_path, mode_t __mode )); +int _EXFUN(mkfifo,( const char *__path, mode_t __mode )); +int _EXFUN(stat,( const char *__restrict __path, struct stat *__restrict __sbuf )); +mode_t _EXFUN(umask,( mode_t __mask )); + +#if defined (__SPU__) || defined(__rtems__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(lstat,( const char *__restrict __path, struct stat *__restrict __buf )); +int _EXFUN(mknod,( const char *__path, mode_t __mode, dev_t __dev )); +#endif + +#if (__POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || defined (__CYGWIN__)) && !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(fchmodat, (int, const char *, mode_t, int)); +#endif +#if (__BSD_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || defined (__CYGWIN__)) && !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(fstatat, (int, const char *__restrict , struct stat *__restrict, int)); +int _EXFUN(mkdirat, (int, const char *, mode_t)); +int _EXFUN(mkfifoat, (int, const char *, mode_t)); +#endif +#if (__BSD_VISIBLE || __XSI_VISIBLE >= 700 || defined (__CYGWIN__)) && !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(mknodat, (int, const char *, mode_t, dev_t)); +#endif +#if (__BSD_VISIBLE || __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || defined (__CYGWIN__)) && !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(utimensat, (int, const char *, const struct timespec *, int)); +int _EXFUN(futimens, (int, const struct timespec *)); +#endif + +/* Provide prototypes for most of the _ names that are + provided in newlib for some compilers. */ +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(_fstat,( int __fd, struct stat *__sbuf )); +int _EXFUN(_stat,( const char *__restrict __path, struct stat *__restrict __sbuf )); +int _EXFUN(_mkdir,( const char *_path, mode_t __mode )); +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +struct stat64; +int _EXFUN(_stat64,( const char *__restrict __path, struct stat64 *__restrict __sbuf )); +int _EXFUN(_fstat64,( int __fd, struct stat64 *__sbuf )); +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* !_STAT_H_ */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _SYS_STAT_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/stdio.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/stdio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0918fe1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/stdio.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#ifndef _NEWLIB_STDIO_H +#define _NEWLIB_STDIO_H + +#include +#include + +/* Internal locking macros, used to protect stdio functions. In the + general case, expand to nothing. Use __SSTR flag in FILE _flags to + detect if FILE is private to sprintf/sscanf class of functions; if + set then do nothing as lock is not initialised. */ +#if !defined(_flockfile) +#ifndef __SINGLE_THREAD__ +# define _flockfile(fp) (((fp)->_flags & __SSTR) ? 0 : __lock_acquire_recursive((fp)->_lock)) +#else +# define _flockfile(fp) (_CAST_VOID 0) +#endif +#endif + +#if !defined(_funlockfile) +#ifndef __SINGLE_THREAD__ +# define _funlockfile(fp) (((fp)->_flags & __SSTR) ? 0 : __lock_release_recursive((fp)->_lock)) +#else +# define _funlockfile(fp) (_CAST_VOID 0) +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* _NEWLIB_STDIO_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/string.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ceedf4b --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/string.h @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +/* This is a dummy used as a placeholder for + systems that need to have a special header file. */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/syslimits.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/syslimits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba9dbd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/syslimits.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)syslimits.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93 + * $FreeBSD: src/sys/sys/syslimits.h,v 1.10 2001/06/18 20:24:54 wollman Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef _SYS_SYSLIMITS_H_ +#define _SYS_SYSLIMITS_H_ + +#define ARG_MAX 65536 /* max bytes for an exec function */ +#ifndef CHILD_MAX +#define CHILD_MAX 40 /* max simultaneous processes */ +#endif +#define LINK_MAX 32767 /* max file link count */ +#define MAX_CANON 255 /* max bytes in term canon input line */ +#define MAX_INPUT 255 /* max bytes in terminal input */ +#define NAME_MAX 255 /* max bytes in a file name */ +#define NGROUPS_MAX 16 /* max supplemental group id's */ +#ifndef OPEN_MAX +#define OPEN_MAX 64 /* max open files per process */ +#endif +#define PATH_MAX 1024 /* max bytes in pathname */ +#define PIPE_BUF 512 /* max bytes for atomic pipe writes */ +#define IOV_MAX 1024 /* max elements in i/o vector */ + +#define BC_BASE_MAX 99 /* max ibase/obase values in bc(1) */ +#define BC_DIM_MAX 2048 /* max array elements in bc(1) */ +#define BC_SCALE_MAX 99 /* max scale value in bc(1) */ +#define BC_STRING_MAX 1000 /* max const string length in bc(1) */ +#define COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX 0 /* max weights for order keyword */ +#define EXPR_NEST_MAX 32 /* max expressions nested in expr(1) */ +#define LINE_MAX 2048 /* max bytes in an input line */ +#define RE_DUP_MAX 255 /* max RE's in interval notation */ + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/time.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be16497 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* time.h -- An implementation of the standard Unix file. + Written by Geoffrey Noer + Public domain; no rights reserved. */ + +#ifndef _SYS_TIME_H_ +#define _SYS_TIME_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef _TIMEVAL_DEFINED +#define _TIMEVAL_DEFINED +struct timeval { + time_t tv_sec; + suseconds_t tv_usec; +}; + +/* BSD time macros used by RTEMS code */ +#if defined (__rtems__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) + +/* Convenience macros for operations on timevals. + NOTE: `timercmp' does not work for >= or <=. */ +#define timerisset(tvp) ((tvp)->tv_sec || (tvp)->tv_usec) +#define timerclear(tvp) ((tvp)->tv_sec = (tvp)->tv_usec = 0) +#define timercmp(a, b, CMP) \ + (((a)->tv_sec == (b)->tv_sec) ? \ + ((a)->tv_usec CMP (b)->tv_usec) : \ + ((a)->tv_sec CMP (b)->tv_sec)) +#define timeradd(a, b, result) \ + do { \ + (result)->tv_sec = (a)->tv_sec + (b)->tv_sec; \ + (result)->tv_usec = (a)->tv_usec + (b)->tv_usec; \ + if ((result)->tv_usec >= 1000000) \ + { \ + ++(result)->tv_sec; \ + (result)->tv_usec -= 1000000; \ + } \ + } while (0) +#define timersub(a, b, result) \ + do { \ + (result)->tv_sec = (a)->tv_sec - (b)->tv_sec; \ + (result)->tv_usec = (a)->tv_usec - (b)->tv_usec; \ + if ((result)->tv_usec < 0) { \ + --(result)->tv_sec; \ + (result)->tv_usec += 1000000; \ + } \ + } while (0) +#endif /* defined (__rtems__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) */ +#endif /* !_TIMEVAL_DEFINED */ + +struct timezone { + int tz_minuteswest; + int tz_dsttime; +}; + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#include +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + +#define ITIMER_REAL 0 +#define ITIMER_VIRTUAL 1 +#define ITIMER_PROF 2 + +struct itimerval { + struct timeval it_interval; + struct timeval it_value; +}; + +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +int _EXFUN(_gettimeofday, (struct timeval *__p, void *__tz)); +#endif + +int _EXFUN(gettimeofday, (struct timeval *__restrict __p, + void *__restrict __tz)); +#if __BSD_VISIBLE +int _EXFUN(settimeofday, (const struct timeval *, const struct timezone *)); +int _EXFUN(adjtime, (const struct timeval *, struct timeval *)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(utimes, (const char *__path, const struct timeval *__tvp)); +int _EXFUN(getitimer, (int __which, struct itimerval *__value)); +int _EXFUN(setitimer, (int __which, const struct itimerval *__restrict __value, + struct itimerval *__restrict __ovalue)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _SYS_TIME_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/timeb.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/timeb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a2c3de --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/timeb.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* timeb.h -- An implementation of the standard Unix file. + Written by Ian Lance Taylor + Public domain; no rights reserved. + + declares the structure used by the ftime function, as + well as the ftime function itself. Newlib does not provide an + implementation of ftime. */ + +#ifndef _SYS_TIMEB_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define _SYS_TIMEB_H + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include + +#ifndef __time_t_defined +typedef _TIME_T_ time_t; +#define __time_t_defined +#endif + +struct timeb +{ + time_t time; + unsigned short millitm; + short timezone; + short dstflag; +}; + +extern int ftime _PARAMS ((struct timeb *)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* ! defined (_SYS_TIMEB_H) */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/times.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/times.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..927812c --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/times.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#ifndef _SYS_TIMES_H +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define _SYS_TIMES_H + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include + +#ifndef __clock_t_defined +typedef _CLOCK_T_ clock_t; +#define __clock_t_defined +#endif + +/* Get Process Times, P1003.1b-1993, p. 92 */ +struct tms { + clock_t tms_utime; /* user time */ + clock_t tms_stime; /* system time */ + clock_t tms_cutime; /* user time, children */ + clock_t tms_cstime; /* system time, children */ +}; + +clock_t _EXFUN(times,(struct tms *)); +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +clock_t _EXFUN(_times,(struct tms *)); +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* !_SYS_TIMES_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/types.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed33e0a --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,521 @@ +/* unified sys/types.h: + start with sef's sysvi386 version. + merge go32 version -- a few ifdefs. + h8300hms, h8300xray, and sysvnecv70 disagree on the following types: + + typedef int gid_t; + typedef int uid_t; + typedef int dev_t; + typedef int ino_t; + typedef int mode_t; + typedef int caddr_t; + + however, these aren't "reasonable" values, the sysvi386 ones make far + more sense, and should work sufficiently well (in particular, h8300 + doesn't have a stat, and the necv70 doesn't matter.) -- eichin + */ + +#ifndef _SYS_TYPES_H + +#include <_ansi.h> + +#ifndef __INTTYPES_DEFINED__ +#define __INTTYPES_DEFINED__ + +#include + +#if defined(__rtems__) || defined(__XMK__) +/* + * The following section is RTEMS specific and is needed to more + * closely match the types defined in the BSD sys/types.h. + * This is needed to let the RTEMS/BSD TCP/IP stack compile. + */ + +/* deprecated */ +#if ___int8_t_defined +typedef __uint8_t u_int8_t; +#endif +#if ___int16_t_defined +typedef __uint16_t u_int16_t; +#endif +#if ___int32_t_defined +typedef __uint32_t u_int32_t; +#endif + +#if ___int64_t_defined +typedef __uint64_t u_int64_t; + +/* deprecated */ +typedef __uint64_t u_quad_t; +typedef __int64_t quad_t; +typedef quad_t * qaddr_t; +#endif + +#endif + +#endif /* ! __INTTYPES_DEFINED */ + +#ifndef __need_inttypes + +#define _SYS_TYPES_H +#include + +#ifdef __i386__ +#if defined (GO32) || defined (__MSDOS__) +#define __MS_types__ +#endif +#endif + +# include +# include + +/* To ensure the stat struct's layout doesn't change when sizeof(int), etc. + changes, we assume sizeof short and long never change and have all types + used to define struct stat use them and not int where possible. + Where not possible, _ST_INTxx are used. It would be preferable to not have + such assumptions, but until the extra fluff is necessary, it's avoided. + No 64 bit targets use stat yet. What to do about them is postponed + until necessary. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define _ST_INT32 __attribute__ ((__mode__ (__SI__))) +#else +#define _ST_INT32 +#endif + +# ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE + +# define physadr physadr_t +# define quad quad_t + +#ifndef _BSDTYPES_DEFINED +/* also defined in mingw/gmon.h and in w32api/winsock[2].h */ +#ifndef __u_char_defined +typedef unsigned char u_char; +#define __u_char_defined +#endif +#ifndef __u_short_defined +typedef unsigned short u_short; +#define __u_short_defined +#endif +#ifndef __u_int_defined +typedef unsigned int u_int; +#define __u_int_defined +#endif +#ifndef __u_long_defined +typedef unsigned long u_long; +#define __u_long_defined +#endif +#define _BSDTYPES_DEFINED +#endif + +typedef unsigned short ushort; /* System V compatibility */ +typedef unsigned int uint; /* System V compatibility */ +typedef unsigned long ulong; /* System V compatibility */ +# endif /*!_POSIX_SOURCE */ + +#ifndef __clock_t_defined +typedef _CLOCK_T_ clock_t; +#define __clock_t_defined +#endif + +#ifndef __time_t_defined +typedef _TIME_T_ time_t; +#define __time_t_defined +#endif + +#ifndef __timespec_defined +#define __timespec_defined +/* Time Value Specification Structures, P1003.1b-1993, p. 261 */ + +struct timespec { + time_t tv_sec; /* Seconds */ + long tv_nsec; /* Nanoseconds */ +}; +#endif + +struct itimerspec { + struct timespec it_interval; /* Timer period */ + struct timespec it_value; /* Timer expiration */ +}; + +#ifndef __daddr_t_defined +typedef long daddr_t; +#define __daddr_t_defined +#endif +#ifndef __caddr_t_defined +typedef char * caddr_t; +#define __caddr_t_defined +#endif + +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +#if defined(__MS_types__) || defined(__rtems__) || \ + defined(__sparc__) || defined(__SPU__) +typedef unsigned long ino_t; +#else +typedef unsigned short ino_t; +#endif +#endif /*__CYGWIN__*/ + +#ifdef __MS_types__ +typedef unsigned long vm_offset_t; +typedef unsigned long vm_size_t; + +#define __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__ + +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef unsigned char u_int8_t; +typedef short int16_t; +typedef unsigned short u_int16_t; +typedef int int32_t; +typedef unsigned int u_int32_t; +typedef long long int64_t; +typedef unsigned long long u_int64_t; +typedef int32_t register_t; +#endif /* __MS_types__ */ + +/* + * All these should be machine specific - right now they are all broken. + * However, for all of Cygnus' embedded targets, we want them to all be + * the same. Otherwise things like sizeof (struct stat) might depend on + * how the file was compiled (e.g. -mint16 vs -mint32, etc.). + */ + +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ /* which defines these types in it's own types.h. */ +typedef _off_t off_t; +typedef __dev_t dev_t; +typedef __uid_t uid_t; +typedef __gid_t gid_t; +#endif + +#if defined(__XMK__) +typedef signed char pid_t; +#else +typedef int pid_t; +#endif + +#if defined(__rtems__) +typedef _mode_t mode_t; +#endif + +#ifndef __CYGWIN__ +typedef long key_t; +#endif +typedef _ssize_t ssize_t; + +#if !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__rtems__) +#ifdef __MS_types__ +typedef char * addr_t; +typedef int mode_t; +#else +#if defined (__sparc__) && !defined (__sparc_v9__) +#ifdef __svr4__ +typedef unsigned long mode_t; +#else +typedef unsigned short mode_t; +#endif +#else +typedef unsigned int mode_t _ST_INT32; +#endif +#endif /* ! __MS_types__ */ +#endif /*__CYGWIN__*/ + +typedef unsigned short nlink_t; + +/* We don't define fd_set and friends if we are compiling POSIX + source, or if we have included (or may include as indicated + by __USE_W32_SOCKETS) the W32api winsock[2].h header which + defines Windows versions of them. Note that a program which + includes the W32api winsock[2].h header must know what it is doing; + it must not call the cygwin32 select function. +*/ +# if !(defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) || defined (_WINSOCK_H) || defined (_WINSOCKAPI_) || defined (__USE_W32_SOCKETS)) +# define _SYS_TYPES_FD_SET +# define NBBY 8 /* number of bits in a byte */ +/* + * Select uses bit masks of file descriptors in longs. + * These macros manipulate such bit fields (the filesystem macros use chars). + * FD_SETSIZE may be defined by the user, but the default here + * should be >= NOFILE (param.h). + */ +# ifndef FD_SETSIZE +# define FD_SETSIZE 64 +# endif + +typedef long fd_mask; +# define NFDBITS (sizeof (fd_mask) * NBBY) /* bits per mask */ +# ifndef howmany +# define howmany(x,y) (((x)+((y)-1))/(y)) +# endif + +/* We use a macro for fd_set so that including Sockets.h afterwards + can work. */ +typedef struct _types_fd_set { + fd_mask fds_bits[howmany(FD_SETSIZE, NFDBITS)]; +} _types_fd_set; + +#define fd_set _types_fd_set + +# define FD_SET(n, p) ((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] |= (1L << ((n) % NFDBITS))) +# define FD_CLR(n, p) ((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] &= ~(1L << ((n) % NFDBITS))) +# define FD_ISSET(n, p) ((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] & (1L << ((n) % NFDBITS))) +# define FD_ZERO(p) (__extension__ (void)({ \ + size_t __i; \ + char *__tmp = (char *)p; \ + for (__i = 0; __i < sizeof (*(p)); ++__i) \ + *__tmp++ = 0; \ +})) + +# endif /* !(defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) || defined (_WINSOCK_H) || defined (_WINSOCKAPI_) || defined (__USE_W32_SOCKETS)) */ + +#undef __MS_types__ +#undef _ST_INT32 + + +#ifndef __clockid_t_defined +typedef _CLOCKID_T_ clockid_t; +#define __clockid_t_defined +#endif + +#ifndef __timer_t_defined +typedef _TIMER_T_ timer_t; +#define __timer_t_defined +#endif + +typedef unsigned long useconds_t; +typedef long suseconds_t; + +#include + + +/* Cygwin will probably never have full posix compliance due to little things + * like an inability to set the stackaddress. Cygwin is also using void * + * pointers rather than structs to ensure maximum binary compatability with + * previous releases. + * This means that we don't use the types defined here, but rather in + * + */ +#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + +#include + +/* + * 2.5 Primitive System Data Types, P1003.1c/D10, p. 19. + */ + +#if defined(__XMK__) +typedef unsigned int pthread_t; /* identify a thread */ +#else +typedef __uint32_t pthread_t; /* identify a thread */ +#endif + +/* P1003.1c/D10, p. 118-119 */ +#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS 0 +#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM 1 + +/* P1003.1c/D10, p. 111 */ +#define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED 1 /* scheduling policy and associated */ + /* attributes are inherited from */ + /* the calling thread. */ +#define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED 2 /* set from provided attribute object */ + +/* P1003.1c/D10, p. 141 */ +#define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 0 +#define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 1 + +#if defined(__rtems__) + #include +#endif + +#if defined(__XMK__) +typedef struct pthread_attr_s { + int contentionscope; + struct sched_param schedparam; + int detachstate; + void *stackaddr; + size_t stacksize; +} pthread_attr_t; + +#define PTHREAD_STACK_MIN 200 + +#else /* !defined(__XMK__) */ +typedef struct { + int is_initialized; + void *stackaddr; + int stacksize; + int contentionscope; + int inheritsched; + int schedpolicy; + struct sched_param schedparam; +#if defined(__rtems__) + size_t guardsize; +#endif + + /* P1003.4b/D8, p. 54 adds cputime_clock_allowed attribute. */ +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME) + int cputime_clock_allowed; /* see time.h */ +#endif + int detachstate; +#if defined(__rtems__) + size_t affinitysetsize; + cpu_set_t *affinityset; + cpu_set_t affinitysetpreallocated; +#endif +} pthread_attr_t; + +#endif /* !defined(__XMK__) */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED) +/* NOTE: P1003.1c/D10, p. 81 defines following values for process_shared. */ + +#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0 /* visible within only the creating process */ +#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 1 /* visible too all processes with access to */ + /* the memory where the resource is */ + /* located */ +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT) +/* Mutexes */ + +/* Values for blocking protocol. */ + +#define PTHREAD_PRIO_NONE 0 +#define PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 1 +#define PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 2 +#endif + +#if defined(_UNIX98_THREAD_MUTEX_ATTRIBUTES) + +/* Values for mutex type */ + +/* The following defines are part of the X/Open System Interface (XSI). */ + +/* + * This type of mutex does not detect deadlock. A thread attempting to + * relock this mutex without first unlocking it shall deadlock. Attempting + * to unlock a mutex locked by a different thread results in undefined + * behavior. Attempting to unlock an unlocked mutex results in undefined + * behavior. + */ +#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL 0 + +/* + * A thread attempting to relock this mutex without first unlocking + * it shall succeed in locking the mutex. The relocking deadlock which + * can occur with mutexes of type PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL cannot occur with + * this type of mutex. Multiple locks of this mutex shall require the + * same number of unlocks to release the mutex before another thread can + * acquire the mutex. A thread attempting to unlock a mutex which another + * thread has locked shall return with an error. A thread attempting to + * unlock an unlocked mutex shall return with an error. + */ +#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 + +/* + * This type of mutex provides error checking. A thread attempting + * to relock this mutex without first unlocking it shall return with an + * error. A thread attempting to unlock a mutex which another thread has + * locked shall return with an error. A thread attempting to unlock an + * unlocked mutex shall return with an error. + */ +#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK 2 + +/* + * Attempting to recursively lock a mutex of this type results + * in undefined behavior. Attempting to unlock a mutex of this type + * which was not locked by the calling thread results in undefined + * behavior. Attempting to unlock a mutex of this type which is not locked + * results in undefined behavior. An implementation may map this mutex to + * one of the other mutex types. + */ +#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT 3 + +#endif /* !defined(_UNIX98_THREAD_MUTEX_ATTRIBUTES) */ + +#if defined(__XMK__) +typedef unsigned int pthread_mutex_t; /* identify a mutex */ + +typedef struct { + int type; +} pthread_mutexattr_t; + +#else /* !defined(__XMK__) */ +typedef __uint32_t pthread_mutex_t; /* identify a mutex */ + +typedef struct { + int is_initialized; +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED) + int process_shared; /* allow mutex to be shared amongst processes */ +#endif +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT) + int prio_ceiling; + int protocol; +#endif +#if defined(_UNIX98_THREAD_MUTEX_ATTRIBUTES) + int type; +#endif + int recursive; +} pthread_mutexattr_t; +#endif /* !defined(__XMK__) */ + +/* Condition Variables */ + +typedef __uint32_t pthread_cond_t; /* identify a condition variable */ + +typedef struct { + int is_initialized; +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED) + int process_shared; /* allow this to be shared amongst processes */ +#endif +} pthread_condattr_t; /* a condition attribute object */ + +/* Keys */ + +typedef __uint32_t pthread_key_t; /* thread-specific data keys */ + +typedef struct { + int is_initialized; /* is this structure initialized? */ + int init_executed; /* has the initialization routine been run? */ +} pthread_once_t; /* dynamic package initialization */ +#else +#if defined (__CYGWIN__) +#include +#endif +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_THREADS) */ + +/* POSIX Barrier Types */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_BARRIERS) +typedef __uint32_t pthread_barrier_t; /* POSIX Barrier Object */ +typedef struct { + int is_initialized; /* is this structure initialized? */ +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED) + int process_shared; /* allow this to be shared amongst processes */ +#endif +} pthread_barrierattr_t; +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_BARRIERS) */ + +/* POSIX Spin Lock Types */ + +#if !defined (__CYGWIN__) +#if defined(_POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS) +typedef __uint32_t pthread_spinlock_t; /* POSIX Spin Lock Object */ +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS) */ + +/* POSIX Reader/Writer Lock Types */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS) +typedef __uint32_t pthread_rwlock_t; /* POSIX RWLock Object */ +typedef struct { + int is_initialized; /* is this structure initialized? */ +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED) + int process_shared; /* allow this to be shared amongst processes */ +#endif +} pthread_rwlockattr_t; +#endif /* defined(_POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS) */ +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + +#endif /* !__need_inttypes */ + +#undef __need_inttypes + +#endif /* _SYS_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/unistd.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/unistd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a741383 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/unistd.h @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +#ifndef _SYS_UNISTD_H +#define _SYS_UNISTD_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <_ansi.h> +#define __need_size_t +#define __need_ptrdiff_t +#include +#include +#include +#include + +extern char **environ; + +void _EXFUN(_exit, (int __status ) _ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__))); + +int _EXFUN(access,(const char *__path, int __amode )); +unsigned _EXFUN(alarm, (unsigned __secs )); +int _EXFUN(chdir, (const char *__path )); +int _EXFUN(chmod, (const char *__path, mode_t __mode )); +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(chown, (const char *__path, uid_t __owner, gid_t __group )); +#endif +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +int _EXFUN(chroot, (const char *__path )); +#endif +int _EXFUN(close, (int __fildes )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +size_t _EXFUN(confstr, (int __name, char *__buf, size_t __len)); +#endif +char * _EXFUN(ctermid, (char *__s )); +char * _EXFUN(cuserid, (char *__s )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(daemon, (int nochdir, int noclose)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(dup, (int __fildes )); +int _EXFUN(dup2, (int __fildes, int __fildes2 )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(dup3, (int __fildes, int __fildes2, int flags)); +int _EXFUN(eaccess, (const char *__path, int __mode)); +void _EXFUN(endusershell, (void)); +int _EXFUN(euidaccess, (const char *__path, int __mode)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(execl, (const char *__path, const char *, ... )); +int _EXFUN(execle, (const char *__path, const char *, ... )); +int _EXFUN(execlp, (const char *__file, const char *, ... )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(execlpe, (const char *__file, const char *, ... )); +#endif +int _EXFUN(execv, (const char *__path, char * const __argv[] )); +int _EXFUN(execve, (const char *__path, char * const __argv[], char * const __envp[] )); +int _EXFUN(execvp, (const char *__file, char * const __argv[] )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(execvpe, (const char *__file, char * const __argv[], char * const __envp[] )); +#endif +#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __BSD_VISIBLE || defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(faccessat, (int __dirfd, const char *__path, int __mode, int __flags)); +#endif +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) || defined(__SPU__) +int _EXFUN(fchdir, (int __fildes)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(fchmod, (int __fildes, mode_t __mode )); +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(fchown, (int __fildes, uid_t __owner, gid_t __group )); +#endif +#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __BSD_VISIBLE || defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(fchownat, (int __dirfd, const char *__path, uid_t __owner, gid_t __group, int __flags)); +#endif +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(fexecve, (int __fd, char * const __argv[], char * const __envp[] )); +#endif +pid_t _EXFUN(fork, (void )); +long _EXFUN(fpathconf, (int __fd, int __name )); +int _EXFUN(fsync, (int __fd)); +int _EXFUN(fdatasync, (int __fd)); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +char * _EXFUN(get_current_dir_name, (void)); +#endif +char * _EXFUN(getcwd, (char *__buf, size_t __size )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(getdomainname ,(char *__name, size_t __len)); +#endif +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +gid_t _EXFUN(getegid, (void )); +uid_t _EXFUN(geteuid, (void )); +gid_t _EXFUN(getgid, (void )); +#endif +int _EXFUN(getgroups, (int __gidsetsize, gid_t __grouplist[] )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +long _EXFUN(gethostid, (void)); +#endif +char * _EXFUN(getlogin, (void )); +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS) +int _EXFUN(getlogin_r, (char *name, size_t namesize) ); +#endif +char * _EXFUN(getpass, (const char *__prompt)); +int _EXFUN(getpagesize, (void)); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(getpeereid, (int, uid_t *, gid_t *)); +#endif +pid_t _EXFUN(getpgid, (pid_t)); +pid_t _EXFUN(getpgrp, (void )); +pid_t _EXFUN(getpid, (void )); +pid_t _EXFUN(getppid, (void )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +pid_t _EXFUN(getsid, (pid_t)); +#endif +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +uid_t _EXFUN(getuid, (void )); +#endif +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +char * _EXFUN(getusershell, (void)); +char * _EXFUN(getwd, (char *__buf )); +int _EXFUN(iruserok, (unsigned long raddr, int superuser, const char *ruser, const char *luser)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(isatty, (int __fildes )); +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(lchown, (const char *__path, uid_t __owner, gid_t __group )); +#endif +int _EXFUN(link, (const char *__path1, const char *__path2 )); +#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __BSD_VISIBLE || defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(linkat, (int __dirfd1, const char *__path1, int __dirfd2, const char *__path2, int __flags )); +#endif +int _EXFUN(nice, (int __nice_value )); +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +off_t _EXFUN(lseek, (int __fildes, off_t __offset, int __whence )); +#endif +#if defined(__SPU__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +#define F_ULOCK 0 +#define F_LOCK 1 +#define F_TLOCK 2 +#define F_TEST 3 +int _EXFUN(lockf, (int __fd, int __cmd, off_t __len)); +#endif +long _EXFUN(pathconf, (const char *__path, int __name )); +int _EXFUN(pause, (void )); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +int _EXFUN(pthread_atfork, (void (*)(void), void (*)(void), void (*)(void))); +#endif +int _EXFUN(pipe, (int __fildes[2] )); +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +int _EXFUN(pipe2, (int __fildes[2], int flags)); +#endif +ssize_t _EXFUN(pread, (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes, off_t __offset)); +ssize_t _EXFUN(pwrite, (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __nbytes, off_t __offset)); +_READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFUN(read, (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbyte )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(rresvport, (int *__alport)); +int _EXFUN(revoke, (char *__path)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(rmdir, (const char *__path )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(ruserok, (const char *rhost, int superuser, const char *ruser, const char *luser)); +#endif +void * _EXFUN(sbrk, (ptrdiff_t __incr)); +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +int _EXFUN(setegid, (gid_t __gid )); +int _EXFUN(seteuid, (uid_t __uid )); +#endif +int _EXFUN(setgid, (gid_t __gid )); +#endif +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(setgroups, (int ngroups, const gid_t *grouplist )); +#endif +#if __BSD_VISIBLE || (defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && __XSI_VISIBLE < 500) +int _EXFUN(sethostname, (const char *, size_t)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(setpgid, (pid_t __pid, pid_t __pgid )); +int _EXFUN(setpgrp, (void )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(setregid, (gid_t __rgid, gid_t __egid)); +int _EXFUN(setreuid, (uid_t __ruid, uid_t __euid)); +#endif +pid_t _EXFUN(setsid, (void )); +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(setuid, (uid_t __uid )); +#endif +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +void _EXFUN(setusershell, (void)); +#endif +unsigned _EXFUN(sleep, (unsigned int __seconds )); +void _EXFUN(swab, (const void *__restrict, void *__restrict, ssize_t)); +long _EXFUN(sysconf, (int __name )); +pid_t _EXFUN(tcgetpgrp, (int __fildes )); +int _EXFUN(tcsetpgrp, (int __fildes, pid_t __pgrp_id )); +char * _EXFUN(ttyname, (int __fildes )); +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +int _EXFUN(ttyname_r, (int, char *, size_t)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(unlink, (const char *__path )); +int _EXFUN(usleep, (useconds_t __useconds)); +int _EXFUN(vhangup, (void )); +_READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFUN(write, (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __nbyte )); + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# define __UNISTD_GETOPT__ +# include +# undef __UNISTD_GETOPT__ +#else +extern char *optarg; /* getopt(3) external variables */ +extern int optind, opterr, optopt; +int getopt(int, char * const [], const char *); +extern int optreset; /* getopt(3) external variable */ +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +pid_t _EXFUN(vfork, (void )); +#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */ + +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +/* Provide prototypes for most of the _ names that are + provided in newlib for some compilers. */ +int _EXFUN(_close, (int __fildes )); +pid_t _EXFUN(_fork, (void )); +pid_t _EXFUN(_getpid, (void )); +int _EXFUN(_isatty, (int __fildes )); +int _EXFUN(_link, (const char *__path1, const char *__path2 )); +_off_t _EXFUN(_lseek, (int __fildes, _off_t __offset, int __whence )); +#ifdef __LARGE64_FILES +_off64_t _EXFUN(_lseek64, (int __filedes, _off64_t __offset, int __whence )); +#endif +_READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFUN(_read, (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbyte )); +void * _EXFUN(_sbrk, (ptrdiff_t __incr)); +int _EXFUN(_unlink, (const char *__path )); +_READ_WRITE_RETURN_TYPE _EXFUN(_write, (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __nbyte )); +int _EXFUN(_execve, (const char *__path, char * const __argv[], char * const __envp[] )); +#endif + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined (__arm__) || defined(__sh__) || defined(__SPU__) +#if !defined(__INSIDE_CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(ftruncate, (int __fd, off_t __length)); +int _EXFUN(truncate, (const char *, off_t __length)); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__rtems__) +int _EXFUN(getdtablesize, (void)); +int _EXFUN(setdtablesize, (int)); +useconds_t _EXFUN(ualarm, (useconds_t __useconds, useconds_t __interval)); +#if !(defined (_WINSOCK_H) || defined (_WINSOCKAPI_) || defined (__USE_W32_SOCKETS)) +/* winsock[2].h defines as __stdcall, and with int as 2nd arg */ + int _EXFUN(gethostname, (char *__name, size_t __len)); +#endif +char * _EXFUN(mktemp, (char *)); +#endif + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__SPU__) || defined(__rtems__) +void _EXFUN(sync, (void)); +#endif + +ssize_t _EXFUN(readlink, (const char *__restrict __path, + char *__restrict __buf, size_t __buflen)); +#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __BSD_VISIBLE || defined(__CYGWIN__) +ssize_t _EXFUN(readlinkat, (int __dirfd1, const char *__restrict __path, + char *__restrict __buf, size_t __buflen)); +#endif +int _EXFUN(symlink, (const char *__name1, const char *__name2)); +#if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 200809 || __BSD_VISIBLE || defined(__CYGWIN__) +int _EXFUN(symlinkat, (const char *, int, const char *)); +int _EXFUN(unlinkat, (int, const char *, int)); +#endif + +#define F_OK 0 +#define R_OK 4 +#define W_OK 2 +#define X_OK 1 + +# define SEEK_SET 0 +# define SEEK_CUR 1 +# define SEEK_END 2 + +#include + +#define STDIN_FILENO 0 /* standard input file descriptor */ +#define STDOUT_FILENO 1 /* standard output file descriptor */ +#define STDERR_FILENO 2 /* standard error file descriptor */ + +/* + * sysconf values per IEEE Std 1003.1, 2008 Edition + */ + +#define _SC_ARG_MAX 0 +#define _SC_CHILD_MAX 1 +#define _SC_CLK_TCK 2 +#define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3 +#define _SC_OPEN_MAX 4 +#define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 5 +#define _SC_SAVED_IDS 6 +#define _SC_VERSION 7 +#define _SC_PAGESIZE 8 +#define _SC_PAGE_SIZE _SC_PAGESIZE +/* These are non-POSIX values we accidentally introduced in 2000 without + guarding them. Keeping them unguarded for backward compatibility. */ +#define _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF 9 +#define _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN 10 +#define _SC_PHYS_PAGES 11 +#define _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES 12 +/* End of non-POSIX values. */ +#define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 13 +#define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 14 +#define _SC_RTSIG_MAX 15 +#define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX 16 +#define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX 17 +#define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX 18 +#define _SC_TIMER_MAX 19 +#define _SC_TZNAME_MAX 20 +#define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO 21 +#define _SC_FSYNC 22 +#define _SC_MAPPED_FILES 23 +#define _SC_MEMLOCK 24 +#define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE 25 +#define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION 26 +#define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING 27 +#define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO 28 +#define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS 29 +#define _SC_SEMAPHORES 30 +#define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 31 +#define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO 32 +#define _SC_TIMERS 33 +#define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX 34 +#define _SC_AIO_MAX 35 +#define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX 36 +#define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX 37 +#define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX 38 +#define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN 39 +#define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX 40 +#define _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX 41 +#define _SC_THREADS 42 +#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR 43 +#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE 44 +#define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 45 +#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 46 +/* _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT was _SC_THREAD_PRIO_CEILING in early drafts */ +#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 47 +#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_CEILING _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT +#define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 48 +#define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS 49 +#define _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX 50 +#define _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX 51 +#define _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX 52 +#define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 53 +#define _SC_ADVISORY_INFO 54 +#define _SC_ATEXIT_MAX 55 +#define _SC_BARRIERS 56 +#define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 57 +#define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX 58 +#define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX 59 +#define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX 60 +#define _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION 61 +#define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX 62 +#define _SC_CPUTIME 63 +#define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX 64 +#define _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX 65 +#define _SC_IOV_MAX 66 +#define _SC_IPV6 67 +#define _SC_LINE_MAX 68 +#define _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK 69 +#define _SC_RAW_SOCKETS 70 +#define _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS 71 +#define _SC_REGEXP 72 +#define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX 73 +#define _SC_SHELL 74 +#define _SC_SPAWN 75 +#define _SC_SPIN_LOCKS 76 +#define _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER 77 +#define _SC_SS_REPL_MAX 78 +#define _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX 79 +#define _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME 80 +#define _SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER 81 +#define _SC_TIMEOUTS 82 +#define _SC_TRACE 83 +#define _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER 84 +#define _SC_TRACE_EVENT_NAME_MAX 85 +#define _SC_TRACE_INHERIT 86 +#define _SC_TRACE_LOG 87 +#define _SC_TRACE_NAME_MAX 88 +#define _SC_TRACE_SYS_MAX 89 +#define _SC_TRACE_USER_EVENT_MAX 90 +#define _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS 91 +#define _SC_V7_ILP32_OFF32 92 +#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32 _SC_V7_ILP32_OFF32 +#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32 _SC_V7_ILP32_OFF32 +#define _SC_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG 93 +#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG _SC_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG +#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG _SC_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG +#define _SC_V7_LP64_OFF64 94 +#define _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64 _SC_V7_LP64_OFF64 +#define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64 _SC_V7_LP64_OFF64 +#define _SC_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG 95 +#define _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG _SC_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG +#define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG _SC_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG +#define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 96 +#define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N 97 +#define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY 98 +#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME 99 +#define _SC_STREAM_MAX 100 +#define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 101 +#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS 102 +#define _SC_XOPEN_SHM 103 +#define _SC_XOPEN_STREAMS 104 +#define _SC_XOPEN_UNIX 105 +#define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION 106 +#define _SC_2_CHAR_TERM 107 +#define _SC_2_C_BIND 108 +#define _SC_2_C_DEV 109 +#define _SC_2_FORT_DEV 110 +#define _SC_2_FORT_RUN 111 +#define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 112 +#define _SC_2_PBS 113 +#define _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING 114 +#define _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT 115 +#define _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE 116 +#define _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE 117 +#define _SC_2_PBS_TRACK 118 +#define _SC_2_SW_DEV 119 +#define _SC_2_UPE 120 +#define _SC_2_VERSION 121 +#define _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT 122 +#define _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT 123 +#define _SC_XOPEN_UUCP 124 + +/* + * pathconf values per IEEE Std 1003.1, 2008 Edition + */ + +#define _PC_LINK_MAX 0 +#define _PC_MAX_CANON 1 +#define _PC_MAX_INPUT 2 +#define _PC_NAME_MAX 3 +#define _PC_PATH_MAX 4 +#define _PC_PIPE_BUF 5 +#define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 6 +#define _PC_NO_TRUNC 7 +#define _PC_VDISABLE 8 +#define _PC_ASYNC_IO 9 +#define _PC_PRIO_IO 10 +#define _PC_SYNC_IO 11 +#define _PC_FILESIZEBITS 12 +#define _PC_2_SYMLINKS 13 +#define _PC_SYMLINK_MAX 14 +#define _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN 15 +#define _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE 16 +#define _PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE 17 +#define _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE 18 +#define _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN 19 +#define _PC_TIMESTAMP_RESOLUTION 20 +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +/* Ask for POSIX permission bits support. */ +#define _PC_POSIX_PERMISSIONS 90 +/* Ask for full POSIX permission support including uid/gid settings. */ +#define _PC_POSIX_SECURITY 91 +#endif + +/* + * confstr values per IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition + */ + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Only defined on Cygwin for now. */ +#define _CS_PATH 0 +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS 1 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS 2 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS 3 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS 4 +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 5 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 6 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS 7 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 8 +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS 9 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS 10 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS 11 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS 12 +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS 13 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS 14 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS 15 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS +#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 16 +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS 17 +#define _CS_POSIX_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS _CS_POSIX_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS +#define _CS_XBS5_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS _CS_POSIX_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_THREADS_CFLAGS 18 +#define _CS_POSIX_V7_THREADS_LDFLAGS 19 +#define _CS_V7_ENV 20 +#define _CS_V6_ENV _CS_V7_ENV +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _SYS_UNISTD_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/utime.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/utime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e937f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/utime.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#ifndef _SYS_UTIME_H +#define _SYS_UTIME_H + +/* This is a dummy file, not customized for any + particular system. If there is a utime.h in libc/sys/SYSDIR/sys, + it will override this one. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct utimbuf +{ + time_t actime; + time_t modtime; +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +}; +#endif + +#endif /* _SYS_UTIME_H */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/wait.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/wait.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73fe372 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/sys/wait.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#ifndef _SYS_WAIT_H +#define _SYS_WAIT_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include + +#define WNOHANG 1 +#define WUNTRACED 2 + +/* A status looks like: + <2 bytes info> <2 bytes code> + + == 0, child has exited, info is the exit value + == 1..7e, child has exited, info is the signal number. + == 7f, child has stopped, info was the signal number. + == 80, there was a core dump. +*/ + +#define WIFEXITED(w) (((w) & 0xff) == 0) +#define WIFSIGNALED(w) (((w) & 0x7f) > 0 && (((w) & 0x7f) < 0x7f)) +#define WIFSTOPPED(w) (((w) & 0xff) == 0x7f) +#define WEXITSTATUS(w) (((w) >> 8) & 0xff) +#define WTERMSIG(w) ((w) & 0x7f) +#define WSTOPSIG WEXITSTATUS + +pid_t wait (int *); +pid_t waitpid (pid_t, int *, int); + +#ifdef _COMPILING_NEWLIB +pid_t _wait (int *); +#endif + +/* Provide prototypes for most of the _ names that are + provided in newlib for some compilers. */ +pid_t _wait (int *); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +}; +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/tar.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/tar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07b06dd --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/tar.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * tar.h + */ + +#ifndef _TAR_H +#define _TAR_H + +/* General definitions */ +#define TMAGIC "ustar" /* ustar plus null byte. */ +#define TMAGLEN 6 /* Length of the above. */ +#define TVERSION "00" /* 00 without a null byte. */ +#define TVERSLEN 2 /* Length of the above. */ + +/* Typeflag field definitions */ +#define REGTYPE '0' /* Regular file. */ +#define AREGTYPE '\0' /* Regular file. */ +#define LNKTYPE '1' /* Link. */ +#define SYMTYPE '2' /* Symbolic link. */ +#define CHRTYPE '3' /* Character special. */ +#define BLKTYPE '4' /* Block special. */ +#define DIRTYPE '5' /* Directory. */ +#define FIFOTYPE '6' /* FIFO special. */ +#define CONTTYPE '7' /* Reserved. */ + +/* Mode field bit definitions (octal) */ +#define TSUID 04000 /* Set UID on execution. */ +#define TSGID 02000 /* Set GID on execution. */ +#define TSVTX 01000 /* On directories, restricted deletion flag. */ +#define TUREAD 00400 /* Read by owner. */ +#define TUWRITE 00200 /* Write by owner. */ +#define TUEXEC 00100 /* Execute/search by owner. */ +#define TGREAD 00040 /* Read by group. */ +#define TGWRITE 00020 /* Write by group. */ +#define TGEXEC 00010 /* Execute/search by group. */ +#define TOREAD 00004 /* Read by other. */ +#define TOWRITE 00002 /* Write by other. */ +#define TOEXEC 00001 /* Execute/search by other. */ + +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/termios.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/termios.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee1820c --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/termios.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#include +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/tgmath.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/tgmath.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9c8311 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/tgmath.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/* http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/tgmath.h.html */ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2004 Stefan Farfeleder. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#ifndef _TGMATH_H_ +#define _TGMATH_H_ + +#include +#include + +#ifdef log2 +#undef log2 +#endif + +/* + * This implementation of requires two implementation-dependent + * macros to be defined: + * __tg_impl_simple(x, y, z, fn, fnf, fnl, ...) + * Invokes fnl() if the corresponding real type of x, y or z is long + * double, fn() if it is double or any has an integer type, and fnf() + * otherwise. + * __tg_impl_full(x, y, z, fn, fnf, fnl, cfn, cfnf, cfnl, ...) + * Invokes [c]fnl() if the corresponding real type of x, y or z is long + * double, [c]fn() if it is double or any has an integer type, and + * [c]fnf() otherwise. The function with the 'c' prefix is called if + * any of x, y or z is a complex number. + * Both macros call the chosen function with all additional arguments passed + * to them, as given by __VA_ARGS__. + * + * Note that these macros cannot be implemented with C's ?: operator, + * because the return type of the whole expression would incorrectly be long + * double complex regardless of the argument types. + */ + +/* requires GCC >= 3.1 */ +#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (3, 1) +#error " not implemented for this compiler" +#endif + +#define __tg_type(__e, __t) \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(__e), __t) +#define __tg_type3(__e1, __e2, __e3, __t) \ + (__tg_type(__e1, __t) || __tg_type(__e2, __t) || \ + __tg_type(__e3, __t)) +#define __tg_type_corr(__e1, __e2, __e3, __t) \ + (__tg_type3(__e1, __e2, __e3, __t) || \ + __tg_type3(__e1, __e2, __e3, __t _Complex)) +#define __tg_integer(__e1, __e2, __e3) \ + (((__typeof__(__e1))1.5 == 1) || ((__typeof__(__e2))1.5 == 1) || \ + ((__typeof__(__e3))1.5 == 1)) +#define __tg_is_complex(__e1, __e2, __e3) \ + (__tg_type3(__e1, __e2, __e3, float _Complex) || \ + __tg_type3(__e1, __e2, __e3, double _Complex) || \ + __tg_type3(__e1, __e2, __e3, long double _Complex) || \ + __tg_type3(__e1, __e2, __e3, __typeof__(_Complex_I))) + +#ifdef _LDBL_EQ_DBL +#define __tg_impl_simple(x, y, z, fn, fnf, fnl, ...) \ + __builtin_choose_expr(__tg_type_corr(x, y, z, long double), \ + fnl(__VA_ARGS__), __builtin_choose_expr( \ + __tg_type_corr(x, y, z, double) || __tg_integer(x, y, z),\ + fn(__VA_ARGS__), fnf(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else +#define __tg_impl_simple(__x, __y, __z, __fn, __fnf, __fnl, ...) \ + (__tg_type_corr(__x, __y, __z, double) || __tg_integer(__x, __y, __z)) \ + ? __fn(__VA_ARGS__) : __fnf(__VA_ARGS__) +#endif + +#define __tg_impl_full(__x, __y, __z, __fn, __fnf, __fnl, __cfn, __cfnf, __cfnl, ...) \ + __builtin_choose_expr(__tg_is_complex(__x, __y, __z), \ + __tg_impl_simple(__x, __y, __z, __cfn, __cfnf, __cfnl, __VA_ARGS__), \ + __tg_impl_simple(__x, __y, __z, __fn, __fnf, __fnl, __VA_ARGS__)) + +/* Macros to save lots of repetition below */ +#define __tg_simple(__x, __fn) \ + __tg_impl_simple(__x, __x, __x, __fn, __fn##f, __fn##l, __x) +#define __tg_simple2(__x, __y, __fn) \ + __tg_impl_simple(__x, __x, __y, __fn, __fn##f, __fn##l, __x, __y) +#define __tg_simplev(__x, __fn, ...) \ + __tg_impl_simple(__x, __x, __x, __fn, __fn##f, __fn##l, __VA_ARGS__) +#define __tg_full(__x, __fn) \ + __tg_impl_full(__x, __x, __x, __fn, __fn##f, __fn##l, c##__fn, c##__fn##f, c##__fn##l, __x) + +/* 7.22#4 -- These macros expand to real or complex functions, depending on + * the type of their arguments. */ +#define acos(__x) __tg_full(__x, acos) +#define asin(__x) __tg_full(__x, asin) +#define atan(__x) __tg_full(__x, atan) +#define acosh(__x) __tg_full(__x, acosh) +#define asinh(__x) __tg_full(__x, asinh) +#define atanh(__x) __tg_full(__x, atanh) +#define cos(__x) __tg_full(__x, cos) +#define sin(__x) __tg_full(__x, sin) +#define tan(__x) __tg_full(__x, tan) +#define cosh(__x) __tg_full(__x, cosh) +#define sinh(__x) __tg_full(__x, sinh) +#define tanh(__x) __tg_full(__x, tanh) +#define exp(__x) __tg_full(__x, exp) +#define log(__x) __tg_full(__x, log) +#define pow(__x, __y) __tg_impl_full(__x, __x, __y, pow, powf, powl, \ + cpow, cpowf, cpowl, __x, __y) +#define sqrt(__x) __tg_full(__x, sqrt) + +/* "The corresponding type-generic macro for fabs and cabs is fabs." */ +#define fabs(__x) __tg_impl_full(__x, __x, __x, fabs, fabsf, fabsl, \ + cabs, cabsf, cabsl, __x) + +/* 7.22#5 -- These macros are only defined for arguments with real type. */ +#define atan2(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, atan2) +#define cbrt(__x) __tg_simple(__x, cbrt) +#define ceil(__x) __tg_simple(__x, ceil) +#define copysign(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, copysign) +#define erf(__x) __tg_simple(__x, erf) +#define erfc(__x) __tg_simple(__x, erfc) +#define exp2(__x) __tg_simple(__x, exp2) +#define expm1(__x) __tg_simple(__x, expm1) +#define fdim(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, fdim) +#define floor(__x) __tg_simple(__x, floor) +#define fma(__x, __y, __z) __tg_impl_simple(__x, __y, __z, fma, fmaf, fmal, \ + __x, __y, __z) +#define fmax(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, fmax) +#define fmin(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, fmin) +#define fmod(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, fmod) +#define frexp(__x, __y) __tg_simplev(__x, frexp, __x, __y) +#define hypot(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, hypot) +#define ilogb(__x) __tg_simple(__x, ilogb) +#define ldexp(__x, __y) __tg_simplev(__x, ldexp, __x, __y) +#define lgamma(__x) __tg_simple(__x, lgamma) +#define llrint(__x) __tg_simple(__x, llrint) +#define llround(__x) __tg_simple(__x, llround) +#define log10(__x) __tg_simple(__x, log10) +#define log1p(__x) __tg_simple(__x, log1p) +#define log2(__x) __tg_simple(__x, log2) +#define logb(__x) __tg_simple(__x, logb) +#define lrint(__x) __tg_simple(__x, lrint) +#define lround(__x) __tg_simple(__x, lround) +#define nearbyint(__x) __tg_simple(__x, nearbyint) +#define nextafter(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, nextafter) +/* not yet implemented even for _LDBL_EQ_DBL platforms +#define nexttoward(__x, __y) __tg_simplev(__x, nexttoward, __x, __y) +*/ +#define remainder(__x, __y) __tg_simple2(__x, __y, remainder) +#define remquo(__x, __y, __z) __tg_impl_simple(__x, __x, __y, remquo, remquof, \ + remquol, __x, __y, __z) +#define rint(__x) __tg_simple(__x, rint) +#define round(__x) __tg_simple(__x, round) +#define scalbn(__x, __y) __tg_simplev(__x, scalbn, __x, __y) +#define scalbln(__x, __y) __tg_simplev(__x, scalbln, __x, __y) +#define tgamma(__x) __tg_simple(__x, tgamma) +#define trunc(__x) __tg_simple(__x, trunc) + +/* 7.22#6 -- These macros always expand to complex functions. */ +#define carg(__x) __tg_simple(__x, carg) +#define cimag(__x) __tg_simple(__x, cimag) +#define conj(__x) __tg_simple(__x, conj) +#define cproj(__x) __tg_simple(__x, cproj) +#define creal(__x) __tg_simple(__x, creal) + +#endif /* !_TGMATH_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/time.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b6612 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/* + * time.h + * + * Struct and function declarations for dealing with time. + */ + +#ifndef _TIME_H_ +#define _TIME_H_ + +#include "_ansi.h" +#include + +#define __need_size_t +#define __need_NULL +#include + +/* Get _CLOCKS_PER_SEC_ */ +#include + +#ifndef _CLOCKS_PER_SEC_ +#define _CLOCKS_PER_SEC_ 1000 +#endif + +#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC _CLOCKS_PER_SEC_ +#define CLK_TCK CLOCKS_PER_SEC + +#include + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +struct tm +{ + int tm_sec; + int tm_min; + int tm_hour; + int tm_mday; + int tm_mon; + int tm_year; + int tm_wday; + int tm_yday; + int tm_isdst; +#ifdef __TM_GMTOFF + long __TM_GMTOFF; +#endif +#ifdef __TM_ZONE + const char *__TM_ZONE; +#endif +}; + +clock_t _EXFUN(clock, (void)); +double _EXFUN(difftime, (time_t _time2, time_t _time1)); +time_t _EXFUN(mktime, (struct tm *_timeptr)); +time_t _EXFUN(time, (time_t *_timer)); +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +char *_EXFUN(asctime, (const struct tm *_tblock)); +char *_EXFUN(ctime, (const time_t *_time)); +struct tm *_EXFUN(gmtime, (const time_t *_timer)); +struct tm *_EXFUN(localtime,(const time_t *_timer)); +#endif +size_t _EXFUN(strftime, (char *__restrict _s, + size_t _maxsize, const char *__restrict _fmt, + const struct tm *__restrict _t)); + +char *_EXFUN(asctime_r, (const struct tm *__restrict, + char *__restrict)); +char *_EXFUN(ctime_r, (const time_t *, char *)); +struct tm *_EXFUN(gmtime_r, (const time_t *__restrict, + struct tm *__restrict)); +struct tm *_EXFUN(localtime_r, (const time_t *__restrict, + struct tm *__restrict)); + +_END_STD_C + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char *_EXFUN(strptime, (const char *__restrict, + const char *__restrict, + struct tm *__restrict)); +_VOID _EXFUN(tzset, (_VOID)); +_VOID _EXFUN(_tzset_r, (struct _reent *)); + +typedef struct __tzrule_struct +{ + char ch; + int m; + int n; + int d; + int s; + time_t change; + long offset; /* Match type of _timezone. */ +} __tzrule_type; + +typedef struct __tzinfo_struct +{ + int __tznorth; + int __tzyear; + __tzrule_type __tzrule[2]; +} __tzinfo_type; + +__tzinfo_type *_EXFUN (__gettzinfo, (_VOID)); + +/* getdate functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_GETDATE +#ifndef _REENT_ONLY +#define getdate_err (*__getdate_err()) +int *_EXFUN(__getdate_err,(_VOID)); + +struct tm * _EXFUN(getdate, (const char *)); +/* getdate_err is set to one of the following values to indicate the error. + 1 the DATEMSK environment variable is null or undefined, + 2 the template file cannot be opened for reading, + 3 failed to get file status information, + 4 the template file is not a regular file, + 5 an error is encountered while reading the template file, + 6 memory allication failed (not enough memory available), + 7 there is no line in the template that matches the input, + 8 invalid input specification */ +#endif /* !_REENT_ONLY */ + +/* getdate_r returns the error code as above */ +int _EXFUN(getdate_r, (const char *, struct tm *)); +#endif /* HAVE_GETDATE */ + +/* defines for the opengroup specifications Derived from Issue 1 of the SVID. */ +extern __IMPORT long _timezone; +extern __IMPORT int _daylight; +extern __IMPORT char *_tzname[2]; + +/* POSIX defines the external tzname being defined in time.h */ +#ifndef tzname +#define tzname _tzname +#endif +#endif /* !__STRICT_ANSI__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#include +#endif /*__CYGWIN__*/ + +#if defined(_POSIX_TIMERS) + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Clocks, P1003.1b-1993, p. 263 */ + +int _EXFUN(clock_settime, (clockid_t clock_id, const struct timespec *tp)); +int _EXFUN(clock_gettime, (clockid_t clock_id, struct timespec *tp)); +int _EXFUN(clock_getres, (clockid_t clock_id, struct timespec *res)); + +/* Create a Per-Process Timer, P1003.1b-1993, p. 264 */ + +int _EXFUN(timer_create, + (clockid_t clock_id, + struct sigevent *__restrict evp, + timer_t *__restrict timerid)); + +/* Delete a Per_process Timer, P1003.1b-1993, p. 266 */ + +int _EXFUN(timer_delete, (timer_t timerid)); + +/* Per-Process Timers, P1003.1b-1993, p. 267 */ + +int _EXFUN(timer_settime, + (timer_t timerid, int flags, + const struct itimerspec *__restrict value, + struct itimerspec *__restrict ovalue)); +int _EXFUN(timer_gettime, (timer_t timerid, struct itimerspec *value)); +int _EXFUN(timer_getoverrun, (timer_t timerid)); + +/* High Resolution Sleep, P1003.1b-1993, p. 269 */ + +int _EXFUN(nanosleep, (const struct timespec *rqtp, struct timespec *rmtp)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* _POSIX_TIMERS */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +int _EXFUN(clock_nanosleep, + (clockid_t clock_id, int flags, const struct timespec *rqtp, + struct timespec *rmtp)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* CPU-time Clock Attributes, P1003.4b/D8, p. 54 */ + +/* values for the clock enable attribute */ + +#define CLOCK_ENABLED 1 /* clock is enabled, i.e. counting execution time */ +#define CLOCK_DISABLED 0 /* clock is disabled */ + +/* values for the pthread cputime_clock_allowed attribute */ + +#define CLOCK_ALLOWED 1 /* If a thread is created with this value a */ + /* CPU-time clock attached to that thread */ + /* shall be accessible. */ +#define CLOCK_DISALLOWED 0 /* If a thread is created with this value, the */ + /* thread shall not have a CPU-time clock */ + /* accessible. */ + +/* Manifest Constants, P1003.1b-1993, p. 262 */ + +#define CLOCK_REALTIME (clockid_t)1 + +/* Flag indicating time is "absolute" with respect to the clock + associated with a time. */ + +#define TIMER_ABSTIME 4 + +/* Manifest Constants, P1003.4b/D8, p. 55 */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_CPUTIME) + +/* When used in a clock or timer function call, this is interpreted as + the identifier of the CPU_time clock associated with the PROCESS + making the function call. */ + +#define CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID (clockid_t)2 + +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME) + +/* When used in a clock or timer function call, this is interpreted as + the identifier of the CPU_time clock associated with the THREAD + making the function call. */ + +#define CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID (clockid_t)3 + +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK) + +/* The identifier for the system-wide monotonic clock, which is defined + * as a clock whose value cannot be set via clock_settime() and which + * cannot have backward clock jumps. */ + +#define CLOCK_MONOTONIC (clockid_t)4 + +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_CPUTIME) + +/* Accessing a Process CPU-time CLock, P1003.4b/D8, p. 55 */ + +int _EXFUN(clock_getcpuclockid, (pid_t pid, clockid_t *clock_id)); + +#endif /* _POSIX_CPUTIME */ + +#if defined(_POSIX_CPUTIME) || defined(_POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME) + +/* CPU-time Clock Attribute Access, P1003.4b/D8, p. 56 */ + +int _EXFUN(clock_setenable_attr, (clockid_t clock_id, int attr)); +int _EXFUN(clock_getenable_attr, (clockid_t clock_id, int *attr)); + +#endif /* _POSIX_CPUTIME or _POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _TIME_H_ */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/unctrl.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/unctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0040752 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/unctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* From curses.h. */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1981, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#ifndef _UNCTRL_H_ +#define _UNCTRL_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> + +#define unctrl(c) __unctrl[(c) & 0xff] +#define unctrllen(ch) __unctrllen[(ch) & 0xff] + +extern __IMPORT _CONST char * _CONST __unctrl[256]; /* Control strings. */ +extern __IMPORT _CONST char __unctrllen[256]; /* Control strings length. */ + +#endif /* _UNCTRL_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/unistd.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/unistd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f6fd29 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/unistd.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#ifndef _UNISTD_H_ +#define _UNISTD_H_ + +# include + +#ifndef L_SET +/* Old BSD names for the same constants; just for compatibility. */ +#define L_SET SEEK_SET +#define L_INCR SEEK_CUR +#define L_XTND SEEK_END +#endif + +#endif /* _UNISTD_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/utime.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/utime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..652891a --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/utime.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <_ansi.h> + +/* The utime function is defined in libc/sys//sys if it exists. */ +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/utmp.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/utmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88cf6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/utmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#include +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wchar.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wchar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..810a6c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wchar.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +#ifndef _WCHAR_H_ +#define _WCHAR_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> + +#include + +#define __need_size_t +#define __need_wchar_t +#define __need_wint_t +#define __need_NULL +#include + +#define __need___va_list +#include + +/* For _mbstate_t definition. */ +#include +#include +/* For __STDC_ISO_10646__ */ +#include + +#ifndef WEOF +# define WEOF ((wint_t)-1) +#endif + +/* This must match definition in */ +#ifndef WCHAR_MIN +#ifdef __WCHAR_MIN__ +#define WCHAR_MIN __WCHAR_MIN__ +#elif defined(__WCHAR_UNSIGNED__) || (L'\0' - 1 > 0) +#define WCHAR_MIN (0 + L'\0') +#else +#define WCHAR_MIN (-0x7fffffff - 1 + L'\0') +#endif +#endif + +/* This must match definition in */ +#ifndef WCHAR_MAX +#ifdef __WCHAR_MAX__ +#define WCHAR_MAX __WCHAR_MAX__ +#elif defined(__WCHAR_UNSIGNED__) || (L'\0' - 1 > 0) +#define WCHAR_MAX (0xffffffffu + L'\0') +#else +#define WCHAR_MAX (0x7fffffff + L'\0') +#endif +#endif + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +/* As in stdio.h, defines __FILE. */ +typedef __FILE FILE; + +/* As required by POSIX.1-2008, declare tm as incomplete type. + The actual definition is in time.h. */ +struct tm; + +#ifndef _MBSTATE_T +#define _MBSTATE_T +typedef _mbstate_t mbstate_t; +#endif /* _MBSTATE_T */ + +wint_t _EXFUN(btowc, (int)); +int _EXFUN(wctob, (wint_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(mbrlen, (const char *__restrict, size_t, mbstate_t *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(mbrtowc, (wchar_t *__restrict, const char *__restrict, size_t, + mbstate_t *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_mbrtowc_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t * , const char * , + size_t, mbstate_t *)); +int _EXFUN(mbsinit, (const mbstate_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(mbsnrtowcs, (wchar_t *__restrict, const char **__restrict, + size_t, size_t, mbstate_t *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_mbsnrtowcs_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t * , const char ** , + size_t, size_t, mbstate_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(mbsrtowcs, (wchar_t *__restrict, const char **__restrict, size_t, + mbstate_t *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_mbsrtowcs_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t * , const char ** , size_t, mbstate_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcrtomb, (char *__restrict, wchar_t, mbstate_t *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_wcrtomb_r, (struct _reent *, char * , wchar_t, mbstate_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcsnrtombs, (char *__restrict, const wchar_t **__restrict, + size_t, size_t, mbstate_t *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_wcsnrtombs_r, (struct _reent *, char * , const wchar_t ** , + size_t, size_t, mbstate_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcsrtombs, (char *__restrict, const wchar_t **__restrict, + size_t, mbstate_t *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(_wcsrtombs_r, (struct _reent *, char * , const wchar_t ** , + size_t, mbstate_t *)); +int _EXFUN(wcscasecmp, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcscat, (wchar_t *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcschr, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t)); +int _EXFUN(wcscmp, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +int _EXFUN(wcscoll, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcscpy, (wchar_t *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcpcpy, (wchar_t *__restrict, + const wchar_t *__restrict)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcsdup, (const wchar_t *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(_wcsdup_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t * )); +size_t _EXFUN(wcscspn, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcsftime, (wchar_t *__restrict, size_t, + const wchar_t *__restrict, const struct tm *__restrict)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcslcat, (wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcslcpy, (wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcslen, (const wchar_t *)); +int _EXFUN(wcsncasecmp, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcsncat, (wchar_t *__restrict, + const wchar_t *__restrict, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(wcsncmp, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcsncpy, (wchar_t *__restrict, + const wchar_t *__restrict, size_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcpncpy, (wchar_t *__restrict, + const wchar_t *__restrict, size_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcsnlen, (const wchar_t *, size_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcspbrk, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcsrchr, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcsspn, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcsstr, (const wchar_t *__restrict, + const wchar_t *__restrict)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wcstok, (wchar_t *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, + wchar_t **__restrict)); +double _EXFUN(wcstod, (const wchar_t *__restrict, wchar_t **__restrict)); +double _EXFUN(_wcstod_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t **)); +float _EXFUN(wcstof, (const wchar_t *__restrict, wchar_t **__restrict)); +float _EXFUN(_wcstof_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t **)); +#ifdef _LDBL_EQ_DBL +long double _EXFUN(wcstold, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t **)); +#endif /* _LDBL_EQ_DBL */ +int _EXFUN(wcswidth, (const wchar_t *, size_t)); +size_t _EXFUN(wcsxfrm, (wchar_t *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, + size_t)); +int _EXFUN(wcwidth, (const wchar_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wmemchr, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t)); +int _EXFUN(wmemcmp, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wmemcpy, (wchar_t *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, + size_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wmemmove, (wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(wmemset, (wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t)); + +long _EXFUN(wcstol, (const wchar_t *__restrict, wchar_t **__restrict, int)); +long long _EXFUN(wcstoll, (const wchar_t *__restrict, wchar_t **__restrict, + int)); +unsigned long _EXFUN(wcstoul, (const wchar_t *__restrict, wchar_t **__restrict, + int)); +unsigned long long _EXFUN(wcstoull, (const wchar_t *__restrict, + wchar_t **__restrict, int)); +long _EXFUN(_wcstol_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t **, int)); +long long _EXFUN(_wcstoll_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t **, int)); +unsigned long _EXFUN(_wcstoul_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t **, int)); +unsigned long long _EXFUN(_wcstoull_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t **, int)); +/* On platforms where long double equals double. */ +#ifdef _LDBL_EQ_DBL +long double _EXFUN(wcstold, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t **)); +#endif /* _LDBL_EQ_DBL */ + +wint_t _EXFUN(fgetwc, (__FILE *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(fgetws, (wchar_t *__restrict, int, __FILE *__restrict)); +wint_t _EXFUN(fputwc, (wchar_t, __FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fputws, (const wchar_t *__restrict, __FILE *__restrict)); +int _EXFUN (fwide, (__FILE *, int)); +wint_t _EXFUN (getwc, (__FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN (getwchar, (void)); +wint_t _EXFUN(putwc, (wchar_t, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(putwchar, (wchar_t)); +wint_t _EXFUN (ungetwc, (wint_t wc, __FILE *)); + +wint_t _EXFUN(_fgetwc_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(_fgetwc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(_fgetws_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t *, int, __FILE *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(_fgetws_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t *, int, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(_fputwc_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(_fputwc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t, __FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fputws_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, __FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(_fputws_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, __FILE *)); +int _EXFUN (_fwide_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *, int)); +wint_t _EXFUN (_getwc_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN (_getwc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN (_getwchar_r, (struct _reent *ptr)); +wint_t _EXFUN (_getwchar_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *ptr)); +wint_t _EXFUN(_putwc_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(_putwc_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(_putwchar_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t)); +wint_t _EXFUN(_putwchar_unlocked_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t)); +wint_t _EXFUN (_ungetwc_r, (struct _reent *, wint_t wc, __FILE *)); + +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +wint_t _EXFUN(fgetwc_unlocked, (__FILE *)); +wchar_t *_EXFUN(fgetws_unlocked, (wchar_t *__restrict, int, __FILE *__restrict)); +wint_t _EXFUN(fputwc_unlocked, (wchar_t, __FILE *)); +int _EXFUN(fputws_unlocked, (const wchar_t *__restrict, __FILE *__restrict)); +wint_t _EXFUN(getwc_unlocked, (__FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(getwchar_unlocked, (void)); +wint_t _EXFUN(putwc_unlocked, (wchar_t, __FILE *)); +wint_t _EXFUN(putwchar_unlocked, (wchar_t)); +#endif + +__FILE *_EXFUN (open_wmemstream, (wchar_t **, size_t *)); +__FILE *_EXFUN (_open_wmemstream_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t **, size_t *)); + +#ifndef __VALIST +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define __VALIST __gnuc_va_list +#else +#define __VALIST char* +#endif +#endif + +int _EXFUN(fwprintf, (__FILE *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, ...)); +int _EXFUN(swprintf, (wchar_t *__restrict, size_t, + const wchar_t *__restrict, ...)); +int _EXFUN(vfwprintf, (__FILE *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, + __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(vswprintf, (wchar_t *__restrict, size_t, + const wchar_t *__restrict, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(vwprintf, (const wchar_t *__restrict, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(wprintf, (const wchar_t *__restrict, ...)); + +int _EXFUN(_fwprintf_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...)); +int _EXFUN(_swprintf_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...)); +int _EXFUN(_vfwprintf_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *, const wchar_t *, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(_vswprintf_r, (struct _reent *, wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(_vwprintf_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(_wprintf_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, ...)); + +int _EXFUN(fwscanf, (__FILE *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, ...)); +int _EXFUN(swscanf, (const wchar_t *__restrict, + const wchar_t *__restrict, ...)); +int _EXFUN(vfwscanf, (__FILE *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, + __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(vswscanf, (const wchar_t *__restrict, const wchar_t *__restrict, + __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(vwscanf, (const wchar_t *__restrict, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(wscanf, (const wchar_t *__restrict, ...)); + +int _EXFUN(_fwscanf_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...)); +int _EXFUN(_swscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, ...)); +int _EXFUN(_vfwscanf_r, (struct _reent *, __FILE *, const wchar_t *, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(_vswscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(_vwscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, __VALIST)); +int _EXFUN(_wscanf_r, (struct _reent *, const wchar_t *, ...)); + +#define getwc(fp) fgetwc(fp) +#define putwc(wc,fp) fputwc((wc), (fp)) +#define getwchar() fgetwc(_REENT->_stdin) +#define putwchar(wc) fputwc((wc), _REENT->_stdout) + +#if __GNU_VISIBLE +#define getwc_unlocked(fp) fgetwc_unlocked(fp) +#define putwc_unlocked(wc,fp) fputwc_unlocked((wc), (fp)) +#define getwchar_unlocked() fgetwc_unlocked(_REENT->_stdin) +#define putwchar_unlocked(wc) fputwc_unlocked((wc), _REENT->_stdout) +#endif + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _WCHAR_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wctype.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wctype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c72c9de --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wctype.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +#ifndef _WCTYPE_H_ +#define _WCTYPE_H_ + +#include <_ansi.h> +#include + +#define __need_wint_t +#include + +#ifndef WEOF +# define WEOF ((wint_t)-1) +#endif + +_BEGIN_STD_C + +#ifndef _WCTYPE_T +#define _WCTYPE_T +typedef int wctype_t; +#endif + +#ifndef _WCTRANS_T +#define _WCTRANS_T +typedef int wctrans_t; +#endif + +int _EXFUN(iswalpha, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswalnum, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswblank, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswcntrl, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswctype, (wint_t, wctype_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswdigit, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswgraph, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswlower, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswprint, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswpunct, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswspace, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswupper, (wint_t)); +int _EXFUN(iswxdigit, (wint_t)); +wint_t _EXFUN(towctrans, (wint_t, wctrans_t)); +wint_t _EXFUN(towupper, (wint_t)); +wint_t _EXFUN(towlower, (wint_t)); +wctrans_t _EXFUN(wctrans, (const char *)); +wctype_t _EXFUN(wctype, (const char *)); + +_END_STD_C + +#endif /* _WCTYPE_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wordexp.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wordexp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f09a64 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/wordexp.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002, 2010 by Red Hat, Incorporated. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + * is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved. + */ + +#ifndef _WORDEXP_H_ +#define _WORDEXP_H_ + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct _wordexp_t +{ + size_t we_wordc; /* Count of words matched by words. */ + char **we_wordv; /* Pointer to list of expanded words. */ + size_t we_offs; /* Slots to reserve at the beginning of we_wordv. */ +}; + +typedef struct _wordexp_t wordexp_t; + +#define WRDE_DOOFFS 0x0001 /* Use we_offs. */ +#define WRDE_APPEND 0x0002 /* Append to output from previous call. */ +#define WRDE_NOCMD 0x0004 /* Don't perform command substitution. */ +#define WRDE_REUSE 0x0008 /* pwordexp points to a wordexp_t struct returned from + a previous successful call to wordexp. */ +#define WRDE_SHOWERR 0x0010 /* Print error messages to stderr. */ +#define WRDE_UNDEF 0x0020 /* Report attempt to expand undefined shell variable. */ + +enum { + WRDE_SUCCESS, + WRDE_NOSPACE, + WRDE_BADCHAR, + WRDE_BADVAL, + WRDE_CMDSUB, + WRDE_SYNTAX, + WRDE_NOSYS +}; + +/* Note: This implementation of wordexp requires a version of bash + that supports the --wordexp and --protected arguments to be present + on the system. It does not support the WRDE_UNDEF flag. */ +int wordexp(const char *__restrict, wordexp_t *__restrict, int); +void wordfree(wordexp_t *); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _WORDEXP_H_ */ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/xtensa/config/core-isa.h b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/xtensa/config/core-isa.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..612fbf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/include/xtensa/config/core-isa.h @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ +/* + * xtensa/config/core-isa.h -- HAL definitions that are dependent on Xtensa + * processor CORE configuration + * + * See , which includes this file, for more details. + */ + +/* Xtensa processor core configuration information. + + Copyright (c) 1999-2010 Tensilica Inc. + + Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + the following conditions: + + The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + + THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY + CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. */ + +#ifndef _XTENSA_CORE_CONFIGURATION_H +#define _XTENSA_CORE_CONFIGURATION_H + + +/**************************************************************************** + Parameters Useful for Any Code, USER or PRIVILEGED + ****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Note: Macros of the form XCHAL_HAVE_*** have a value of 1 if the option is + * configured, and a value of 0 otherwise. These macros are always defined. + */ + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + ISA + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_HAVE_BE 0 /* big-endian byte ordering */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_WINDOWED 0 /* windowed registers option */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_AREGS 16 /* num of physical addr regs */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_AREGS_LOG2 4 /* log2(XCHAL_NUM_AREGS) */ +#define XCHAL_MAX_INSTRUCTION_SIZE 3 /* max instr bytes (3..8) */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DEBUG 1 /* debug option */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DENSITY 1 /* 16-bit instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_LOOPS 0 /* zero-overhead loops */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_NSA 1 /* NSA/NSAU instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MINMAX 0 /* MIN/MAX instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_SEXT 0 /* SEXT instruction */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CLAMPS 0 /* CLAMPS instruction */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MUL16 1 /* MUL16S/MUL16U instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32 1 /* MULL instruction */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MUL32_HIGH 0 /* MULUH/MULSH instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DIV32 0 /* QUOS/QUOU/REMS/REMU instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_L32R 1 /* L32R instruction */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS 1 /* non-PC-rel (extended) L32R */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CONST16 0 /* CONST16 instruction */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_ADDX 1 /* ADDX#/SUBX# instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_WIDE_BRANCHES 0 /* B*.W18 or B*.W15 instr's */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES 0 /* B[EQ/EQZ/NE/NEZ]T instr's */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CALL4AND12 0 /* (obsolete option) */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_ABS 1 /* ABS instruction */ +/*#define XCHAL_HAVE_POPC 0*/ /* POPC instruction */ +/*#define XCHAL_HAVE_CRC 0*/ /* CRC instruction */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_RELEASE_SYNC 0 /* L32AI/S32RI instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_S32C1I 0 /* S32C1I instruction */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_SPECULATION 0 /* speculation */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_FULL_RESET 1 /* all regs/state reset */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_CONTEXTS 1 /* */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_MISC_REGS 0 /* num of scratch regs (0..4) */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_TAP_MASTER 0 /* JTAG TAP control instr's */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_PRID 1 /* processor ID register */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_EXTERN_REGS 1 /* WER/RER instructions */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MP_INTERRUPTS 0 /* interrupt distributor port */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MP_RUNSTALL 0 /* core RunStall control port */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_THREADPTR 0 /* THREADPTR register */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_BOOLEANS 0 /* boolean registers */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CP 0 /* CPENABLE reg (coprocessor) */ +#define XCHAL_CP_MAXCFG 0 /* max allowed cp id plus one */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MAC16 0 /* MAC16 package */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_VECTORFPU2005 0 /* vector floating-point pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_FP 0 /* floating point pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DFP 0 /* double precision FP pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DFP_accel 0 /* double precision FP acceleration pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_VECTRA1 0 /* Vectra I pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_VECTRALX 0 /* Vectra LX pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_HIFIPRO 0 /* HiFiPro Audio Engine pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_HIFI2 0 /* HiFi2 Audio Engine pkg */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CONNXD2 0 /* ConnX D2 pkg */ + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + MISC + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_NUM_WRITEBUFFER_ENTRIES 1 /* size of write buffer */ +#define XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH 4 /* instr-fetch width in bytes */ +#define XCHAL_DATA_WIDTH 4 /* data width in bytes */ +/* In T1050, applies to selected core load and store instructions (see ISA): */ +#define XCHAL_UNALIGNED_LOAD_EXCEPTION 1 /* unaligned loads cause exc. */ +#define XCHAL_UNALIGNED_STORE_EXCEPTION 1 /* unaligned stores cause exc.*/ +#define XCHAL_UNALIGNED_LOAD_HW 0 /* unaligned loads work in hw */ +#define XCHAL_UNALIGNED_STORE_HW 0 /* unaligned stores work in hw*/ + +#define XCHAL_SW_VERSION 800001 /* sw version of this header */ + +#define XCHAL_CORE_ID "lx106" /* alphanum core name + (CoreID) set in the Xtensa + Processor Generator */ + +#define XCHAL_BUILD_UNIQUE_ID 0x0002B6F6 /* 22-bit sw build ID */ + +/* + * These definitions describe the hardware targeted by this software. + */ +#define XCHAL_HW_CONFIGID0 0xC28CDAFA /* ConfigID hi 32 bits*/ +#define XCHAL_HW_CONFIGID1 0x1082B6F6 /* ConfigID lo 32 bits*/ +#define XCHAL_HW_VERSION_NAME "LX3.0.1" /* full version name */ +#define XCHAL_HW_VERSION_MAJOR 2300 /* major ver# of targeted hw */ +#define XCHAL_HW_VERSION_MINOR 1 /* minor ver# of targeted hw */ +#define XCHAL_HW_VERSION 230001 /* major*100+minor */ +#define XCHAL_HW_REL_LX3 1 +#define XCHAL_HW_REL_LX3_0 1 +#define XCHAL_HW_REL_LX3_0_1 1 +#define XCHAL_HW_CONFIGID_RELIABLE 1 +/* If software targets a *range* of hardware versions, these are the bounds: */ +#define XCHAL_HW_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR 2300 /* major v of earliest tgt hw */ +#define XCHAL_HW_MIN_VERSION_MINOR 1 /* minor v of earliest tgt hw */ +#define XCHAL_HW_MIN_VERSION 230001 /* earliest targeted hw */ +#define XCHAL_HW_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR 2300 /* major v of latest tgt hw */ +#define XCHAL_HW_MAX_VERSION_MINOR 1 /* minor v of latest tgt hw */ +#define XCHAL_HW_MAX_VERSION 230001 /* latest targeted hw */ + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + CACHE + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_LINESIZE 4 /* I-cache line size in bytes */ +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_LINESIZE 4 /* D-cache line size in bytes */ +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_LINEWIDTH 2 /* log2(I line size in bytes) */ +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_LINEWIDTH 2 /* log2(D line size in bytes) */ + +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_SIZE 0 /* I-cache size in bytes or 0 */ +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_SIZE 0 /* D-cache size in bytes or 0 */ + +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_IS_WRITEBACK 0 /* writeback feature */ +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_IS_COHERENT 0 /* MP coherence feature */ + +#define XCHAL_HAVE_PREFETCH 0 /* PREFCTL register */ + + + + +/**************************************************************************** + Parameters Useful for PRIVILEGED (Supervisory or Non-Virtualized) Code + ****************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef XTENSA_HAL_NON_PRIVILEGED_ONLY + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + CACHE + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_HAVE_PIF 1 /* any outbound PIF present */ + +/* If present, cache size in bytes == (ways * 2^(linewidth + setwidth)). */ + +/* Number of cache sets in log2(lines per way): */ +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_SETWIDTH 0 +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_SETWIDTH 0 + +/* Cache set associativity (number of ways): */ +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_WAYS 1 +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_WAYS 1 + +/* Cache features: */ +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_LINE_LOCKABLE 0 +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_LINE_LOCKABLE 0 +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_ECC_PARITY 0 +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_ECC_PARITY 0 + +/* Cache access size in bytes (affects operation of SICW instruction): */ +#define XCHAL_ICACHE_ACCESS_SIZE 1 +#define XCHAL_DCACHE_ACCESS_SIZE 1 + +/* Number of encoded cache attr bits (see for decoded bits): */ +#define XCHAL_CA_BITS 4 + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + INTERNAL I/D RAM/ROMs and XLMI + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_NUM_INSTROM 1 /* number of core instr. ROMs */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_INSTRAM 2 /* number of core instr. RAMs */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_DATAROM 1 /* number of core data ROMs */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_DATARAM 2 /* number of core data RAMs */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_URAM 0 /* number of core unified RAMs*/ +#define XCHAL_NUM_XLMI 1 /* number of core XLMI ports */ + +/* Instruction ROM 0: */ +#define XCHAL_INSTROM0_VADDR 0x40200000 +#define XCHAL_INSTROM0_PADDR 0x40200000 +#define XCHAL_INSTROM0_SIZE 1048576 +#define XCHAL_INSTROM0_ECC_PARITY 0 + +/* Instruction RAM 0: */ +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM0_VADDR 0x40000000 +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM0_PADDR 0x40000000 +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM0_SIZE 1048576 +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM0_ECC_PARITY 0 + +/* Instruction RAM 1: */ +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM1_VADDR 0x40100000 +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM1_PADDR 0x40100000 +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM1_SIZE 1048576 +#define XCHAL_INSTRAM1_ECC_PARITY 0 + +/* Data ROM 0: */ +#define XCHAL_DATAROM0_VADDR 0x3FF40000 +#define XCHAL_DATAROM0_PADDR 0x3FF40000 +#define XCHAL_DATAROM0_SIZE 262144 +#define XCHAL_DATAROM0_ECC_PARITY 0 + +/* Data RAM 0: */ +#define XCHAL_DATARAM0_VADDR 0x3FFC0000 +#define XCHAL_DATARAM0_PADDR 0x3FFC0000 +#define XCHAL_DATARAM0_SIZE 262144 +#define XCHAL_DATARAM0_ECC_PARITY 0 + +/* Data RAM 1: */ +#define XCHAL_DATARAM1_VADDR 0x3FF80000 +#define XCHAL_DATARAM1_PADDR 0x3FF80000 +#define XCHAL_DATARAM1_SIZE 262144 +#define XCHAL_DATARAM1_ECC_PARITY 0 + +/* XLMI Port 0: */ +#define XCHAL_XLMI0_VADDR 0x3FF00000 +#define XCHAL_XLMI0_PADDR 0x3FF00000 +#define XCHAL_XLMI0_SIZE 262144 +#define XCHAL_XLMI0_ECC_PARITY 0 + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + INTERRUPTS and TIMERS + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_HAVE_INTERRUPTS 1 /* interrupt option */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_HIGHPRI_INTERRUPTS 1 /* med/high-pri. interrupts */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_NMI 1 /* non-maskable interrupt */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CCOUNT 1 /* CCOUNT reg. (timer option) */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_TIMERS 1 /* number of CCOMPAREn regs */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_INTERRUPTS 15 /* number of interrupts */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_INTERRUPTS_LOG2 4 /* ceil(log2(NUM_INTERRUPTS)) */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_EXTINTERRUPTS 13 /* num of external interrupts */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_INTLEVELS 2 /* number of interrupt levels + (not including level zero) */ +#define XCHAL_EXCM_LEVEL 1 /* level masked by PS.EXCM */ + /* (always 1 in XEA1; levels 2 .. EXCM_LEVEL are "medium priority") */ + +/* Masks of interrupts at each interrupt level: */ +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL1_MASK 0x00003FFF +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_MASK 0x00000000 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL3_MASK 0x00004000 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL4_MASK 0x00000000 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL5_MASK 0x00000000 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL6_MASK 0x00000000 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL7_MASK 0x00000000 + +/* Masks of interrupts at each range 1..n of interrupt levels: */ +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL1_ANDBELOW_MASK 0x00003FFF +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_ANDBELOW_MASK 0x00003FFF +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL3_ANDBELOW_MASK 0x00007FFF +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL4_ANDBELOW_MASK 0x00007FFF +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL5_ANDBELOW_MASK 0x00007FFF +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL6_ANDBELOW_MASK 0x00007FFF +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL7_ANDBELOW_MASK 0x00007FFF + +/* Level of each interrupt: */ +#define XCHAL_INT0_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT1_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT2_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT3_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT4_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT5_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT6_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT7_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT8_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT9_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT10_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT11_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT12_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT13_LEVEL 1 +#define XCHAL_INT14_LEVEL 3 +#define XCHAL_DEBUGLEVEL 2 /* debug interrupt level */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_DEBUG_EXTERN_INT 1 /* OCD external db interrupt */ +#define XCHAL_NMILEVEL 3 /* NMI "level" (for use with + EXCSAVE/EPS/EPC_n, RFI n) */ + +/* Type of each interrupt: */ +#define XCHAL_INT0_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_LEVEL +#define XCHAL_INT1_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_LEVEL +#define XCHAL_INT2_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_LEVEL +#define XCHAL_INT3_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_LEVEL +#define XCHAL_INT4_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_LEVEL +#define XCHAL_INT5_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_LEVEL +#define XCHAL_INT6_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_TIMER +#define XCHAL_INT7_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_SOFTWARE +#define XCHAL_INT8_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_EDGE +#define XCHAL_INT9_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_EDGE +#define XCHAL_INT10_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_EDGE +#define XCHAL_INT11_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_EDGE +#define XCHAL_INT12_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_EDGE +#define XCHAL_INT13_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_EXTERN_EDGE +#define XCHAL_INT14_TYPE XTHAL_INTTYPE_NMI + +/* Masks of interrupts for each type of interrupt: */ +#define XCHAL_INTTYPE_MASK_UNCONFIGURED 0xFFFF8000 +#define XCHAL_INTTYPE_MASK_SOFTWARE 0x00000080 +#define XCHAL_INTTYPE_MASK_EXTERN_EDGE 0x00003F00 +#define XCHAL_INTTYPE_MASK_EXTERN_LEVEL 0x0000003F +#define XCHAL_INTTYPE_MASK_TIMER 0x00000040 +#define XCHAL_INTTYPE_MASK_NMI 0x00004000 +#define XCHAL_INTTYPE_MASK_WRITE_ERROR 0x00000000 + +/* Interrupt numbers assigned to specific interrupt sources: */ +#define XCHAL_TIMER0_INTERRUPT 6 /* CCOMPARE0 */ +#define XCHAL_TIMER1_INTERRUPT XTHAL_TIMER_UNCONFIGURED +#define XCHAL_TIMER2_INTERRUPT XTHAL_TIMER_UNCONFIGURED +#define XCHAL_TIMER3_INTERRUPT XTHAL_TIMER_UNCONFIGURED +#define XCHAL_NMI_INTERRUPT 14 /* non-maskable interrupt */ + +/* Interrupt numbers for levels at which only one interrupt is configured: */ +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL3_NUM 14 +/* (There are many interrupts each at level(s) 1.) */ + + +/* + * External interrupt vectors/levels. + * These macros describe how Xtensa processor interrupt numbers + * (as numbered internally, eg. in INTERRUPT and INTENABLE registers) + * map to external BInterrupt pins, for those interrupts + * configured as external (level-triggered, edge-triggered, or NMI). + * See the Xtensa processor databook for more details. + */ + +/* Core interrupt numbers mapped to each EXTERNAL interrupt number: */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT0_NUM 0 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT1_NUM 1 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT2_NUM 2 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT3_NUM 3 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT4_NUM 4 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT5_NUM 5 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT6_NUM 8 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT7_NUM 9 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT8_NUM 10 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT9_NUM 11 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT10_NUM 12 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT11_NUM 13 /* (intlevel 1) */ +#define XCHAL_EXTINT12_NUM 14 /* (intlevel 3) */ + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + EXCEPTIONS and VECTORS + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_XEA_VERSION 2 /* Xtensa Exception Architecture + number: 1 == XEA1 (old) + 2 == XEA2 (new) + 0 == XEAX (extern) */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_XEA1 0 /* Exception Architecture 1 */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_XEA2 1 /* Exception Architecture 2 */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_XEAX 0 /* External Exception Arch. */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_EXCEPTIONS 1 /* exception option */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MEM_ECC_PARITY 0 /* local memory ECC/parity */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_VECTOR_SELECT 1 /* relocatable vectors */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_VECBASE 1 /* relocatable vectors */ +#define XCHAL_VECBASE_RESET_VADDR 0x40000000 /* VECBASE reset value */ +#define XCHAL_VECBASE_RESET_PADDR 0x40000000 +#define XCHAL_RESET_VECBASE_OVERLAP 0 + +#define XCHAL_RESET_VECTOR0_VADDR 0x50000000 +#define XCHAL_RESET_VECTOR0_PADDR 0x50000000 +#define XCHAL_RESET_VECTOR1_VADDR 0x40000080 +#define XCHAL_RESET_VECTOR1_PADDR 0x40000080 +#define XCHAL_RESET_VECTOR_VADDR 0x50000000 +#define XCHAL_RESET_VECTOR_PADDR 0x50000000 +#define XCHAL_USER_VECOFS 0x00000050 +#define XCHAL_USER_VECTOR_VADDR 0x40000050 +#define XCHAL_USER_VECTOR_PADDR 0x40000050 +#define XCHAL_KERNEL_VECOFS 0x00000030 +#define XCHAL_KERNEL_VECTOR_VADDR 0x40000030 +#define XCHAL_KERNEL_VECTOR_PADDR 0x40000030 +#define XCHAL_DOUBLEEXC_VECOFS 0x00000070 +#define XCHAL_DOUBLEEXC_VECTOR_VADDR 0x40000070 +#define XCHAL_DOUBLEEXC_VECTOR_PADDR 0x40000070 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_VECOFS 0x00000010 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_VECTOR_VADDR 0x40000010 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_VECTOR_PADDR 0x40000010 +#define XCHAL_DEBUG_VECOFS XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_VECOFS +#define XCHAL_DEBUG_VECTOR_VADDR XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_VECTOR_VADDR +#define XCHAL_DEBUG_VECTOR_PADDR XCHAL_INTLEVEL2_VECTOR_PADDR +#define XCHAL_NMI_VECOFS 0x00000020 +#define XCHAL_NMI_VECTOR_VADDR 0x40000020 +#define XCHAL_NMI_VECTOR_PADDR 0x40000020 +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL3_VECOFS XCHAL_NMI_VECOFS +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL3_VECTOR_VADDR XCHAL_NMI_VECTOR_VADDR +#define XCHAL_INTLEVEL3_VECTOR_PADDR XCHAL_NMI_VECTOR_PADDR + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + DEBUG + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define XCHAL_HAVE_OCD 1 /* OnChipDebug option */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_IBREAK 1 /* number of IBREAKn regs */ +#define XCHAL_NUM_DBREAK 1 /* number of DBREAKn regs */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_OCD_DIR_ARRAY 0 /* faster OCD option */ + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + MMU + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* See core-matmap.h header file for more details. */ + +#define XCHAL_HAVE_TLBS 1 /* inverse of HAVE_CACHEATTR */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_SPANNING_WAY 1 /* one way maps I+D 4GB vaddr */ +#define XCHAL_SPANNING_WAY 0 /* TLB spanning way number */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_IDENTITY_MAP 1 /* vaddr == paddr always */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_CACHEATTR 0 /* CACHEATTR register present */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_MIMIC_CACHEATTR 1 /* region protection */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_XLT_CACHEATTR 0 /* region prot. w/translation */ +#define XCHAL_HAVE_PTP_MMU 0 /* full MMU (with page table + [autorefill] and protection) + usable for an MMU-based OS */ +/* If none of the above last 4 are set, it's a custom TLB configuration. */ + +#define XCHAL_MMU_ASID_BITS 0 /* number of bits in ASIDs */ +#define XCHAL_MMU_RINGS 1 /* number of rings (1..4) */ +#define XCHAL_MMU_RING_BITS 0 /* num of bits in RING field */ + +#endif /* !XTENSA_HAL_NON_PRIVILEGED_ONLY */ + + +#endif /* _XTENSA_CORE_CONFIGURATION_H */ + diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/crt0.o b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/crt0.o new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d17e27 Binary files /dev/null and b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/crt0.o differ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libc.a b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libc.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf519fd Binary files /dev/null and b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libc.a differ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libg.a b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libg.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf519fd Binary files /dev/null and b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libg.a differ diff --git a/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libm.a b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libm.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ec1b24 Binary files /dev/null and b/libc/xtensa-lx106-elf/lib/libm.a differ